Commit 0213986c7b42d2cbabe8f28da7686102c9dd7232
2014-09-02T02:14:38
trim trailing spaces/clean up
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 5758 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770 5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094 6095 6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 6286 6287 6288 6289 6290 6291 6292 6293 6294 6295 6296 6297 6298 6299 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367 6368 6369 6370 6371 6372 6373 6374 6375 6376 6377 6378 6379 6380 6381 6382 6383 6384 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394 6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 6413 6414 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 6440 6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447 6448 6449 6450 6451 6452 6453 6454 6455 6456 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 6473 6474 6475 6476 6477 6478 6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 6484 6485 6486 6487 6488 6489 6490 6491 6492 6493 6494 6495 6496 6497 6498 6499 6500 6501 6502 6503 6504 6505 6506 6507 6508 6509 6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537 6538 6539 6540 6541 6542 6543 6544 6545 6546 6547 6548 6549 6550 6551 6552 6553 6554 6555 6556 6557 6558 6559 6560 6561 6562 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 6570 6571 6572 6573 6574 6575 6576 6577 6578 6579 6580 6581 6582 6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 6593 6594 6595 6596 6597 6598 6599 6600 6601 6602 6603 6604 6605 6606 6607 6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6616 6617 6618 6619 6620 6621 6622 6623 6624 6625 6626 6627 6628 6629 6630 6631 6632 6633 6634 6635 6636 6637 6638 6639 6640 6641 6642 6643 6644 6645 6646 6647 6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 6663 6664 6665 6666 6667 6668 6669 6670 6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 6678 6679 6680 6681 6682 6683 6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691 6692 6693 6694 6695 6696 6697 6698 6699 6700 6701 6702 6703 6704 6705 6706 6707 6708 6709 6710 6711 6712 6713 6714 6715 6716 6717 6718 6719 6720 6721 6722 6723 6724 6725 6726 6727 6728 6729 6730 6731 6732 6733 6734 6735 6736 6737 6738 6739 6740 6741 6742 6743 6744 6745 6746 6747 6748 6749 6750 6751 6752 6753 6754 6755 6756 6757 6758 6759 6760 6761 6762 6763 6764 6765 6766 6767 6768 6769 6770 6771 6772 6773 6774 6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 6781 6782 6783 6784 6785 6786 6787 6788 6789 6790 6791 6792 6793 6794 6795 6796 6797 6798 6799 6800 6801 6802 6803 6804 6805 6806 6807 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824 6825 6826 6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 6834 6835 6836 6837 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 6851 6852 6853 6854 6855 6856 6857 6858 6859 6860 6861 6862 6863 6864 6865 6866 6867 6868 6869 6870 6871 6872 6873 6874 6875 6876 6877 6878 6879 6880 6881 6882 6883 6884 6885 6886 6887 6888 6889 6890 6891 6892 6893 6894 6895 6896 6897 6898 6899 6900 6901 6902 6903 6904 6905 6906 6907 6908 6909 6910 6911 6912 6913 6914 6915 6916 6917 6918 6919 6920 6921 6922 6923 6924 6925 6926 6927 6928 6929 6930 6931 6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937 6938 6939 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 6949 6950 6951 6952 6953 6954 6955 6956 6957 6958 6959 6960 6961 6962 6963 6964 6965 6966 6967 6968 6969 6970 6971 6972 6973 6974 6975 6976 6977 6978 6979 6980 6981 6982 6983 6984 6985 6986 6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993 6994 6995 6996 6997 6998 6999 7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7014 7015 7016 7017 7018 7019 7020 7021 7022 7023 7024 7025 7026 7027 7028 7029 7030 7031 7032 7033 7034 7035 7036 7037 7038 7039 7040 7041 7042 7043 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 7050 7051 7052 7053 7054 7055 7056 7057 7058 7059 7060 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068 7069 7070 7071 7072 7073 7074 7075 7076 7077 7078 7079 7080 7081 7082 7083 7084 7085 7086 7087 7088 7089 7090 7091 7092 7093 7094 7095 7096 7097 7098 7099 7100 7101 7102 7103 7104 7105 7106 7107 7108 7109 7110 7111 7112 7113 7114 7115 7116 7117 7118 7119 7120 7121 7122 7123 7124 7125 7126 7127 7128 7129 7130 7131 7132 7133 7134 7135 7136 7137 7138 7139 7140 7141 7142 7143 7144 7145 7146 7147 7148 7149 7150 7151 7152 7153 7154 7155 7156 7157 7158 7159 7160 7161 7162 7163 7164 7165 7166 7167 7168 7169 7170 7171 7172 7173 7174 7175 7176 7177 7178 7179 7180 7181 7182 7183 7184 7185 7186 7187 7188 7189 7190 7191 7192 7193 7194 7195 7196 7197 7198 7199 7200 7201 7202 7203 7204 7205 7206 7207 7208 7209 7210 7211 7212 7213 7214 7215 7216 7217 7218 7219 7220 7221 7222 7223 7224 7225 7226 7227 7228 7229 7230 7231 7232 7233 7234 7235 7236 7237 7238 7239 7240 7241 7242 7243 7244 7245 7246 7247 7248 7249 7250 7251 7252 7253 7254 7255 7256 7257 7258 7259 7260 7261 7262 7263 7264 7265 7266 7267 7268 7269 7270 7271 7272 7273 7274 7275 7276 7277 7278 7279 7280 7281 7282 7283 7284 7285 7286 7287 7288 7289 7290 7291 7292 7293 7294 7295 7296 7297 7298 7299 7300 7301 7302 7303 7304 7305 7306 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 7319 7320 7321 7322 7323 7324 7325 7326 7327 7328 7329 7330 7331 7332 7333 7334 7335 7336 7337 7338 7339 7340 7341 7342 7343 7344 7345 7346 7347 7348 7349 7350 7351 7352 7353 7354 7355 7356 7357 7358 7359 7360 7361 7362 7363 7364 7365 7366 7367 7368 7369 7370 7371 7372 7373 7374 7375 7376 7377 7378 7379 7380 7381 7382 7383 7384 7385 7386 7387 7388 7389 7390 7391 7392 7393 7394 7395 7396 7397 7398 7399 7400 7401 7402 7403 7404 7405 7406 7407 7408 7409 7410 7411 7412 7413 7414 7415 7416 7417 7418 7419 7420 7421 7422 7423 7424 7425 7426 7427 7428 7429 7430 7431 7432 7433 7434 7435 7436 7437 7438 7439 7440 7441 7442 7443 7444 7445 7446 7447 7448 7449 7450 7451 7452 7453 7454 7455 7456 7457 7458 7459 7460 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 7467 7468 7469 7470 7471 7472 7473 7474 7475 7476 7477 7478 7479 7480 7481 7482 7483 7484 7485 7486 7487 7488 7489 7490 7491 7492 7493 7494 7495 7496 7497 7498 7499 7500 7501 7502 7503 7504 7505 7506 7507 7508 7509 7510 7511 7512 7513 7514 7515 7516 7517 7518 7519 7520 7521 7522 7523 7524 7525 7526 7527 7528 7529 7530 7531 7532 7533 7534 7535 7536 7537 7538 7539 7540 7541 7542 7543 7544 7545 7546 7547 7548 7549 7550 7551 7552 7553 7554 7555 7556 7557 7558 7559 7560 7561 7562 7563 7564 7565 7566 7567 7568 7569 7570 7571 7572 7573 7574 7575 7576 7577 7578 7579 7580 7581 7582 7583 7584 7585 7586 7587 7588 7589 7590 7591 7592 7593 7594 7595 7596 7597 7598 7599 7600 7601 7602 7603 7604 7605 7606 7607 7608 7609 7610 7611 7612 7613 7614 7615 7616 7617 7618 7619 7620 7621 7622 7623 7624 7625 7626 7627 7628 7629 7630 7631 7632 7633 7634 7635 7636 7637 7638 7639 7640 7641 7642 7643 7644 7645 7646 7647 7648 7649 7650 7651 7652 7653 7654 7655 7656 7657 7658 7659 7660 7661 7662 7663 7664 7665 7666 7667 7668 7669 7670 7671 7672 7673 7674 7675 7676 7677 7678 7679 7680 7681 7682 7683 7684 7685 7686 7687 7688 7689 7690 7691 7692 7693 7694 7695 7696 7697 7698 7699 7700 7701 7702 7703 7704 7705 7706 7707 7708 7709 7710 7711 7712 7713 7714 7715 7716 7717 7718 7719 7720 7721 7722 7723 7724 7725 7726 7727 7728 7729 7730 7731 7732 7733 7734 7735 7736 7737 7738 7739 7740 7741 7742 7743 7744 7745 7746 7747 7748 7749 7750 7751 7752 7753 7754 7755 7756 7757 7758 7759 7760 7761 7762 7763 7764 7765 7766 7767 7768 7769 7770 7771 7772 7773 7774 7775 7776 7777 7778 7779 7780 7781 7782 7783 7784 7785 7786 7787 7788 7789 7790 7791 7792 7793 7794 7795 7796 7797 7798 7799 7800 7801 7802 7803 7804 7805 7806 7807 7808 7809 7810 7811 7812 7813 7814 7815 7816 7817 7818 7819 7820 7821 7822 7823 7824 7825 7826 7827 7828 7829 7830 7831 7832 7833 7834 7835 7836 7837 7838 7839 7840 7841 7842 7843 7844 7845 7846 7847 7848 7849 7850 7851 7852 7853 7854 7855 7856 7857 7858 7859 7860 7861 7862 7863 7864 7865 7866 7867 7868 7869 7870 7871 7872 7873 7874 7875 7876 7877 7878 7879 7880 7881 7882 7883 7884 7885 7886 7887 7888 7889 7890 7891 7892 7893 7894 7895 7896 7897 7898 7899 7900 7901 7902 7903 7904 7905 7906 7907 7908 7909 7910 7911 7912 7913 7914 7915 7916 7917 7918 7919 7920 7921 7922 7923 7924 7925 7926 7927 7928 7929 7930 7931 7932 7933 7934 7935 7936 7937 7938 7939 7940 7941 7942 7943 7944 7945 7946 7947 7948 7949 7950 7951 7952 7953 7954 7955 7956 7957 7958 7959 7960 7961 7962 7963 7964 7965 7966 7967 7968 7969 7970 7971 7972 7973 7974 7975 7976 7977 7978 7979 7980 7981 7982 7983 7984 7985 7986 7987 7988 7989 7990 7991 7992 7993 7994 7995 7996 7997 7998 7999 8000 8001 8002 8003 8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8009 8010 8011 8012 8013 8014 8015 8016 8017 8018 8019 8020 8021 8022 8023 8024 8025 8026 8027 8028 8029 8030 8031 8032 8033 8034 8035 8036 8037 8038 8039 8040 8041 8042 8043 8044 8045 8046 8047 8048 8049 8050 8051 8052 8053 8054 8055 8056 8057 8058 8059 8060 8061 8062 8063 8064 8065 8066 8067 8068 8069 8070 8071 8072 8073 8074 8075 8076 8077 8078 8079 8080 8081 8082 8083 8084 8085 8086 8087 8088 8089 8090 8091 8092 8093 8094 8095 8096 8097 8098 8099 8100 8101 8102 8103 8104 8105 8106 8107 8108 8109 8110 8111 8112 8113 8114 8115 8116 8117 8118 8119 8120 8121 8122 8123 8124 8125 8126 8127 8128 8129 8130 8131 8132 8133 8134 8135 8136 8137 8138 8139 8140 8141 8142 8143 8144 8145 8146 8147 8148 8149 8150 8151 8152 8153 8154 8155 8156 8157 8158 8159 8160 8161 8162 8163 8164 8165 8166 8167 8168 8169 8170 8171 8172 8173 8174 8175 8176 8177 8178 8179 8180 8181 8182 8183 8184 8185 8186 8187 8188 8189 8190 8191 8192 8193 8194 8195 8196 8197 8198 8199 8200 8201 8202 8203 8204 8205 8206 8207 8208 8209 8210 8211 8212 8213 8214 8215 8216 8217 8218 8219 8220 8221 8222 8223 8224 8225 8226 8227 8228 8229 8230 8231 8232 8233 8234 8235 8236 8237 8238 8239 8240 8241 8242 8243 8244 8245 8246 8247 8248 8249 8250 8251 8252 8253 8254 8255 8256 8257 8258 8259 8260 8261 8262 8263 8264 8265 8266 8267 8268 8269 8270 8271 8272 8273 8274 8275 8276 8277 8278 8279 8280 8281 8282 8283 8284 8285 8286 8287 8288 8289 8290 8291 8292 8293 8294 8295 8296 8297 8298 8299 8300 8301 8302 8303 8304 8305 8306 8307 8308 8309 8310 8311 8312 8313 8314 8315 8316 8317 8318 8319 8320 8321 8322 8323 8324 8325 8326 8327 8328 8329 8330 8331 8332 8333 8334 8335 8336 8337 8338 8339 8340 8341 8342 8343 8344 8345 8346 8347 8348 8349 8350 8351 8352 8353 8354 8355 8356 8357 8358 8359 8360 8361 8362 8363 8364 8365 8366 8367 8368 8369 8370 8371 8372 8373 8374 8375 8376 8377 8378 8379 8380 8381 8382 8383 8384 8385 8386 8387 8388 8389 8390 8391 8392 8393 8394 8395 8396 8397 8398 8399 8400 8401 8402 8403 8404 8405 8406 8407 8408 8409 8410 8411 8412 8413 8414 8415 8416 8417 8418 8419 8420 8421 8422 8423 8424 8425 8426 8427 8428 8429 8430 8431 8432 8433 8434 8435 8436 8437 8438 8439 8440 8441 8442 8443 8444 8445 8446 8447 8448 8449 8450 8451 8452 8453 8454 8455 8456 8457 8458 8459 8460 8461 8462 8463 8464 8465 8466 8467 8468 8469 8470 8471 8472 8473 8474 8475 8476 8477 8478 8479 8480 8481 8482 8483 8484 8485 8486 8487 8488 8489 8490 8491 8492 8493 8494 8495 8496 8497 8498 8499 8500 8501 8502 8503 8504 8505 8506 8507 8508 8509 8510 8511 8512 8513 8514 8515 8516 8517 8518 8519 8520 8521 8522 8523 8524 8525 8526 8527 8528 8529 8530 8531 8532 8533 8534 8535 8536 8537 8538 8539 8540 8541 8542 8543 8544 8545 8546 8547 8548 8549 8550 8551 8552 8553 8554 8555 8556 8557 8558 8559 8560 8561 8562 8563 8564 8565 8566 8567 8568 8569 8570 8571 8572 8573 8574 8575 8576 8577 8578 8579 8580 8581 8582 8583 8584 8585 8586 8587 8588 8589 8590 8591 8592 8593 8594 8595 8596 8597 8598 8599 8600 8601 8602 8603 8604 8605 8606 8607 8608 8609 8610 8611 8612 8613 8614 8615 8616 8617 8618 8619 8620 8621 8622 8623 8624 8625 8626 8627 8628 8629 8630 8631 8632 8633 8634 8635 8636 8637 8638 8639 8640 8641 8642 8643 8644 8645 8646 8647 8648 8649 8650 8651 8652 8653 8654 8655 8656 8657 8658 8659 8660 8661 8662 8663 8664 8665 8666 8667 8668 8669 8670 8671 8672 8673 8674 8675 8676 8677 8678 8679 8680 8681 8682 8683 8684 8685 8686 8687 8688 8689 8690 8691 8692 8693 8694 8695 8696 8697 8698 8699 8700 8701 8702 8703 8704 8705 8706 8707 8708 8709 8710 8711 8712 8713 8714 8715 8716 8717 8718 8719 8720 8721 8722 8723 8724 8725 8726 8727 8728 8729 8730 8731 8732 8733 8734 8735 8736 8737 8738 8739 8740 8741 8742 8743 8744 8745 8746 8747 8748 8749 8750 8751 8752 8753 8754 8755 8756 8757 8758 8759 8760 8761 8762 8763 8764 8765 8766 8767 8768 8769 8770 8771 8772 8773 8774 8775 8776 8777 8778 8779 8780 8781 8782 8783 8784 8785 8786 8787 8788 8789 8790 8791 8792 8793 8794 8795 8796 8797 8798 8799 8800 8801 8802 8803 8804 8805 8806 8807 8808 8809 8810 8811 8812 8813 8814 8815 8816 8817 8818 8819 8820 8821 8822 8823 8824 8825 8826 8827 8828 8829 8830 8831 8832 8833 8834 8835 8836 8837 8838 8839 8840 8841 8842 8843 8844 8845 8846 8847 8848 8849 8850 8851 8852 8853 8854 8855 8856 8857 8858 8859 8860 8861 8862 8863 8864 8865 8866 8867 8868 8869 8870 8871 8872 8873 8874 8875 8876 8877 8878 8879 8880 8881 8882 8883 8884 8885 8886 8887 8888 8889 8890 8891 8892 8893 8894 8895 8896 8897 8898 8899 8900 8901 8902 8903 8904 8905 8906 8907 8908 8909 8910 8911 8912 8913 8914 8915 8916 8917 8918 8919 8920 8921 8922 8923 8924 8925 8926 8927 8928 8929 8930 8931 8932 8933 8934 8935 8936 8937 8938 8939 8940 8941 8942 8943 8944 8945 8946 8947 8948 8949 8950 8951 8952 8953 8954 8955 8956 8957 8958 8959 8960 8961 8962 8963 8964 8965 8966 8967 8968 8969 8970 8971 8972 8973 8974 8975 8976 8977 8978 8979 8980 8981 8982 8983 8984 8985 8986 8987 8988 8989 8990 8991 8992 8993 8994 8995 8996 8997 8998 8999 9000 9001 9002 9003 9004 9005 9006 9007 9008 9009 9010 9011 9012 9013 9014 9015 9016 9017 9018 9019 9020 9021 9022 9023 9024 9025 9026 9027 9028 9029 9030 9031 9032 9033 9034 9035 9036 9037 9038 9039 9040 9041 9042 9043 9044 9045 9046 9047 9048 9049 9050 9051 9052 9053 9054 9055 9056 9057 9058 9059 9060 9061 9062 9063 9064 9065 9066 9067 9068 9069 9070 9071 9072 9073 9074 9075 9076 9077 9078 9079 9080 9081 9082 9083 9084 9085 9086 9087 9088 9089 9090 9091 9092 9093 9094 9095 9096 9097 9098 9099 9100 9101 9102 9103 9104 9105 9106 9107 9108 9109 9110 9111 9112 9113 9114 9115 9116 9117 9118 9119 9120 9121 9122 9123 9124 9125 9126 9127 9128 9129 9130 9131 9132 9133 9134 9135 9136 9137 9138 9139 9140 9141 9142 9143 9144 9145 9146 9147 9148 9149 9150 9151 9152 9153 9154 9155 9156 9157 9158 9159 9160 9161 9162 9163 9164 9165 9166 9167 9168 9169 9170 9171 9172 9173 9174 9175 9176 9177 9178 9179 9180 9181 9182 9183 9184 9185 9186 9187 9188 9189 9190 9191 9192 9193 9194 9195 9196 9197 9198 9199 9200 9201 9202 9203 9204 9205 9206 9207 9208 9209 9210 9211 9212 9213 9214 9215 9216 9217 9218 9219 9220 9221 9222 9223 9224 9225 9226 9227 9228 9229 9230 9231 9232 9233 9234 9235 9236 9237 9238 9239 9240 9241 9242 9243 9244 9245 9246 9247 9248 9249 9250 9251 9252 9253 9254 9255 9256 9257 9258 9259 9260 9261 9262 9263 9264 9265 9266 9267 9268 9269 9270 9271 9272 9273 9274 9275 9276 9277 9278 9279 9280 9281 9282 9283 9284 9285 9286 9287 9288 9289 9290 9291 9292 9293 9294 9295 9296 9297 9298 9299 9300 9301 9302 9303 9304 9305 9306 9307 9308 9309 9310 9311 9312 9313 9314 9315 9316 9317 9318 9319 9320 9321 9322 9323 9324 9325 9326 9327 9328 9329 9330 9331 9332 9333 9334 9335 9336 9337 9338 9339 9340 9341 9342 9343 9344 9345 9346 9347 9348 9349 9350 9351 9352 9353 9354 9355 9356 9357 9358 9359 9360 9361 9362 9363 9364 9365 9366 9367 9368 9369 9370 9371 9372 9373 9374 9375 9376 9377 9378 9379 9380 9381 9382 9383 9384 9385 9386 9387 9388 9389 9390 9391 9392 9393 9394 9395 9396 9397 9398 9399 9400 9401 9402 9403 9404 9405 9406 9407 9408 9409 9410 9411 9412 9413 9414 9415 9416 9417 9418 9419 9420 9421 9422 9423 9424 9425 9426 9427 9428 9429 9430 9431 9432 9433 9434 9435 9436 9437 9438 9439 9440 9441 9442 9443 9444 9445 9446 9447 9448 9449 9450 9451 9452 9453 9454 9455 9456 9457 9458 9459 9460 9461 9462 9463 9464 9465 9466 9467 9468 9469 9470 9471 9472 9473 9474 9475 9476 9477 9478 9479 9480 9481 9482 9483 9484 9485 9486 9487 9488 9489 9490 9491 9492 9493 9494 9495 9496 9497 9498 9499 9500 9501 9502 9503 9504 9505 9506 9507 9508 9509 9510 9511 9512 9513 9514 9515 9516 9517 9518 9519 9520 9521 9522 9523 9524 9525 9526 9527 9528 9529 9530 9531 9532 9533 9534 9535 9536 9537 9538 9539 9540 9541 9542 9543 9544 9545 9546 9547 9548 9549 9550 9551 9552 9553 9554 9555 9556 9557 9558 9559 9560 9561 9562 9563 9564 9565 9566 9567 9568 9569 9570 9571 9572 9573 9574 9575 9576 9577 9578 9579 9580 9581 9582 9583 9584 9585 9586 9587 9588 9589 9590 9591 9592 9593 9594 9595 9596 9597 9598 9599 9600 9601 9602 9603 9604 9605 9606 9607 9608 9609 9610 9611 9612 9613 9614 9615 9616 9617 9618 9619 9620 9621 9622 9623 9624 9625 9626 9627 9628 9629 9630 9631 9632 9633 9634 9635 9636 9637 9638 9639 9640 9641 9642 9643 9644 9645 9646 9647 9648 9649 9650 9651 9652 9653 9654 9655 9656 9657 9658 9659 9660 9661 9662 9663 9664 9665 9666 9667 9668 9669 9670 9671 9672 9673 9674 9675 9676 9677 9678 9679 9680 9681 9682 9683 9684 9685 9686 9687 9688 9689 9690 9691 9692 9693 9694 9695 9696 9697 9698 9699 9700 9701 9702 9703 9704 9705 9706 9707 9708 9709 9710 9711 9712 9713 9714 9715 9716 9717 9718 9719 9720 9721 9722 9723 9724 9725 9726 9727 9728 9729 9730 9731 9732 9733 9734 9735 9736 9737 9738 9739 9740 9741 9742 9743 9744 9745 9746 9747 9748 9749 9750 9751 9752 9753 9754 9755 9756 9757 9758 9759 9760 9761 9762 9763 9764 9765 9766 9767 9768 9769 9770 9771 9772 9773 9774 9775 9776 9777 9778 9779 9780 9781 9782 9783 9784 9785 9786 9787 9788 9789 9790 9791 9792 9793 9794 9795 9796 9797 9798 9799 9800 9801 9802 9803 9804 9805 9806 9807 9808 9809 9810 9811 9812 9813 9814 9815 9816 9817 9818 9819 9820 9821 9822 9823 9824 9825 9826 9827 9828 9829 9830 9831 9832 9833 9834 9835 9836 9837 9838 9839 9840 9841 9842 9843 9844 9845 9846 9847 9848 9849 9850 9851 9852 9853 9854 9855 9856 9857 9858 9859 9860 9861 9862 9863 9864 9865 9866 9867 9868 9869 9870 9871 9872 9873 9874 9875 9876 9877 9878 9879 9880 9881 9882 9883 9884 9885 9886 9887 9888 9889 9890 9891 9892 9893 9894 9895 9896 9897 9898 9899 9900 9901 9902 9903 9904 9905 9906 9907 9908 9909 9910 9911 9912 9913 9914 9915 9916 9917 9918 9919 9920 9921 9922 9923 9924 9925 9926 9927 9928 9929 9930 9931 9932 9933 9934 9935 9936 9937 9938 9939 9940 9941 9942 9943 9944 9945 9946 9947 9948 9949 9950 9951 9952 9953 9954 9955 9956 9957 9958 9959 9960 9961 9962 9963 9964 9965 9966 9967 9968 9969 9970 9971 9972 9973 9974 9975 9976 9977 9978 9979 9980 9981 9982 9983 9984 9985 9986 9987 9988 9989 9990 9991 9992 9993 9994 9995 9996 9997 9998 9999 10000 10001 10002 10003 10004 10005 10006 10007 10008 10009 10010 10011 10012 10013 10014 10015 10016 10017 10018 10019 10020 10021 10022 10023 10024 10025 10026 10027 10028 10029 10030 10031 10032 10033 10034 10035 10036 10037 10038 10039 10040 10041 10042 10043 10044 10045 10046 10047 10048 10049 10050 10051 10052 10053 10054 10055 10056 10057 10058 10059 10060 10061 10062 10063 10064 10065 10066 10067 10068 10069 10070 10071 10072 10073 10074 10075 10076 10077 10078 10079 10080 10081 10082 10083 10084 10085 10086 10087 10088 10089 10090 10091 10092 10093 10094 10095 10096 10097 10098 10099 10100 10101 10102 10103 10104 10105 10106 10107 10108 10109 10110 10111 10112 10113 10114 10115 10116 10117 10118 10119 10120 10121 10122 10123 10124 10125 10126 10127 10128 10129 10130 10131 10132 10133 10134 10135 10136 10137 10138 10139 10140 10141 10142 10143 10144 10145 10146 10147 10148 10149 10150 10151 10152 10153 10154 10155 10156 10157 10158 10159 10160 10161 10162 10163 10164 10165 10166 10167 10168 10169 10170 10171 10172 10173 10174 10175 10176 10177 10178 10179 10180 10181 10182 10183 10184 10185 10186 10187 10188 10189 10190 10191 10192 10193 10194 10195 10196 10197 10198 10199 10200 10201 10202 10203 10204 10205 10206 10207 10208 10209 10210 10211 10212 10213 10214 10215 10216 10217 10218 10219 10220 10221 10222 10223 10224 10225 10226 10227 10228 10229 10230 10231 10232 10233 10234 10235 10236 10237 10238 10239 10240 10241 10242 10243 10244 10245 10246 10247 10248 10249 10250 10251 10252 10253 10254 10255 10256 10257 10258 10259 10260 10261 10262 10263 10264 10265 10266 10267 10268 10269 10270 10271 10272 10273 10274 10275 10276 10277 10278 10279 10280 10281 10282 10283 10284 10285 10286 10287 10288 10289 10290 10291 10292 10293 10294 10295 10296 10297 10298 10299 10300 10301 10302 10303 10304 10305 10306 10307 10308 10309 10310 10311 10312 10313 10314 10315 10316 10317 10318 10319 10320 10321 10322 10323 10324 10325 10326 10327 10328 10329 10330 10331 10332 10333 10334 10335 10336 10337 10338 10339 10340 10341 10342 10343 10344 10345 10346 10347 10348 10349 10350 10351 10352 10353 10354 10355 10356 10357 10358 10359 10360 10361 10362 10363 10364 10365 10366 10367 10368 10369 10370 10371 10372 10373 10374 10375 10376 10377 10378 10379 10380 10381 10382 10383 10384 10385 10386 10387 10388 10389 10390 10391 10392 10393 10394 10395 10396 10397 10398 10399 10400 10401 10402 10403 10404 10405 10406 10407 10408 10409 10410 10411 10412 10413 10414 10415 10416 10417 10418 10419 10420 10421 10422 10423 10424 10425 10426 10427 10428 10429 10430 10431 10432 10433 10434 10435 10436 10437 10438 10439 10440 10441 10442 10443 10444 10445 10446 10447 10448 10449 10450 10451 10452 10453 10454 10455 10456 10457 10458 10459 10460 10461 10462 10463 10464 10465 10466 10467 10468 10469 10470 10471 10472 10473 10474 10475 10476 10477 10478 10479 10480 10481 10482 10483 10484 10485 10486 10487 10488 10489 10490 10491 10492 10493 10494 10495 10496 10497 10498 10499 10500 10501 10502 10503 10504 10505 10506 10507 10508 10509 10510 10511 10512 10513 10514 10515 10516 10517 10518 10519 10520 10521 10522 10523 10524 10525 10526 10527 10528 10529 10530 10531 10532 10533 10534 10535 10536 10537 10538 10539 10540 10541 10542 10543 10544 10545 10546 10547 10548 10549 10550 10551 10552 10553 10554 10555 10556 10557 10558 10559 10560 10561 10562 10563 10564 10565 10566 10567 10568 10569 10570 10571 10572 10573 10574 10575 10576 10577 10578 10579 10580 10581 10582 10583 10584 10585 10586 10587 10588 10589 10590 10591 10592 10593 10594 10595 10596 10597 10598 10599 10600 10601 10602 10603 10604 10605 10606 10607 10608 10609 10610 10611 10612 10613 10614 10615 10616 10617 10618 10619 10620 10621 10622 10623 10624 10625 10626 10627 10628 10629 10630 10631 10632 10633 10634 10635 10636 10637 10638 10639 10640 10641 10642 10643 10644 10645 10646 10647 10648 10649 10650 10651 10652 10653 10654 10655 10656 10657 10658 10659 10660 10661 10662 10663 10664 10665 10666 10667 10668 10669 10670 10671 10672 10673 10674 10675 10676 10677 10678 10679 10680 10681 10682 10683 10684 10685 10686 10687 10688 10689 10690 10691 10692 10693 10694 10695 10696 10697 10698 10699 10700 10701 10702 10703 10704 10705 10706 10707 10708 10709 10710 10711 10712 10713 10714 10715 10716 10717 10718 10719 10720 10721 10722 10723 10724 10725 10726 10727 10728 10729 10730 10731 10732 10733 10734 10735 10736 10737 10738 10739 10740 10741 10742 10743 10744 10745 10746 10747 10748 10749 10750 10751 10752 10753 10754 10755 10756 10757 10758 10759 10760 10761 10762 10763 10764 10765 10766 10767 10768 10769 10770 10771 10772 10773 10774 10775 10776 10777 10778 10779 10780 10781 10782 10783 10784 10785 10786 10787 10788 10789 10790 10791 10792 10793 10794 10795 10796 10797 10798 10799 10800 10801 10802 10803 10804 10805 10806 10807 10808 10809 10810 10811 10812 10813 10814 10815 10816 10817 10818 10819 10820 10821 10822 10823 10824 10825 10826 10827 10828 10829 10830 10831 10832 10833 10834 10835 10836 10837 10838 10839 10840 10841 10842 10843 10844 10845 10846 10847 10848 10849 10850 10851 10852 10853 10854 10855 10856 10857 10858 10859 10860 10861 10862 10863 10864 10865 10866 10867 10868 10869 10870 10871 10872 10873 10874 10875 10876 10877 10878 10879 10880 10881 10882 10883 10884 10885 10886 10887 10888 10889 10890 10891 10892 10893 10894 10895 10896 10897 10898 10899 10900 10901 10902 10903 10904 10905 10906 10907 10908 10909 10910 10911 10912 10913 10914 10915 10916 10917 10918 10919 10920 10921 10922 10923 10924 10925 10926 10927 10928 10929 10930 10931 10932 10933 10934 10935 10936 10937 10938 10939 10940 10941 10942 10943 10944 10945 10946 10947 10948 10949 10950 10951 10952 10953 10954 10955 10956 10957 10958 10959 10960 10961 10962 10963 10964 10965 10966 10967 10968 10969 10970 10971 10972 10973 10974 10975 10976 10977 10978 10979 10980 10981 10982 10983 10984 10985 10986 10987 10988 10989 10990 10991 10992 10993 10994 10995 10996 10997 10998 10999 11000 11001 11002 11003 11004 11005 11006 11007 11008 11009 11010 11011 11012 11013 11014 11015 11016 11017 11018 11019 11020 11021 11022 11023 11024 11025 11026 11027 11028 11029 11030 11031 11032 11033 11034 11035 11036 11037 11038 11039 11040 11041 11042 11043 11044 11045 11046 11047 11048 11049 11050 11051 11052 11053 11054 11055 11056 11057 11058 11059 11060 11061 11062 11063 11064 11065 11066 11067 11068 11069 11070 11071 11072 11073 11074 11075 11076 11077 11078 11079 11080 11081 11082 11083 11084 11085 11086 11087 11088 11089 11090 11091 11092 11093 11094 11095 11096 11097 11098 11099 11100 11101 11102 11103 11104 11105 11106 11107 11108 11109 11110 11111 11112 11113 11114 11115 11116 11117 11118 11119 11120 11121 11122 11123 11124 11125 11126 11127 11128 11129 11130 11131 11132 11133 11134 11135 11136 11137 11138 11139 11140 11141 11142 11143 11144 11145 11146 11147 11148 11149 11150 11151 11152 11153 11154 11155 11156 11157 11158 11159 11160 11161 11162 11163 11164 11165 11166 11167 11168 11169 11170 11171 11172 11173 11174 11175 11176 11177 11178 11179 11180 11181 11182 11183 11184 11185 11186 11187 11188 11189 11190 11191 11192 11193 11194 11195 11196 11197 11198 11199 11200 11201 11202 11203 11204 11205 11206 11207 11208 11209 11210 11211 11212 11213 11214 11215 11216 11217 11218 11219 11220 11221 11222 11223 11224 11225 11226 11227 11228 11229 11230 11231 11232 11233 11234 11235 11236 11237 11238 11239 11240 11241 11242 11243 11244 11245 11246 11247 11248 11249 11250 11251 11252 11253 11254 11255 11256 11257 11258 11259 11260 11261 11262 11263 11264 11265 11266 11267 11268 11269 11270 11271 11272 11273 11274 11275 11276 11277 11278 11279 11280 11281 11282 11283 11284 11285 11286 11287 11288 11289 11290 11291 11292 11293 11294 11295 11296 11297 11298 11299 11300 11301 11302 11303 11304 11305 11306 11307 11308 11309 11310 11311 11312 11313 11314 11315 11316 11317 11318 11319 11320 11321 11322 11323 11324 11325 11326 11327 11328 11329 11330 11331 11332 11333 11334 11335 11336 11337 11338 11339 11340 11341 11342 11343 11344 11345 11346 11347 11348 11349 11350 11351 11352 11353 11354 11355 11356 11357 11358 11359 11360 11361 11362 11363 11364 11365 11366 11367 11368 11369 11370 11371 11372 11373 11374 11375 11376 11377 11378 11379 11380 11381 11382 11383 11384 11385 11386 11387 11388 11389 11390 11391 11392 11393 11394 11395 11396 11397 11398 11399 11400 11401 11402 11403 11404 11405 11406 11407 11408 11409 11410 11411 11412 11413 11414 11415 11416 11417 11418 11419 11420 11421 11422 11423 11424 11425 11426 11427 11428 11429 11430 11431 11432 11433 11434 11435 11436 11437 11438 11439 11440 11441 11442 11443 11444 11445 11446 11447 11448 11449 11450 11451 11452 11453 11454 11455 11456 11457 11458 11459 11460 11461 11462 11463 11464 11465 11466 11467 11468 11469 11470 11471 11472 11473 11474 11475 11476 11477 11478 11479 11480 11481 11482 11483 11484 11485 11486 11487 11488 11489 11490 11491 11492 11493 11494 11495 11496 11497 11498 11499 11500 11501 11502 11503 11504 11505 11506 11507 11508 11509 11510 11511 11512 11513 11514 11515 11516 11517 11518 11519 11520 11521 11522 11523 11524 11525 11526 11527 11528 11529 11530 11531 11532 11533 11534 11535 11536 11537 11538 11539 11540 11541 11542 11543 11544 11545 11546 11547 11548 11549 11550 11551 11552 11553 11554 11555 11556 11557 11558 11559 11560 11561 11562 11563 11564 11565 11566 11567 11568 11569 11570 11571 11572 11573 11574 11575 11576 11577 11578 11579 11580 11581 11582 11583 11584 11585 11586 11587 11588 11589 11590 11591 11592 11593 11594 11595 11596 11597 11598 11599 11600 11601 11602 11603 11604 11605 11606 11607 11608 11609 11610 11611 11612 11613 11614 11615 11616 11617 11618 11619 11620 11621 11622 11623 11624 11625 11626 11627 11628 11629 11630 11631 11632 11633 11634 11635 11636 11637 11638 11639 11640 11641 11642 11643 11644 11645 11646 11647 11648 11649 11650 11651 11652 11653 11654 11655 11656 11657 11658 11659 11660 11661 11662 11663 11664 11665 11666 11667 11668 11669 11670 11671 11672 11673 11674 11675 11676 11677 11678 11679 11680 11681 11682 11683 11684 11685 11686 11687 11688 11689 11690 11691 11692 11693 11694 11695 11696 11697 11698 11699 11700 11701 11702 11703 11704 11705 11706 11707 11708 11709 11710 11711 11712 11713 11714 11715 11716 11717 11718 11719 11720 11721 11722 11723 11724 11725 11726 11727 11728 11729 11730 11731 11732 11733 11734 11735 11736 11737 11738 11739 11740 11741 11742 11743 11744 11745 11746 11747 11748 11749 11750 11751 11752 11753 11754 11755 11756 11757 11758 11759 11760 11761 11762 11763 11764 11765 11766 11767 11768 11769 11770 11771 11772 11773 11774 11775 11776 11777 11778 11779 11780 11781 11782 11783 11784 11785 11786 11787 11788 11789 11790 11791 11792 11793 11794 11795 11796 11797 11798 11799 11800 11801 11802 11803 11804 11805 11806 11807 11808 11809 11810 11811 11812 11813 11814 11815 11816 11817 11818 11819 11820 11821 11822 11823 11824 11825 11826 11827 11828 11829 11830 11831 11832 11833 11834 11835 11836 11837 11838 11839 11840 11841 11842 11843 11844 11845 11846 11847 11848 11849 11850 11851 11852 11853 11854 11855 11856 11857 11858 11859 11860 11861 11862 11863 11864 11865 11866 11867 11868 11869 11870 11871 11872 11873 11874 11875 11876 11877 11878 11879 11880 11881 11882 11883 11884 11885 11886 11887 11888 11889 11890
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 5e131b6..840488d 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -37,3 +37,5 @@ mtest.exe
*.ilg
*.ind
*.pdf
+*.out
+tommath.tex
diff --git a/bn_mp_get_int.c b/bn_mp_get_int.c
index ee22085..27e3351 100644
--- a/bn_mp_get_int.c
+++ b/bn_mp_get_int.c
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
*/
/* get the lower 32-bits of an mp_int */
-unsigned long mp_get_int(mp_int * a)
+unsigned long mp_get_int(mp_int * a)
{
int i;
unsigned long res;
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ unsigned long mp_get_int(mp_int * a)
/* get most significant digit of result */
res = DIGIT(a,i);
-
+
while (--i >= 0) {
res = (res << DIGIT_BIT) | DIGIT(a,i);
}
diff --git a/bn_mp_reduce.c b/bn_mp_reduce.c
index 07d177b..737bc58 100644
--- a/bn_mp_reduce.c
+++ b/bn_mp_reduce.c
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
* Tom St Denis, tomstdenis@gmail.com, http://libtom.org
*/
-/* reduces x mod m, assumes 0 < x < m**2, mu is
+/* reduces x mod m, assumes 0 < x < m**2, mu is
* precomputed via mp_reduce_setup.
* From HAC pp.604 Algorithm 14.42
*/
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ int mp_reduce (mp_int * x, mp_int * m, mp_int * mu)
}
/* q1 = x / b**(k-1) */
- mp_rshd (&q, um - 1);
+ mp_rshd (&q, um - 1);
/* according to HAC this optimization is ok */
if (((unsigned long) um) > (((mp_digit)1) << (DIGIT_BIT - 1))) {
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ int mp_reduce (mp_int * x, mp_int * m, mp_int * mu)
if ((res = fast_s_mp_mul_high_digs (&q, mu, &q, um)) != MP_OKAY) {
goto CLEANUP;
}
-#else
- {
+#else
+ {
res = MP_VAL;
goto CLEANUP;
}
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ int mp_reduce (mp_int * x, mp_int * m, mp_int * mu)
}
/* q3 = q2 / b**(k+1) */
- mp_rshd (&q, um + 1);
+ mp_rshd (&q, um + 1);
/* x = x mod b**(k+1), quick (no division) */
if ((res = mp_mod_2d (x, DIGIT_BIT * (um + 1), x)) != MP_OKAY) {
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ int mp_reduce (mp_int * x, mp_int * m, mp_int * mu)
goto CLEANUP;
}
}
-
+
CLEANUP:
mp_clear (&q);
diff --git a/booker.pl b/booker.pl
index 49f1889..3dc1c97 100644
--- a/booker.pl
+++ b/booker.pl
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ if (shift =~ /PDF/) {
$graph = "";
} else {
$graph = ".ps";
-}
+}
open(IN,"<tommath.src") or die "Can't open source file";
open(OUT,">tommath.tex") or die "Can't open destination file";
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ $x = 0;
while (<IN>) {
print ".";
if (!(++$x % 80)) { print "\n"; }
- #update the headings
+ #update the headings
if (~($_ =~ /\*/)) {
if ($_ =~ /\\chapter{.+}/) {
++$chapter;
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ while (<IN>) {
} elsif ($_ =~ /\\subsection{.+}/) {
++$subsection;
}
- }
+ }
if ($_ =~ m/MARK/) {
@m = split(",",$_);
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ $srcline = 0;
while (<IN>) {
++$readline;
++$srcline;
-
+
if ($_ =~ m/MARK/) {
} elsif ($_ =~ m/EXAM/ || $_ =~ m/LIST/) {
if ($_ =~ m/EXAM/) {
@@ -64,29 +64,29 @@ while (<IN>) {
} else {
$skipheader = 0;
}
-
+
# EXAM,file
chomp($_);
@m = split(",",$_);
open(SRC,"<$m[1]") or die "Error:$srcline:Can't open source file $m[1]";
-
+
print "$srcline:Inserting $m[1]:";
-
+
$line = 0;
$tmp = $m[1];
$tmp =~ s/_/"\\_"/ge;
print OUT "\\vspace{+3mm}\\begin{small}\n\\hspace{-5.1mm}{\\bf File}: $tmp\n\\vspace{-3mm}\n\\begin{alltt}\n";
$wroteline += 5;
-
+
if ($skipheader == 1) {
- # scan till next end of comment, e.g. skip license
+ # scan till next end of comment, e.g. skip license
while (<SRC>) {
$text[$line++] = $_;
last if ($_ =~ /math\.libtomcrypt\.com/);
}
- <SRC>;
+ <SRC>;
}
-
+
$inline = 0;
while (<SRC>) {
next if ($_ =~ /\$Source/);
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ while (<IN>) {
$_ =~ s/}/"^}"/ge;
$_ =~ s/\\/'\symbol{92}'/ge;
$_ =~ s/\^/"\\"/ge;
-
+
printf OUT ("%03d ", $line);
for ($x = 0; $x < length($_); $x++) {
print OUT chr(vec($_, $x, 8));
- if ($x == 75) {
+ if ($x == 75) {
print OUT "\n ";
++$wroteline;
}
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ while (<IN>) {
$txt = $_;
while ($txt =~ m/@\d+,.+@/) {
@m = split("@",$txt); # splits into text, one, two
- @parms = split(",",$m[1]); # splits one,two into two elements
-
- # now search from $parms[0] down for $parms[1]
+ @parms = split(",",$m[1]); # splits one,two into two elements
+
+ # now search from $parms[0] down for $parms[1]
$found1 = 0;
$found2 = 0;
for ($i = $parms[0]; $i < $totlines && $found1 == 0; $i++) {
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ while (<IN>) {
$found1 = 1;
}
}
-
+
# now search backwards
for ($i = $parms[0] - 1; $i >= 0 && $found2 == 0; $i--) {
if ($text[$i] =~ m/\Q$parms[1]\E/) {
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ while (<IN>) {
$found2 = 1;
}
}
-
+
# now use the closest match or the first if tied
if ($found1 == 1 && $found2 == 0) {
$found = 1;
@@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ while (<IN>) {
} else {
$found = 0;
}
-
- # if found replace
+
+ # if found replace
if ($found == 1) {
$delta = $parms[0] - $foundline;
print "Found replacement tag for \"$parms[1]\" on line $srcline which refers to line $foundline (delta $delta)\n";
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ while (<IN>) {
} else {
print "ERROR: The tag \"$parms[1]\" on line $srcline was not found in the most recently parsed source!\n";
}
-
- # remake the rest of the line
+
+ # remake the rest of the line
$cnt = @m;
$txt = "";
for ($i = 2; $i < $cnt; $i++) {
@@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ while (<IN>) {
$txt = $_;
while ($txt =~ /~.+~/) {
@m = split("~", $txt);
-
+
# word is the second position
$word = @m[1];
$a = $index1{$word};
$b = $index2{$word};
$c = $index3{$word};
-
+
# if chapter (a) is zero it wasn't found
if ($a == 0) {
print "ERROR: the tag \"$word\" on line $srcline was not found previously marked.\n";
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ while (<IN>) {
$str = $a;
$str = $str . ".$b" if ($b != 0);
$str = $str . ".$c" if ($c != 0);
-
+
if ($b == 0 && $c == 0) {
# its a chapter
if ($a <= 10) {
@@ -228,16 +228,16 @@ while (<IN>) {
$str = "chapter " . $str;
}
} else {
- $str = "section " . $str if ($b != 0 && $c == 0);
+ $str = "section " . $str if ($b != 0 && $c == 0);
$str = "sub-section " . $str if ($b != 0 && $c != 0);
}
-
+
#substitute
$_ =~ s/~\Q$word\E~/$str/;
-
+
print "Found replacement tag for marker \"$word\" on line $srcline which refers to $str\n";
}
-
+
# remake rest of the line
$cnt = @m;
$txt = "";
diff --git a/etc/tune.c b/etc/tune.c
index 7c07d22..ffdfab4 100644
--- a/etc/tune.c
+++ b/etc/tune.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
#include <time.h>
/* how many times todo each size mult. Depends on your computer. For slow computers
- * this can be low like 5 or 10. For fast [re: Athlon] should be 25 - 50 or so
+ * this can be low like 5 or 10. For fast [re: Athlon] should be 25 - 50 or so
*/
#define TIMES (1UL<<14UL)
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ ulong64 time_mult(int size, int s)
mp_rand (&a, size);
mp_rand (&b, size);
- if (s == 1) {
+ if (s == 1) {
KARATSUBA_MUL_CUTOFF = size;
} else {
KARATSUBA_MUL_CUTOFF = 100000;
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ ulong64 time_sqr(int size, int s)
mp_rand (&a, size);
- if (s == 1) {
+ if (s == 1) {
KARATSUBA_SQR_CUTOFF = size;
} else {
KARATSUBA_SQR_CUTOFF = 100000;
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ main (void)
ulong64 t1, t2;
int x, y;
- for (x = 8; ; x += 2) {
+ for (x = 8; ; x += 2) {
t1 = time_mult(x, 0);
t2 = time_mult(x, 1);
printf("%d: %9llu %9llu, %9llu\n", x, t1, t2, t2 - t1);
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ main (void)
}
y = x;
- for (x = 8; ; x += 2) {
+ for (x = 8; ; x += 2) {
t1 = time_sqr(x, 0);
t2 = time_sqr(x, 1);
printf("%d: %9llu %9llu, %9llu\n", x, t1, t2, t2 - t1);
diff --git a/makefile b/makefile
index 385ad3a..1868255 100644
--- a/makefile
+++ b/makefile
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
#
#Tom St Denis
-#version of library
+#version of library
VERSION=0.42.0
CFLAGS += -I./ -Wall -W -Wshadow -Wsign-compare
@@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ endif
ifndef IGNORE_SPEED
-#for speed
+#for speed
CFLAGS += -O3 -funroll-loops
-#for size
+#for size
#CFLAGS += -Os
#x86 optimizations [should be valid for any GCC install though]
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ $(LIBNAME): $(OBJECTS)
#
# This will build the library with profile generation
# then run the test demo and rebuild the library.
-#
+#
# So far I've seen improvements in the MP math
profiled:
make CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS) -fprofile-arcs -DTESTING" timing
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ profiled:
rm -f *.a *.o ltmtest
make CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS) -fbranch-probabilities"
-#make a single object profiled library
+#make a single object profiled library
profiled_single:
perl gen.pl
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -fprofile-arcs -DTESTING -c mpi.c -o mpi.o
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ profiled_single:
rm -f *.o ltmtest
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -fbranch-probabilities -DTESTING -c mpi.c -o mpi.o
$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $(LIBNAME) mpi.o
- ranlib $(LIBNAME)
+ ranlib $(LIBNAME)
install: $(LIBNAME)
install -d -g $(GROUP) -o $(USER) $(DESTDIR)$(LIBPATH)
@@ -131,16 +131,16 @@ install: $(LIBNAME)
test: $(LIBNAME) demo/demo.o
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) demo/demo.o $(LIBNAME) -o test
-
+
mtest: test
cd mtest ; $(CC) $(CFLAGS) mtest.c -o mtest
-
+
timing: $(LIBNAME)
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -DTIMER demo/timing.c $(LIBNAME) -o ltmtest
# makes the LTM book DVI file, requires tetex, perl and makeindex [part of tetex I think]
docdvi: tommath.src
- cd pics ; MAKE=${MAKE} ${MAKE}
+ cd pics ; MAKE=${MAKE} ${MAKE}
echo "hello" > tommath.ind
perl booker.pl
latex tommath > /dev/null
@@ -151,14 +151,14 @@ docdvi: tommath.src
# poster, makes the single page PDF poster
poster: poster.tex
pdflatex poster
- rm -f poster.aux poster.log
+ rm -f poster.aux poster.log
# makes the LTM book PDF file, requires tetex, cleans up the LaTeX temp files
docs: docdvi
dvipdf tommath
rm -f tommath.log tommath.aux tommath.dvi tommath.idx tommath.toc tommath.lof tommath.ind tommath.ilg
cd pics ; MAKE=${MAKE} ${MAKE} clean
-
+
#LTM user manual
mandvi: bn.tex
echo "hello" > bn.ind
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ manual: mandvi
pdflatex bn >/dev/null
rm -f bn.aux bn.dvi bn.log bn.idx bn.lof bn.out bn.toc
-pretty:
+pretty:
perl pretty.build
clean:
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ clean:
#zipup the project (take that!)
no_oops: clean
- cd .. ; cvs commit
+ cd .. ; cvs commit
echo Scanning for scratch/dirty files
find . -type f | grep -v CVS | xargs -n 1 bash mess.sh
diff --git a/makefile.cygwin_dll b/makefile.cygwin_dll
index a0f1950..5e4ca0f 100644
--- a/makefile.cygwin_dll
+++ b/makefile.cygwin_dll
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
CFLAGS += -I./ -Wall -W -Wshadow -O3 -funroll-loops -mno-cygwin
#x86 optimizations [should be valid for any GCC install though]
-CFLAGS += -fomit-frame-pointer
+CFLAGS += -fomit-frame-pointer
default: windll
diff --git a/makefile.icc b/makefile.icc
index 3fd3385..9313dbc 100644
--- a/makefile.icc
+++ b/makefile.icc
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ CFLAGS += -I./
# -ax? specifies make code specifically for ? but compatible with IA-32
# -x? specifies compile solely for ? [not specifically IA-32 compatible]
#
-# where ? is
+# where ? is
# K - PIII
# W - first P4 [Williamette]
# N - P4 Northwood
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ libtommath.a: $(OBJECTS)
#
# This will build the library with profile generation
# then run the test demo and rebuild the library.
-#
+#
# So far I've seen improvements in the MP math
profiled:
make -f makefile.icc CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS) -prof_gen -DTESTING" timing
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ profiled:
rm -f *.a *.o ltmtest
make -f makefile.icc CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS) -prof_use"
-#make a single object profiled library
+#make a single object profiled library
profiled_single:
perl gen.pl
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -prof_gen -DTESTING -c mpi.c -o mpi.o
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ profiled_single:
rm -f *.o ltmtest
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -prof_use -ip -DTESTING -c mpi.c -o mpi.o
$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) libtommath.a mpi.o
- ranlib libtommath.a
+ ranlib libtommath.a
install: libtommath.a
install -d -g $(GROUP) -o $(USER) $(DESTDIR)$(LIBPATH)
@@ -102,10 +102,10 @@ install: libtommath.a
test: libtommath.a demo/demo.o
$(CC) demo/demo.o libtommath.a -o test
-
-mtest: test
+
+mtest: test
cd mtest ; $(CC) $(CFLAGS) mtest.c -o mtest
-
+
timing: libtommath.a
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -DTIMER demo/timing.c libtommath.a -o ltmtest
diff --git a/makefile.shared b/makefile.shared
index e7db797..f4161b1 100644
--- a/makefile.shared
+++ b/makefile.shared
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ install: $(LIBNAME)
test: $(LIBNAME) demo/demo.o
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c demo/demo.c -o demo/demo.o
$(LT) --mode=link $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o test demo/demo.o $(LIBNAME_S)
-
+
mtest: test
cd mtest ; $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) mtest.c -o mtest
diff --git a/tommath.out b/tommath.out
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f62617..0000000
--- a/tommath.out
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-\BOOKMARK [0][-]{chapter.1}{Introduction}{}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.1.1}{Multiple Precision Arithmetic}{chapter.1}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.1.1}{What is Multiple Precision Arithmetic?}{section.1.1}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.1.2}{The Need for Multiple Precision Arithmetic}{section.1.1}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.1.3}{Benefits of Multiple Precision Arithmetic}{section.1.1}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.1.2}{Purpose of This Text}{chapter.1}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.1.3}{Discussion and Notation}{chapter.1}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.3.1}{Notation}{section.1.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.3.2}{Precision Notation}{section.1.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.3.3}{Algorithm Inputs and Outputs}{section.1.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.3.4}{Mathematical Expressions}{section.1.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.3.5}{Work Effort}{section.1.3}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.1.4}{Exercises}{chapter.1}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.1.5}{Introduction to LibTomMath}{chapter.1}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.5.1}{What is LibTomMath?}{section.1.5}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.5.2}{Goals of LibTomMath}{section.1.5}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.1.6}{Choice of LibTomMath}{chapter.1}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.6.1}{Code Base}{section.1.6}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.6.2}{API Simplicity}{section.1.6}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.6.3}{Optimizations}{section.1.6}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.6.4}{Portability and Stability}{section.1.6}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.1.6.5}{Choice}{section.1.6}
-\BOOKMARK [0][-]{chapter.2}{Getting Started}{}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.2.1}{Library Basics}{chapter.2}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.2.2}{What is a Multiple Precision Integer?}{chapter.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.2.2.1}{The mp\137int Structure}{section.2.2}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.2.3}{Argument Passing}{chapter.2}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.2.4}{Return Values}{chapter.2}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.2.5}{Initialization and Clearing}{chapter.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.2.5.1}{Initializing an mp\137int}{section.2.5}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.2.5.2}{Clearing an mp\137int}{section.2.5}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.2.6}{Maintenance Algorithms}{chapter.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.2.6.1}{Augmenting an mp\137int's Precision}{section.2.6}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.2.6.2}{Initializing Variable Precision mp\137ints}{section.2.6}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.2.6.3}{Multiple Integer Initializations and Clearings}{section.2.6}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.2.6.4}{Clamping Excess Digits}{section.2.6}
-\BOOKMARK [0][-]{chapter.3}{Basic Operations}{}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.3.1}{Introduction}{chapter.3}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.3.2}{Assigning Values to mp\137int Structures}{chapter.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.3.2.1}{Copying an mp\137int}{section.3.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.3.2.2}{Creating a Clone}{section.3.2}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.3.3}{Zeroing an Integer}{chapter.3}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.3.4}{Sign Manipulation}{chapter.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.3.4.1}{Absolute Value}{section.3.4}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.3.4.2}{Integer Negation}{section.3.4}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.3.5}{Small Constants}{chapter.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.3.5.1}{Setting Small Constants}{section.3.5}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.3.5.2}{Setting Large Constants}{section.3.5}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.3.6}{Comparisons}{chapter.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.3.6.1}{Unsigned Comparisions}{section.3.6}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.3.6.2}{Signed Comparisons}{section.3.6}
-\BOOKMARK [0][-]{chapter.4}{Basic Arithmetic}{}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.4.1}{Introduction}{chapter.4}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.4.2}{Addition and Subtraction}{chapter.4}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.4.2.1}{Low Level Addition}{section.4.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.4.2.2}{Low Level Subtraction}{section.4.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.4.2.3}{High Level Addition}{section.4.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.4.2.4}{High Level Subtraction}{section.4.2}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.4.3}{Bit and Digit Shifting}{chapter.4}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.4.3.1}{Multiplication by Two}{section.4.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.4.3.2}{Division by Two}{section.4.3}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.4.4}{Polynomial Basis Operations}{chapter.4}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.4.4.1}{Multiplication by x}{section.4.4}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.4.4.2}{Division by x}{section.4.4}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.4.5}{Powers of Two}{chapter.4}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.4.5.1}{Multiplication by Power of Two}{section.4.5}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.4.5.2}{Division by Power of Two}{section.4.5}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.4.5.3}{Remainder of Division by Power of Two}{section.4.5}
-\BOOKMARK [0][-]{chapter.5}{Multiplication and Squaring}{}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.5.1}{The Multipliers}{chapter.5}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.5.2}{Multiplication}{chapter.5}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.2.1}{The Baseline Multiplication}{section.5.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.2.2}{Faster Multiplication by the ``Comba'' Method}{section.5.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.2.3}{Polynomial Basis Multiplication}{section.5.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.2.4}{Karatsuba Multiplication}{section.5.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.2.5}{Toom-Cook 3-Way Multiplication}{section.5.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.2.6}{Signed Multiplication}{section.5.2}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.5.3}{Squaring}{chapter.5}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.3.1}{The Baseline Squaring Algorithm}{section.5.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.3.2}{Faster Squaring by the ``Comba'' Method}{section.5.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.3.3}{Polynomial Basis Squaring}{section.5.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.3.4}{Karatsuba Squaring}{section.5.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.3.5}{Toom-Cook Squaring}{section.5.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.5.3.6}{High Level Squaring}{section.5.3}
-\BOOKMARK [0][-]{chapter.6}{Modular Reduction}{}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.6.1}{Basics of Modular Reduction}{chapter.6}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.6.2}{The Barrett Reduction}{chapter.6}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.2.1}{Fixed Point Arithmetic}{section.6.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.2.2}{Choosing a Radix Point}{section.6.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.2.3}{Trimming the Quotient}{section.6.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.2.4}{Trimming the Residue}{section.6.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.2.5}{The Barrett Algorithm}{section.6.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.2.6}{The Barrett Setup Algorithm}{section.6.2}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.6.3}{The Montgomery Reduction}{chapter.6}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.3.1}{Digit Based Montgomery Reduction}{section.6.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.3.2}{Baseline Montgomery Reduction}{section.6.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.3.3}{Faster ``Comba'' Montgomery Reduction}{section.6.3}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.3.4}{Montgomery Setup}{section.6.3}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.6.4}{The Diminished Radix Algorithm}{chapter.6}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.4.1}{Choice of Moduli}{section.6.4}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.4.2}{Choice of k}{section.6.4}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.4.3}{Restricted Diminished Radix Reduction}{section.6.4}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.6.4.4}{Unrestricted Diminished Radix Reduction}{section.6.4}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.6.5}{Algorithm Comparison}{chapter.6}
-\BOOKMARK [0][-]{chapter.7}{Exponentiation}{}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.7.1}{Exponentiation Basics}{chapter.7}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.7.1.1}{Single Digit Exponentiation}{section.7.1}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.7.2}{k-ary Exponentiation}{chapter.7}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.7.2.1}{Optimal Values of k}{section.7.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.7.2.2}{Sliding-Window Exponentiation}{section.7.2}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.7.3}{Modular Exponentiation}{chapter.7}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.7.3.1}{Barrett Modular Exponentiation}{section.7.3}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.7.4}{Quick Power of Two}{chapter.7}
-\BOOKMARK [0][-]{chapter.8}{Higher Level Algorithms}{}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.8.1}{Integer Division with Remainder}{chapter.8}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.8.1.1}{Quotient Estimation}{section.8.1}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.8.1.2}{Normalized Integers}{section.8.1}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.8.1.3}{Radix- Division with Remainder}{section.8.1}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.8.2}{Single Digit Helpers}{chapter.8}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.8.2.1}{Single Digit Addition and Subtraction}{section.8.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.8.2.2}{Single Digit Multiplication}{section.8.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.8.2.3}{Single Digit Division}{section.8.2}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.8.2.4}{Single Digit Root Extraction}{section.8.2}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.8.3}{Random Number Generation}{chapter.8}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.8.4}{Formatted Representations}{chapter.8}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.8.4.1}{Reading Radix-n Input}{section.8.4}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.8.4.2}{Generating Radix-n Output}{section.8.4}
-\BOOKMARK [0][-]{chapter.9}{Number Theoretic Algorithms}{}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.9.1}{Greatest Common Divisor}{chapter.9}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.9.1.1}{Complete Greatest Common Divisor}{section.9.1}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.9.2}{Least Common Multiple}{chapter.9}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.9.3}{Jacobi Symbol Computation}{chapter.9}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.9.3.1}{Jacobi Symbol}{section.9.3}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.9.4}{Modular Inverse}{chapter.9}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.9.4.1}{General Case}{section.9.4}
-\BOOKMARK [1][-]{section.9.5}{Primality Tests}{chapter.9}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.9.5.1}{Trial Division}{section.9.5}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.9.5.2}{The Fermat Test}{section.9.5}
-\BOOKMARK [2][-]{subsection.9.5.3}{The Miller-Rabin Test}{section.9.5}
diff --git a/tommath.src b/tommath.src
index 4065822..c940e6f 100644
--- a/tommath.src
+++ b/tommath.src
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ QUALCOMM Australia \\
}
}
\maketitle
-This text has been placed in the public domain. This text corresponds to the v0.39 release of the
+This text has been placed in the public domain. This text corresponds to the v0.39 release of the
LibTomMath project.
\begin{alltt}
@@ -80,17 +80,17 @@ Phone: 1-613-836-3160
Email: tomstdenis@gmail.com
\end{alltt}
-This text is formatted to the international B5 paper size of 176mm wide by 250mm tall using the \LaTeX{}
+This text is formatted to the international B5 paper size of 176mm wide by 250mm tall using the \LaTeX{}
{\em book} macro package and the Perl {\em booker} package.
\tableofcontents
\listoffigures
\chapter*{Prefaces}
-When I tell people about my LibTom projects and that I release them as public domain they are often puzzled.
-They ask why I did it and especially why I continue to work on them for free. The best I can explain it is ``Because I can.''
-Which seems odd and perhaps too terse for adult conversation. I often qualify it with ``I am able, I am willing.'' which
+When I tell people about my LibTom projects and that I release them as public domain they are often puzzled.
+They ask why I did it and especially why I continue to work on them for free. The best I can explain it is ``Because I can.''
+Which seems odd and perhaps too terse for adult conversation. I often qualify it with ``I am able, I am willing.'' which
perhaps explains it better. I am the first to admit there is not anything that special with what I have done. Perhaps
-others can see that too and then we would have a society to be proud of. My LibTom projects are what I am doing to give
+others can see that too and then we would have a society to be proud of. My LibTom projects are what I am doing to give
back to society in the form of tools and knowledge that can help others in their endeavours.
I started writing this book because it was the most logical task to further my goal of open academia. The LibTomMath source
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ from relatively straightforward algebra and I hope that this book can be a valua
This book and indeed much of the LibTom projects would not exist in their current form if it was not for a plethora
of kind people donating their time, resources and kind words to help support my work. Writing a text of significant
length (along with the source code) is a tiresome and lengthy process. Currently the LibTom project is four years old,
-comprises of literally thousands of users and over 100,000 lines of source code, TeX and other material. People like Mads and Greg
-were there at the beginning to encourage me to work well. It is amazing how timely validation from others can boost morale to
-continue the project. Definitely my parents were there for me by providing room and board during the many months of work in 2003.
+comprises of literally thousands of users and over 100,000 lines of source code, TeX and other material. People like Mads and Greg
+were there at the beginning to encourage me to work well. It is amazing how timely validation from others can boost morale to
+continue the project. Definitely my parents were there for me by providing room and board during the many months of work in 2003.
To my many friends whom I have met through the years I thank you for the good times and the words of encouragement. I hope I
honour your kind gestures with this project.
@@ -115,22 +115,22 @@ Open Source. Open Academia. Open Minds.
\begin{flushright} Tom St Denis \end{flushright}
\newpage
-I found the opportunity to work with Tom appealing for several reasons, not only could I broaden my own horizons, but also
+I found the opportunity to work with Tom appealing for several reasons, not only could I broaden my own horizons, but also
contribute to educate others facing the problem of having to handle big number mathematical calculations.
-This book is Tom's child and he has been caring and fostering the project ever since the beginning with a clear mind of
-how he wanted the project to turn out. I have helped by proofreading the text and we have had several discussions about
+This book is Tom's child and he has been caring and fostering the project ever since the beginning with a clear mind of
+how he wanted the project to turn out. I have helped by proofreading the text and we have had several discussions about
the layout and language used.
-I hold a masters degree in cryptography from the University of Southern Denmark and have always been interested in the
-practical aspects of cryptography.
+I hold a masters degree in cryptography from the University of Southern Denmark and have always been interested in the
+practical aspects of cryptography.
-Having worked in the security consultancy business for several years in S\~{a}o Paulo, Brazil, I have been in touch with a
-great deal of work in which multiple precision mathematics was needed. Understanding the possibilities for speeding up
-multiple precision calculations is often very important since we deal with outdated machine architecture where modular
+Having worked in the security consultancy business for several years in S\~{a}o Paulo, Brazil, I have been in touch with a
+great deal of work in which multiple precision mathematics was needed. Understanding the possibilities for speeding up
+multiple precision calculations is often very important since we deal with outdated machine architecture where modular
reductions, for example, become painfully slow.
-This text is for people who stop and wonder when first examining algorithms such as RSA for the first time and asks
+This text is for people who stop and wonder when first examining algorithms such as RSA for the first time and asks
themselves, ``You tell me this is only secure for large numbers, fine; but how do you implement these numbers?''
\begin{flushright}
@@ -142,22 +142,22 @@ Brazil
\end{flushright}
\newpage
-It's all because I broke my leg. That just happened to be at about the same time that Tom asked for someone to review the section of the book about
-Karatsuba multiplication. I was laid up, alone and immobile, and thought ``Why not?'' I vaguely knew what Karatsuba multiplication was, but not
+It's all because I broke my leg. That just happened to be at about the same time that Tom asked for someone to review the section of the book about
+Karatsuba multiplication. I was laid up, alone and immobile, and thought ``Why not?'' I vaguely knew what Karatsuba multiplication was, but not
really, so I thought I could help, learn, and stop myself from watching daytime cable TV, all at once.
-At the time of writing this, I've still not met Tom or Mads in meatspace. I've been following Tom's progress since his first splash on the
+At the time of writing this, I've still not met Tom or Mads in meatspace. I've been following Tom's progress since his first splash on the
sci.crypt Usenet news group. I watched him go from a clueless newbie, to the cryptographic equivalent of a reformed smoker, to a real
-contributor to the field, over a period of about two years. I've been impressed with his obvious intelligence, and astounded by his productivity.
+contributor to the field, over a period of about two years. I've been impressed with his obvious intelligence, and astounded by his productivity.
Of course, he's young enough to be my own child, so he doesn't have my problems with staying awake.
-When I reviewed that single section of the book, in its very earliest form, I was very pleasantly surprised. So I decided to collaborate more fully,
-and at least review all of it, and perhaps write some bits too. There's still a long way to go with it, and I have watched a number of close
-friends go through the mill of publication, so I think that the way to go is longer than Tom thinks it is. Nevertheless, it's a good effort,
+When I reviewed that single section of the book, in its very earliest form, I was very pleasantly surprised. So I decided to collaborate more fully,
+and at least review all of it, and perhaps write some bits too. There's still a long way to go with it, and I have watched a number of close
+friends go through the mill of publication, so I think that the way to go is longer than Tom thinks it is. Nevertheless, it's a good effort,
and I'm pleased to be involved with it.
\begin{flushright}
-Greg Rose, Sydney, Australia, June 2003.
+Greg Rose, Sydney, Australia, June 2003.
\end{flushright}
\mainmatter
@@ -167,23 +167,23 @@ Greg Rose, Sydney, Australia, June 2003.
\subsection{What is Multiple Precision Arithmetic?}
When we think of long-hand arithmetic such as addition or multiplication we rarely consider the fact that we instinctively
-raise or lower the precision of the numbers we are dealing with. For example, in decimal we almost immediate can
-reason that $7$ times $6$ is $42$. However, $42$ has two digits of precision as opposed to one digit we started with.
-Further multiplications of say $3$ result in a larger precision result $126$. In these few examples we have multiple
+raise or lower the precision of the numbers we are dealing with. For example, in decimal we almost immediate can
+reason that $7$ times $6$ is $42$. However, $42$ has two digits of precision as opposed to one digit we started with.
+Further multiplications of say $3$ result in a larger precision result $126$. In these few examples we have multiple
precisions for the numbers we are working with. Despite the various levels of precision a single subset\footnote{With the occasional optimization.}
- of algorithms can be designed to accomodate them.
+ of algorithms can be designed to accomodate them.
By way of comparison a fixed or single precision operation would lose precision on various operations. For example, in
the decimal system with fixed precision $6 \cdot 7 = 2$.
Essentially at the heart of computer based multiple precision arithmetic are the same long-hand algorithms taught in
-schools to manually add, subtract, multiply and divide.
+schools to manually add, subtract, multiply and divide.
\subsection{The Need for Multiple Precision Arithmetic}
The most prevalent need for multiple precision arithmetic, often referred to as ``bignum'' math, is within the implementation
-of public-key cryptography algorithms. Algorithms such as RSA \cite{RSAREF} and Diffie-Hellman \cite{DHREF} require
-integers of significant magnitude to resist known cryptanalytic attacks. For example, at the time of this writing a
-typical RSA modulus would be at least greater than $10^{309}$. However, modern programming languages such as ISO C \cite{ISOC} and
+of public-key cryptography algorithms. Algorithms such as RSA \cite{RSAREF} and Diffie-Hellman \cite{DHREF} require
+integers of significant magnitude to resist known cryptanalytic attacks. For example, at the time of this writing a
+typical RSA modulus would be at least greater than $10^{309}$. However, modern programming languages such as ISO C \cite{ISOC} and
Java \cite{JAVA} only provide instrinsic support for integers which are relatively small and single precision.
\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -201,27 +201,27 @@ Java \cite{JAVA} only provide instrinsic support for integers which are relative
\label{fig:ISOC}
\end{figure}
-The largest data type guaranteed to be provided by the ISO C programming
-language\footnote{As per the ISO C standard. However, each compiler vendor is allowed to augment the precision as they
-see fit.} can only represent values up to $10^{19}$ as shown in figure \ref{fig:ISOC}. On its own the C language is
-insufficient to accomodate the magnitude required for the problem at hand. An RSA modulus of magnitude $10^{19}$ could be
-trivially factored\footnote{A Pollard-Rho factoring would take only $2^{16}$ time.} on the average desktop computer,
-rendering any protocol based on the algorithm insecure. Multiple precision algorithms solve this very problem by
+The largest data type guaranteed to be provided by the ISO C programming
+language\footnote{As per the ISO C standard. However, each compiler vendor is allowed to augment the precision as they
+see fit.} can only represent values up to $10^{19}$ as shown in figure \ref{fig:ISOC}. On its own the C language is
+insufficient to accomodate the magnitude required for the problem at hand. An RSA modulus of magnitude $10^{19}$ could be
+trivially factored\footnote{A Pollard-Rho factoring would take only $2^{16}$ time.} on the average desktop computer,
+rendering any protocol based on the algorithm insecure. Multiple precision algorithms solve this very problem by
extending the range of representable integers while using single precision data types.
-Most advancements in fast multiple precision arithmetic stem from the need for faster and more efficient cryptographic
-primitives. Faster modular reduction and exponentiation algorithms such as Barrett's algorithm, which have appeared in
-various cryptographic journals, can render algorithms such as RSA and Diffie-Hellman more efficient. In fact, several
-major companies such as RSA Security, Certicom and Entrust have built entire product lines on the implementation and
+Most advancements in fast multiple precision arithmetic stem from the need for faster and more efficient cryptographic
+primitives. Faster modular reduction and exponentiation algorithms such as Barrett's algorithm, which have appeared in
+various cryptographic journals, can render algorithms such as RSA and Diffie-Hellman more efficient. In fact, several
+major companies such as RSA Security, Certicom and Entrust have built entire product lines on the implementation and
deployment of efficient algorithms.
-However, cryptography is not the only field of study that can benefit from fast multiple precision integer routines.
-Another auxiliary use of multiple precision integers is high precision floating point data types.
-The basic IEEE \cite{IEEE} standard floating point type is made up of an integer mantissa $q$, an exponent $e$ and a sign bit $s$.
-Numbers are given in the form $n = q \cdot b^e \cdot -1^s$ where $b = 2$ is the most common base for IEEE. Since IEEE
-floating point is meant to be implemented in hardware the precision of the mantissa is often fairly small
+However, cryptography is not the only field of study that can benefit from fast multiple precision integer routines.
+Another auxiliary use of multiple precision integers is high precision floating point data types.
+The basic IEEE \cite{IEEE} standard floating point type is made up of an integer mantissa $q$, an exponent $e$ and a sign bit $s$.
+Numbers are given in the form $n = q \cdot b^e \cdot -1^s$ where $b = 2$ is the most common base for IEEE. Since IEEE
+floating point is meant to be implemented in hardware the precision of the mantissa is often fairly small
(\textit{23, 48 and 64 bits}). The mantissa is merely an integer and a multiple precision integer could be used to create
-a mantissa of much larger precision than hardware alone can efficiently support. This approach could be useful where
+a mantissa of much larger precision than hardware alone can efficiently support. This approach could be useful where
scientific applications must minimize the total output error over long calculations.
Yet another use for large integers is within arithmetic on polynomials of large characteristic (i.e. $GF(p)[x]$ for large $p$).
@@ -229,152 +229,152 @@ In fact the library discussed within this text has already been used to form a p
\subsection{Benefits of Multiple Precision Arithmetic}
\index{precision}
-The benefit of multiple precision representations over single or fixed precision representations is that
-no precision is lost while representing the result of an operation which requires excess precision. For example,
-the product of two $n$-bit integers requires at least $2n$ bits of precision to be represented faithfully. A multiple
-precision algorithm would augment the precision of the destination to accomodate the result while a single precision system
+The benefit of multiple precision representations over single or fixed precision representations is that
+no precision is lost while representing the result of an operation which requires excess precision. For example,
+the product of two $n$-bit integers requires at least $2n$ bits of precision to be represented faithfully. A multiple
+precision algorithm would augment the precision of the destination to accomodate the result while a single precision system
would truncate excess bits to maintain a fixed level of precision.
It is possible to implement algorithms which require large integers with fixed precision algorithms. For example, elliptic
-curve cryptography (\textit{ECC}) is often implemented on smartcards by fixing the precision of the integers to the maximum
-size the system will ever need. Such an approach can lead to vastly simpler algorithms which can accomodate the
-integers required even if the host platform cannot natively accomodate them\footnote{For example, the average smartcard
+curve cryptography (\textit{ECC}) is often implemented on smartcards by fixing the precision of the integers to the maximum
+size the system will ever need. Such an approach can lead to vastly simpler algorithms which can accomodate the
+integers required even if the host platform cannot natively accomodate them\footnote{For example, the average smartcard
processor has an 8 bit accumulator.}. However, as efficient as such an approach may be, the resulting source code is not
normally very flexible. It cannot, at runtime, accomodate inputs of higher magnitude than the designer anticipated.
-Multiple precision algorithms have the most overhead of any style of arithmetic. For the the most part the
+Multiple precision algorithms have the most overhead of any style of arithmetic. For the the most part the
overhead can be kept to a minimum with careful planning, but overall, it is not well suited for most memory starved
-platforms. However, multiple precision algorithms do offer the most flexibility in terms of the magnitude of the
-inputs. That is, the same algorithms based on multiple precision integers can accomodate any reasonable size input
-without the designer's explicit forethought. This leads to lower cost of ownership for the code as it only has to
+platforms. However, multiple precision algorithms do offer the most flexibility in terms of the magnitude of the
+inputs. That is, the same algorithms based on multiple precision integers can accomodate any reasonable size input
+without the designer's explicit forethought. This leads to lower cost of ownership for the code as it only has to
be written and tested once.
\section{Purpose of This Text}
-The purpose of this text is to instruct the reader regarding how to implement efficient multiple precision algorithms.
-That is to not only explain a limited subset of the core theory behind the algorithms but also the various ``house keeping''
-elements that are neglected by authors of other texts on the subject. Several well reknowned texts \cite{TAOCPV2,HAC}
-give considerably detailed explanations of the theoretical aspects of algorithms and often very little information
-regarding the practical implementation aspects.
-
-In most cases how an algorithm is explained and how it is actually implemented are two very different concepts. For
-example, the Handbook of Applied Cryptography (\textit{HAC}), algorithm 14.7 on page 594, gives a relatively simple
-algorithm for performing multiple precision integer addition. However, the description lacks any discussion concerning
+The purpose of this text is to instruct the reader regarding how to implement efficient multiple precision algorithms.
+That is to not only explain a limited subset of the core theory behind the algorithms but also the various ``house keeping''
+elements that are neglected by authors of other texts on the subject. Several well reknowned texts \cite{TAOCPV2,HAC}
+give considerably detailed explanations of the theoretical aspects of algorithms and often very little information
+regarding the practical implementation aspects.
+
+In most cases how an algorithm is explained and how it is actually implemented are two very different concepts. For
+example, the Handbook of Applied Cryptography (\textit{HAC}), algorithm 14.7 on page 594, gives a relatively simple
+algorithm for performing multiple precision integer addition. However, the description lacks any discussion concerning
the fact that the two integer inputs may be of differing magnitudes. As a result the implementation is not as simple
-as the text would lead people to believe. Similarly the division routine (\textit{algorithm 14.20, pp. 598}) does not
+as the text would lead people to believe. Similarly the division routine (\textit{algorithm 14.20, pp. 598}) does not
discuss how to handle sign or handle the dividend's decreasing magnitude in the main loop (\textit{step \#3}).
-Both texts also do not discuss several key optimal algorithms required such as ``Comba'' and Karatsuba multipliers
-and fast modular inversion, which we consider practical oversights. These optimal algorithms are vital to achieve
-any form of useful performance in non-trivial applications.
+Both texts also do not discuss several key optimal algorithms required such as ``Comba'' and Karatsuba multipliers
+and fast modular inversion, which we consider practical oversights. These optimal algorithms are vital to achieve
+any form of useful performance in non-trivial applications.
To solve this problem the focus of this text is on the practical aspects of implementing a multiple precision integer
-package. As a case study the ``LibTomMath''\footnote{Available at \url{http://math.libtomcrypt.com}} package is used
-to demonstrate algorithms with real implementations\footnote{In the ISO C programming language.} that have been field
-tested and work very well. The LibTomMath library is freely available on the Internet for all uses and this text
+package. As a case study the ``LibTomMath''\footnote{Available at \url{http://math.libtomcrypt.com}} package is used
+to demonstrate algorithms with real implementations\footnote{In the ISO C programming language.} that have been field
+tested and work very well. The LibTomMath library is freely available on the Internet for all uses and this text
discusses a very large portion of the inner workings of the library.
-The algorithms that are presented will always include at least one ``pseudo-code'' description followed
-by the actual C source code that implements the algorithm. The pseudo-code can be used to implement the same
-algorithm in other programming languages as the reader sees fit.
+The algorithms that are presented will always include at least one ``pseudo-code'' description followed
+by the actual C source code that implements the algorithm. The pseudo-code can be used to implement the same
+algorithm in other programming languages as the reader sees fit.
This text shall also serve as a walkthrough of the creation of multiple precision algorithms from scratch. Showing
-the reader how the algorithms fit together as well as where to start on various taskings.
+the reader how the algorithms fit together as well as where to start on various taskings.
\section{Discussion and Notation}
\subsection{Notation}
A multiple precision integer of $n$-digits shall be denoted as $x = (x_{n-1}, \ldots, x_1, x_0)_{ \beta }$ and represent
-the integer $x \equiv \sum_{i=0}^{n-1} x_i\beta^i$. The elements of the array $x$ are said to be the radix $\beta$ digits
-of the integer. For example, $x = (1,2,3)_{10}$ would represent the integer
-$1\cdot 10^2 + 2\cdot10^1 + 3\cdot10^0 = 123$.
+the integer $x \equiv \sum_{i=0}^{n-1} x_i\beta^i$. The elements of the array $x$ are said to be the radix $\beta$ digits
+of the integer. For example, $x = (1,2,3)_{10}$ would represent the integer
+$1\cdot 10^2 + 2\cdot10^1 + 3\cdot10^0 = 123$.
\index{mp\_int}
-The term ``mp\_int'' shall refer to a composite structure which contains the digits of the integer it represents, as well
-as auxilary data required to manipulate the data. These additional members are discussed further in section
-\ref{sec:MPINT}. For the purposes of this text a ``multiple precision integer'' and an ``mp\_int'' are assumed to be
-synonymous. When an algorithm is specified to accept an mp\_int variable it is assumed the various auxliary data members
-are present as well. An expression of the type \textit{variablename.item} implies that it should evaluate to the
-member named ``item'' of the variable. For example, a string of characters may have a member ``length'' which would
-evaluate to the number of characters in the string. If the string $a$ equals ``hello'' then it follows that
-$a.length = 5$.
+The term ``mp\_int'' shall refer to a composite structure which contains the digits of the integer it represents, as well
+as auxilary data required to manipulate the data. These additional members are discussed further in section
+\ref{sec:MPINT}. For the purposes of this text a ``multiple precision integer'' and an ``mp\_int'' are assumed to be
+synonymous. When an algorithm is specified to accept an mp\_int variable it is assumed the various auxliary data members
+are present as well. An expression of the type \textit{variablename.item} implies that it should evaluate to the
+member named ``item'' of the variable. For example, a string of characters may have a member ``length'' which would
+evaluate to the number of characters in the string. If the string $a$ equals ``hello'' then it follows that
+$a.length = 5$.
For certain discussions more generic algorithms are presented to help the reader understand the final algorithm used
-to solve a given problem. When an algorithm is described as accepting an integer input it is assumed the input is
-a plain integer with no additional multiple-precision members. That is, algorithms that use integers as opposed to
-mp\_ints as inputs do not concern themselves with the housekeeping operations required such as memory management. These
+to solve a given problem. When an algorithm is described as accepting an integer input it is assumed the input is
+a plain integer with no additional multiple-precision members. That is, algorithms that use integers as opposed to
+mp\_ints as inputs do not concern themselves with the housekeeping operations required such as memory management. These
algorithms will be used to establish the relevant theory which will subsequently be used to describe a multiple
-precision algorithm to solve the same problem.
+precision algorithm to solve the same problem.
\subsection{Precision Notation}
-The variable $\beta$ represents the radix of a single digit of a multiple precision integer and
-must be of the form $q^p$ for $q, p \in \Z^+$. A single precision variable must be able to represent integers in
-the range $0 \le x < q \beta$ while a double precision variable must be able to represent integers in the range
-$0 \le x < q \beta^2$. The extra radix-$q$ factor allows additions and subtractions to proceed without truncation of the
+The variable $\beta$ represents the radix of a single digit of a multiple precision integer and
+must be of the form $q^p$ for $q, p \in \Z^+$. A single precision variable must be able to represent integers in
+the range $0 \le x < q \beta$ while a double precision variable must be able to represent integers in the range
+$0 \le x < q \beta^2$. The extra radix-$q$ factor allows additions and subtractions to proceed without truncation of the
carry. Since all modern computers are binary, it is assumed that $q$ is two.
\index{mp\_digit} \index{mp\_word}
-Within the source code that will be presented for each algorithm, the data type \textbf{mp\_digit} will represent
-a single precision integer type, while, the data type \textbf{mp\_word} will represent a double precision integer type. In
-several algorithms (notably the Comba routines) temporary results will be stored in arrays of double precision mp\_words.
-For the purposes of this text $x_j$ will refer to the $j$'th digit of a single precision array and $\hat x_j$ will refer to
+Within the source code that will be presented for each algorithm, the data type \textbf{mp\_digit} will represent
+a single precision integer type, while, the data type \textbf{mp\_word} will represent a double precision integer type. In
+several algorithms (notably the Comba routines) temporary results will be stored in arrays of double precision mp\_words.
+For the purposes of this text $x_j$ will refer to the $j$'th digit of a single precision array and $\hat x_j$ will refer to
the $j$'th digit of a double precision array. Whenever an expression is to be assigned to a double precision
-variable it is assumed that all single precision variables are promoted to double precision during the evaluation.
+variable it is assumed that all single precision variables are promoted to double precision during the evaluation.
Expressions that are assigned to a single precision variable are truncated to fit within the precision of a single
precision data type.
-For example, if $\beta = 10^2$ a single precision data type may represent a value in the
+For example, if $\beta = 10^2$ a single precision data type may represent a value in the
range $0 \le x < 10^3$, while a double precision data type may represent a value in the range $0 \le x < 10^5$. Let
$a = 23$ and $b = 49$ represent two single precision variables. The single precision product shall be written
as $c \leftarrow a \cdot b$ while the double precision product shall be written as $\hat c \leftarrow a \cdot b$.
-In this particular case, $\hat c = 1127$ and $c = 127$. The most significant digit of the product would not fit
-in a single precision data type and as a result $c \ne \hat c$.
+In this particular case, $\hat c = 1127$ and $c = 127$. The most significant digit of the product would not fit
+in a single precision data type and as a result $c \ne \hat c$.
\subsection{Algorithm Inputs and Outputs}
Within the algorithm descriptions all variables are assumed to be scalars of either single or double precision
-as indicated. The only exception to this rule is when variables have been indicated to be of type mp\_int. This
-distinction is important as scalars are often used as array indicies and various other counters.
+as indicated. The only exception to this rule is when variables have been indicated to be of type mp\_int. This
+distinction is important as scalars are often used as array indicies and various other counters.
\subsection{Mathematical Expressions}
-The $\lfloor \mbox{ } \rfloor$ brackets imply an expression truncated to an integer not greater than the expression
+The $\lfloor \mbox{ } \rfloor$ brackets imply an expression truncated to an integer not greater than the expression
itself. For example, $\lfloor 5.7 \rfloor = 5$. Similarly the $\lceil \mbox{ } \rceil$ brackets imply an expression
-rounded to an integer not less than the expression itself. For example, $\lceil 5.1 \rceil = 6$. Typically when
-the $/$ division symbol is used the intention is to perform an integer division with truncation. For example,
-$5/2 = 2$ which will often be written as $\lfloor 5/2 \rfloor = 2$ for clarity. When an expression is written as a
-fraction a real value division is implied, for example ${5 \over 2} = 2.5$.
+rounded to an integer not less than the expression itself. For example, $\lceil 5.1 \rceil = 6$. Typically when
+the $/$ division symbol is used the intention is to perform an integer division with truncation. For example,
+$5/2 = 2$ which will often be written as $\lfloor 5/2 \rfloor = 2$ for clarity. When an expression is written as a
+fraction a real value division is implied, for example ${5 \over 2} = 2.5$.
The norm of a multiple precision integer, for example $\vert \vert x \vert \vert$, will be used to represent the number of digits in the representation
-of the integer. For example, $\vert \vert 123 \vert \vert = 3$ and $\vert \vert 79452 \vert \vert = 5$.
+of the integer. For example, $\vert \vert 123 \vert \vert = 3$ and $\vert \vert 79452 \vert \vert = 5$.
\subsection{Work Effort}
\index{big-Oh}
-To measure the efficiency of the specified algorithms, a modified big-Oh notation is used. In this system all
-single precision operations are considered to have the same cost\footnote{Except where explicitly noted.}.
-That is a single precision addition, multiplication and division are assumed to take the same time to
+To measure the efficiency of the specified algorithms, a modified big-Oh notation is used. In this system all
+single precision operations are considered to have the same cost\footnote{Except where explicitly noted.}.
+That is a single precision addition, multiplication and division are assumed to take the same time to
complete. While this is generally not true in practice, it will simplify the discussions considerably.
-Some algorithms have slight advantages over others which is why some constants will not be removed in
-the notation. For example, a normal baseline multiplication (section \ref{sec:basemult}) requires $O(n^2)$ work while a
-baseline squaring (section \ref{sec:basesquare}) requires $O({{n^2 + n}\over 2})$ work. In standard big-Oh notation these
-would both be said to be equivalent to $O(n^2)$. However,
-in the context of the this text this is not the case as the magnitude of the inputs will typically be rather small. As a
+Some algorithms have slight advantages over others which is why some constants will not be removed in
+the notation. For example, a normal baseline multiplication (section \ref{sec:basemult}) requires $O(n^2)$ work while a
+baseline squaring (section \ref{sec:basesquare}) requires $O({{n^2 + n}\over 2})$ work. In standard big-Oh notation these
+would both be said to be equivalent to $O(n^2)$. However,
+in the context of the this text this is not the case as the magnitude of the inputs will typically be rather small. As a
result small constant factors in the work effort will make an observable difference in algorithm efficiency.
-All of the algorithms presented in this text have a polynomial time work level. That is, of the form
-$O(n^k)$ for $n, k \in \Z^{+}$. This will help make useful comparisons in terms of the speed of the algorithms and how
+All of the algorithms presented in this text have a polynomial time work level. That is, of the form
+$O(n^k)$ for $n, k \in \Z^{+}$. This will help make useful comparisons in terms of the speed of the algorithms and how
various optimizations will help pay off in the long run.
\section{Exercises}
Within the more advanced chapters a section will be set aside to give the reader some challenging exercises related to
-the discussion at hand. These exercises are not designed to be prize winning problems, but instead to be thought
-provoking. Wherever possible the problems are forward minded, stating problems that will be answered in subsequent
-chapters. The reader is encouraged to finish the exercises as they appear to get a better understanding of the
-subject material.
+the discussion at hand. These exercises are not designed to be prize winning problems, but instead to be thought
+provoking. Wherever possible the problems are forward minded, stating problems that will be answered in subsequent
+chapters. The reader is encouraged to finish the exercises as they appear to get a better understanding of the
+subject material.
That being said, the problems are designed to affirm knowledge of a particular subject matter. Students in particular
are encouraged to verify they can answer the problems correctly before moving on.
Similar to the exercises of \cite[pp. ix]{TAOCPV2} these exercises are given a scoring system based on the difficulty of
-the problem. However, unlike \cite{TAOCPV2} the problems do not get nearly as hard. The scoring of these
-exercises ranges from one (the easiest) to five (the hardest). The following table sumarizes the
+the problem. However, unlike \cite{TAOCPV2} the problems do not get nearly as hard. The scoring of these
+exercises ranges from one (the easiest) to five (the hardest). The following table sumarizes the
scoring system used.
\begin{figure}[here]
@@ -404,21 +404,21 @@ scoring system used.
\end{figure}
Problems at the first level are meant to be simple questions that the reader can answer quickly without programming a solution or
-devising new theory. These problems are quick tests to see if the material is understood. Problems at the second level
+devising new theory. These problems are quick tests to see if the material is understood. Problems at the second level
are also designed to be easy but will require a program or algorithm to be implemented to arrive at the answer. These
-two levels are essentially entry level questions.
+two levels are essentially entry level questions.
-Problems at the third level are meant to be a bit more difficult than the first two levels. The answer is often
-fairly obvious but arriving at an exacting solution requires some thought and skill. These problems will almost always
+Problems at the third level are meant to be a bit more difficult than the first two levels. The answer is often
+fairly obvious but arriving at an exacting solution requires some thought and skill. These problems will almost always
involve devising a new algorithm or implementing a variation of another algorithm previously presented. Readers who can
answer these questions will feel comfortable with the concepts behind the topic at hand.
-Problems at the fourth level are meant to be similar to those of the level three questions except they will require
-additional research to be completed. The reader will most likely not know the answer right away, nor will the text provide
-the exact details of the answer until a subsequent chapter.
+Problems at the fourth level are meant to be similar to those of the level three questions except they will require
+additional research to be completed. The reader will most likely not know the answer right away, nor will the text provide
+the exact details of the answer until a subsequent chapter.
-Problems at the fifth level are meant to be the hardest
-problems relative to all the other problems in the chapter. People who can correctly answer fifth level problems have a
+Problems at the fifth level are meant to be the hardest
+problems relative to all the other problems in the chapter. People who can correctly answer fifth level problems have a
mastery of the subject matter at hand.
Often problems will be tied together. The purpose of this is to start a chain of thought that will be discussed in future chapters. The reader
@@ -427,43 +427,43 @@ is encouraged to answer the follow-up problems and try to draw the relevance of
\section{Introduction to LibTomMath}
\subsection{What is LibTomMath?}
-LibTomMath is a free and open source multiple precision integer library written entirely in portable ISO C. By portable it
-is meant that the library does not contain any code that is computer platform dependent or otherwise problematic to use on
-any given platform.
+LibTomMath is a free and open source multiple precision integer library written entirely in portable ISO C. By portable it
+is meant that the library does not contain any code that is computer platform dependent or otherwise problematic to use on
+any given platform.
The library has been successfully tested under numerous operating systems including Unix\footnote{All of these
-trademarks belong to their respective rightful owners.}, MacOS, Windows, Linux, PalmOS and on standalone hardware such
-as the Gameboy Advance. The library is designed to contain enough functionality to be able to develop applications such
+trademarks belong to their respective rightful owners.}, MacOS, Windows, Linux, PalmOS and on standalone hardware such
+as the Gameboy Advance. The library is designed to contain enough functionality to be able to develop applications such
as public key cryptosystems and still maintain a relatively small footprint.
\subsection{Goals of LibTomMath}
-Libraries which obtain the most efficiency are rarely written in a high level programming language such as C. However,
-even though this library is written entirely in ISO C, considerable care has been taken to optimize the algorithm implementations within the
-library. Specifically the code has been written to work well with the GNU C Compiler (\textit{GCC}) on both x86 and ARM
-processors. Wherever possible, highly efficient algorithms, such as Karatsuba multiplication, sliding window
-exponentiation and Montgomery reduction have been provided to make the library more efficient.
+Libraries which obtain the most efficiency are rarely written in a high level programming language such as C. However,
+even though this library is written entirely in ISO C, considerable care has been taken to optimize the algorithm implementations within the
+library. Specifically the code has been written to work well with the GNU C Compiler (\textit{GCC}) on both x86 and ARM
+processors. Wherever possible, highly efficient algorithms, such as Karatsuba multiplication, sliding window
+exponentiation and Montgomery reduction have been provided to make the library more efficient.
-Even with the nearly optimal and specialized algorithms that have been included the Application Programing Interface
-(\textit{API}) has been kept as simple as possible. Often generic place holder routines will make use of specialized
-algorithms automatically without the developer's specific attention. One such example is the generic multiplication
-algorithm \textbf{mp\_mul()} which will automatically use Toom--Cook, Karatsuba, Comba or baseline multiplication
-based on the magnitude of the inputs and the configuration of the library.
+Even with the nearly optimal and specialized algorithms that have been included the Application Programing Interface
+(\textit{API}) has been kept as simple as possible. Often generic place holder routines will make use of specialized
+algorithms automatically without the developer's specific attention. One such example is the generic multiplication
+algorithm \textbf{mp\_mul()} which will automatically use Toom--Cook, Karatsuba, Comba or baseline multiplication
+based on the magnitude of the inputs and the configuration of the library.
-Making LibTomMath as efficient as possible is not the only goal of the LibTomMath project. Ideally the library should
+Making LibTomMath as efficient as possible is not the only goal of the LibTomMath project. Ideally the library should
be source compatible with another popular library which makes it more attractive for developers to use. In this case the
-MPI library was used as a API template for all the basic functions. MPI was chosen because it is another library that fits
-in the same niche as LibTomMath. Even though LibTomMath uses MPI as the template for the function names and argument
+MPI library was used as a API template for all the basic functions. MPI was chosen because it is another library that fits
+in the same niche as LibTomMath. Even though LibTomMath uses MPI as the template for the function names and argument
passing conventions, it has been written from scratch by Tom St Denis.
-The project is also meant to act as a learning tool for students, the logic being that no easy-to-follow ``bignum''
-library exists which can be used to teach computer science students how to perform fast and reliable multiple precision
-integer arithmetic. To this end the source code has been given quite a few comments and algorithm discussion points.
+The project is also meant to act as a learning tool for students, the logic being that no easy-to-follow ``bignum''
+library exists which can be used to teach computer science students how to perform fast and reliable multiple precision
+integer arithmetic. To this end the source code has been given quite a few comments and algorithm discussion points.
\section{Choice of LibTomMath}
LibTomMath was chosen as the case study of this text not only because the author of both projects is one and the same but
-for more worthy reasons. Other libraries such as GMP \cite{GMP}, MPI \cite{MPI}, LIP \cite{LIP} and OpenSSL
-\cite{OPENSSL} have multiple precision integer arithmetic routines but would not be ideal for this text for
+for more worthy reasons. Other libraries such as GMP \cite{GMP}, MPI \cite{MPI}, LIP \cite{LIP} and OpenSSL
+\cite{OPENSSL} have multiple precision integer arithmetic routines but would not be ideal for this text for
reasons that will be explained in the following sub-sections.
\subsection{Code Base}
@@ -472,115 +472,115 @@ segments of code littered throughout the source. This clean and uncluttered app
developer can more readily discern the true intent of a given section of source code without trying to keep track of
what conditional code will be used.
-The code base of LibTomMath is well organized. Each function is in its own separate source code file
+The code base of LibTomMath is well organized. Each function is in its own separate source code file
which allows the reader to find a given function very quickly. On average there are $76$ lines of code per source
file which makes the source very easily to follow. By comparison MPI and LIP are single file projects making code tracing
-very hard. GMP has many conditional code segments which also hinder tracing.
+very hard. GMP has many conditional code segments which also hinder tracing.
When compiled with GCC for the x86 processor and optimized for speed the entire library is approximately $100$KiB\footnote{The notation ``KiB'' means $2^{10}$ octets, similarly ``MiB'' means $2^{20}$ octets.}
- which is fairly small compared to GMP (over $250$KiB). LibTomMath is slightly larger than MPI (which compiles to about
+ which is fairly small compared to GMP (over $250$KiB). LibTomMath is slightly larger than MPI (which compiles to about
$50$KiB) but LibTomMath is also much faster and more complete than MPI.
\subsection{API Simplicity}
-LibTomMath is designed after the MPI library and shares the API design. Quite often programs that use MPI will build
-with LibTomMath without change. The function names correlate directly to the action they perform. Almost all of the
-functions share the same parameter passing convention. The learning curve is fairly shallow with the API provided
-which is an extremely valuable benefit for the student and developer alike.
+LibTomMath is designed after the MPI library and shares the API design. Quite often programs that use MPI will build
+with LibTomMath without change. The function names correlate directly to the action they perform. Almost all of the
+functions share the same parameter passing convention. The learning curve is fairly shallow with the API provided
+which is an extremely valuable benefit for the student and developer alike.
-The LIP library is an example of a library with an API that is awkward to work with. LIP uses function names that are often ``compressed'' to
-illegible short hand. LibTomMath does not share this characteristic.
+The LIP library is an example of a library with an API that is awkward to work with. LIP uses function names that are often ``compressed'' to
+illegible short hand. LibTomMath does not share this characteristic.
The GMP library also does not return error codes. Instead it uses a POSIX.1 \cite{POSIX1} signal system where errors
are signaled to the host application. This happens to be the fastest approach but definitely not the most versatile. In
-effect a math error (i.e. invalid input, heap error, etc) can cause a program to stop functioning which is definitely
+effect a math error (i.e. invalid input, heap error, etc) can cause a program to stop functioning which is definitely
undersireable in many situations.
\subsection{Optimizations}
While LibTomMath is certainly not the fastest library (GMP often beats LibTomMath by a factor of two) it does
-feature a set of optimal algorithms for tasks such as modular reduction, exponentiation, multiplication and squaring. GMP
+feature a set of optimal algorithms for tasks such as modular reduction, exponentiation, multiplication and squaring. GMP
and LIP also feature such optimizations while MPI only uses baseline algorithms with no optimizations. GMP lacks a few
of the additional modular reduction optimizations that LibTomMath features\footnote{At the time of this writing GMP
-only had Barrett and Montgomery modular reduction algorithms.}.
+only had Barrett and Montgomery modular reduction algorithms.}.
LibTomMath is almost always an order of magnitude faster than the MPI library at computationally expensive tasks such as modular
-exponentiation. In the grand scheme of ``bignum'' libraries LibTomMath is faster than the average library and usually
+exponentiation. In the grand scheme of ``bignum'' libraries LibTomMath is faster than the average library and usually
slower than the best libraries such as GMP and OpenSSL by only a small factor.
\subsection{Portability and Stability}
-LibTomMath will build ``out of the box'' on any platform equipped with a modern version of the GNU C Compiler
-(\textit{GCC}). This means that without changes the library will build without configuration or setting up any
-variables. LIP and MPI will build ``out of the box'' as well but have numerous known bugs. Most notably the author of
-MPI has recently stopped working on his library and LIP has long since been discontinued.
+LibTomMath will build ``out of the box'' on any platform equipped with a modern version of the GNU C Compiler
+(\textit{GCC}). This means that without changes the library will build without configuration or setting up any
+variables. LIP and MPI will build ``out of the box'' as well but have numerous known bugs. Most notably the author of
+MPI has recently stopped working on his library and LIP has long since been discontinued.
GMP requires a configuration script to run and will not build out of the box. GMP and LibTomMath are still in active
development and are very stable across a variety of platforms.
\subsection{Choice}
LibTomMath is a relatively compact, well documented, highly optimized and portable library which seems only natural for
-the case study of this text. Various source files from the LibTomMath project will be included within the text. However,
-the reader is encouraged to download their own copy of the library to actually be able to work with the library.
+the case study of this text. Various source files from the LibTomMath project will be included within the text. However,
+the reader is encouraged to download their own copy of the library to actually be able to work with the library.
\chapter{Getting Started}
\section{Library Basics}
-The trick to writing any useful library of source code is to build a solid foundation and work outwards from it. First,
-a problem along with allowable solution parameters should be identified and analyzed. In this particular case the
+The trick to writing any useful library of source code is to build a solid foundation and work outwards from it. First,
+a problem along with allowable solution parameters should be identified and analyzed. In this particular case the
inability to accomodate multiple precision integers is the problem. Futhermore, the solution must be written
as portable source code that is reasonably efficient across several different computer platforms.
-After a foundation is formed the remainder of the library can be designed and implemented in a hierarchical fashion.
-That is, to implement the lowest level dependencies first and work towards the most abstract functions last. For example,
+After a foundation is formed the remainder of the library can be designed and implemented in a hierarchical fashion.
+That is, to implement the lowest level dependencies first and work towards the most abstract functions last. For example,
before implementing a modular exponentiation algorithm one would implement a modular reduction algorithm.
-By building outwards from a base foundation instead of using a parallel design methodology the resulting project is
+By building outwards from a base foundation instead of using a parallel design methodology the resulting project is
highly modular. Being highly modular is a desirable property of any project as it often means the resulting product
-has a small footprint and updates are easy to perform.
+has a small footprint and updates are easy to perform.
-Usually when I start a project I will begin with the header files. I define the data types I think I will need and
-prototype the initial functions that are not dependent on other functions (within the library). After I
+Usually when I start a project I will begin with the header files. I define the data types I think I will need and
+prototype the initial functions that are not dependent on other functions (within the library). After I
implement these base functions I prototype more dependent functions and implement them. The process repeats until
-I implement all of the functions I require. For example, in the case of LibTomMath I implemented functions such as
-mp\_init() well before I implemented mp\_mul() and even further before I implemented mp\_exptmod(). As an example as to
-why this design works note that the Karatsuba and Toom-Cook multipliers were written \textit{after} the
-dependent function mp\_exptmod() was written. Adding the new multiplication algorithms did not require changes to the
-mp\_exptmod() function itself and lowered the total cost of ownership (\textit{so to speak}) and of development
+I implement all of the functions I require. For example, in the case of LibTomMath I implemented functions such as
+mp\_init() well before I implemented mp\_mul() and even further before I implemented mp\_exptmod(). As an example as to
+why this design works note that the Karatsuba and Toom-Cook multipliers were written \textit{after} the
+dependent function mp\_exptmod() was written. Adding the new multiplication algorithms did not require changes to the
+mp\_exptmod() function itself and lowered the total cost of ownership (\textit{so to speak}) and of development
for new algorithms. This methodology allows new algorithms to be tested in a complete framework with relative ease.
FIGU,design_process,Design Flow of the First Few Original LibTomMath Functions.
Only after the majority of the functions were in place did I pursue a less hierarchical approach to auditing and optimizing
-the source code. For example, one day I may audit the multipliers and the next day the polynomial basis functions.
+the source code. For example, one day I may audit the multipliers and the next day the polynomial basis functions.
-It only makes sense to begin the text with the preliminary data types and support algorithms required as well.
+It only makes sense to begin the text with the preliminary data types and support algorithms required as well.
This chapter discusses the core algorithms of the library which are the dependents for every other algorithm.
\section{What is a Multiple Precision Integer?}
-Recall that most programming languages, in particular ISO C \cite{ISOC}, only have fixed precision data types that on their own cannot
-be used to represent values larger than their precision will allow. The purpose of multiple precision algorithms is
-to use fixed precision data types to create and manipulate multiple precision integers which may represent values
-that are very large.
+Recall that most programming languages, in particular ISO C \cite{ISOC}, only have fixed precision data types that on their own cannot
+be used to represent values larger than their precision will allow. The purpose of multiple precision algorithms is
+to use fixed precision data types to create and manipulate multiple precision integers which may represent values
+that are very large.
As a well known analogy, school children are taught how to form numbers larger than nine by prepending more radix ten digits. In the decimal system
-the largest single digit value is $9$. However, by concatenating digits together larger numbers may be represented. Newly prepended digits
-(\textit{to the left}) are said to be in a different power of ten column. That is, the number $123$ can be described as having a $1$ in the hundreds
-column, $2$ in the tens column and $3$ in the ones column. Or more formally $123 = 1 \cdot 10^2 + 2 \cdot 10^1 + 3 \cdot 10^0$. Computer based
-multiple precision arithmetic is essentially the same concept. Larger integers are represented by adjoining fixed
+the largest single digit value is $9$. However, by concatenating digits together larger numbers may be represented. Newly prepended digits
+(\textit{to the left}) are said to be in a different power of ten column. That is, the number $123$ can be described as having a $1$ in the hundreds
+column, $2$ in the tens column and $3$ in the ones column. Or more formally $123 = 1 \cdot 10^2 + 2 \cdot 10^1 + 3 \cdot 10^0$. Computer based
+multiple precision arithmetic is essentially the same concept. Larger integers are represented by adjoining fixed
precision computer words with the exception that a different radix is used.
-What most people probably do not think about explicitly are the various other attributes that describe a multiple precision
-integer. For example, the integer $154_{10}$ has two immediately obvious properties. First, the integer is positive,
-that is the sign of this particular integer is positive as opposed to negative. Second, the integer has three digits in
-its representation. There is an additional property that the integer posesses that does not concern pencil-and-paper
-arithmetic. The third property is how many digits placeholders are available to hold the integer.
+What most people probably do not think about explicitly are the various other attributes that describe a multiple precision
+integer. For example, the integer $154_{10}$ has two immediately obvious properties. First, the integer is positive,
+that is the sign of this particular integer is positive as opposed to negative. Second, the integer has three digits in
+its representation. There is an additional property that the integer posesses that does not concern pencil-and-paper
+arithmetic. The third property is how many digits placeholders are available to hold the integer.
The human analogy of this third property is ensuring there is enough space on the paper to write the integer. For example,
-if one starts writing a large number too far to the right on a piece of paper they will have to erase it and move left.
+if one starts writing a large number too far to the right on a piece of paper they will have to erase it and move left.
Similarly, computer algorithms must maintain strict control over memory usage to ensure that the digits of an integer
-will not exceed the allowed boundaries. These three properties make up what is known as a multiple precision
-integer or mp\_int for short.
+will not exceed the allowed boundaries. These three properties make up what is known as a multiple precision
+integer or mp\_int for short.
\subsection{The mp\_int Structure}
\label{sec:MPINT}
-The mp\_int structure is the ISO C based manifestation of what represents a multiple precision integer. The ISO C standard does not provide for
-any such data type but it does provide for making composite data types known as structures. The following is the structure definition
+The mp\_int structure is the ISO C based manifestation of what represents a multiple precision integer. The ISO C standard does not provide for
+any such data type but it does provide for making composite data types known as structures. The following is the structure definition
used within LibTomMath.
\index{mp\_int}
@@ -607,46 +607,46 @@ The mp\_int structure (fig. \ref{fig:mpint}) can be broken down as follows.
\begin{enumerate}
\item The \textbf{used} parameter denotes how many digits of the array \textbf{dp} contain the digits used to represent
-a given integer. The \textbf{used} count must be positive (or zero) and may not exceed the \textbf{alloc} count.
+a given integer. The \textbf{used} count must be positive (or zero) and may not exceed the \textbf{alloc} count.
-\item The \textbf{alloc} parameter denotes how
-many digits are available in the array to use by functions before it has to increase in size. When the \textbf{used} count
-of a result would exceed the \textbf{alloc} count all of the algorithms will automatically increase the size of the
-array to accommodate the precision of the result.
+\item The \textbf{alloc} parameter denotes how
+many digits are available in the array to use by functions before it has to increase in size. When the \textbf{used} count
+of a result would exceed the \textbf{alloc} count all of the algorithms will automatically increase the size of the
+array to accommodate the precision of the result.
-\item The pointer \textbf{dp} points to a dynamically allocated array of digits that represent the given multiple
-precision integer. It is padded with $(\textbf{alloc} - \textbf{used})$ zero digits. The array is maintained in a least
+\item The pointer \textbf{dp} points to a dynamically allocated array of digits that represent the given multiple
+precision integer. It is padded with $(\textbf{alloc} - \textbf{used})$ zero digits. The array is maintained in a least
significant digit order. As a pencil and paper analogy the array is organized such that the right most digits are stored
-first starting at the location indexed by zero\footnote{In C all arrays begin at zero.} in the array. For example,
-if \textbf{dp} contains $\lbrace a, b, c, \ldots \rbrace$ where \textbf{dp}$_0 = a$, \textbf{dp}$_1 = b$, \textbf{dp}$_2 = c$, $\ldots$ then
-it would represent the integer $a + b\beta + c\beta^2 + \ldots$
+first starting at the location indexed by zero\footnote{In C all arrays begin at zero.} in the array. For example,
+if \textbf{dp} contains $\lbrace a, b, c, \ldots \rbrace$ where \textbf{dp}$_0 = a$, \textbf{dp}$_1 = b$, \textbf{dp}$_2 = c$, $\ldots$ then
+it would represent the integer $a + b\beta + c\beta^2 + \ldots$
\index{MP\_ZPOS} \index{MP\_NEG}
-\item The \textbf{sign} parameter denotes the sign as either zero/positive (\textbf{MP\_ZPOS}) or negative (\textbf{MP\_NEG}).
+\item The \textbf{sign} parameter denotes the sign as either zero/positive (\textbf{MP\_ZPOS}) or negative (\textbf{MP\_NEG}).
\end{enumerate}
\subsubsection{Valid mp\_int Structures}
-Several rules are placed on the state of an mp\_int structure and are assumed to be followed for reasons of efficiency.
+Several rules are placed on the state of an mp\_int structure and are assumed to be followed for reasons of efficiency.
The only exceptions are when the structure is passed to initialization functions such as mp\_init() and mp\_init\_copy().
\begin{enumerate}
\item The value of \textbf{alloc} may not be less than one. That is \textbf{dp} always points to a previously allocated
array of digits.
\item The value of \textbf{used} may not exceed \textbf{alloc} and must be greater than or equal to zero.
-\item The value of \textbf{used} implies the digit at index $(used - 1)$ of the \textbf{dp} array is non-zero. That is,
+\item The value of \textbf{used} implies the digit at index $(used - 1)$ of the \textbf{dp} array is non-zero. That is,
leading zero digits in the most significant positions must be trimmed.
\begin{enumerate}
\item Digits in the \textbf{dp} array at and above the \textbf{used} location must be zero.
\end{enumerate}
-\item The value of \textbf{sign} must be \textbf{MP\_ZPOS} if \textbf{used} is zero;
+\item The value of \textbf{sign} must be \textbf{MP\_ZPOS} if \textbf{used} is zero;
this represents the mp\_int value of zero.
\end{enumerate}
\section{Argument Passing}
-A convention of argument passing must be adopted early on in the development of any library. Making the function
-prototypes consistent will help eliminate many headaches in the future as the library grows to significant complexity.
-In LibTomMath the multiple precision integer functions accept parameters from left to right as pointers to mp\_int
-structures. That means that the source (input) operands are placed on the left and the destination (output) on the right.
+A convention of argument passing must be adopted early on in the development of any library. Making the function
+prototypes consistent will help eliminate many headaches in the future as the library grows to significant complexity.
+In LibTomMath the multiple precision integer functions accept parameters from left to right as pointers to mp\_int
+structures. That means that the source (input) operands are placed on the left and the destination (output) on the right.
Consider the following examples.
\begin{verbatim}
@@ -659,25 +659,25 @@ The left to right order is a fairly natural way to implement the functions since
functions and make sense of them. For example, the first function would read ``multiply a and b and store in c''.
Certain libraries (\textit{LIP by Lenstra for instance}) accept parameters the other way around, to mimic the order
-of assignment expressions. That is, the destination (output) is on the left and arguments (inputs) are on the right. In
-truth, it is entirely a matter of preference. In the case of LibTomMath the convention from the MPI library has been
-adopted.
-
-Another very useful design consideration, provided for in LibTomMath, is whether to allow argument sources to also be a
-destination. For example, the second example (\textit{mp\_add}) adds $a$ to $b$ and stores in $a$. This is an important
-feature to implement since it allows the calling functions to cut down on the number of variables it must maintain.
-However, to implement this feature specific care has to be given to ensure the destination is not modified before the
+of assignment expressions. That is, the destination (output) is on the left and arguments (inputs) are on the right. In
+truth, it is entirely a matter of preference. In the case of LibTomMath the convention from the MPI library has been
+adopted.
+
+Another very useful design consideration, provided for in LibTomMath, is whether to allow argument sources to also be a
+destination. For example, the second example (\textit{mp\_add}) adds $a$ to $b$ and stores in $a$. This is an important
+feature to implement since it allows the calling functions to cut down on the number of variables it must maintain.
+However, to implement this feature specific care has to be given to ensure the destination is not modified before the
source is fully read.
\section{Return Values}
-A well implemented application, no matter what its purpose, should trap as many runtime errors as possible and return them
-to the caller. By catching runtime errors a library can be guaranteed to prevent undefined behaviour. However, the end
+A well implemented application, no matter what its purpose, should trap as many runtime errors as possible and return them
+to the caller. By catching runtime errors a library can be guaranteed to prevent undefined behaviour. However, the end
developer can still manage to cause a library to crash. For example, by passing an invalid pointer an application may
fault by dereferencing memory not owned by the application.
-In the case of LibTomMath the only errors that are checked for are related to inappropriate inputs (division by zero for
-instance) and memory allocation errors. It will not check that the mp\_int passed to any function is valid nor
-will it check pointers for validity. Any function that can cause a runtime error will return an error code as an
+In the case of LibTomMath the only errors that are checked for are related to inappropriate inputs (division by zero for
+instance) and memory allocation errors. It will not check that the mp\_int passed to any function is valid nor
+will it check pointers for validity. Any function that can cause a runtime error will return an error code as an
\textbf{int} data type with one of the following values (fig \ref{fig:errcodes}).
\index{MP\_OKAY} \index{MP\_VAL} \index{MP\_MEM}
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ will it check pointers for validity. Any function that can cause a runtime erro
\end{figure}
When an error is detected within a function it should free any memory it allocated, often during the initialization of
-temporary mp\_ints, and return as soon as possible. The goal is to leave the system in the same state it was when the
+temporary mp\_ints, and return as soon as possible. The goal is to leave the system in the same state it was when the
function was called. Error checking with this style of API is fairly simple.
\begin{verbatim}
@@ -707,19 +707,19 @@ function was called. Error checking with this style of API is fairly simple.
}
\end{verbatim}
-The GMP \cite{GMP} library uses C style \textit{signals} to flag errors which is of questionable use. Not all errors are fatal
+The GMP \cite{GMP} library uses C style \textit{signals} to flag errors which is of questionable use. Not all errors are fatal
and it was not deemed ideal by the author of LibTomMath to force developers to have signal handlers for such cases.
\section{Initialization and Clearing}
-The logical starting point when actually writing multiple precision integer functions is the initialization and
+The logical starting point when actually writing multiple precision integer functions is the initialization and
clearing of the mp\_int structures. These two algorithms will be used by the majority of the higher level algorithms.
Given the basic mp\_int structure an initialization routine must first allocate memory to hold the digits of
the integer. Often it is optimal to allocate a sufficiently large pre-set number of digits even though
the initial integer will represent zero. If only a single digit were allocated quite a few subsequent re-allocations
would occur when operations are performed on the integers. There is a tradeoff between how many default digits to allocate
-and how many re-allocations are tolerable. Obviously allocating an excessive amount of digits initially will waste
-memory and become unmanageable.
+and how many re-allocations are tolerable. Obviously allocating an excessive amount of digits initially will waste
+memory and become unmanageable.
If the memory for the digits has been successfully allocated then the rest of the members of the structure must
be initialized. Since the initial state of an mp\_int is to represent the zero integer, the allocated digits must be set
@@ -754,16 +754,16 @@ structure are set to valid values. The mp\_init algorithm will perform such an
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_init.}
The purpose of this function is to initialize an mp\_int structure so that the rest of the library can properly
manipulte it. It is assumed that the input may not have had any of its members previously initialized which is certainly
-a valid assumption if the input resides on the stack.
+a valid assumption if the input resides on the stack.
Before any of the members such as \textbf{sign}, \textbf{used} or \textbf{alloc} are initialized the memory for
-the digits is allocated. If this fails the function returns before setting any of the other members. The \textbf{MP\_PREC}
-name represents a constant\footnote{Defined in the ``tommath.h'' header file within LibTomMath.}
+the digits is allocated. If this fails the function returns before setting any of the other members. The \textbf{MP\_PREC}
+name represents a constant\footnote{Defined in the ``tommath.h'' header file within LibTomMath.}
used to dictate the minimum precision of newly initialized mp\_int integers. Ideally, it is at least equal to the smallest
precision number you'll be working with.
Allocating a block of digits at first instead of a single digit has the benefit of lowering the number of usually slow
-heap operations later functions will have to perform in the future. If \textbf{MP\_PREC} is set correctly the slack
+heap operations later functions will have to perform in the future. If \textbf{MP\_PREC} is set correctly the slack
memory and the number of heap operations will be trivial.
Once the allocation has been made the digits have to be set to zero as well as the \textbf{used}, \textbf{sign} and
@@ -775,14 +775,14 @@ This function introduces the idiosyncrasy that all iterative loops, commonly ini
when the ``to'' keyword is placed between two expressions. For example, ``for $a$ from $b$ to $c$ do'' means that
a subsequent expression (or body of expressions) are to be evaluated upto $c - b$ times so long as $b \le c$. In each
iteration the variable $a$ is substituted for a new integer that lies inclusively between $b$ and $c$. If $b > c$ occured
-the loop would not iterate. By contrast if the ``downto'' keyword were used in place of ``to'' the loop would iterate
+the loop would not iterate. By contrast if the ``downto'' keyword were used in place of ``to'' the loop would iterate
decrementally.
EXAM,bn_mp_init.c
-One immediate observation of this initializtion function is that it does not return a pointer to a mp\_int structure. It
-is assumed that the caller has already allocated memory for the mp\_int structure, typically on the application stack. The
-call to mp\_init() is used only to initialize the members of the structure to a known default state.
+One immediate observation of this initializtion function is that it does not return a pointer to a mp\_int structure. It
+is assumed that the caller has already allocated memory for the mp\_int structure, typically on the application stack. The
+call to mp\_init() is used only to initialize the members of the structure to a known default state.
Here we see (line @23,XMALLOC@) the memory allocation is performed first. This allows us to exit cleanly and quickly
if there is an error. If the allocation fails the routine will return \textbf{MP\_MEM} to the caller to indicate there
@@ -791,17 +791,17 @@ but a macro defined in ``tommath.h``. By default, XMALLOC will evaluate to mall
memory allocation routine.
In order to assure the mp\_int is in a known state the digits must be set to zero. On most platforms this could have been
-accomplished by using calloc() instead of malloc(). However, to correctly initialize a integer type to a given value in a
+accomplished by using calloc() instead of malloc(). However, to correctly initialize a integer type to a given value in a
portable fashion you have to actually assign the value. The for loop (line @28,for@) performs this required
operation.
-After the memory has been successfully initialized the remainder of the members are initialized
+After the memory has been successfully initialized the remainder of the members are initialized
(lines @29,used@ through @31,sign@) to their respective default states. At this point the algorithm has succeeded and
-a success code is returned to the calling function. If this function returns \textbf{MP\_OKAY} it is safe to assume the
-mp\_int structure has been properly initialized and is safe to use with other functions within the library.
+a success code is returned to the calling function. If this function returns \textbf{MP\_OKAY} it is safe to assume the
+mp\_int structure has been properly initialized and is safe to use with other functions within the library.
\subsection{Clearing an mp\_int}
-When an mp\_int is no longer required by the application, the memory that has been allocated for its digits must be
+When an mp\_int is no longer required by the application, the memory that has been allocated for its digits must be
returned to the application's memory pool with the mp\_clear algorithm.
\begin{figure}[here]
@@ -826,12 +826,12 @@ returned to the application's memory pool with the mp\_clear algorithm.
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_clear.}
-This algorithm accomplishes two goals. First, it clears the digits and the other mp\_int members. This ensures that
+This algorithm accomplishes two goals. First, it clears the digits and the other mp\_int members. This ensures that
if a developer accidentally re-uses a cleared structure it is less likely to cause problems. The second goal
is to free the allocated memory.
The logic behind the algorithm is extended by marking cleared mp\_int structures so that subsequent calls to this
-algorithm will not try to free the memory multiple times. Cleared mp\_ints are detectable by having a pre-defined invalid
+algorithm will not try to free the memory multiple times. Cleared mp\_ints are detectable by having a pre-defined invalid
digit pointer \textbf{dp} setting.
Once an mp\_int has been cleared the mp\_int structure is no longer in a valid state for any other algorithm
@@ -844,11 +844,11 @@ checks to see if the \textbf{dp} member is not \textbf{NULL}. If the mp\_int is
\textbf{NULL} in which case the if statement will evaluate to true.
The digits of the mp\_int are cleared by the for loop (line @25,for@) which assigns a zero to every digit. Similar to mp\_init()
-the digits are assigned zero instead of using block memory operations (such as memset()) since this is more portable.
+the digits are assigned zero instead of using block memory operations (such as memset()) since this is more portable.
The digits are deallocated off the heap via the XFREE macro. Similar to XMALLOC the XFREE macro actually evaluates to
a standard C library function. In this case the free() function. Since free() only deallocates the memory the pointer
-still has to be reset to \textbf{NULL} manually (line @33,NULL@).
+still has to be reset to \textbf{NULL} manually (line @33,NULL@).
Now that the digits have been cleared and deallocated the other members are set to their final values (lines @34,= 0@ and @35,ZPOS@).
@@ -856,16 +856,16 @@ Now that the digits have been cleared and deallocated the other members are set
The previous sections describes how to initialize and clear an mp\_int structure. To further support operations
that are to be performed on mp\_int structures (such as addition and multiplication) the dependent algorithms must be
-able to augment the precision of an mp\_int and
-initialize mp\_ints with differing initial conditions.
+able to augment the precision of an mp\_int and
+initialize mp\_ints with differing initial conditions.
These algorithms complete the set of low level algorithms required to work with mp\_int structures in the higher level
algorithms such as addition, multiplication and modular exponentiation.
\subsection{Augmenting an mp\_int's Precision}
-When storing a value in an mp\_int structure, a sufficient number of digits must be available to accomodate the entire
-result of an operation without loss of precision. Quite often the size of the array given by the \textbf{alloc} member
-is large enough to simply increase the \textbf{used} digit count. However, when the size of the array is too small it
+When storing a value in an mp\_int structure, a sufficient number of digits must be available to accomodate the entire
+result of an operation without loss of precision. Quite often the size of the array given by the \textbf{alloc} member
+is large enough to simply increase the \textbf{used} digit count. However, when the size of the array is too small it
must be re-sized appropriately to accomodate the result. The mp\_grow algorithm will provide this functionality.
\newpage\begin{figure}[here]
@@ -891,14 +891,14 @@ must be re-sized appropriately to accomodate the result. The mp\_grow algorithm
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_grow.}
-It is ideal to prevent re-allocations from being performed if they are not required (step one). This is useful to
-prevent mp\_ints from growing excessively in code that erroneously calls mp\_grow.
+It is ideal to prevent re-allocations from being performed if they are not required (step one). This is useful to
+prevent mp\_ints from growing excessively in code that erroneously calls mp\_grow.
-The requested digit count is padded up to next multiple of \textbf{MP\_PREC} plus an additional \textbf{MP\_PREC} (steps two and three).
-This helps prevent many trivial reallocations that would grow an mp\_int by trivially small values.
+The requested digit count is padded up to next multiple of \textbf{MP\_PREC} plus an additional \textbf{MP\_PREC} (steps two and three).
+This helps prevent many trivial reallocations that would grow an mp\_int by trivially small values.
-It is assumed that the reallocation (step four) leaves the lower $a.alloc$ digits of the mp\_int intact. This is much
-akin to how the \textit{realloc} function from the standard C library works. Since the newly allocated digits are
+It is assumed that the reallocation (step four) leaves the lower $a.alloc$ digits of the mp\_int intact. This is much
+akin to how the \textit{realloc} function from the standard C library works. Since the newly allocated digits are
assumed to contain undefined values they are initially set to zero.
EXAM,bn_mp_grow.c
@@ -915,12 +915,12 @@ the re-allocation. All that is left is to clear the newly allocated digits and
Note that the re-allocation result is actually stored in a temporary pointer $tmp$. This is to allow this function to return
an error with a valid pointer. Earlier releases of the library stored the result of XREALLOC into the mp\_int $a$. That would
-result in a memory leak if XREALLOC ever failed.
+result in a memory leak if XREALLOC ever failed.
\subsection{Initializing Variable Precision mp\_ints}
-Occasionally the number of digits required will be known in advance of an initialization, based on, for example, the size
-of input mp\_ints to a given algorithm. The purpose of algorithm mp\_init\_size is similar to mp\_init except that it
-will allocate \textit{at least} a specified number of digits.
+Occasionally the number of digits required will be known in advance of an initialization, based on, for example, the size
+of input mp\_ints to a given algorithm. The purpose of algorithm mp\_init\_size is similar to mp\_init except that it
+will allocate \textit{at least} a specified number of digits.
\begin{figure}[here]
\begin{small}
@@ -947,30 +947,30 @@ will allocate \textit{at least} a specified number of digits.
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_init\_size.}
-This algorithm will initialize an mp\_int structure $a$ like algorithm mp\_init with the exception that the number of
-digits allocated can be controlled by the second input argument $b$. The input size is padded upwards so it is a
-multiple of \textbf{MP\_PREC} plus an additional \textbf{MP\_PREC} digits. This padding is used to prevent trivial
+This algorithm will initialize an mp\_int structure $a$ like algorithm mp\_init with the exception that the number of
+digits allocated can be controlled by the second input argument $b$. The input size is padded upwards so it is a
+multiple of \textbf{MP\_PREC} plus an additional \textbf{MP\_PREC} digits. This padding is used to prevent trivial
allocations from becoming a bottleneck in the rest of the algorithms.
-Like algorithm mp\_init, the mp\_int structure is initialized to a default state representing the integer zero. This
+Like algorithm mp\_init, the mp\_int structure is initialized to a default state representing the integer zero. This
particular algorithm is useful if it is known ahead of time the approximate size of the input. If the approximation is
correct no further memory re-allocations are required to work with the mp\_int.
EXAM,bn_mp_init_size.c
-The number of digits $b$ requested is padded (line @22,MP_PREC@) by first augmenting it to the next multiple of
-\textbf{MP\_PREC} and then adding \textbf{MP\_PREC} to the result. If the memory can be successfully allocated the
-mp\_int is placed in a default state representing the integer zero. Otherwise, the error code \textbf{MP\_MEM} will be
-returned (line @27,return@).
+The number of digits $b$ requested is padded (line @22,MP_PREC@) by first augmenting it to the next multiple of
+\textbf{MP\_PREC} and then adding \textbf{MP\_PREC} to the result. If the memory can be successfully allocated the
+mp\_int is placed in a default state representing the integer zero. Otherwise, the error code \textbf{MP\_MEM} will be
+returned (line @27,return@).
-The digits are allocated and set to zero at the same time with the calloc() function (line @25,XCALLOC@). The
-\textbf{used} count is set to zero, the \textbf{alloc} count set to the padded digit count and the \textbf{sign} flag set
-to \textbf{MP\_ZPOS} to achieve a default valid mp\_int state (lines @29,used@, @30,alloc@ and @31,sign@). If the function
-returns succesfully then it is correct to assume that the mp\_int structure is in a valid state for the remainder of the
+The digits are allocated and set to zero at the same time with the calloc() function (line @25,XCALLOC@). The
+\textbf{used} count is set to zero, the \textbf{alloc} count set to the padded digit count and the \textbf{sign} flag set
+to \textbf{MP\_ZPOS} to achieve a default valid mp\_int state (lines @29,used@, @30,alloc@ and @31,sign@). If the function
+returns succesfully then it is correct to assume that the mp\_int structure is in a valid state for the remainder of the
functions to work with.
\subsection{Multiple Integer Initializations and Clearings}
-Occasionally a function will require a series of mp\_int data types to be made available simultaneously.
+Occasionally a function will require a series of mp\_int data types to be made available simultaneously.
The purpose of algorithm mp\_init\_multi is to initialize a variable length array of mp\_int structures in a single
statement. It is essentially a shortcut to multiple initializations.
@@ -995,42 +995,42 @@ statement. It is essentially a shortcut to multiple initializations.
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_init\_multi.}
-The algorithm will initialize the array of mp\_int variables one at a time. If a runtime error has been detected
-(\textit{step 1.2}) all of the previously initialized variables are cleared. The goal is an ``all or nothing''
+The algorithm will initialize the array of mp\_int variables one at a time. If a runtime error has been detected
+(\textit{step 1.2}) all of the previously initialized variables are cleared. The goal is an ``all or nothing''
initialization which allows for quick recovery from runtime errors.
EXAM,bn_mp_init_multi.c
This function intializes a variable length list of mp\_int structure pointers. However, instead of having the mp\_int
-structures in an actual C array they are simply passed as arguments to the function. This function makes use of the
-``...'' argument syntax of the C programming language. The list is terminated with a final \textbf{NULL} argument
-appended on the right.
+structures in an actual C array they are simply passed as arguments to the function. This function makes use of the
+``...'' argument syntax of the C programming language. The list is terminated with a final \textbf{NULL} argument
+appended on the right.
The function uses the ``stdarg.h'' \textit{va} functions to step portably through the arguments to the function. A count
$n$ of succesfully initialized mp\_int structures is maintained (line @47,n++@) such that if a failure does occur,
-the algorithm can backtrack and free the previously initialized structures (lines @27,if@ to @46,}@).
+the algorithm can backtrack and free the previously initialized structures (lines @27,if@ to @46,}@).
\subsection{Clamping Excess Digits}
-When a function anticipates a result will be $n$ digits it is simpler to assume this is true within the body of
-the function instead of checking during the computation. For example, a multiplication of a $i$ digit number by a
-$j$ digit produces a result of at most $i + j$ digits. It is entirely possible that the result is $i + j - 1$
-though, with no final carry into the last position. However, suppose the destination had to be first expanded
-(\textit{via mp\_grow}) to accomodate $i + j - 1$ digits than further expanded to accomodate the final carry.
+When a function anticipates a result will be $n$ digits it is simpler to assume this is true within the body of
+the function instead of checking during the computation. For example, a multiplication of a $i$ digit number by a
+$j$ digit produces a result of at most $i + j$ digits. It is entirely possible that the result is $i + j - 1$
+though, with no final carry into the last position. However, suppose the destination had to be first expanded
+(\textit{via mp\_grow}) to accomodate $i + j - 1$ digits than further expanded to accomodate the final carry.
That would be a considerable waste of time since heap operations are relatively slow.
The ideal solution is to always assume the result is $i + j$ and fix up the \textbf{used} count after the function
terminates. This way a single heap operation (\textit{at most}) is required. However, if the result was not checked
-there would be an excess high order zero digit.
+there would be an excess high order zero digit.
-For example, suppose the product of two integers was $x_n = (0x_{n-1}x_{n-2}...x_0)_{\beta}$. The leading zero digit
+For example, suppose the product of two integers was $x_n = (0x_{n-1}x_{n-2}...x_0)_{\beta}$. The leading zero digit
will not contribute to the precision of the result. In fact, through subsequent operations more leading zero digits would
-accumulate to the point the size of the integer would be prohibitive. As a result even though the precision is very
-low the representation is excessively large.
+accumulate to the point the size of the integer would be prohibitive. As a result even though the precision is very
+low the representation is excessively large.
-The mp\_clamp algorithm is designed to solve this very problem. It will trim high-order zeros by decrementing the
-\textbf{used} count until a non-zero most significant digit is found. Also in this system, zero is considered to be a
-positive number which means that if the \textbf{used} count is decremented to zero, the sign must be set to
+The mp\_clamp algorithm is designed to solve this very problem. It will trim high-order zeros by decrementing the
+\textbf{used} count until a non-zero most significant digit is found. Also in this system, zero is considered to be a
+positive number which means that if the \textbf{used} count is decremented to zero, the sign must be set to
\textbf{MP\_ZPOS}.
\begin{figure}[here]
@@ -1052,16 +1052,16 @@ positive number which means that if the \textbf{used} count is decremented to ze
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_clamp.}
As can be expected this algorithm is very simple. The loop on step one is expected to iterate only once or twice at
-the most. For example, this will happen in cases where there is not a carry to fill the last position. Step two fixes the sign for
+the most. For example, this will happen in cases where there is not a carry to fill the last position. Step two fixes the sign for
when all of the digits are zero to ensure that the mp\_int is valid at all times.
EXAM,bn_mp_clamp.c
Note on line @27,while@ how to test for the \textbf{used} count is made on the left of the \&\& operator. In the C programming
-language the terms to \&\& are evaluated left to right with a boolean short-circuit if any condition fails. This is
-important since if the \textbf{used} is zero the test on the right would fetch below the array. That is obviously
+language the terms to \&\& are evaluated left to right with a boolean short-circuit if any condition fails. This is
+important since if the \textbf{used} is zero the test on the right would fetch below the array. That is obviously
undesirable. The parenthesis on line @28,a->used@ is used to make sure the \textbf{used} count is decremented and not
-the pointer ``a''.
+the pointer ``a''.
\section*{Exercises}
\begin{tabular}{cl}
@@ -1087,19 +1087,19 @@ $\left [ 1 \right ]$ & Give an example of when the algorithm mp\_init\_copy mig
\section{Introduction}
In the previous chapter a series of low level algorithms were established that dealt with initializing and maintaining
-mp\_int structures. This chapter will discuss another set of seemingly non-algebraic algorithms which will form the low
+mp\_int structures. This chapter will discuss another set of seemingly non-algebraic algorithms which will form the low
level basis of the entire library. While these algorithm are relatively trivial it is important to understand how they
work before proceeding since these algorithms will be used almost intrinsically in the following chapters.
The algorithms in this chapter deal primarily with more ``programmer'' related tasks such as creating copies of
mp\_int structures, assigning small values to mp\_int structures and comparisons of the values mp\_int structures
-represent.
+represent.
\section{Assigning Values to mp\_int Structures}
\subsection{Copying an mp\_int}
Assigning the value that a given mp\_int structure represents to another mp\_int structure shall be known as making
a copy for the purposes of this text. The copy of the mp\_int will be a separate entity that represents the same
-value as the mp\_int it was copied from. The mp\_copy algorithm provides this functionality.
+value as the mp\_int it was copied from. The mp\_copy algorithm provides this functionality.
\newpage\begin{figure}[here]
\begin{center}
@@ -1124,40 +1124,40 @@ value as the mp\_int it was copied from. The mp\_copy algorithm provides this f
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_copy.}
This algorithm copies the mp\_int $a$ such that upon succesful termination of the algorithm the mp\_int $b$ will
-represent the same integer as the mp\_int $a$. The mp\_int $b$ shall be a complete and distinct copy of the
+represent the same integer as the mp\_int $a$. The mp\_int $b$ shall be a complete and distinct copy of the
mp\_int $a$ meaing that the mp\_int $a$ can be modified and it shall not affect the value of the mp\_int $b$.
-If $b$ does not have enough room for the digits of $a$ it must first have its precision augmented via the mp\_grow
+If $b$ does not have enough room for the digits of $a$ it must first have its precision augmented via the mp\_grow
algorithm. The digits of $a$ are copied over the digits of $b$ and any excess digits of $b$ are set to zero (step two
and three). The \textbf{used} and \textbf{sign} members of $a$ are finally copied over the respective members of
$b$.
\textbf{Remark.} This algorithm also introduces a new idiosyncrasy that will be used throughout the rest of the
-text. The error return codes of other algorithms are not explicitly checked in the pseudo-code presented. For example, in
-step one of the mp\_copy algorithm the return of mp\_grow is not explicitly checked to ensure it succeeded. Text space is
+text. The error return codes of other algorithms are not explicitly checked in the pseudo-code presented. For example, in
+step one of the mp\_copy algorithm the return of mp\_grow is not explicitly checked to ensure it succeeded. Text space is
limited so it is assumed that if a algorithm fails it will clear all temporarily allocated mp\_ints and return
-the error code itself. However, the C code presented will demonstrate all of the error handling logic required to
+the error code itself. However, the C code presented will demonstrate all of the error handling logic required to
implement the pseudo-code.
EXAM,bn_mp_copy.c
Occasionally a dependent algorithm may copy an mp\_int effectively into itself such as when the input and output
-mp\_int structures passed to a function are one and the same. For this case it is optimal to return immediately without
-copying digits (line @24,a == b@).
+mp\_int structures passed to a function are one and the same. For this case it is optimal to return immediately without
+copying digits (line @24,a == b@).
The mp\_int $b$ must have enough digits to accomodate the used digits of the mp\_int $a$. If $b.alloc$ is less than
$a.used$ the algorithm mp\_grow is used to augment the precision of $b$ (lines @29,alloc@ to @33,}@). In order to
simplify the inner loop that copies the digits from $a$ to $b$, two aliases $tmpa$ and $tmpb$ point directly at the digits
of the mp\_ints $a$ and $b$ respectively. These aliases (lines @42,tmpa@ and @45,tmpb@) allow the compiler to access the digits without first dereferencing the
-mp\_int pointers and then subsequently the pointer to the digits.
+mp\_int pointers and then subsequently the pointer to the digits.
-After the aliases are established the digits from $a$ are copied into $b$ (lines @48,for@ to @50,}@) and then the excess
-digits of $b$ are set to zero (lines @53,for@ to @55,}@). Both ``for'' loops make use of the pointer aliases and in
-fact the alias for $b$ is carried through into the second ``for'' loop to clear the excess digits. This optimization
+After the aliases are established the digits from $a$ are copied into $b$ (lines @48,for@ to @50,}@) and then the excess
+digits of $b$ are set to zero (lines @53,for@ to @55,}@). Both ``for'' loops make use of the pointer aliases and in
+fact the alias for $b$ is carried through into the second ``for'' loop to clear the excess digits. This optimization
allows the alias to stay in a machine register fairly easy between the two loops.
\textbf{Remarks.} The use of pointer aliases is an implementation methodology first introduced in this function that will
-be used considerably in other functions. Technically, a pointer alias is simply a short hand alias used to lower the
+be used considerably in other functions. Technically, a pointer alias is simply a short hand alias used to lower the
number of pointer dereferencing operations required to access data. For example, a for loop may resemble
\begin{alltt}
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ for (x = 0; x < 100; x++) \{
\}
\end{alltt}
-This could be re-written using aliases as
+This could be re-written using aliases as
\begin{alltt}
mp_digit *tmpa;
@@ -1176,17 +1176,17 @@ for (x = 0; x < 100; x++) \{
\}
\end{alltt}
-In this case an alias is used to access the
-array of digits within an mp\_int structure directly. It may seem that a pointer alias is strictly not required
+In this case an alias is used to access the
+array of digits within an mp\_int structure directly. It may seem that a pointer alias is strictly not required
as a compiler may optimize out the redundant pointer operations. However, there are two dominant reasons to use aliases.
-The first reason is that most compilers will not effectively optimize pointer arithmetic. For example, some optimizations
-may work for the Microsoft Visual C++ compiler (MSVC) and not for the GNU C Compiler (GCC). Also some optimizations may
-work for GCC and not MSVC. As such it is ideal to find a common ground for as many compilers as possible. Pointer
-aliases optimize the code considerably before the compiler even reads the source code which means the end compiled code
+The first reason is that most compilers will not effectively optimize pointer arithmetic. For example, some optimizations
+may work for the Microsoft Visual C++ compiler (MSVC) and not for the GNU C Compiler (GCC). Also some optimizations may
+work for GCC and not MSVC. As such it is ideal to find a common ground for as many compilers as possible. Pointer
+aliases optimize the code considerably before the compiler even reads the source code which means the end compiled code
stands a better chance of being faster.
-The second reason is that pointer aliases often can make an algorithm simpler to read. Consider the first ``for''
+The second reason is that pointer aliases often can make an algorithm simpler to read. Consider the first ``for''
loop of the function mp\_copy() re-written to not use pointer aliases.
\begin{alltt}
@@ -1196,13 +1196,13 @@ loop of the function mp\_copy() re-written to not use pointer aliases.
\}
\end{alltt}
-Whether this code is harder to read depends strongly on the individual. However, it is quantifiably slightly more
+Whether this code is harder to read depends strongly on the individual. However, it is quantifiably slightly more
complicated as there are four variables within the statement instead of just two.
\subsubsection{Nested Statements}
Another commonly used technique in the source routines is that certain sections of code are nested. This is used in
particular with the pointer aliases to highlight code phases. For example, a Comba multiplier (discussed in chapter six)
-will typically have three different phases. First the temporaries are initialized, then the columns calculated and
+will typically have three different phases. First the temporaries are initialized, then the columns calculated and
finally the carries are propagated. In this example the middle column production phase will typically be nested as it
uses temporary variables and aliases the most.
@@ -1211,9 +1211,9 @@ the various temporary variables required do not propagate into other sections of
\subsection{Creating a Clone}
-Another common operation is to make a local temporary copy of an mp\_int argument. To initialize an mp\_int
-and then copy another existing mp\_int into the newly intialized mp\_int will be known as creating a clone. This is
-useful within functions that need to modify an argument but do not wish to actually modify the original copy. The
+Another common operation is to make a local temporary copy of an mp\_int argument. To initialize an mp\_int
+and then copy another existing mp\_int into the newly intialized mp\_int will be known as creating a clone. This is
+useful within functions that need to modify an argument but do not wish to actually modify the original copy. The
mp\_init\_copy algorithm has been designed to help perform this task.
\begin{figure}[here]
@@ -1233,14 +1233,14 @@ mp\_init\_copy algorithm has been designed to help perform this task.
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_init\_copy.}
-This algorithm will initialize an mp\_int variable and copy another previously initialized mp\_int variable into it. As
-such this algorithm will perform two operations in one step.
+This algorithm will initialize an mp\_int variable and copy another previously initialized mp\_int variable into it. As
+such this algorithm will perform two operations in one step.
EXAM,bn_mp_init_copy.c
-This will initialize \textbf{a} and make it a verbatim copy of the contents of \textbf{b}. Note that
+This will initialize \textbf{a} and make it a verbatim copy of the contents of \textbf{b}. Note that
\textbf{a} will have its own memory allocated which means that \textbf{b} may be cleared after the call
-and \textbf{a} will be left intact.
+and \textbf{a} will be left intact.
\section{Zeroing an Integer}
Reseting an mp\_int to the default state is a common step in many algorithms. The mp\_zero algorithm will be the algorithm used to
@@ -1264,11 +1264,11 @@ perform this task.
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_zero.}
-This algorithm simply resets a mp\_int to the default state.
+This algorithm simply resets a mp\_int to the default state.
EXAM,bn_mp_zero.c
-After the function is completed, all of the digits are zeroed, the \textbf{used} count is zeroed and the
+After the function is completed, all of the digits are zeroed, the \textbf{used} count is zeroed and the
\textbf{sign} variable is set to \textbf{MP\_ZPOS}.
\section{Sign Manipulation}
@@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ the absolute value of an mp\_int.
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_abs.}
This algorithm computes the absolute of an mp\_int input. First it copies $a$ over $b$. This is an example of an
algorithm where the check in mp\_copy that determines if the source and destination are equal proves useful. This allows,
-for instance, the developer to pass the same mp\_int as the source and destination to this function without addition
+for instance, the developer to pass the same mp\_int as the source and destination to this function without addition
logic to handle it.
EXAM,bn_mp_abs.c
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ the negative of an mp\_int input.
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_neg.}
This algorithm computes the negation of an input. First it copies $a$ over $b$. If $a$ has no used digits then
-the algorithm returns immediately. Otherwise it flips the sign flag and stores the result in $b$. Note that if
+the algorithm returns immediately. Otherwise it flips the sign flag and stores the result in $b$. Note that if
$a$ had no digits then it must be positive by definition. Had step three been omitted then the algorithm would return
zero as negative.
@@ -1356,9 +1356,9 @@ Often a mp\_int must be set to a relatively small value such as $1$ or $2$. For
2. $a_0 \leftarrow b \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
3. $a.used \leftarrow \left \lbrace \begin{array}{ll}
1 & \mbox{if }a_0 > 0 \\
- 0 & \mbox{if }a_0 = 0
+ 0 & \mbox{if }a_0 = 0
\end{array} \right .$ \\
-\hline
+\hline
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\caption{Algorithm mp\_set}
@@ -1370,16 +1370,16 @@ single digit is set (\textit{modulo $\beta$}) and the \textbf{used} count is adj
EXAM,bn_mp_set.c
-First we zero (line @21,mp_zero@) the mp\_int to make sure that the other members are initialized for a
+First we zero (line @21,mp_zero@) the mp\_int to make sure that the other members are initialized for a
small positive constant. mp\_zero() ensures that the \textbf{sign} is positive and the \textbf{used} count
-is zero. Next we set the digit and reduce it modulo $\beta$ (line @22,MP_MASK@). After this step we have to
+is zero. Next we set the digit and reduce it modulo $\beta$ (line @22,MP_MASK@). After this step we have to
check if the resulting digit is zero or not. If it is not then we set the \textbf{used} count to one, otherwise
to zero.
-We can quickly reduce modulo $\beta$ since it is of the form $2^k$ and a quick binary AND operation with
+We can quickly reduce modulo $\beta$ since it is of the form $2^k$ and a quick binary AND operation with
$2^k - 1$ will perform the same operation.
-One important limitation of this function is that it will only set one digit. The size of a digit is not fixed, meaning source that uses
+One important limitation of this function is that it will only set one digit. The size of a digit is not fixed, meaning source that uses
this function should take that into account. Only trivially small constants can be set using this function.
\subsection{Setting Large Constants}
@@ -1407,9 +1407,9 @@ data type as input and will always treat it as a 32-bit integer.
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_set\_int.}
-The algorithm performs eight iterations of a simple loop where in each iteration four bits from the source are added to the
+The algorithm performs eight iterations of a simple loop where in each iteration four bits from the source are added to the
mp\_int. Step 2.1 will multiply the current result by sixteen making room for four more bits in the less significant positions. In step 2.2 the
-next four bits from the source are extracted and are added to the mp\_int. The \textbf{used} digit count is
+next four bits from the source are extracted and are added to the mp\_int. The \textbf{used} digit count is
incremented to reflect the addition. The \textbf{used} digit counter is incremented since if any of the leading digits were zero the mp\_int would have
zero digits used and the newly added four bits would be ignored.
@@ -1418,23 +1418,23 @@ Excess zero digits are trimmed in steps 2.1 and 3 by using higher level algorith
EXAM,bn_mp_set_int.c
This function sets four bits of the number at a time to handle all practical \textbf{DIGIT\_BIT} sizes. The weird
-addition on line @38,a->used@ ensures that the newly added in bits are added to the number of digits. While it may not
-seem obvious as to why the digit counter does not grow exceedingly large it is because of the shift on line @27,mp_mul_2d@
-as well as the call to mp\_clamp() on line @40,mp_clamp@. Both functions will clamp excess leading digits which keeps
+addition on line @38,a->used@ ensures that the newly added in bits are added to the number of digits. While it may not
+seem obvious as to why the digit counter does not grow exceedingly large it is because of the shift on line @27,mp_mul_2d@
+as well as the call to mp\_clamp() on line @40,mp_clamp@. Both functions will clamp excess leading digits which keeps
the number of used digits low.
\section{Comparisons}
\subsection{Unsigned Comparisions}
Comparing a multiple precision integer is performed with the exact same algorithm used to compare two decimal numbers. For example,
to compare $1,234$ to $1,264$ the digits are extracted by their positions. That is we compare $1 \cdot 10^3 + 2 \cdot 10^2 + 3 \cdot 10^1 + 4 \cdot 10^0$
-to $1 \cdot 10^3 + 2 \cdot 10^2 + 6 \cdot 10^1 + 4 \cdot 10^0$ by comparing single digits at a time starting with the highest magnitude
-positions. If any leading digit of one integer is greater than a digit in the same position of another integer then obviously it must be greater.
+to $1 \cdot 10^3 + 2 \cdot 10^2 + 6 \cdot 10^1 + 4 \cdot 10^0$ by comparing single digits at a time starting with the highest magnitude
+positions. If any leading digit of one integer is greater than a digit in the same position of another integer then obviously it must be greater.
The first comparision routine that will be developed is the unsigned magnitude compare which will perform a comparison based on the digits of two
-mp\_int variables alone. It will ignore the sign of the two inputs. Such a function is useful when an absolute comparison is required or if the
+mp\_int variables alone. It will ignore the sign of the two inputs. Such a function is useful when an absolute comparison is required or if the
signs are known to agree in advance.
-To facilitate working with the results of the comparison functions three constants are required.
+To facilitate working with the results of the comparison functions three constants are required.
\begin{figure}[here]
\begin{center}
@@ -1470,24 +1470,24 @@ To facilitate working with the results of the comparison functions three constan
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_cmp\_mag.}
By saying ``$a$ to the left of $b$'' it is meant that the comparison is with respect to $a$, that is if $a$ is greater than $b$ it will return
-\textbf{MP\_GT} and similar with respect to when $a = b$ and $a < b$. The first two steps compare the number of digits used in both $a$ and $b$.
-Obviously if the digit counts differ there would be an imaginary zero digit in the smaller number where the leading digit of the larger number is.
-If both have the same number of digits than the actual digits themselves must be compared starting at the leading digit.
+\textbf{MP\_GT} and similar with respect to when $a = b$ and $a < b$. The first two steps compare the number of digits used in both $a$ and $b$.
+Obviously if the digit counts differ there would be an imaginary zero digit in the smaller number where the leading digit of the larger number is.
+If both have the same number of digits than the actual digits themselves must be compared starting at the leading digit.
By step three both inputs must have the same number of digits so its safe to start from either $a.used - 1$ or $b.used - 1$ and count down to
the zero'th digit. If after all of the digits have been compared, no difference is found, the algorithm returns \textbf{MP\_EQ}.
EXAM,bn_mp_cmp_mag.c
-The two if statements (lines @24,if@ and @28,if@) compare the number of digits in the two inputs. These two are
-performed before all of the digits are compared since it is a very cheap test to perform and can potentially save
-considerable time. The implementation given is also not valid without those two statements. $b.alloc$ may be
+The two if statements (lines @24,if@ and @28,if@) compare the number of digits in the two inputs. These two are
+performed before all of the digits are compared since it is a very cheap test to perform and can potentially save
+considerable time. The implementation given is also not valid without those two statements. $b.alloc$ may be
smaller than $a.used$, meaning that undefined values will be read from $b$ past the end of the array of digits.
\subsection{Signed Comparisons}
-Comparing with sign considerations is also fairly critical in several routines (\textit{division for example}). Based on an unsigned magnitude
+Comparing with sign considerations is also fairly critical in several routines (\textit{division for example}). Based on an unsigned magnitude
comparison a trivial signed comparison algorithm can be written.
\begin{figure}[here]
@@ -1510,16 +1510,16 @@ comparison a trivial signed comparison algorithm can be written.
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_cmp.}
-The first two steps compare the signs of the two inputs. If the signs do not agree then it can return right away with the appropriate
-comparison code. When the signs are equal the digits of the inputs must be compared to determine the correct result. In step
-three the unsigned comparision flips the order of the arguments since they are both negative. For instance, if $-a > -b$ then
+The first two steps compare the signs of the two inputs. If the signs do not agree then it can return right away with the appropriate
+comparison code. When the signs are equal the digits of the inputs must be compared to determine the correct result. In step
+three the unsigned comparision flips the order of the arguments since they are both negative. For instance, if $-a > -b$ then
$\vert a \vert < \vert b \vert$. Step number four will compare the two when they are both positive.
EXAM,bn_mp_cmp.c
The two if statements (lines @22,if@ and @26,if@) perform the initial sign comparison. If the signs are not the equal then which ever
-has the positive sign is larger. The inputs are compared (line @30,if@) based on magnitudes. If the signs were both
-negative then the unsigned comparison is performed in the opposite direction (line @31,mp_cmp_mag@). Otherwise, the signs are assumed to
+has the positive sign is larger. The inputs are compared (line @30,if@) based on magnitudes. If the signs were both
+negative then the unsigned comparison is performed in the opposite direction (line @31,mp_cmp_mag@). Otherwise, the signs are assumed to
be both positive and a forward direction unsigned comparison is performed.
\section*{Exercises}
@@ -1536,38 +1536,38 @@ $\left [ 1 \right ]$ & Suggest a simple method to speed up the implementation of
\chapter{Basic Arithmetic}
\section{Introduction}
-At this point algorithms for initialization, clearing, zeroing, copying, comparing and setting small constants have been
-established. The next logical set of algorithms to develop are addition, subtraction and digit shifting algorithms. These
-algorithms make use of the lower level algorithms and are the cruicial building block for the multiplication algorithms. It is very important
-that these algorithms are highly optimized. On their own they are simple $O(n)$ algorithms but they can be called from higher level algorithms
-which easily places them at $O(n^2)$ or even $O(n^3)$ work levels.
+At this point algorithms for initialization, clearing, zeroing, copying, comparing and setting small constants have been
+established. The next logical set of algorithms to develop are addition, subtraction and digit shifting algorithms. These
+algorithms make use of the lower level algorithms and are the cruicial building block for the multiplication algorithms. It is very important
+that these algorithms are highly optimized. On their own they are simple $O(n)$ algorithms but they can be called from higher level algorithms
+which easily places them at $O(n^2)$ or even $O(n^3)$ work levels.
MARK,SHIFTS
-All of the algorithms within this chapter make use of the logical bit shift operations denoted by $<<$ and $>>$ for left and right
-logical shifts respectively. A logical shift is analogous to sliding the decimal point of radix-10 representations. For example, the real
-number $0.9345$ is equivalent to $93.45\%$ which is found by sliding the the decimal two places to the right (\textit{multiplying by $\beta^2 = 10^2$}).
-Algebraically a binary logical shift is equivalent to a division or multiplication by a power of two.
+All of the algorithms within this chapter make use of the logical bit shift operations denoted by $<<$ and $>>$ for left and right
+logical shifts respectively. A logical shift is analogous to sliding the decimal point of radix-10 representations. For example, the real
+number $0.9345$ is equivalent to $93.45\%$ which is found by sliding the the decimal two places to the right (\textit{multiplying by $\beta^2 = 10^2$}).
+Algebraically a binary logical shift is equivalent to a division or multiplication by a power of two.
For example, $a << k = a \cdot 2^k$ while $a >> k = \lfloor a/2^k \rfloor$.
One significant difference between a logical shift and the way decimals are shifted is that digits below the zero'th position are removed
-from the number. For example, consider $1101_2 >> 1$ using decimal notation this would produce $110.1_2$. However, with a logical shift the
-result is $110_2$.
+from the number. For example, consider $1101_2 >> 1$ using decimal notation this would produce $110.1_2$. However, with a logical shift the
+result is $110_2$.
\section{Addition and Subtraction}
In common twos complement fixed precision arithmetic negative numbers are easily represented by subtraction from the modulus. For example, with 32-bit integers
-$a - b\mbox{ (mod }2^{32}\mbox{)}$ is the same as $a + (2^{32} - b) \mbox{ (mod }2^{32}\mbox{)}$ since $2^{32} \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }2^{32}\mbox{)}$.
+$a - b\mbox{ (mod }2^{32}\mbox{)}$ is the same as $a + (2^{32} - b) \mbox{ (mod }2^{32}\mbox{)}$ since $2^{32} \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }2^{32}\mbox{)}$.
As a result subtraction can be performed with a trivial series of logical operations and an addition.
However, in multiple precision arithmetic negative numbers are not represented in the same way. Instead a sign flag is used to keep track of the
-sign of the integer. As a result signed addition and subtraction are actually implemented as conditional usage of lower level addition or
+sign of the integer. As a result signed addition and subtraction are actually implemented as conditional usage of lower level addition or
subtraction algorithms with the sign fixed up appropriately.
The lower level algorithms will add or subtract integers without regard to the sign flag. That is they will add or subtract the magnitude of
the integers respectively.
\subsection{Low Level Addition}
-An unsigned addition of multiple precision integers is performed with the same long-hand algorithm used to add decimal numbers. That is to add the
-trailing digits first and propagate the resulting carry upwards. Since this is a lower level algorithm the name will have a ``s\_'' prefix.
+An unsigned addition of multiple precision integers is performed with the same long-hand algorithm used to add decimal numbers. That is to add the
+trailing digits first and propagate the resulting carry upwards. Since this is a lower level algorithm the name will have a ``s\_'' prefix.
Historically that convention stems from the MPI library where ``s\_'' stood for static functions that were hidden from the developer entirely.
\newpage
@@ -1614,18 +1614,18 @@ Historically that convention stems from the MPI library where ``s\_'' stood for
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm s\_mp\_add.}
-This algorithm is loosely based on algorithm 14.7 of HAC \cite[pp. 594]{HAC} but has been extended to allow the inputs to have different magnitudes.
-Coincidentally the description of algorithm A in Knuth \cite[pp. 266]{TAOCPV2} shares the same deficiency as the algorithm from \cite{HAC}. Even the
+This algorithm is loosely based on algorithm 14.7 of HAC \cite[pp. 594]{HAC} but has been extended to allow the inputs to have different magnitudes.
+Coincidentally the description of algorithm A in Knuth \cite[pp. 266]{TAOCPV2} shares the same deficiency as the algorithm from \cite{HAC}. Even the
MIX pseudo machine code presented by Knuth \cite[pp. 266-267]{TAOCPV2} is incapable of handling inputs which are of different magnitudes.
The first thing that has to be accomplished is to sort out which of the two inputs is the largest. The addition logic
will simply add all of the smallest input to the largest input and store that first part of the result in the
destination. Then it will apply a simpler addition loop to excess digits of the larger input.
-The first two steps will handle sorting the inputs such that $min$ and $max$ hold the digit counts of the two
+The first two steps will handle sorting the inputs such that $min$ and $max$ hold the digit counts of the two
inputs. The variable $x$ will be an mp\_int alias for the largest input or the second input $b$ if they have the
-same number of digits. After the inputs are sorted the destination $c$ is grown as required to accomodate the sum
-of the two inputs. The original \textbf{used} count of $c$ is copied and set to the new used count.
+same number of digits. After the inputs are sorted the destination $c$ is grown as required to accomodate the sum
+of the two inputs. The original \textbf{used} count of $c$ is copied and set to the new used count.
At this point the first addition loop will go through as many digit positions that both inputs have. The carry
variable $\mu$ is set to zero outside the loop. Inside the loop an ``addition'' step requires three statements to produce
@@ -1644,32 +1644,32 @@ EXAM,bn_s_mp_add.c
We first sort (lines @27,if@ to @35,}@) the inputs based on magnitude and determine the $min$ and $max$ variables.
Note that $x$ is a pointer to an mp\_int assigned to the largest input, in effect it is a local alias. Next we
-grow the destination (@37,init@ to @42,}@) ensure that it can accomodate the result of the addition.
+grow the destination (@37,init@ to @42,}@) ensure that it can accomodate the result of the addition.
-Similar to the implementation of mp\_copy this function uses the braced code and local aliases coding style. The three aliases that are on
+Similar to the implementation of mp\_copy this function uses the braced code and local aliases coding style. The three aliases that are on
lines @56,tmpa@, @59,tmpb@ and @62,tmpc@ represent the two inputs and destination variables respectively. These aliases are used to ensure the
compiler does not have to dereference $a$, $b$ or $c$ (respectively) to access the digits of the respective mp\_int.
-The initial carry $u$ will be cleared (line @65,u = 0@), note that $u$ is of type mp\_digit which ensures type
+The initial carry $u$ will be cleared (line @65,u = 0@), note that $u$ is of type mp\_digit which ensures type
compatibility within the implementation. The initial addition (line @66,for@ to @75,}@) adds digits from
both inputs until the smallest input runs out of digits. Similarly the conditional addition loop
-(line @81,for@ to @90,}@) adds the remaining digits from the larger of the two inputs. The addition is finished
+(line @81,for@ to @90,}@) adds the remaining digits from the larger of the two inputs. The addition is finished
with the final carry being stored in $tmpc$ (line @94,tmpc++@). Note the ``++'' operator within the same expression.
After line @94,tmpc++@, $tmpc$ will point to the $c.used$'th digit of the mp\_int $c$. This is useful
for the next loop (line @97,for@ to @99,}@) which set any old upper digits to zero.
\subsection{Low Level Subtraction}
The low level unsigned subtraction algorithm is very similar to the low level unsigned addition algorithm. The principle difference is that the
-unsigned subtraction algorithm requires the result to be positive. That is when computing $a - b$ the condition $\vert a \vert \ge \vert b\vert$ must
-be met for this algorithm to function properly. Keep in mind this low level algorithm is not meant to be used in higher level algorithms directly.
+unsigned subtraction algorithm requires the result to be positive. That is when computing $a - b$ the condition $\vert a \vert \ge \vert b\vert$ must
+be met for this algorithm to function properly. Keep in mind this low level algorithm is not meant to be used in higher level algorithms directly.
This algorithm as will be shown can be used to create functional signed addition and subtraction algorithms.
MARK,GAMMA
For this algorithm a new variable is required to make the description simpler. Recall from section 1.3.1 that a mp\_digit must be able to represent
-the range $0 \le x < 2\beta$ for the algorithms to work correctly. However, it is allowable that a mp\_digit represent a larger range of values. For
-this algorithm we will assume that the variable $\gamma$ represents the number of bits available in a
-mp\_digit (\textit{this implies $2^{\gamma} > \beta$}).
+the range $0 \le x < 2\beta$ for the algorithms to work correctly. However, it is allowable that a mp\_digit represent a larger range of values. For
+this algorithm we will assume that the variable $\gamma$ represents the number of bits available in a
+mp\_digit (\textit{this implies $2^{\gamma} > \beta$}).
For example, the default for LibTomMath is to use a ``unsigned long'' for the mp\_digit ``type'' while $\beta = 2^{28}$. In ISO C an ``unsigned long''
data type must be able to represent $0 \le x < 2^{32}$ meaning that in this case $\gamma \ge 32$.
@@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ data type must be able to represent $0 \le x < 2^{32}$ meaning that in this case
1. $min \leftarrow b.used$ \\
2. $max \leftarrow a.used$ \\
3. If $c.alloc < max$ then grow $c$ to hold at least $max$ digits. (\textit{mp\_grow}) \\
-4. $oldused \leftarrow c.used$ \\
+4. $oldused \leftarrow c.used$ \\
5. $c.used \leftarrow max$ \\
6. $u \leftarrow 0$ \\
7. for $n$ from $0$ to $min - 1$ do \\
@@ -1715,54 +1715,54 @@ passing variables $a$ and $b$ the condition that $\vert a \vert \ge \vert b \ver
algorithm is loosely based on algorithm 14.9 \cite[pp. 595]{HAC} and is similar to algorithm S in \cite[pp. 267]{TAOCPV2} as well. As was the case
of the algorithm s\_mp\_add both other references lack discussion concerning various practical details such as when the inputs differ in magnitude.
-The initial sorting of the inputs is trivial in this algorithm since $a$ is guaranteed to have at least the same magnitude of $b$. Steps 1 and 2
-set the $min$ and $max$ variables. Unlike the addition routine there is guaranteed to be no carry which means that the final result can be at
-most $max$ digits in length as opposed to $max + 1$. Similar to the addition algorithm the \textbf{used} count of $c$ is copied locally and
+The initial sorting of the inputs is trivial in this algorithm since $a$ is guaranteed to have at least the same magnitude of $b$. Steps 1 and 2
+set the $min$ and $max$ variables. Unlike the addition routine there is guaranteed to be no carry which means that the final result can be at
+most $max$ digits in length as opposed to $max + 1$. Similar to the addition algorithm the \textbf{used} count of $c$ is copied locally and
set to the maximal count for the operation.
-The subtraction loop that begins on step seven is essentially the same as the addition loop of algorithm s\_mp\_add except single precision
-subtraction is used instead. Note the use of the $\gamma$ variable to extract the carry (\textit{also known as the borrow}) within the subtraction
-loops. Under the assumption that two's complement single precision arithmetic is used this will successfully extract the desired carry.
+The subtraction loop that begins on step seven is essentially the same as the addition loop of algorithm s\_mp\_add except single precision
+subtraction is used instead. Note the use of the $\gamma$ variable to extract the carry (\textit{also known as the borrow}) within the subtraction
+loops. Under the assumption that two's complement single precision arithmetic is used this will successfully extract the desired carry.
-For example, consider subtracting $0101_2$ from $0100_2$ where $\gamma = 4$ and $\beta = 2$. The least significant bit will force a carry upwards to
-the third bit which will be set to zero after the borrow. After the very first bit has been subtracted $4 - 1 \equiv 0011_2$ will remain, When the
-third bit of $0101_2$ is subtracted from the result it will cause another carry. In this case though the carry will be forced to propagate all the
-way to the most significant bit.
+For example, consider subtracting $0101_2$ from $0100_2$ where $\gamma = 4$ and $\beta = 2$. The least significant bit will force a carry upwards to
+the third bit which will be set to zero after the borrow. After the very first bit has been subtracted $4 - 1 \equiv 0011_2$ will remain, When the
+third bit of $0101_2$ is subtracted from the result it will cause another carry. In this case though the carry will be forced to propagate all the
+way to the most significant bit.
-Recall that $\beta < 2^{\gamma}$. This means that if a carry does occur just before the $lg(\beta)$'th bit it will propagate all the way to the most
+Recall that $\beta < 2^{\gamma}$. This means that if a carry does occur just before the $lg(\beta)$'th bit it will propagate all the way to the most
significant bit. Thus, the high order bits of the mp\_digit that are not part of the actual digit will either be all zero, or all one. All that
-is needed is a single zero or one bit for the carry. Therefore a single logical shift right by $\gamma - 1$ positions is sufficient to extract the
-carry. This method of carry extraction may seem awkward but the reason for it becomes apparent when the implementation is discussed.
+is needed is a single zero or one bit for the carry. Therefore a single logical shift right by $\gamma - 1$ positions is sufficient to extract the
+carry. This method of carry extraction may seem awkward but the reason for it becomes apparent when the implementation is discussed.
If $b$ has a smaller magnitude than $a$ then step 9 will force the carry and copy operation to propagate through the larger input $a$ into $c$. Step
10 will ensure that any leading digits of $c$ above the $max$'th position are zeroed.
EXAM,bn_s_mp_sub.c
-Like low level addition we ``sort'' the inputs. Except in this case the sorting is hardcoded
-(lines @24,min@ and @25,max@). In reality the $min$ and $max$ variables are only aliases and are only
-used to make the source code easier to read. Again the pointer alias optimization is used
+Like low level addition we ``sort'' the inputs. Except in this case the sorting is hardcoded
+(lines @24,min@ and @25,max@). In reality the $min$ and $max$ variables are only aliases and are only
+used to make the source code easier to read. Again the pointer alias optimization is used
within this algorithm. The aliases $tmpa$, $tmpb$ and $tmpc$ are initialized
(lines @42,tmpa@, @43,tmpb@ and @44,tmpc@) for $a$, $b$ and $c$ respectively.
The first subtraction loop (lines @47,u = 0@ through @61,}@) subtract digits from both inputs until the smaller of
-the two inputs has been exhausted. As remarked earlier there is an implementation reason for using the ``awkward''
-method of extracting the carry (line @57, >>@). The traditional method for extracting the carry would be to shift
-by $lg(\beta)$ positions and logically AND the least significant bit. The AND operation is required because all of
-the bits above the $\lg(\beta)$'th bit will be set to one after a carry occurs from subtraction. This carry
-extraction requires two relatively cheap operations to extract the carry. The other method is to simply shift the
-most significant bit to the least significant bit thus extracting the carry with a single cheap operation. This
+the two inputs has been exhausted. As remarked earlier there is an implementation reason for using the ``awkward''
+method of extracting the carry (line @57, >>@). The traditional method for extracting the carry would be to shift
+by $lg(\beta)$ positions and logically AND the least significant bit. The AND operation is required because all of
+the bits above the $\lg(\beta)$'th bit will be set to one after a carry occurs from subtraction. This carry
+extraction requires two relatively cheap operations to extract the carry. The other method is to simply shift the
+most significant bit to the least significant bit thus extracting the carry with a single cheap operation. This
optimization only works on twos compliment machines which is a safe assumption to make.
-If $a$ has a larger magnitude than $b$ an additional loop (lines @64,for@ through @73,}@) is required to propagate
-the carry through $a$ and copy the result to $c$.
+If $a$ has a larger magnitude than $b$ an additional loop (lines @64,for@ through @73,}@) is required to propagate
+the carry through $a$ and copy the result to $c$.
\subsection{High Level Addition}
Now that both lower level addition and subtraction algorithms have been established an effective high level signed addition algorithm can be
-established. This high level addition algorithm will be what other algorithms and developers will use to perform addition of mp\_int data
-types.
+established. This high level addition algorithm will be what other algorithms and developers will use to perform addition of mp\_int data
+types.
-Recall from section 5.2 that an mp\_int represents an integer with an unsigned mantissa (\textit{the array of digits}) and a \textbf{sign}
+Recall from section 5.2 that an mp\_int represents an integer with an unsigned mantissa (\textit{the array of digits}) and a \textbf{sign}
flag. A high level addition is actually performed as a series of eight separate cases which can be optimized down to three unique cases.
\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -1790,8 +1790,8 @@ flag. A high level addition is actually performed as a series of eight separate
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_add.}
-This algorithm performs the signed addition of two mp\_int variables. There is no reference algorithm to draw upon from
-either \cite{TAOCPV2} or \cite{HAC} since they both only provide unsigned operations. The algorithm is fairly
+This algorithm performs the signed addition of two mp\_int variables. There is no reference algorithm to draw upon from
+either \cite{TAOCPV2} or \cite{HAC} since they both only provide unsigned operations. The algorithm is fairly
straightforward but restricted since subtraction can only produce positive results.
\begin{figure}[here]
@@ -1821,9 +1821,9 @@ straightforward but restricted since subtraction can only produce positive resul
\label{fig:AddChart}
\end{figure}
-Figure~\ref{fig:AddChart} lists all of the eight possible input combinations and is sorted to show that only three
-specific cases need to be handled. The return code of the unsigned operations at step 1.2, 2.1.2 and 2.2.2 are
-forwarded to step three to check for errors. This simplifies the description of the algorithm considerably and best
+Figure~\ref{fig:AddChart} lists all of the eight possible input combinations and is sorted to show that only three
+specific cases need to be handled. The return code of the unsigned operations at step 1.2, 2.1.2 and 2.2.2 are
+forwarded to step three to check for errors. This simplifies the description of the algorithm considerably and best
follows how the implementation actually was achieved.
Also note how the \textbf{sign} is set before the unsigned addition or subtraction is performed. Recall from the descriptions of algorithms
@@ -1831,8 +1831,8 @@ s\_mp\_add and s\_mp\_sub that the mp\_clamp function is used at the end to trim
to \textbf{MP\_ZPOS} when the \textbf{used} digit count reaches zero.
For example, consider performing $-a + a$ with algorithm mp\_add. By the description of the algorithm the sign is set to \textbf{MP\_NEG} which would
-produce a result of $-0$. However, since the sign is set first then the unsigned addition is performed the subsequent usage of algorithm mp\_clamp
-within algorithm s\_mp\_add will force $-0$ to become $0$.
+produce a result of $-0$. However, since the sign is set first then the unsigned addition is performed the subsequent usage of algorithm mp\_clamp
+within algorithm s\_mp\_add will force $-0$ to become $0$.
EXAM,bn_mp_add.c
@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ explicitly checking it and returning the constant \textbf{MP\_OKAY}. The observ
level functions do so. Returning their return code is sufficient.
\subsection{High Level Subtraction}
-The high level signed subtraction algorithm is essentially the same as the high level signed addition algorithm.
+The high level signed subtraction algorithm is essentially the same as the high level signed addition algorithm.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{center}
@@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ The high level signed subtraction algorithm is essentially the same as the high
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_sub.}
-This algorithm performs the signed subtraction of two inputs. Similar to algorithm mp\_add there is no reference in either \cite{TAOCPV2} or
+This algorithm performs the signed subtraction of two inputs. Similar to algorithm mp\_add there is no reference in either \cite{TAOCPV2} or
\cite{HAC}. Also this algorithm is restricted by algorithm s\_mp\_sub. Chart \ref{fig:SubChart} lists the eight possible inputs and
the operations required.
@@ -1899,28 +1899,28 @@ the operations required.
\label{fig:SubChart}
\end{figure}
-Similar to the case of algorithm mp\_add the \textbf{sign} is set first before the unsigned addition or subtraction. That is to prevent the
-algorithm from producing $-a - -a = -0$ as a result.
+Similar to the case of algorithm mp\_add the \textbf{sign} is set first before the unsigned addition or subtraction. That is to prevent the
+algorithm from producing $-a - -a = -0$ as a result.
EXAM,bn_mp_sub.c
Much like the implementation of algorithm mp\_add the variable $res$ is used to catch the return code of the unsigned addition or subtraction operations
-and forward it to the end of the function. On line @38, != MP_LT@ the ``not equal to'' \textbf{MP\_LT} expression is used to emulate a
-``greater than or equal to'' comparison.
+and forward it to the end of the function. On line @38, != MP_LT@ the ``not equal to'' \textbf{MP\_LT} expression is used to emulate a
+``greater than or equal to'' comparison.
\section{Bit and Digit Shifting}
MARK,POLY
-It is quite common to think of a multiple precision integer as a polynomial in $x$, that is $y = f(\beta)$ where $f(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{n-1} a_i x^i$.
-This notation arises within discussion of Montgomery and Diminished Radix Reduction as well as Karatsuba multiplication and squaring.
+It is quite common to think of a multiple precision integer as a polynomial in $x$, that is $y = f(\beta)$ where $f(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{n-1} a_i x^i$.
+This notation arises within discussion of Montgomery and Diminished Radix Reduction as well as Karatsuba multiplication and squaring.
In order to facilitate operations on polynomials in $x$ as above a series of simple ``digit'' algorithms have to be established. That is to shift
the digits left or right as well to shift individual bits of the digits left and right. It is important to note that not all ``shift'' operations
-are on radix-$\beta$ digits.
+are on radix-$\beta$ digits.
\subsection{Multiplication by Two}
-In a binary system where the radix is a power of two multiplication by two not only arises often in other algorithms it is a fairly efficient
-operation to perform. A single precision logical shift left is sufficient to multiply a single digit by two.
+In a binary system where the radix is a power of two multiplication by two not only arises often in other algorithms it is a fairly efficient
+operation to perform. A single precision logical shift left is sufficient to multiply a single digit by two.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -1954,26 +1954,26 @@ operation to perform. A single precision logical shift left is sufficient to mu
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_mul\_2.}
-This algorithm will quickly multiply a mp\_int by two provided $\beta$ is a power of two. Neither \cite{TAOCPV2} nor \cite{HAC} describe such
-an algorithm despite the fact it arises often in other algorithms. The algorithm is setup much like the lower level algorithm s\_mp\_add since
-it is for all intents and purposes equivalent to the operation $b = \vert a \vert + \vert a \vert$.
+This algorithm will quickly multiply a mp\_int by two provided $\beta$ is a power of two. Neither \cite{TAOCPV2} nor \cite{HAC} describe such
+an algorithm despite the fact it arises often in other algorithms. The algorithm is setup much like the lower level algorithm s\_mp\_add since
+it is for all intents and purposes equivalent to the operation $b = \vert a \vert + \vert a \vert$.
Step 1 and 2 grow the input as required to accomodate the maximum number of \textbf{used} digits in the result. The initial \textbf{used} count
is set to $a.used$ at step 4. Only if there is a final carry will the \textbf{used} count require adjustment.
-Step 6 is an optimization implementation of the addition loop for this specific case. That is since the two values being added together
+Step 6 is an optimization implementation of the addition loop for this specific case. That is since the two values being added together
are the same there is no need to perform two reads from the digits of $a$. Step 6.1 performs a single precision shift on the current digit $a_n$ to
obtain what will be the carry for the next iteration. Step 6.2 calculates the $n$'th digit of the result as single precision shift of $a_n$ plus
-the previous carry. Recall from ~SHIFTS~ that $a_n << 1$ is equivalent to $a_n \cdot 2$. An iteration of the addition loop is finished with
+the previous carry. Recall from ~SHIFTS~ that $a_n << 1$ is equivalent to $a_n \cdot 2$. An iteration of the addition loop is finished with
forwarding the carry to the next iteration.
-Step 7 takes care of any final carry by setting the $a.used$'th digit of the result to the carry and augmenting the \textbf{used} count of $b$.
+Step 7 takes care of any final carry by setting the $a.used$'th digit of the result to the carry and augmenting the \textbf{used} count of $b$.
Step 8 clears any leading digits of $b$ in case it originally had a larger magnitude than $a$.
EXAM,bn_mp_mul_2.c
This implementation is essentially an optimized implementation of s\_mp\_add for the case of doubling an input. The only noteworthy difference
-is the use of the logical shift operator on line @52,<<@ to perform a single precision doubling.
+is the use of the logical shift operator on line @52,<<@ to perform a single precision doubling.
\subsection{Division by Two}
A division by two can just as easily be accomplished with a logical shift right as multiplication by two can be with a logical shift left.
@@ -2014,26 +2014,26 @@ core as the basis of the algorithm. Unlike mp\_mul\_2 the shift operations work
could be written to work from the trailing digit to the leading digit however, it would have to stop one short of $a.used - 1$ digits to prevent
reading past the end of the array of digits.
-Essentially the loop at step 6 is similar to that of mp\_mul\_2 except the logical shifts go in the opposite direction and the carry is at the
-least significant bit not the most significant bit.
+Essentially the loop at step 6 is similar to that of mp\_mul\_2 except the logical shifts go in the opposite direction and the carry is at the
+least significant bit not the most significant bit.
EXAM,bn_mp_div_2.c
\section{Polynomial Basis Operations}
Recall from ~POLY~ that any integer can be represented as a polynomial in $x$ as $y = f(\beta)$. Such a representation is also known as
-the polynomial basis \cite[pp. 48]{ROSE}. Given such a notation a multiplication or division by $x$ amounts to shifting whole digits a single
+the polynomial basis \cite[pp. 48]{ROSE}. Given such a notation a multiplication or division by $x$ amounts to shifting whole digits a single
place. The need for such operations arises in several other higher level algorithms such as Barrett and Montgomery reduction, integer
-division and Karatsuba multiplication.
+division and Karatsuba multiplication.
Converting from an array of digits to polynomial basis is very simple. Consider the integer $y \equiv (a_2, a_1, a_0)_{\beta}$ and recall that
$y = \sum_{i=0}^{2} a_i \beta^i$. Simply replace $\beta$ with $x$ and the expression is in polynomial basis. For example, $f(x) = 8x + 9$ is the
-polynomial basis representation for $89$ using radix ten. That is, $f(10) = 8(10) + 9 = 89$.
+polynomial basis representation for $89$ using radix ten. That is, $f(10) = 8(10) + 9 = 89$.
\subsection{Multiplication by $x$}
-Given a polynomial in $x$ such as $f(x) = a_n x^n + a_{n-1} x^{n-1} + ... + a_0$ multiplying by $x$ amounts to shifting the coefficients up one
+Given a polynomial in $x$ such as $f(x) = a_n x^n + a_{n-1} x^{n-1} + ... + a_0$ multiplying by $x$ amounts to shifting the coefficients up one
degree. In this case $f(x) \cdot x = a_n x^{n+1} + a_{n-1} x^n + ... + a_0 x$. From a scalar basis point of view multiplying by $x$ is equivalent to
-multiplying by the integer $\beta$.
+multiplying by the integer $\beta$.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -2064,16 +2064,16 @@ multiplying by the integer $\beta$.
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_lshd.}
-This algorithm multiplies an mp\_int by the $b$'th power of $x$. This is equivalent to multiplying by $\beta^b$. The algorithm differs
+This algorithm multiplies an mp\_int by the $b$'th power of $x$. This is equivalent to multiplying by $\beta^b$. The algorithm differs
from the other algorithms presented so far as it performs the operation in place instead storing the result in a separate location. The
motivation behind this change is due to the way this function is typically used. Algorithms such as mp\_add store the result in an optionally
different third mp\_int because the original inputs are often still required. Algorithm mp\_lshd (\textit{and similarly algorithm mp\_rshd}) is
-typically used on values where the original value is no longer required. The algorithm will return success immediately if
-$b \le 0$ since the rest of algorithm is only valid when $b > 0$.
+typically used on values where the original value is no longer required. The algorithm will return success immediately if
+$b \le 0$ since the rest of algorithm is only valid when $b > 0$.
First the destination $a$ is grown as required to accomodate the result. The counters $i$ and $j$ are used to form a \textit{sliding window} over
-the digits of $a$ of length $b$. The head of the sliding window is at $i$ (\textit{the leading digit}) and the tail at $j$ (\textit{the trailing digit}).
-The loop on step 7 copies the digit from the tail to the head. In each iteration the window is moved down one digit. The last loop on
+the digits of $a$ of length $b$. The head of the sliding window is at $i$ (\textit{the leading digit}) and the tail at $j$ (\textit{the trailing digit}).
+The loop on step 7 copies the digit from the tail to the head. In each iteration the window is moved down one digit. The last loop on
step 8 sets the lower $b$ digits to zero.
\newpage
@@ -2082,14 +2082,14 @@ FIGU,sliding_window,Sliding Window Movement
EXAM,bn_mp_lshd.c
The if statement (line @24,if@) ensures that the $b$ variable is greater than zero since we do not interpret negative
-shift counts properly. The \textbf{used} count is incremented by $b$ before the copy loop begins. This elminates
+shift counts properly. The \textbf{used} count is incremented by $b$ before the copy loop begins. This elminates
the need for an additional variable in the for loop. The variable $top$ (line @42,top@) is an alias
-for the leading digit while $bottom$ (line @45,bottom@) is an alias for the trailing edge. The aliases form a
-window of exactly $b$ digits over the input.
+for the leading digit while $bottom$ (line @45,bottom@) is an alias for the trailing edge. The aliases form a
+window of exactly $b$ digits over the input.
\subsection{Division by $x$}
-Division by powers of $x$ is easily achieved by shifting the digits right and removing any that will end up to the right of the zero'th digit.
+Division by powers of $x$ is easily achieved by shifting the digits right and removing any that will end up to the right of the zero'th digit.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -2122,13 +2122,13 @@ Division by powers of $x$ is easily achieved by shifting the digits right and re
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_rshd.}
This algorithm divides the input in place by the $b$'th power of $x$. It is analogous to dividing by a $\beta^b$ but much quicker since
-it does not require single precision division. This algorithm does not actually return an error code as it cannot fail.
+it does not require single precision division. This algorithm does not actually return an error code as it cannot fail.
If the input $b$ is less than one the algorithm quickly returns without performing any work. If the \textbf{used} count is less than or equal
to the shift count $b$ then it will simply zero the input and return.
After the trivial cases of inputs have been handled the sliding window is setup. Much like the case of algorithm mp\_lshd a sliding window that
-is $b$ digits wide is used to copy the digits. Unlike mp\_lshd the window slides in the opposite direction from the trailing to the leading digit.
+is $b$ digits wide is used to copy the digits. Unlike mp\_lshd the window slides in the opposite direction from the trailing to the leading digit.
Also the digits are copied from the leading to the trailing edge.
Once the window copy is complete the upper digits must be zeroed and the \textbf{used} count decremented.
@@ -2141,9 +2141,9 @@ the upper digits of the input to make sure the result is correct.
\section{Powers of Two}
-Now that algorithms for moving single bits as well as whole digits exist algorithms for moving the ``in between'' distances are required. For
+Now that algorithms for moving single bits as well as whole digits exist algorithms for moving the ``in between'' distances are required. For
example, to quickly multiply by $2^k$ for any $k$ without using a full multiplier algorithm would prove useful. Instead of performing single
-shifts $k$ times to achieve a multiplication by $2^{\pm k}$ a mixture of whole digit shifting and partial digit shifting is employed.
+shifts $k$ times to achieve a multiplication by $2^{\pm k}$ a mixture of whole digit shifting and partial digit shifting is employed.
\subsection{Multiplication by Power of Two}
@@ -2184,29 +2184,29 @@ shifts $k$ times to achieve a multiplication by $2^{\pm k}$ a mixture of whole d
This algorithm multiplies $a$ by $2^b$ and stores the result in $c$. The algorithm uses algorithm mp\_lshd and a derivative of algorithm mp\_mul\_2 to
quickly compute the product.
-First the algorithm will multiply $a$ by $x^{\lfloor b / lg(\beta) \rfloor}$ which will ensure that the remainder multiplicand is less than
-$\beta$. For example, if $b = 37$ and $\beta = 2^{28}$ then this step will multiply by $x$ leaving a multiplication by $2^{37 - 28} = 2^{9}$
+First the algorithm will multiply $a$ by $x^{\lfloor b / lg(\beta) \rfloor}$ which will ensure that the remainder multiplicand is less than
+$\beta$. For example, if $b = 37$ and $\beta = 2^{28}$ then this step will multiply by $x$ leaving a multiplication by $2^{37 - 28} = 2^{9}$
left.
-After the digits have been shifted appropriately at most $lg(\beta) - 1$ shifts are left to perform. Step 5 calculates the number of remaining shifts
-required. If it is non-zero a modified shift loop is used to calculate the remaining product.
+After the digits have been shifted appropriately at most $lg(\beta) - 1$ shifts are left to perform. Step 5 calculates the number of remaining shifts
+required. If it is non-zero a modified shift loop is used to calculate the remaining product.
Essentially the loop is a generic version of algorithm mp\_mul\_2 designed to handle any shift count in the range $1 \le x < lg(\beta)$. The $mask$
-variable is used to extract the upper $d$ bits to form the carry for the next iteration.
+variable is used to extract the upper $d$ bits to form the carry for the next iteration.
-This algorithm is loosely measured as a $O(2n)$ algorithm which means that if the input is $n$-digits that it takes $2n$ ``time'' to
+This algorithm is loosely measured as a $O(2n)$ algorithm which means that if the input is $n$-digits that it takes $2n$ ``time'' to
complete. It is possible to optimize this algorithm down to a $O(n)$ algorithm at a cost of making the algorithm slightly harder to follow.
EXAM,bn_mp_mul_2d.c
-The shifting is performed in--place which means the first step (line @24,a != c@) is to copy the input to the
+The shifting is performed in--place which means the first step (line @24,a != c@) is to copy the input to the
destination. We avoid calling mp\_copy() by making sure the mp\_ints are different. The destination then
has to be grown (line @31,grow@) to accomodate the result.
-If the shift count $b$ is larger than $lg(\beta)$ then a call to mp\_lshd() is used to handle all of the multiples
-of $lg(\beta)$. Leaving only a remaining shift of $lg(\beta) - 1$ or fewer bits left. Inside the actual shift
+If the shift count $b$ is larger than $lg(\beta)$ then a call to mp\_lshd() is used to handle all of the multiples
+of $lg(\beta)$. Leaving only a remaining shift of $lg(\beta) - 1$ or fewer bits left. Inside the actual shift
loop (lines @45,if@ to @76,}@) we make use of pre--computed values $shift$ and $mask$. These are used to
-extract the carry bit(s) to pass into the next iteration of the loop. The $r$ and $rr$ variables form a
-chain between consecutive iterations to propagate the carry.
+extract the carry bit(s) to pass into the next iteration of the loop. The $r$ and $rr$ variables form a
+chain between consecutive iterations to propagate the carry.
\subsection{Division by Power of Two}
@@ -2244,14 +2244,14 @@ chain between consecutive iterations to propagate the carry.
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_div\_2d.}
-This algorithm will divide an input $a$ by $2^b$ and produce the quotient and remainder. The algorithm is designed much like algorithm
+This algorithm will divide an input $a$ by $2^b$ and produce the quotient and remainder. The algorithm is designed much like algorithm
mp\_mul\_2d by first using whole digit shifts then single precision shifts. This algorithm will also produce the remainder of the division
by using algorithm mp\_mod\_2d.
EXAM,bn_mp_div_2d.c
-The implementation of algorithm mp\_div\_2d is slightly different than the algorithm specifies. The remainder $d$ may be optionally
-ignored by passing \textbf{NULL} as the pointer to the mp\_int variable. The temporary mp\_int variable $t$ is used to hold the
+The implementation of algorithm mp\_div\_2d is slightly different than the algorithm specifies. The remainder $d$ may be optionally
+ignored by passing \textbf{NULL} as the pointer to the mp\_int variable. The temporary mp\_int variable $t$ is used to hold the
result of the remainder operation until the end. This allows $d$ and $a$ to represent the same mp\_int without modifying $a$ before
the quotient is obtained.
@@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ the direction of the shifts.
\subsection{Remainder of Division by Power of Two}
The last algorithm in the series of polynomial basis power of two algorithms is calculating the remainder of division by $2^b$. This
-algorithm benefits from the fact that in twos complement arithmetic $a \mbox{ (mod }2^b\mbox{)}$ is the same as $a$ AND $2^b - 1$.
+algorithm benefits from the fact that in twos complement arithmetic $a \mbox{ (mod }2^b\mbox{)}$ is the same as $a$ AND $2^b - 1$.
\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -2293,8 +2293,8 @@ algorithm benefits from the fact that in twos complement arithmetic $a \mbox{ (m
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_mod\_2d.}
-This algorithm will quickly calculate the value of $a \mbox{ (mod }2^b\mbox{)}$. First if $b$ is less than or equal to zero the
-result is set to zero. If $b$ is greater than the number of bits in $a$ then it simply copies $a$ to $c$ and returns. Otherwise, $a$
+This algorithm will quickly calculate the value of $a \mbox{ (mod }2^b\mbox{)}$. First if $b$ is less than or equal to zero the
+result is set to zero. If $b$ is greater than the number of bits in $a$ then it simply copies $a$ to $c$ and returns. Otherwise, $a$
is copied to $b$, leading digits are removed and the remaining leading digit is trimed to the exact bit count.
EXAM,bn_mp_mod_2d.c
@@ -2303,8 +2303,8 @@ We first avoid cases of $b \le 0$ by simply mp\_zero()'ing the destination in su
than the input we just mp\_copy() the input and return right away. After this point we know we must actually
perform some work to produce the remainder.
-Recalling that reducing modulo $2^k$ and a binary ``and'' with $2^k - 1$ are numerically equivalent we can quickly reduce
-the number. First we zero any digits above the last digit in $2^b$ (line @41,for@). Next we reduce the
+Recalling that reducing modulo $2^k$ and a binary ``and'' with $2^k - 1$ are numerically equivalent we can quickly reduce
+the number. First we zero any digits above the last digit in $2^b$ (line @41,for@). Next we reduce the
leading digit of both (line @45,&=@) and then mp\_clamp().
\section*{Exercises}
@@ -2338,40 +2338,40 @@ $\left [ 2 \right ] $ & Using only algorithms mp\_abs and mp\_sub devise another
\chapter{Multiplication and Squaring}
\section{The Multipliers}
-For most number theoretic problems including certain public key cryptographic algorithms, the ``multipliers'' form the most important subset of
-algorithms of any multiple precision integer package. The set of multiplier algorithms include integer multiplication, squaring and modular reduction
-where in each of the algorithms single precision multiplication is the dominant operation performed. This chapter will discuss integer multiplication
-and squaring, leaving modular reductions for the subsequent chapter.
+For most number theoretic problems including certain public key cryptographic algorithms, the ``multipliers'' form the most important subset of
+algorithms of any multiple precision integer package. The set of multiplier algorithms include integer multiplication, squaring and modular reduction
+where in each of the algorithms single precision multiplication is the dominant operation performed. This chapter will discuss integer multiplication
+and squaring, leaving modular reductions for the subsequent chapter.
-The importance of the multiplier algorithms is for the most part driven by the fact that certain popular public key algorithms are based on modular
+The importance of the multiplier algorithms is for the most part driven by the fact that certain popular public key algorithms are based on modular
exponentiation, that is computing $d \equiv a^b \mbox{ (mod }c\mbox{)}$ for some arbitrary choice of $a$, $b$, $c$ and $d$. During a modular
-exponentiation the majority\footnote{Roughly speaking a modular exponentiation will spend about 40\% of the time performing modular reductions,
-35\% of the time performing squaring and 25\% of the time performing multiplications.} of the processor time is spent performing single precision
+exponentiation the majority\footnote{Roughly speaking a modular exponentiation will spend about 40\% of the time performing modular reductions,
+35\% of the time performing squaring and 25\% of the time performing multiplications.} of the processor time is spent performing single precision
multiplications.
-For centuries general purpose multiplication has required a lengthly $O(n^2)$ process, whereby each digit of one multiplicand has to be multiplied
-against every digit of the other multiplicand. Traditional long-hand multiplication is based on this process; while the techniques can differ the
-overall algorithm used is essentially the same. Only ``recently'' have faster algorithms been studied. First Karatsuba multiplication was discovered in
-1962. This algorithm can multiply two numbers with considerably fewer single precision multiplications when compared to the long-hand approach.
-This technique led to the discovery of polynomial basis algorithms (\textit{good reference?}) and subquently Fourier Transform based solutions.
+For centuries general purpose multiplication has required a lengthly $O(n^2)$ process, whereby each digit of one multiplicand has to be multiplied
+against every digit of the other multiplicand. Traditional long-hand multiplication is based on this process; while the techniques can differ the
+overall algorithm used is essentially the same. Only ``recently'' have faster algorithms been studied. First Karatsuba multiplication was discovered in
+1962. This algorithm can multiply two numbers with considerably fewer single precision multiplications when compared to the long-hand approach.
+This technique led to the discovery of polynomial basis algorithms (\textit{good reference?}) and subquently Fourier Transform based solutions.
\section{Multiplication}
\subsection{The Baseline Multiplication}
\label{sec:basemult}
\index{baseline multiplication}
Computing the product of two integers in software can be achieved using a trivial adaptation of the standard $O(n^2)$ long-hand multiplication
-algorithm that school children are taught. The algorithm is considered an $O(n^2)$ algorithm since for two $n$-digit inputs $n^2$ single precision
-multiplications are required. More specifically for a $m$ and $n$ digit input $m \cdot n$ single precision multiplications are required. To
-simplify most discussions, it will be assumed that the inputs have comparable number of digits.
-
-The ``baseline multiplication'' algorithm is designed to act as the ``catch-all'' algorithm, only to be used when the faster algorithms cannot be
-used. This algorithm does not use any particularly interesting optimizations and should ideally be avoided if possible. One important
-facet of this algorithm, is that it has been modified to only produce a certain amount of output digits as resolution. The importance of this
-modification will become evident during the discussion of Barrett modular reduction. Recall that for a $n$ and $m$ digit input the product
-will be at most $n + m$ digits. Therefore, this algorithm can be reduced to a full multiplier by having it produce $n + m$ digits of the product.
-
-Recall from ~GAMMA~ the definition of $\gamma$ as the number of bits in the type \textbf{mp\_digit}. We shall now extend the variable set to
-include $\alpha$ which shall represent the number of bits in the type \textbf{mp\_word}. This implies that $2^{\alpha} > 2 \cdot \beta^2$. The
+algorithm that school children are taught. The algorithm is considered an $O(n^2)$ algorithm since for two $n$-digit inputs $n^2$ single precision
+multiplications are required. More specifically for a $m$ and $n$ digit input $m \cdot n$ single precision multiplications are required. To
+simplify most discussions, it will be assumed that the inputs have comparable number of digits.
+
+The ``baseline multiplication'' algorithm is designed to act as the ``catch-all'' algorithm, only to be used when the faster algorithms cannot be
+used. This algorithm does not use any particularly interesting optimizations and should ideally be avoided if possible. One important
+facet of this algorithm, is that it has been modified to only produce a certain amount of output digits as resolution. The importance of this
+modification will become evident during the discussion of Barrett modular reduction. Recall that for a $n$ and $m$ digit input the product
+will be at most $n + m$ digits. Therefore, this algorithm can be reduced to a full multiplier by having it produce $n + m$ digits of the product.
+
+Recall from ~GAMMA~ the definition of $\gamma$ as the number of bits in the type \textbf{mp\_digit}. We shall now extend the variable set to
+include $\alpha$ which shall represent the number of bits in the type \textbf{mp\_word}. This implies that $2^{\alpha} > 2 \cdot \beta^2$. The
constant $\delta = 2^{\alpha - 2lg(\beta)}$ will represent the maximal weight of any column in a product (\textit{see ~COMBA~ for more information}).
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -2415,20 +2415,20 @@ Compute the product. \\
\textbf{Algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs.}
This algorithm computes the unsigned product of two inputs $a$ and $b$, limited to an output precision of $digs$ digits. While it may seem
-a bit awkward to modify the function from its simple $O(n^2)$ description, the usefulness of partial multipliers will arise in a subsequent
-algorithm. The algorithm is loosely based on algorithm 14.12 from \cite[pp. 595]{HAC} and is similar to Algorithm M of Knuth \cite[pp. 268]{TAOCPV2}.
-Algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs differs from these cited references since it can produce a variable output precision regardless of the precision of the
+a bit awkward to modify the function from its simple $O(n^2)$ description, the usefulness of partial multipliers will arise in a subsequent
+algorithm. The algorithm is loosely based on algorithm 14.12 from \cite[pp. 595]{HAC} and is similar to Algorithm M of Knuth \cite[pp. 268]{TAOCPV2}.
+Algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs differs from these cited references since it can produce a variable output precision regardless of the precision of the
inputs.
The first thing this algorithm checks for is whether a Comba multiplier can be used instead. If the minimum digit count of either
-input is less than $\delta$, then the Comba method may be used instead. After the Comba method is ruled out, the baseline algorithm begins. A
-temporary mp\_int variable $t$ is used to hold the intermediate result of the product. This allows the algorithm to be used to
-compute products when either $a = c$ or $b = c$ without overwriting the inputs.
+input is less than $\delta$, then the Comba method may be used instead. After the Comba method is ruled out, the baseline algorithm begins. A
+temporary mp\_int variable $t$ is used to hold the intermediate result of the product. This allows the algorithm to be used to
+compute products when either $a = c$ or $b = c$ without overwriting the inputs.
All of step 5 is the infamous $O(n^2)$ multiplication loop slightly modified to only produce upto $digs$ digits of output. The $pb$ variable
is given the count of digits to read from $b$ inside the nested loop. If $pb \le 1$ then no more output digits can be produced and the algorithm
-will exit the loop. The best way to think of the loops are as a series of $pb \times 1$ multiplications. That is, in each pass of the
-innermost loop $a_{ix}$ is multiplied against $b$ and the result is added (\textit{with an appropriate shift}) to $t$.
+will exit the loop. The best way to think of the loops are as a series of $pb \times 1$ multiplications. That is, in each pass of the
+innermost loop $a_{ix}$ is multiplied against $b$ and the result is added (\textit{with an appropriate shift}) to $t$.
For example, consider multiplying $576$ by $241$. That is equivalent to computing $10^0(1)(576) + 10^1(4)(576) + 10^2(2)(576)$ which is best
visualized in the following table.
@@ -2442,20 +2442,20 @@ visualized in the following table.
&& & 5 & 7 & 6 & $10^0(1)(576)$ \\
&2 & 3 & 6 & 1 & 6 & $10^1(4)(576) + 10^0(1)(576)$ \\
1 & 3 & 8 & 8 & 1 & 6 & $10^2(2)(576) + 10^1(4)(576) + 10^0(1)(576)$ \\
-\hline
+\hline
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\caption{Long-Hand Multiplication Diagram}
\end{figure}
-Each row of the product is added to the result after being shifted to the left (\textit{multiplied by a power of the radix}) by the appropriate
+Each row of the product is added to the result after being shifted to the left (\textit{multiplied by a power of the radix}) by the appropriate
count. That is in pass $ix$ of the inner loop the product is added starting at the $ix$'th digit of the reult.
Step 5.4.1 introduces the hat symbol (\textit{e.g. $\hat r$}) which represents a double precision variable. The multiplication on that step
is assumed to be a double wide output single precision multiplication. That is, two single precision variables are multiplied to produce a
double precision result. The step is somewhat optimized from a long-hand multiplication algorithm because the carry from the addition in step
-5.4.1 is propagated through the nested loop. If the carry was not propagated immediately it would overflow the single precision digit
-$t_{ix+iy}$ and the result would be lost.
+5.4.1 is propagated through the nested loop. If the carry was not propagated immediately it would overflow the single precision digit
+$t_{ix+iy}$ and the result would be lost.
At step 5.5 the nested loop is finished and any carry that was left over should be forwarded. The carry does not have to be added to the $ix+pb$'th
digit since that digit is assumed to be zero at this point. However, if $ix + pb \ge digs$ the carry is not set as it would make the result
@@ -2463,53 +2463,53 @@ exceed the precision requested.
EXAM,bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c
-First we determine (line @30,if@) if the Comba method can be used first since it's faster. The conditions for
-sing the Comba routine are that min$(a.used, b.used) < \delta$ and the number of digits of output is less than
-\textbf{MP\_WARRAY}. This new constant is used to control the stack usage in the Comba routines. By default it is
+First we determine (line @30,if@) if the Comba method can be used first since it's faster. The conditions for
+sing the Comba routine are that min$(a.used, b.used) < \delta$ and the number of digits of output is less than
+\textbf{MP\_WARRAY}. This new constant is used to control the stack usage in the Comba routines. By default it is
set to $\delta$ but can be reduced when memory is at a premium.
If we cannot use the Comba method we proceed to setup the baseline routine. We allocate the the destination mp\_int
-$t$ (line @36,init@) to the exact size of the output to avoid further re--allocations. At this point we now
+$t$ (line @36,init@) to the exact size of the output to avoid further re--allocations. At this point we now
begin the $O(n^2)$ loop.
This implementation of multiplication has the caveat that it can be trimmed to only produce a variable number of
-digits as output. In each iteration of the outer loop the $pb$ variable is set (line @48,MIN@) to the maximum
-number of inner loop iterations.
+digits as output. In each iteration of the outer loop the $pb$ variable is set (line @48,MIN@) to the maximum
+number of inner loop iterations.
Inside the inner loop we calculate $\hat r$ as the mp\_word product of the two mp\_digits and the addition of the
-carry from the previous iteration. A particularly important observation is that most modern optimizing
-C compilers (GCC for instance) can recognize that a $N \times N \rightarrow 2N$ multiplication is all that
+carry from the previous iteration. A particularly important observation is that most modern optimizing
+C compilers (GCC for instance) can recognize that a $N \times N \rightarrow 2N$ multiplication is all that
is required for the product. In x86 terms for example, this means using the MUL instruction.
-Each digit of the product is stored in turn (line @68,tmpt@) and the carry propagated (line @71,>>@) to the
+Each digit of the product is stored in turn (line @68,tmpt@) and the carry propagated (line @71,>>@) to the
next iteration.
\subsection{Faster Multiplication by the ``Comba'' Method}
MARK,COMBA
-One of the huge drawbacks of the ``baseline'' algorithms is that at the $O(n^2)$ level the carry must be
-computed and propagated upwards. This makes the nested loop very sequential and hard to unroll and implement
-in parallel. The ``Comba'' \cite{COMBA} method is named after little known (\textit{in cryptographic venues}) Paul G.
-Comba who described a method of implementing fast multipliers that do not require nested carry fixup operations. As an
-interesting aside it seems that Paul Barrett describes a similar technique in his 1986 paper \cite{BARRETT} written
+One of the huge drawbacks of the ``baseline'' algorithms is that at the $O(n^2)$ level the carry must be
+computed and propagated upwards. This makes the nested loop very sequential and hard to unroll and implement
+in parallel. The ``Comba'' \cite{COMBA} method is named after little known (\textit{in cryptographic venues}) Paul G.
+Comba who described a method of implementing fast multipliers that do not require nested carry fixup operations. As an
+interesting aside it seems that Paul Barrett describes a similar technique in his 1986 paper \cite{BARRETT} written
five years before.
-At the heart of the Comba technique is once again the long-hand algorithm. Except in this case a slight
-twist is placed on how the columns of the result are produced. In the standard long-hand algorithm rows of products
-are produced then added together to form the final result. In the baseline algorithm the columns are added together
-after each iteration to get the result instantaneously.
+At the heart of the Comba technique is once again the long-hand algorithm. Except in this case a slight
+twist is placed on how the columns of the result are produced. In the standard long-hand algorithm rows of products
+are produced then added together to form the final result. In the baseline algorithm the columns are added together
+after each iteration to get the result instantaneously.
-In the Comba algorithm the columns of the result are produced entirely independently of each other. That is at
-the $O(n^2)$ level a simple multiplication and addition step is performed. The carries of the columns are propagated
-after the nested loop to reduce the amount of work requiored. Succintly the first step of the algorithm is to compute
-the product vector $\vec x$ as follows.
+In the Comba algorithm the columns of the result are produced entirely independently of each other. That is at
+the $O(n^2)$ level a simple multiplication and addition step is performed. The carries of the columns are propagated
+after the nested loop to reduce the amount of work requiored. Succintly the first step of the algorithm is to compute
+the product vector $\vec x$ as follows.
\begin{equation}
\vec x_n = \sum_{i+j = n} a_ib_j, \forall n \in \lbrace 0, 1, 2, \ldots, i + j \rbrace
\end{equation}
Where $\vec x_n$ is the $n'th$ column of the output vector. Consider the following example which computes the vector $\vec x$ for the multiplication
-of $576$ and $241$.
+of $576$ and $241$.
\newpage\begin{figure}[here]
\begin{small}
@@ -2520,15 +2520,15 @@ of $576$ and $241$.
\hline & & $1 \cdot 5 = 5$ & $1 \cdot 7 = 7$ & $1 \cdot 6 = 6$ & First pass \\
& $4 \cdot 5 = 20$ & $4 \cdot 7+5=33$ & $4 \cdot 6+7=31$ & 6 & Second pass \\
$2 \cdot 5 = 10$ & $2 \cdot 7 + 20 = 34$ & $2 \cdot 6+33=45$ & 31 & 6 & Third pass \\
-\hline 10 & 34 & 45 & 31 & 6 & Final Result \\
-\hline
+\hline 10 & 34 & 45 & 31 & 6 & Final Result \\
+\hline
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{small}
\caption{Comba Multiplication Diagram}
\end{figure}
-At this point the vector $x = \left < 10, 34, 45, 31, 6 \right >$ is the result of the first step of the Comba multipler.
+At this point the vector $x = \left < 10, 34, 45, 31, 6 \right >$ is the result of the first step of the Comba multipler.
Now the columns must be fixed by propagating the carry upwards. The resultant vector will have one extra dimension over the input vector which is
congruent to adding a leading zero digit.
@@ -2551,16 +2551,16 @@ congruent to adding a leading zero digit.
\caption{Algorithm Comba Fixup}
\end{figure}
-With that algorithm and $k = 5$ and $\beta = 10$ the following vector is produced $\vec x= \left < 1, 3, 8, 8, 1, 6 \right >$. In this case
+With that algorithm and $k = 5$ and $\beta = 10$ the following vector is produced $\vec x= \left < 1, 3, 8, 8, 1, 6 \right >$. In this case
$241 \cdot 576$ is in fact $138816$ and the procedure succeeded. If the algorithm is correct and as will be demonstrated shortly more
efficient than the baseline algorithm why not simply always use this algorithm?
\subsubsection{Column Weight.}
-At the nested $O(n^2)$ level the Comba method adds the product of two single precision variables to each column of the output
+At the nested $O(n^2)$ level the Comba method adds the product of two single precision variables to each column of the output
independently. A serious obstacle is if the carry is lost, due to lack of precision before the algorithm has a chance to fix
the carries. For example, in the multiplication of two three-digit numbers the third column of output will be the sum of
three single precision multiplications. If the precision of the accumulator for the output digits is less then $3 \cdot (\beta - 1)^2$ then
-an overflow can occur and the carry information will be lost. For any $m$ and $n$ digit inputs the maximum weight of any column is
+an overflow can occur and the carry information will be lost. For any $m$ and $n$ digit inputs the maximum weight of any column is
min$(m, n)$ which is fairly obvious.
The maximum number of terms in any column of a product is known as the ``column weight'' and strictly governs when the algorithm can be used. Recall
@@ -2571,7 +2571,7 @@ two quantities we must not violate the following
k \cdot \left (\beta - 1 \right )^2 < 2^{\alpha}
\end{equation}
-Which reduces to
+Which reduces to
\begin{equation}
k \cdot \left ( \beta^2 - 2\beta + 1 \right ) < 2^{\alpha}
@@ -2584,9 +2584,9 @@ found.
k < {{2^{\alpha}} \over {\left (2^{2\rho} - 2^{\rho + 1} + 1 \right )}}
\end{equation}
-The defaults for LibTomMath are $\beta = 2^{28}$ and $\alpha = 2^{64}$ which means that $k$ is bounded by $k < 257$. In this configuration
-the smaller input may not have more than $256$ digits if the Comba method is to be used. This is quite satisfactory for most applications since
-$256$ digits would allow for numbers in the range of $0 \le x < 2^{7168}$ which, is much larger than most public key cryptographic algorithms require.
+The defaults for LibTomMath are $\beta = 2^{28}$ and $\alpha = 2^{64}$ which means that $k$ is bounded by $k < 257$. In this configuration
+the smaller input may not have more than $256$ digits if the Comba method is to be used. This is quite satisfactory for most applications since
+$256$ digits would allow for numbers in the range of $0 \le x < 2^{7168}$ which, is much larger than most public key cryptographic algorithms require.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -2632,74 +2632,74 @@ Place an array of \textbf{MP\_WARRAY} single precision digits named $W$ on the s
\textbf{Algorithm fast\_s\_mp\_mul\_digs.}
This algorithm performs the unsigned multiplication of $a$ and $b$ using the Comba method limited to $digs$ digits of precision.
-The outer loop of this algorithm is more complicated than that of the baseline multiplier. This is because on the inside of the
+The outer loop of this algorithm is more complicated than that of the baseline multiplier. This is because on the inside of the
loop we want to produce one column per pass. This allows the accumulator $\_ \hat W$ to be placed in CPU registers and
reduce the memory bandwidth to two \textbf{mp\_digit} reads per iteration.
The $ty$ variable is set to the minimum count of $ix$ or the number of digits in $b$. That way if $a$ has more digits than
$b$ this will be limited to $b.used - 1$. The $tx$ variable is set to the to the distance past $b.used$ the variable
-$ix$ is. This is used for the immediately subsequent statement where we find $iy$.
+$ix$ is. This is used for the immediately subsequent statement where we find $iy$.
The variable $iy$ is the minimum digits we can read from either $a$ or $b$ before running out. Computing one column at a time
means we have to scan one integer upwards and the other downwards. $a$ starts at $tx$ and $b$ starts at $ty$. In each
-pass we are producing the $ix$'th output column and we note that $tx + ty = ix$. As we move $tx$ upwards we have to
-move $ty$ downards so the equality remains valid. The $iy$ variable is the number of iterations until
+pass we are producing the $ix$'th output column and we note that $tx + ty = ix$. As we move $tx$ upwards we have to
+move $ty$ downards so the equality remains valid. The $iy$ variable is the number of iterations until
$tx \ge a.used$ or $ty < 0$ occurs.
After every inner pass we store the lower half of the accumulator into $W_{ix}$ and then propagate the carry of the accumulator
into the next round by dividing $\_ \hat W$ by $\beta$.
-To measure the benefits of the Comba method over the baseline method consider the number of operations that are required. If the
-cost in terms of time of a multiply and addition is $p$ and the cost of a carry propagation is $q$ then a baseline multiplication would require
-$O \left ((p + q)n^2 \right )$ time to multiply two $n$-digit numbers. The Comba method requires only $O(pn^2 + qn)$ time, however in practice,
+To measure the benefits of the Comba method over the baseline method consider the number of operations that are required. If the
+cost in terms of time of a multiply and addition is $p$ and the cost of a carry propagation is $q$ then a baseline multiplication would require
+$O \left ((p + q)n^2 \right )$ time to multiply two $n$-digit numbers. The Comba method requires only $O(pn^2 + qn)$ time, however in practice,
the speed increase is actually much more. With $O(n)$ space the algorithm can be reduced to $O(pn + qn)$ time by implementing the $n$ multiply
-and addition operations in the nested loop in parallel.
+and addition operations in the nested loop in parallel.
EXAM,bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c
As per the pseudo--code we first calculate $pa$ (line @47,MIN@) as the number of digits to output. Next we begin the outer loop
to produce the individual columns of the product. We use the two aliases $tmpx$ and $tmpy$ (lines @61,tmpx@, @62,tmpy@) to point
-inside the two multiplicands quickly.
-
-The inner loop (lines @70,for@ to @72,}@) of this implementation is where the tradeoff come into play. Originally this comba
-implementation was ``row--major'' which means it adds to each of the columns in each pass. After the outer loop it would then fix
-the carries. This was very fast except it had an annoying drawback. You had to read a mp\_word and two mp\_digits and write
-one mp\_word per iteration. On processors such as the Athlon XP and P4 this did not matter much since the cache bandwidth
-is very high and it can keep the ALU fed with data. It did, however, matter on older and embedded cpus where cache is often
-slower and also often doesn't exist. This new algorithm only performs two reads per iteration under the assumption that the
+inside the two multiplicands quickly.
+
+The inner loop (lines @70,for@ to @72,}@) of this implementation is where the tradeoff come into play. Originally this comba
+implementation was ``row--major'' which means it adds to each of the columns in each pass. After the outer loop it would then fix
+the carries. This was very fast except it had an annoying drawback. You had to read a mp\_word and two mp\_digits and write
+one mp\_word per iteration. On processors such as the Athlon XP and P4 this did not matter much since the cache bandwidth
+is very high and it can keep the ALU fed with data. It did, however, matter on older and embedded cpus where cache is often
+slower and also often doesn't exist. This new algorithm only performs two reads per iteration under the assumption that the
compiler has aliased $\_ \hat W$ to a CPU register.
-After the inner loop we store the current accumulator in $W$ and shift $\_ \hat W$ (lines @75,W[ix]@, @78,>>@) to forward it as
-a carry for the next pass. After the outer loop we use the final carry (line @82,W[ix]@) as the last digit of the product.
+After the inner loop we store the current accumulator in $W$ and shift $\_ \hat W$ (lines @75,W[ix]@, @78,>>@) to forward it as
+a carry for the next pass. After the outer loop we use the final carry (line @82,W[ix]@) as the last digit of the product.
\subsection{Polynomial Basis Multiplication}
To break the $O(n^2)$ barrier in multiplication requires a completely different look at integer multiplication. In the following algorithms
-the use of polynomial basis representation for two integers $a$ and $b$ as $f(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{n} a_i x^i$ and
+the use of polynomial basis representation for two integers $a$ and $b$ as $f(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{n} a_i x^i$ and
$g(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{n} b_i x^i$ respectively, is required. In this system both $f(x)$ and $g(x)$ have $n + 1$ terms and are of the $n$'th degree.
-
+
The product $a \cdot b \equiv f(x)g(x)$ is the polynomial $W(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{2n} w_i x^i$. The coefficients $w_i$ will
directly yield the desired product when $\beta$ is substituted for $x$. The direct solution to solve for the $2n + 1$ coefficients
requires $O(n^2)$ time and would in practice be slower than the Comba technique.
-However, numerical analysis theory indicates that only $2n + 1$ distinct points in $W(x)$ are required to determine the values of the $2n + 1$ unknown
-coefficients. This means by finding $\zeta_y = W(y)$ for $2n + 1$ small values of $y$ the coefficients of $W(x)$ can be found with
-Gaussian elimination. This technique is also occasionally refered to as the \textit{interpolation technique} (\textit{references please...}) since in
-effect an interpolation based on $2n + 1$ points will yield a polynomial equivalent to $W(x)$.
+However, numerical analysis theory indicates that only $2n + 1$ distinct points in $W(x)$ are required to determine the values of the $2n + 1$ unknown
+coefficients. This means by finding $\zeta_y = W(y)$ for $2n + 1$ small values of $y$ the coefficients of $W(x)$ can be found with
+Gaussian elimination. This technique is also occasionally refered to as the \textit{interpolation technique} (\textit{references please...}) since in
+effect an interpolation based on $2n + 1$ points will yield a polynomial equivalent to $W(x)$.
-The coefficients of the polynomial $W(x)$ are unknown which makes finding $W(y)$ for any value of $y$ impossible. However, since
-$W(x) = f(x)g(x)$ the equivalent $\zeta_y = f(y) g(y)$ can be used in its place. The benefit of this technique stems from the
-fact that $f(y)$ and $g(y)$ are much smaller than either $a$ or $b$ respectively. As a result finding the $2n + 1$ relations required
+The coefficients of the polynomial $W(x)$ are unknown which makes finding $W(y)$ for any value of $y$ impossible. However, since
+$W(x) = f(x)g(x)$ the equivalent $\zeta_y = f(y) g(y)$ can be used in its place. The benefit of this technique stems from the
+fact that $f(y)$ and $g(y)$ are much smaller than either $a$ or $b$ respectively. As a result finding the $2n + 1$ relations required
by multiplying $f(y)g(y)$ involves multiplying integers that are much smaller than either of the inputs.
When picking points to gather relations there are always three obvious points to choose, $y = 0, 1$ and $ \infty$. The $\zeta_0$ term
-is simply the product $W(0) = w_0 = a_0 \cdot b_0$. The $\zeta_1$ term is the product
+is simply the product $W(0) = w_0 = a_0 \cdot b_0$. The $\zeta_1$ term is the product
$W(1) = \left (\sum_{i = 0}^{n} a_i \right ) \left (\sum_{i = 0}^{n} b_i \right )$. The third point $\zeta_{\infty}$ is less obvious but rather
-simple to explain. The $2n + 1$'th coefficient of $W(x)$ is numerically equivalent to the most significant column in an integer multiplication.
-The point at $\infty$ is used symbolically to represent the most significant column, that is $W(\infty) = w_{2n} = a_nb_n$. Note that the
+simple to explain. The $2n + 1$'th coefficient of $W(x)$ is numerically equivalent to the most significant column in an integer multiplication.
+The point at $\infty$ is used symbolically to represent the most significant column, that is $W(\infty) = w_{2n} = a_nb_n$. Note that the
points at $y = 0$ and $\infty$ yield the coefficients $w_0$ and $w_{2n}$ directly.
-If more points are required they should be of small values and powers of two such as $2^q$ and the related \textit{mirror points}
-$\left (2^q \right )^{2n} \cdot \zeta_{2^{-q}}$ for small values of $q$. The term ``mirror point'' stems from the fact that
+If more points are required they should be of small values and powers of two such as $2^q$ and the related \textit{mirror points}
+$\left (2^q \right )^{2n} \cdot \zeta_{2^{-q}}$ for small values of $q$. The term ``mirror point'' stems from the fact that
$\left (2^q \right )^{2n} \cdot \zeta_{2^{-q}}$ can be calculated in the exact opposite fashion as $\zeta_{2^q}$. For
example, when $n = 2$ and $q = 1$ then following two equations are equivalent to the point $\zeta_{2}$ and its mirror.
@@ -2709,10 +2709,10 @@ example, when $n = 2$ and $q = 1$ then following two equations are equivalent to
\end{eqnarray}
Using such points will allow the values of $f(y)$ and $g(y)$ to be independently calculated using only left shifts. For example, when $n = 2$ the
-polynomial $f(2^q)$ is equal to $2^q((2^qa_2) + a_1) + a_0$. This technique of polynomial representation is known as Horner's method.
+polynomial $f(2^q)$ is equal to $2^q((2^qa_2) + a_1) + a_0$. This technique of polynomial representation is known as Horner's method.
-As a general rule of the algorithm when the inputs are split into $n$ parts each there are $2n - 1$ multiplications. Each multiplication is of
-multiplicands that have $n$ times fewer digits than the inputs. The asymptotic running time of this algorithm is
+As a general rule of the algorithm when the inputs are split into $n$ parts each there are $2n - 1$ multiplications. Each multiplication is of
+multiplicands that have $n$ times fewer digits than the inputs. The asymptotic running time of this algorithm is
$O \left ( k^{lg_n(2n - 1)} \right )$ for $k$ digit inputs (\textit{assuming they have the same number of digits}). Figure~\ref{fig:exponent}
summarizes the exponents for various values of $n$.
@@ -2737,23 +2737,23 @@ summarizes the exponents for various values of $n$.
At first it may seem like a good idea to choose $n = 1000$ since the exponent is approximately $1.1$. However, the overhead
of solving for the 2001 terms of $W(x)$ will certainly consume any savings the algorithm could offer for all but exceedingly large
-numbers.
+numbers.
\subsubsection{Cutoff Point}
-The polynomial basis multiplication algorithms all require fewer single precision multiplications than a straight Comba approach. However,
+The polynomial basis multiplication algorithms all require fewer single precision multiplications than a straight Comba approach. However,
the algorithms incur an overhead (\textit{at the $O(n)$ work level}) since they require a system of equations to be solved. This makes the
polynomial basis approach more costly to use with small inputs.
-Let $m$ represent the number of digits in the multiplicands (\textit{assume both multiplicands have the same number of digits}). There exists a
-point $y$ such that when $m < y$ the polynomial basis algorithms are more costly than Comba, when $m = y$ they are roughly the same cost and
-when $m > y$ the Comba methods are slower than the polynomial basis algorithms.
+Let $m$ represent the number of digits in the multiplicands (\textit{assume both multiplicands have the same number of digits}). There exists a
+point $y$ such that when $m < y$ the polynomial basis algorithms are more costly than Comba, when $m = y$ they are roughly the same cost and
+when $m > y$ the Comba methods are slower than the polynomial basis algorithms.
The exact location of $y$ depends on several key architectural elements of the computer platform in question.
\begin{enumerate}
\item The ratio of clock cycles for single precision multiplication versus other simpler operations such as addition, shifting, etc. For example
on the AMD Athlon the ratio is roughly $17 : 1$ while on the Intel P4 it is $29 : 1$. The higher the ratio in favour of multiplication the lower
-the cutoff point $y$ will be.
+the cutoff point $y$ will be.
\item The complexity of the linear system of equations (\textit{for the coefficients of $W(x)$}) is. Generally speaking as the number of splits
grows the complexity grows substantially. Ideally solving the system will only involve addition, subtraction and shifting of integers. This
@@ -2766,11 +2766,11 @@ influence over the cutoff point.
A clean cutoff point separation occurs when a point $y$ is found such that all of the cutoff point conditions are met. For example, if the point
is too low then there will be values of $m$ such that $m > y$ and the Comba method is still faster. Finding the cutoff points is fairly simple when
-a high resolution timer is available.
+a high resolution timer is available.
\subsection{Karatsuba Multiplication}
Karatsuba \cite{KARA} multiplication when originally proposed in 1962 was among the first set of algorithms to break the $O(n^2)$ barrier for
-general purpose multiplication. Given two polynomial basis representations $f(x) = ax + b$ and $g(x) = cx + d$, Karatsuba proved with
+general purpose multiplication. Given two polynomial basis representations $f(x) = ax + b$ and $g(x) = cx + d$, Karatsuba proved with
light algebra \cite{KARAP} that the following polynomial is equivalent to multiplication of the two integers the polynomials represent.
\begin{equation}
@@ -2778,8 +2778,8 @@ f(x) \cdot g(x) = acx^2 + ((a + b)(c + d) - (ac + bd))x + bd
\end{equation}
Using the observation that $ac$ and $bd$ could be re-used only three half sized multiplications would be required to produce the product. Applying
-this algorithm recursively, the work factor becomes $O(n^{lg(3)})$ which is substantially better than the work factor $O(n^2)$ of the Comba technique. It turns
-out what Karatsuba did not know or at least did not publish was that this is simply polynomial basis multiplication with the points
+this algorithm recursively, the work factor becomes $O(n^{lg(3)})$ which is substantially better than the work factor $O(n^2)$ of the Comba technique. It turns
+out what Karatsuba did not know or at least did not publish was that this is simply polynomial basis multiplication with the points
$\zeta_0$, $\zeta_{\infty}$ and $\zeta_{1}$. Consider the resultant system of equations.
\begin{center}
@@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@ $\zeta_{\infty}$ & $=$ & $w_2$ & & & & \\
By adding the first and last equation to the equation in the middle the term $w_1$ can be isolated and all three coefficients solved for. The simplicity
of this system of equations has made Karatsuba fairly popular. In fact the cutoff point is often fairly low\footnote{With LibTomMath 0.18 it is 70 and 109 digits for the Intel P4 and AMD Athlon respectively.}
-making it an ideal algorithm to speed up certain public key cryptosystems such as RSA and Diffie-Hellman.
+making it an ideal algorithm to speed up certain public key cryptosystems such as RSA and Diffie-Hellman.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -2830,7 +2830,7 @@ Calculate the final product. \\
18. $c \leftarrow t1 + x1y1$ \\
19. Clear all of the temporary variables. \\
20. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}).\\
-\hline
+\hline
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{small}
@@ -2839,13 +2839,13 @@ Calculate the final product. \\
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_karatsuba\_mul.}
This algorithm computes the unsigned product of two inputs using the Karatsuba multiplication algorithm. It is loosely based on the description
-from Knuth \cite[pp. 294-295]{TAOCPV2}.
+from Knuth \cite[pp. 294-295]{TAOCPV2}.
\index{radix point}
In order to split the two inputs into their respective halves, a suitable \textit{radix point} must be chosen. The radix point chosen must
-be used for both of the inputs meaning that it must be smaller than the smallest input. Step 3 chooses the radix point $B$ as half of the
-smallest input \textbf{used} count. After the radix point is chosen the inputs are split into lower and upper halves. Step 4 and 5
-compute the lower halves. Step 6 and 7 computer the upper halves.
+be used for both of the inputs meaning that it must be smaller than the smallest input. Step 3 chooses the radix point $B$ as half of the
+smallest input \textbf{used} count. After the radix point is chosen the inputs are split into lower and upper halves. Step 4 and 5
+compute the lower halves. Step 6 and 7 computer the upper halves.
After the halves have been computed the three intermediate half-size products must be computed. Step 8 and 9 compute the trivial products
$x0 \cdot y0$ and $x1 \cdot y1$. The mp\_int $x0$ is used as a temporary variable after $x1 + x0$ has been computed. By using $x0$ instead
@@ -2857,29 +2857,29 @@ EXAM,bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c
The new coding element in this routine, not seen in previous routines, is the usage of goto statements. The conventional
wisdom is that goto statements should be avoided. This is generally true, however when every single function call can fail, it makes sense
-to handle error recovery with a single piece of code. Lines @61,if@ to @75,if@ handle initializing all of the temporary variables
+to handle error recovery with a single piece of code. Lines @61,if@ to @75,if@ handle initializing all of the temporary variables
required. Note how each of the if statements goes to a different label in case of failure. This allows the routine to correctly free only
the temporaries that have been successfully allocated so far.
-The temporary variables are all initialized using the mp\_init\_size routine since they are expected to be large. This saves the
+The temporary variables are all initialized using the mp\_init\_size routine since they are expected to be large. This saves the
additional reallocation that would have been necessary. Also $x0$, $x1$, $y0$ and $y1$ have to be able to hold at least their respective
number of digits for the next section of code.
The first algebraic portion of the algorithm is to split the two inputs into their halves. However, instead of using mp\_mod\_2d and mp\_rshd
-to extract the halves, the respective code has been placed inline within the body of the function. To initialize the halves, the \textbf{used} and
-\textbf{sign} members are copied first. The first for loop on line @98,for@ copies the lower halves. Since they are both the same magnitude it
-is simpler to calculate both lower halves in a single loop. The for loop on lines @104,for@ and @109,for@ calculate the upper halves $x1$ and
+to extract the halves, the respective code has been placed inline within the body of the function. To initialize the halves, the \textbf{used} and
+\textbf{sign} members are copied first. The first for loop on line @98,for@ copies the lower halves. Since they are both the same magnitude it
+is simpler to calculate both lower halves in a single loop. The for loop on lines @104,for@ and @109,for@ calculate the upper halves $x1$ and
$y1$ respectively.
By inlining the calculation of the halves, the Karatsuba multiplier has a slightly lower overhead and can be used for smaller magnitude inputs.
When line @152,err@ is reached, the algorithm has completed succesfully. The ``error status'' variable $err$ is set to \textbf{MP\_OKAY} so that
-the same code that handles errors can be used to clear the temporary variables and return.
+the same code that handles errors can be used to clear the temporary variables and return.
\subsection{Toom-Cook $3$-Way Multiplication}
-Toom-Cook $3$-Way \cite{TOOM} multiplication is essentially the polynomial basis algorithm for $n = 2$ except that the points are
-chosen such that $\zeta$ is easy to compute and the resulting system of equations easy to reduce. Here, the points $\zeta_{0}$,
-$16 \cdot \zeta_{1 \over 2}$, $\zeta_1$, $\zeta_2$ and $\zeta_{\infty}$ make up the five required points to solve for the coefficients
+Toom-Cook $3$-Way \cite{TOOM} multiplication is essentially the polynomial basis algorithm for $n = 2$ except that the points are
+chosen such that $\zeta$ is easy to compute and the resulting system of equations easy to reduce. Here, the points $\zeta_{0}$,
+$16 \cdot \zeta_{1 \over 2}$, $\zeta_1$, $\zeta_2$ and $\zeta_{\infty}$ make up the five required points to solve for the coefficients
of the $W(x)$.
With the five relations that Toom-Cook specifies, the following system of equations is formed.
@@ -2897,7 +2897,7 @@ $\zeta_{\infty}$ & $=$ & $1w_4$ & $+$ & $0w_3$ & $+$ & $0w_2$ & $+$
A trivial solution to this matrix requires $12$ subtractions, two multiplications by a small power of two, two divisions by a small power
of two, two divisions by three and one multiplication by three. All of these $19$ sub-operations require less than quadratic time, meaning that
the algorithm can be faster than a baseline multiplication. However, the greater complexity of this algorithm places the cutoff point
-(\textbf{TOOM\_MUL\_CUTOFF}) where Toom-Cook becomes more efficient much higher than the Karatsuba cutoff point.
+(\textbf{TOOM\_MUL\_CUTOFF}) where Toom-Cook becomes more efficient much higher than the Karatsuba cutoff point.
\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -2967,7 +2967,7 @@ Now substitute $\beta^k$ for $x$ by shifting $w_0, w_1, ..., w_4$. \\
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_toom\_mul.}
-This algorithm computes the product of two mp\_int variables $a$ and $b$ using the Toom-Cook approach. Compared to the Karatsuba multiplication, this
+This algorithm computes the product of two mp\_int variables $a$ and $b$ using the Toom-Cook approach. Compared to the Karatsuba multiplication, this
algorithm has a lower asymptotic running time of approximately $O(n^{1.464})$ but at an obvious cost in overhead. In this
description, several statements have been compounded to save space. The intention is that the statements are executed from left to right across
any given step.
@@ -2979,34 +2979,34 @@ The first two relations $w_0$ and $w_4$ are the points $\zeta_{0}$ and $\zeta_{\
to the points $16 \cdot \zeta_{1 \over 2}, \zeta_{2}$ and $\zeta_{1}$ respectively. These are found using logical shifts to independently find
$f(y)$ and $g(y)$ which significantly speeds up the algorithm.
-After the five relations $w_0, w_1, \ldots, w_4$ have been computed, the system they represent must be solved in order for the unknown coefficients
+After the five relations $w_0, w_1, \ldots, w_4$ have been computed, the system they represent must be solved in order for the unknown coefficients
$w_1, w_2$ and $w_3$ to be isolated. The steps 18 through 25 perform the system reduction required as previously described. Each step of
the reduction represents the comparable matrix operation that would be performed had this been performed by pencil. For example, step 18 indicates
-that row $1$ must be subtracted from row $4$ and simultaneously row $0$ subtracted from row $3$.
+that row $1$ must be subtracted from row $4$ and simultaneously row $0$ subtracted from row $3$.
-Once the coeffients have been isolated, the polynomial $W(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{2n} w_i x^i$ is known. By substituting $\beta^{k}$ for $x$, the integer
+Once the coeffients have been isolated, the polynomial $W(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{2n} w_i x^i$ is known. By substituting $\beta^{k}$ for $x$, the integer
result $a \cdot b$ is produced.
EXAM,bn_mp_toom_mul.c
-The first obvious thing to note is that this algorithm is complicated. The complexity is worth it if you are multiplying very
+The first obvious thing to note is that this algorithm is complicated. The complexity is worth it if you are multiplying very
large numbers. For example, a 10,000 digit multiplication takes approximaly 99,282,205 fewer single precision multiplications with
Toom--Cook than a Comba or baseline approach (this is a savings of more than 99$\%$). For most ``crypto'' sized numbers this
algorithm is not practical as Karatsuba has a much lower cutoff point.
-First we split $a$ and $b$ into three roughly equal portions. This has been accomplished (lines @40,mod@ to @69,rshd@) with
+First we split $a$ and $b$ into three roughly equal portions. This has been accomplished (lines @40,mod@ to @69,rshd@) with
combinations of mp\_rshd() and mp\_mod\_2d() function calls. At this point $a = a2 \cdot \beta^2 + a1 \cdot \beta + a0$ and similiarly
-for $b$.
+for $b$.
Next we compute the five points $w0, w1, w2, w3$ and $w4$. Recall that $w0$ and $w4$ can be computed directly from the portions so
we get those out of the way first (lines @72,mul@ and @77,mul@). Next we compute $w1, w2$ and $w3$ using Horners method.
After this point we solve for the actual values of $w1, w2$ and $w3$ by reducing the $5 \times 5$ system which is relatively
-straight forward.
+straight forward.
\subsection{Signed Multiplication}
Now that algorithms to handle multiplications of every useful dimensions have been developed, a rather simple finishing touch is required. So far all
-of the multiplication algorithms have been unsigned multiplications which leaves only a signed multiplication algorithm to be established.
+of the multiplication algorithms have been unsigned multiplications which leaves only a signed multiplication algorithm to be established.
\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -3040,24 +3040,24 @@ of the multiplication algorithms have been unsigned multiplications which leaves
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_mul.}
-This algorithm performs the signed multiplication of two inputs. It will make use of any of the three unsigned multiplication algorithms
+This algorithm performs the signed multiplication of two inputs. It will make use of any of the three unsigned multiplication algorithms
available when the input is of appropriate size. The \textbf{sign} of the result is not set until the end of the algorithm since algorithm
-s\_mp\_mul\_digs will clear it.
+s\_mp\_mul\_digs will clear it.
EXAM,bn_mp_mul.c
-The implementation is rather simplistic and is not particularly noteworthy. Line @22,?@ computes the sign of the result using the ``?''
-operator from the C programming language. Line @37,<<@ computes $\delta$ using the fact that $1 << k$ is equal to $2^k$.
+The implementation is rather simplistic and is not particularly noteworthy. Line @22,?@ computes the sign of the result using the ``?''
+operator from the C programming language. Line @37,<<@ computes $\delta$ using the fact that $1 << k$ is equal to $2^k$.
\section{Squaring}
\label{sec:basesquare}
Squaring is a special case of multiplication where both multiplicands are equal. At first it may seem like there is no significant optimization
available but in fact there is. Consider the multiplication of $576$ against $241$. In total there will be nine single precision multiplications
-performed which are $1\cdot 6$, $1 \cdot 7$, $1 \cdot 5$, $4 \cdot 6$, $4 \cdot 7$, $4 \cdot 5$, $2 \cdot 6$, $2 \cdot 7$ and $2 \cdot 5$. Now consider
-the multiplication of $123$ against $123$. The nine products are $3 \cdot 3$, $3 \cdot 2$, $3 \cdot 1$, $2 \cdot 3$, $2 \cdot 2$, $2 \cdot 1$,
-$1 \cdot 3$, $1 \cdot 2$ and $1 \cdot 1$. On closer inspection some of the products are equivalent. For example, $3 \cdot 2 = 2 \cdot 3$
-and $3 \cdot 1 = 1 \cdot 3$.
+performed which are $1\cdot 6$, $1 \cdot 7$, $1 \cdot 5$, $4 \cdot 6$, $4 \cdot 7$, $4 \cdot 5$, $2 \cdot 6$, $2 \cdot 7$ and $2 \cdot 5$. Now consider
+the multiplication of $123$ against $123$. The nine products are $3 \cdot 3$, $3 \cdot 2$, $3 \cdot 1$, $2 \cdot 3$, $2 \cdot 2$, $2 \cdot 1$,
+$1 \cdot 3$, $1 \cdot 2$ and $1 \cdot 1$. On closer inspection some of the products are equivalent. For example, $3 \cdot 2 = 2 \cdot 3$
+and $3 \cdot 1 = 1 \cdot 3$.
For any $n$-digit input, there are ${{\left (n^2 + n \right)}\over 2}$ possible unique single precision multiplications required compared to the $n^2$
required for multiplication. The following diagram gives an example of the operations required.
@@ -3077,19 +3077,19 @@ $\times$ &&1&2&3&\\
MARK,SQUARE
Starting from zero and numbering the columns from right to left a very simple pattern becomes obvious. For the purposes of this discussion let $x$
-represent the number being squared. The first observation is that in row $k$ the $2k$'th column of the product has a $\left (x_k \right)^2$ term in it.
+represent the number being squared. The first observation is that in row $k$ the $2k$'th column of the product has a $\left (x_k \right)^2$ term in it.
The second observation is that every column $j$ in row $k$ where $j \ne 2k$ is part of a double product. Every non-square term of a column will
-appear twice hence the name ``double product''. Every odd column is made up entirely of double products. In fact every column is made up of double
-products and at most one square (\textit{see the exercise section}).
+appear twice hence the name ``double product''. Every odd column is made up entirely of double products. In fact every column is made up of double
+products and at most one square (\textit{see the exercise section}).
-The third and final observation is that for row $k$ the first unique non-square term, that is, one that hasn't already appeared in an earlier row,
-occurs at column $2k + 1$. For example, on row $1$ of the previous squaring, column one is part of the double product with column one from row zero.
+The third and final observation is that for row $k$ the first unique non-square term, that is, one that hasn't already appeared in an earlier row,
+occurs at column $2k + 1$. For example, on row $1$ of the previous squaring, column one is part of the double product with column one from row zero.
Column two of row one is a square and column three is the first unique column.
\subsection{The Baseline Squaring Algorithm}
The baseline squaring algorithm is meant to be a catch-all squaring algorithm. It will handle any of the input sizes that the faster routines
-will not handle.
+will not handle.
\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -3131,30 +3131,30 @@ will not handle.
\textbf{Algorithm s\_mp\_sqr.}
This algorithm computes the square of an input using the three observations on squaring. It is based fairly faithfully on algorithm 14.16 of HAC
-\cite[pp.596-597]{HAC}. Similar to algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs, a temporary mp\_int is allocated to hold the result of the squaring. This allows the
+\cite[pp.596-597]{HAC}. Similar to algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs, a temporary mp\_int is allocated to hold the result of the squaring. This allows the
destination mp\_int to be the same as the source mp\_int.
The outer loop of this algorithm begins on step 4. It is best to think of the outer loop as walking down the rows of the partial results, while
the inner loop computes the columns of the partial result. Step 4.1 and 4.2 compute the square term for each row, and step 4.3 and 4.4 propagate
-the carry and compute the double products.
+the carry and compute the double products.
The requirement that a mp\_word be able to represent the range $0 \le x < 2 \beta^2$ arises from this
very algorithm. The product $a_{ix}a_{iy}$ will lie in the range $0 \le x \le \beta^2 - 2\beta + 1$ which is obviously less than $\beta^2$ meaning that
when it is multiplied by two, it can be properly represented by a mp\_word.
-Similar to algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs, after every pass of the inner loop, the destination is correctly set to the sum of all of the partial
-results calculated so far. This involves expensive carry propagation which will be eliminated in the next algorithm.
+Similar to algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs, after every pass of the inner loop, the destination is correctly set to the sum of all of the partial
+results calculated so far. This involves expensive carry propagation which will be eliminated in the next algorithm.
EXAM,bn_s_mp_sqr.c
Inside the outer loop (line @32,for@) the square term is calculated on line @35,r =@. The carry (line @42,>>@) has been
-extracted from the mp\_word accumulator using a right shift. Aliases for $a_{ix}$ and $t_{ix+iy}$ are initialized
+extracted from the mp\_word accumulator using a right shift. Aliases for $a_{ix}$ and $t_{ix+iy}$ are initialized
(lines @45,tmpx@ and @48,tmpt@) to simplify the inner loop. The doubling is performed using two
-additions (line @57,r + r@) since it is usually faster than shifting, if not at least as fast.
+additions (line @57,r + r@) since it is usually faster than shifting, if not at least as fast.
The important observation is that the inner loop does not begin at $iy = 0$ like for multiplication. As such the inner loops
get progressively shorter as the algorithm proceeds. This is what leads to the savings compared to using a multiplication to
-square a number.
+square a number.
\subsection{Faster Squaring by the ``Comba'' Method}
A major drawback to the baseline method is the requirement for single precision shifting inside the $O(n^2)$ nested loop. Squaring has an additional
@@ -3164,10 +3164,10 @@ performance hazards.
The first obvious solution is to make an array of mp\_words which will hold all of the columns. This will indeed eliminate all of the carry
propagation operations from the inner loop. However, the inner product must still be doubled $O(n^2)$ times. The solution stems from the simple fact
that $2a + 2b + 2c = 2(a + b + c)$. That is the sum of all of the double products is equal to double the sum of all the products. For example,
-$ab + ba + ac + ca = 2ab + 2ac = 2(ab + ac)$.
+$ab + ba + ac + ca = 2ab + 2ac = 2(ab + ac)$.
-However, we cannot simply double all of the columns, since the squares appear only once per row. The most practical solution is to have two
-mp\_word arrays. One array will hold the squares and the other array will hold the double products. With both arrays the doubling and
+However, we cannot simply double all of the columns, since the squares appear only once per row. The most practical solution is to have two
+mp\_word arrays. One array will hold the squares and the other array will hold the double products. With both arrays the doubling and
carry propagation can be moved to a $O(n)$ work level outside the $O(n^2)$ level. In this case, we have an even simpler solution in mind.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -3205,7 +3205,7 @@ Place an array of \textbf{MP\_WARRAY} mp\_digits named $W$ on the stack. \\
9. for $ix$ from $pa$ to $oldused - 1$ do \\
\hspace{3mm}9.1 $b_{ix} \leftarrow 0$ \\
10. Clamp excess digits from $b$. (\textit{mp\_clamp}) \\
-11. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
+11. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
\hline
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
@@ -3214,8 +3214,8 @@ Place an array of \textbf{MP\_WARRAY} mp\_digits named $W$ on the stack. \\
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm fast\_s\_mp\_sqr.}
-This algorithm computes the square of an input using the Comba technique. It is designed to be a replacement for algorithm
-s\_mp\_sqr when the number of input digits is less than \textbf{MP\_WARRAY} and less than $\delta \over 2$.
+This algorithm computes the square of an input using the Comba technique. It is designed to be a replacement for algorithm
+s\_mp\_sqr when the number of input digits is less than \textbf{MP\_WARRAY} and less than $\delta \over 2$.
This algorithm is very similar to the Comba multiplier except with a few key differences we shall make note of.
First, we have an accumulator and carry variables $\_ \hat W$ and $\hat W1$ respectively. This is because the inner loop
@@ -3230,35 +3230,35 @@ only to even outputs and it is the square of the term at the $\lfloor ix / 2 \rf
EXAM,bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c
-This implementation is essentially a copy of Comba multiplication with the appropriate changes added to make it faster for
-the special case of squaring.
+This implementation is essentially a copy of Comba multiplication with the appropriate changes added to make it faster for
+the special case of squaring.
\subsection{Polynomial Basis Squaring}
The same algorithm that performs optimal polynomial basis multiplication can be used to perform polynomial basis squaring. The minor exception
is that $\zeta_y = f(y)g(y)$ is actually equivalent to $\zeta_y = f(y)^2$ since $f(y) = g(y)$. Instead of performing $2n + 1$
-multiplications to find the $\zeta$ relations, squaring operations are performed instead.
+multiplications to find the $\zeta$ relations, squaring operations are performed instead.
\subsection{Karatsuba Squaring}
-Let $f(x) = ax + b$ represent the polynomial basis representation of a number to square.
-Let $h(x) = \left ( f(x) \right )^2$ represent the square of the polynomial. The Karatsuba equation can be modified to square a
+Let $f(x) = ax + b$ represent the polynomial basis representation of a number to square.
+Let $h(x) = \left ( f(x) \right )^2$ represent the square of the polynomial. The Karatsuba equation can be modified to square a
number with the following equation.
\begin{equation}
h(x) = a^2x^2 + \left ((a + b)^2 - (a^2 + b^2) \right )x + b^2
\end{equation}
-Upon closer inspection this equation only requires the calculation of three half-sized squares: $a^2$, $b^2$ and $(a + b)^2$. As in
-Karatsuba multiplication, this algorithm can be applied recursively on the input and will achieve an asymptotic running time of
+Upon closer inspection this equation only requires the calculation of three half-sized squares: $a^2$, $b^2$ and $(a + b)^2$. As in
+Karatsuba multiplication, this algorithm can be applied recursively on the input and will achieve an asymptotic running time of
$O \left ( n^{lg(3)} \right )$.
-If the asymptotic times of Karatsuba squaring and multiplication are the same, why not simply use the multiplication algorithm
-instead? The answer to this arises from the cutoff point for squaring. As in multiplication there exists a cutoff point, at which the
-time required for a Comba based squaring and a Karatsuba based squaring meet. Due to the overhead inherent in the Karatsuba method, the cutoff
-point is fairly high. For example, on an AMD Athlon XP processor with $\beta = 2^{28}$, the cutoff point is around 127 digits.
+If the asymptotic times of Karatsuba squaring and multiplication are the same, why not simply use the multiplication algorithm
+instead? The answer to this arises from the cutoff point for squaring. As in multiplication there exists a cutoff point, at which the
+time required for a Comba based squaring and a Karatsuba based squaring meet. Due to the overhead inherent in the Karatsuba method, the cutoff
+point is fairly high. For example, on an AMD Athlon XP processor with $\beta = 2^{28}$, the cutoff point is around 127 digits.
-Consider squaring a 200 digit number with this technique. It will be split into two 100 digit halves which are subsequently squared.
+Consider squaring a 200 digit number with this technique. It will be split into two 100 digit halves which are subsequently squared.
The 100 digit halves will not be squared using Karatsuba, but instead using the faster Comba based squaring algorithm. If Karatsuba multiplication
-were used instead, the 100 digit numbers would be squared with a slower Comba based multiplication.
+were used instead, the 100 digit numbers would be squared with a slower Comba based multiplication.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -3312,7 +3312,7 @@ Now if $5n$ single precision additions and a squaring of $n$-digits is faster th
this method is faster. Assuming no further recursions occur, the difference can be estimated with the following inequality.
Let $p$ represent the cost of a single precision addition and $q$ the cost of a single precision multiplication both in terms of time\footnote{Or
-machine clock cycles.}.
+machine clock cycles.}.
\begin{equation}
5pn +{{q(n^2 + n)} \over 2} \le pn + qn^2
@@ -3330,27 +3330,27 @@ ${13 \over 9}$ & $<$ & $n$ \\
This results in a cutoff point around $n = 2$. As a consequence it is actually faster to compute the middle term the ``long way'' on processors
where multiplication is substantially slower\footnote{On the Athlon there is a 1:17 ratio between clock cycles for addition and multiplication. On
the Intel P4 processor this ratio is 1:29 making this method even more beneficial. The only common exception is the ARMv4 processor which has a
-ratio of 1:7. } than simpler operations such as addition.
+ratio of 1:7. } than simpler operations such as addition.
EXAM,bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c
-This implementation is largely based on the implementation of algorithm mp\_karatsuba\_mul. It uses the same inline style to copy and
+This implementation is largely based on the implementation of algorithm mp\_karatsuba\_mul. It uses the same inline style to copy and
shift the input into the two halves. The loop from line @54,{@ to line @70,}@ has been modified since only one input exists. The \textbf{used}
count of both $x0$ and $x1$ is fixed up and $x0$ is clamped before the calculations begin. At this point $x1$ and $x0$ are valid equivalents
-to the respective halves as if mp\_rshd and mp\_mod\_2d had been used.
+to the respective halves as if mp\_rshd and mp\_mod\_2d had been used.
By inlining the copy and shift operations the cutoff point for Karatsuba multiplication can be lowered. On the Athlon the cutoff point
is exactly at the point where Comba squaring can no longer be used (\textit{128 digits}). On slower processors such as the Intel P4
it is actually below the Comba limit (\textit{at 110 digits}).
-This routine uses the same error trap coding style as mp\_karatsuba\_sqr. As the temporary variables are initialized errors are
-redirected to the error trap higher up. If the algorithm completes without error the error code is set to \textbf{MP\_OKAY} and
+This routine uses the same error trap coding style as mp\_karatsuba\_sqr. As the temporary variables are initialized errors are
+redirected to the error trap higher up. If the algorithm completes without error the error code is set to \textbf{MP\_OKAY} and
mp\_clears are executed normally.
\subsection{Toom-Cook Squaring}
The Toom-Cook squaring algorithm mp\_toom\_sqr is heavily based on the algorithm mp\_toom\_mul with the exception that squarings are used
-instead of multiplication to find the five relations. The reader is encouraged to read the description of the latter algorithm and try to
-derive their own Toom-Cook squaring algorithm.
+instead of multiplication to find the five relations. The reader is encouraged to read the description of the latter algorithm and try to
+derive their own Toom-Cook squaring algorithm.
\subsection{High Level Squaring}
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -3383,7 +3383,7 @@ derive their own Toom-Cook squaring algorithm.
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_sqr.}
This algorithm computes the square of the input using one of four different algorithms. If the input is very large and has at least
\textbf{TOOM\_SQR\_CUTOFF} or \textbf{KARATSUBA\_SQR\_CUTOFF} digits then either the Toom-Cook or the Karatsuba Squaring algorithm is used. If
-neither of the polynomial basis algorithms should be used then either the Comba or baseline algorithm is used.
+neither of the polynomial basis algorithms should be used then either the Comba or baseline algorithm is used.
EXAM,bn_mp_sqr.c
@@ -3394,11 +3394,11 @@ $\left [ 3 \right ] $ & Devise an efficient algorithm for selection of the radix
& \\
$\left [ 2 \right ] $ & In ~SQUARE~ the fact that every column of a squaring is made up \\
& of double products and at most one square is stated. Prove this statement. \\
- & \\
+ & \\
$\left [ 3 \right ] $ & Prove the equation for Karatsuba squaring. \\
& \\
$\left [ 1 \right ] $ & Prove that Karatsuba squaring requires $O \left (n^{lg(3)} \right )$ time. \\
- & \\
+ & \\
$\left [ 2 \right ] $ & Determine the minimal ratio between addition and multiplication clock cycles \\
& required for equation $6.7$ to be true. \\
& \\
@@ -3416,61 +3416,61 @@ $\left [ 4 \right ] $ & Same as the previous but also modify the Karatsuba and T
MARK,REDUCTION
\section{Basics of Modular Reduction}
\index{modular residue}
-Modular reduction is an operation that arises quite often within public key cryptography algorithms and various number theoretic algorithms,
+Modular reduction is an operation that arises quite often within public key cryptography algorithms and various number theoretic algorithms,
such as factoring. Modular reduction algorithms are the third class of algorithms of the ``multipliers'' set. A number $a$ is said to be \textit{reduced}
-modulo another number $b$ by finding the remainder of the division $a/b$. Full integer division with remainder is a topic to be covered
+modulo another number $b$ by finding the remainder of the division $a/b$. Full integer division with remainder is a topic to be covered
in~\ref{sec:division}.
-Modular reduction is equivalent to solving for $r$ in the following equation. $a = bq + r$ where $q = \lfloor a/b \rfloor$. The result
-$r$ is said to be ``congruent to $a$ modulo $b$'' which is also written as $r \equiv a \mbox{ (mod }b\mbox{)}$. In other vernacular $r$ is known as the
+Modular reduction is equivalent to solving for $r$ in the following equation. $a = bq + r$ where $q = \lfloor a/b \rfloor$. The result
+$r$ is said to be ``congruent to $a$ modulo $b$'' which is also written as $r \equiv a \mbox{ (mod }b\mbox{)}$. In other vernacular $r$ is known as the
``modular residue'' which leads to ``quadratic residue''\footnote{That's fancy talk for $b \equiv a^2 \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$.} and
-other forms of residues.
+other forms of residues.
-Modular reductions are normally used to create either finite groups, rings or fields. The most common usage for performance driven modular reductions
-is in modular exponentiation algorithms. That is to compute $d = a^b \mbox{ (mod }c\mbox{)}$ as fast as possible. This operation is used in the
-RSA and Diffie-Hellman public key algorithms, for example. Modular multiplication and squaring also appears as a fundamental operation in
-elliptic curve cryptographic algorithms. As will be discussed in the subsequent chapter there exist fast algorithms for computing modular
-exponentiations without having to perform (\textit{in this example}) $b - 1$ multiplications. These algorithms will produce partial results in the
-range $0 \le x < c^2$ which can be taken advantage of to create several efficient algorithms. They have also been used to create redundancy check
-algorithms known as CRCs, error correction codes such as Reed-Solomon and solve a variety of number theoeretic problems.
+Modular reductions are normally used to create either finite groups, rings or fields. The most common usage for performance driven modular reductions
+is in modular exponentiation algorithms. That is to compute $d = a^b \mbox{ (mod }c\mbox{)}$ as fast as possible. This operation is used in the
+RSA and Diffie-Hellman public key algorithms, for example. Modular multiplication and squaring also appears as a fundamental operation in
+elliptic curve cryptographic algorithms. As will be discussed in the subsequent chapter there exist fast algorithms for computing modular
+exponentiations without having to perform (\textit{in this example}) $b - 1$ multiplications. These algorithms will produce partial results in the
+range $0 \le x < c^2$ which can be taken advantage of to create several efficient algorithms. They have also been used to create redundancy check
+algorithms known as CRCs, error correction codes such as Reed-Solomon and solve a variety of number theoeretic problems.
\section{The Barrett Reduction}
The Barrett reduction algorithm \cite{BARRETT} was inspired by fast division algorithms which multiply by the reciprocal to emulate
-division. Barretts observation was that the residue $c$ of $a$ modulo $b$ is equal to
+division. Barretts observation was that the residue $c$ of $a$ modulo $b$ is equal to
\begin{equation}
c = a - b \cdot \lfloor a/b \rfloor
\end{equation}
-Since algorithms such as modular exponentiation would be using the same modulus extensively, typical DSP\footnote{It is worth noting that Barrett's paper
-targeted the DSP56K processor.} intuition would indicate the next step would be to replace $a/b$ by a multiplication by the reciprocal. However,
-DSP intuition on its own will not work as these numbers are considerably larger than the precision of common DSP floating point data types.
+Since algorithms such as modular exponentiation would be using the same modulus extensively, typical DSP\footnote{It is worth noting that Barrett's paper
+targeted the DSP56K processor.} intuition would indicate the next step would be to replace $a/b$ by a multiplication by the reciprocal. However,
+DSP intuition on its own will not work as these numbers are considerably larger than the precision of common DSP floating point data types.
It would take another common optimization to optimize the algorithm.
\subsection{Fixed Point Arithmetic}
The trick used to optimize the above equation is based on a technique of emulating floating point data types with fixed precision integers. Fixed
-point arithmetic would become very popular as it greatly optimize the ``3d-shooter'' genre of games in the mid 1990s when floating point units were
-fairly slow if not unavailable. The idea behind fixed point arithmetic is to take a normal $k$-bit integer data type and break it into $p$-bit
-integer and a $q$-bit fraction part (\textit{where $p+q = k$}).
+point arithmetic would become very popular as it greatly optimize the ``3d-shooter'' genre of games in the mid 1990s when floating point units were
+fairly slow if not unavailable. The idea behind fixed point arithmetic is to take a normal $k$-bit integer data type and break it into $p$-bit
+integer and a $q$-bit fraction part (\textit{where $p+q = k$}).
In this system a $k$-bit integer $n$ would actually represent $n/2^q$. For example, with $q = 4$ the integer $n = 37$ would actually represent the
-value $2.3125$. To multiply two fixed point numbers the integers are multiplied using traditional arithmetic and subsequently normalized by
-moving the implied decimal point back to where it should be. For example, with $q = 4$ to multiply the integers $9$ and $5$ they must be converted
-to fixed point first by multiplying by $2^q$. Let $a = 9(2^q)$ represent the fixed point representation of $9$ and $b = 5(2^q)$ represent the
-fixed point representation of $5$. The product $ab$ is equal to $45(2^{2q})$ which when normalized by dividing by $2^q$ produces $45(2^q)$.
+value $2.3125$. To multiply two fixed point numbers the integers are multiplied using traditional arithmetic and subsequently normalized by
+moving the implied decimal point back to where it should be. For example, with $q = 4$ to multiply the integers $9$ and $5$ they must be converted
+to fixed point first by multiplying by $2^q$. Let $a = 9(2^q)$ represent the fixed point representation of $9$ and $b = 5(2^q)$ represent the
+fixed point representation of $5$. The product $ab$ is equal to $45(2^{2q})$ which when normalized by dividing by $2^q$ produces $45(2^q)$.
This technique became popular since a normal integer multiplication and logical shift right are the only required operations to perform a multiplication
-of two fixed point numbers. Using fixed point arithmetic, division can be easily approximated by multiplying by the reciprocal. If $2^q$ is
-equivalent to one than $2^q/b$ is equivalent to the fixed point approximation of $1/b$ using real arithmetic. Using this fact dividing an integer
+of two fixed point numbers. Using fixed point arithmetic, division can be easily approximated by multiplying by the reciprocal. If $2^q$ is
+equivalent to one than $2^q/b$ is equivalent to the fixed point approximation of $1/b$ using real arithmetic. Using this fact dividing an integer
$a$ by another integer $b$ can be achieved with the following expression.
\begin{equation}
\lfloor a / b \rfloor \mbox{ }\approx\mbox{ } \lfloor (a \cdot \lfloor 2^q / b \rfloor)/2^q \rfloor
\end{equation}
-The precision of the division is proportional to the value of $q$. If the divisor $b$ is used frequently as is the case with
+The precision of the division is proportional to the value of $q$. If the divisor $b$ is used frequently as is the case with
modular exponentiation pre-computing $2^q/b$ will allow a division to be performed with a multiplication and a right shift. Both operations
-are considerably faster than division on most processors.
+are considerably faster than division on most processors.
Consider dividing $19$ by $5$. The correct result is $\lfloor 19/5 \rfloor = 3$. With $q = 3$ the reciprocal is $\lfloor 2^q/5 \rfloor = 1$ which
leads to a product of $19$ which when divided by $2^q$ produces $2$. However, with $q = 4$ the reciprocal is $\lfloor 2^q/5 \rfloor = 3$ and
@@ -3491,11 +3491,11 @@ c = a - b \cdot \lfloor (a \cdot \mu)/2^q \rfloor
Provided that $2^q \ge a$ this algorithm will produce a quotient that is either exactly correct or off by a value of one. In the context of Barrett
reduction the value of $a$ is bound by $0 \le a \le (b - 1)^2$ meaning that $2^q \ge b^2$ is sufficient to ensure the reciprocal will have enough
-precision.
+precision.
-Let $n$ represent the number of digits in $b$. This algorithm requires approximately $2n^2$ single precision multiplications to produce the quotient and
-another $n^2$ single precision multiplications to find the residue. In total $3n^2$ single precision multiplications are required to
-reduce the number.
+Let $n$ represent the number of digits in $b$. This algorithm requires approximately $2n^2$ single precision multiplications to produce the quotient and
+another $n^2$ single precision multiplications to find the residue. In total $3n^2$ single precision multiplications are required to
+reduce the number.
For example, if $b = 1179677$ and $q = 41$ ($2^q > b^2$), then the reciprocal $\mu$ is equal to $\lfloor 2^q / b \rfloor = 1864089$. Consider reducing
$a = 180388626447$ modulo $b$ using the above reduction equation. The quotient using the new formula is $\lfloor (a \cdot \mu) / 2^q \rfloor = 152913$.
@@ -3503,19 +3503,19 @@ By subtracting $152913b$ from $a$ the correct residue $a \equiv 677346 \mbox{ (m
\subsection{Choosing a Radix Point}
Using the fixed point representation a modular reduction can be performed with $3n^2$ single precision multiplications. If that were the best
-that could be achieved a full division\footnote{A division requires approximately $O(2cn^2)$ single precision multiplications for a small value of $c$.
+that could be achieved a full division\footnote{A division requires approximately $O(2cn^2)$ single precision multiplications for a small value of $c$.
See~\ref{sec:division} for further details.} might as well be used in its place. The key to optimizing the reduction is to reduce the precision of
-the initial multiplication that finds the quotient.
+the initial multiplication that finds the quotient.
Let $a$ represent the number of which the residue is sought. Let $b$ represent the modulus used to find the residue. Let $m$ represent
-the number of digits in $b$. For the purposes of this discussion we will assume that the number of digits in $a$ is $2m$, which is generally true if
-two $m$-digit numbers have been multiplied. Dividing $a$ by $b$ is the same as dividing a $2m$ digit integer by a $m$ digit integer. Digits below the
+the number of digits in $b$. For the purposes of this discussion we will assume that the number of digits in $a$ is $2m$, which is generally true if
+two $m$-digit numbers have been multiplied. Dividing $a$ by $b$ is the same as dividing a $2m$ digit integer by a $m$ digit integer. Digits below the
$m - 1$'th digit of $a$ will contribute at most a value of $1$ to the quotient because $\beta^k < b$ for any $0 \le k \le m - 1$. Another way to
-express this is by re-writing $a$ as two parts. If $a' \equiv a \mbox{ (mod }b^m\mbox{)}$ and $a'' = a - a'$ then
+express this is by re-writing $a$ as two parts. If $a' \equiv a \mbox{ (mod }b^m\mbox{)}$ and $a'' = a - a'$ then
${a \over b} \equiv {{a' + a''} \over b}$ which is equivalent to ${a' \over b} + {a'' \over b}$. Since $a'$ is bound to be less than $b$ the quotient
is bound by $0 \le {a' \over b} < 1$.
-Since the digits of $a'$ do not contribute much to the quotient the observation is that they might as well be zero. However, if the digits
+Since the digits of $a'$ do not contribute much to the quotient the observation is that they might as well be zero. However, if the digits
``might as well be zero'' they might as well not be there in the first place. Let $q_0 = \lfloor a/\beta^{m-1} \rfloor$ represent the input
with the irrelevant digits trimmed. Now the modular reduction is trimmed to the almost equivalent equation
@@ -3523,52 +3523,52 @@ with the irrelevant digits trimmed. Now the modular reduction is trimmed to the
c = a - b \cdot \lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor
\end{equation}
-Note that the original divisor $2^q$ has been replaced with $\beta^{m+1}$ where in this case $q$ is a multiple of $lg(\beta)$. Also note that the
-exponent on the divisor when added to the amount $q_0$ was shifted by equals $2m$. If the optimization had not been performed the divisor
-would have the exponent $2m$ so in the end the exponents do ``add up''. Using the above equation the quotient
+Note that the original divisor $2^q$ has been replaced with $\beta^{m+1}$ where in this case $q$ is a multiple of $lg(\beta)$. Also note that the
+exponent on the divisor when added to the amount $q_0$ was shifted by equals $2m$. If the optimization had not been performed the divisor
+would have the exponent $2m$ so in the end the exponents do ``add up''. Using the above equation the quotient
$\lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor$ can be off from the true quotient by at most two. The original fixed point quotient can be off
by as much as one (\textit{provided the radix point is chosen suitably}) and now that the lower irrelevent digits have been trimmed the quotient
-can be off by an additional value of one for a total of at most two. This implies that
-$0 \le a - b \cdot \lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor < 3b$. By first subtracting $b$ times the quotient and then conditionally subtracting
+can be off by an additional value of one for a total of at most two. This implies that
+$0 \le a - b \cdot \lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor < 3b$. By first subtracting $b$ times the quotient and then conditionally subtracting
$b$ once or twice the residue is found.
The quotient is now found using $(m + 1)(m) = m^2 + m$ single precision multiplications and the residue with an additional $m^2$ single
-precision multiplications, ignoring the subtractions required. In total $2m^2 + m$ single precision multiplications are required to find the residue.
+precision multiplications, ignoring the subtractions required. In total $2m^2 + m$ single precision multiplications are required to find the residue.
This is considerably faster than the original attempt.
-For example, let $\beta = 10$ represent the radix of the digits. Let $b = 9999$ represent the modulus which implies $m = 4$. Let $a = 99929878$
-represent the value of which the residue is desired. In this case $q = 8$ since $10^7 < 9999^2$ meaning that $\mu = \lfloor \beta^{q}/b \rfloor = 10001$.
-With the new observation the multiplicand for the quotient is equal to $q_0 = \lfloor a / \beta^{m - 1} \rfloor = 99929$. The quotient is then
-$\lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor = 9993$. Subtracting $9993b$ from $a$ and the correct residue $a \equiv 9871 \mbox{ (mod }b\mbox{)}$
-is found.
+For example, let $\beta = 10$ represent the radix of the digits. Let $b = 9999$ represent the modulus which implies $m = 4$. Let $a = 99929878$
+represent the value of which the residue is desired. In this case $q = 8$ since $10^7 < 9999^2$ meaning that $\mu = \lfloor \beta^{q}/b \rfloor = 10001$.
+With the new observation the multiplicand for the quotient is equal to $q_0 = \lfloor a / \beta^{m - 1} \rfloor = 99929$. The quotient is then
+$\lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor = 9993$. Subtracting $9993b$ from $a$ and the correct residue $a \equiv 9871 \mbox{ (mod }b\mbox{)}$
+is found.
\subsection{Trimming the Quotient}
-So far the reduction algorithm has been optimized from $3m^2$ single precision multiplications down to $2m^2 + m$ single precision multiplications. As
+So far the reduction algorithm has been optimized from $3m^2$ single precision multiplications down to $2m^2 + m$ single precision multiplications. As
it stands now the algorithm is already fairly fast compared to a full integer division algorithm. However, there is still room for
-optimization.
+optimization.
After the first multiplication inside the quotient ($q_0 \cdot \mu$) the value is shifted right by $m + 1$ places effectively nullifying the lower
-half of the product. It would be nice to be able to remove those digits from the product to effectively cut down the number of single precision
-multiplications. If the number of digits in the modulus $m$ is far less than $\beta$ a full product is not required for the algorithm to work properly.
-In fact the lower $m - 2$ digits will not affect the upper half of the product at all and do not need to be computed.
+half of the product. It would be nice to be able to remove those digits from the product to effectively cut down the number of single precision
+multiplications. If the number of digits in the modulus $m$ is far less than $\beta$ a full product is not required for the algorithm to work properly.
+In fact the lower $m - 2$ digits will not affect the upper half of the product at all and do not need to be computed.
The value of $\mu$ is a $m$-digit number and $q_0$ is a $m + 1$ digit number. Using a full multiplier $(m + 1)(m) = m^2 + m$ single precision
multiplications would be required. Using a multiplier that will only produce digits at and above the $m - 1$'th digit reduces the number
-of single precision multiplications to ${m^2 + m} \over 2$ single precision multiplications.
+of single precision multiplications to ${m^2 + m} \over 2$ single precision multiplications.
\subsection{Trimming the Residue}
After the quotient has been calculated it is used to reduce the input. As previously noted the algorithm is not exact and it can be off by a small
-multiple of the modulus, that is $0 \le a - b \cdot \lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor < 3b$. If $b$ is $m$ digits than the
+multiple of the modulus, that is $0 \le a - b \cdot \lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor < 3b$. If $b$ is $m$ digits than the
result of reduction equation is a value of at most $m + 1$ digits (\textit{provided $3 < \beta$}) implying that the upper $m - 1$ digits are
-implicitly zero.
+implicitly zero.
The next optimization arises from this very fact. Instead of computing $b \cdot \lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor$ using a full
$O(m^2)$ multiplication algorithm only the lower $m+1$ digits of the product have to be computed. Similarly the value of $a$ can
-be reduced modulo $\beta^{m+1}$ before the multiple of $b$ is subtracted which simplifes the subtraction as well. A multiplication that produces
-only the lower $m+1$ digits requires ${m^2 + 3m - 2} \over 2$ single precision multiplications.
+be reduced modulo $\beta^{m+1}$ before the multiple of $b$ is subtracted which simplifes the subtraction as well. A multiplication that produces
+only the lower $m+1$ digits requires ${m^2 + 3m - 2} \over 2$ single precision multiplications.
With both optimizations in place the algorithm is the algorithm Barrett proposed. It requires $m^2 + 2m - 1$ single precision multiplications which
-is considerably faster than the straightforward $3m^2$ method.
+is considerably faster than the straightforward $3m^2$ method.
\subsection{The Barrett Algorithm}
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -3612,26 +3612,26 @@ Now subtract the modulus if the residue is too large (e.g. quotient too small).
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_reduce.}
This algorithm will reduce the input $a$ modulo $b$ in place using the Barrett algorithm. It is loosely based on algorithm 14.42 of HAC
-\cite[pp. 602]{HAC} which is based on the paper from Paul Barrett \cite{BARRETT}. The algorithm has several restrictions and assumptions which must
+\cite[pp. 602]{HAC} which is based on the paper from Paul Barrett \cite{BARRETT}. The algorithm has several restrictions and assumptions which must
be adhered to for the algorithm to work.
First the modulus $b$ is assumed to be positive and greater than one. If the modulus were less than or equal to one than subtracting
a multiple of it would either accomplish nothing or actually enlarge the input. The input $a$ must be in the range $0 \le a < b^2$ in order
for the quotient to have enough precision. If $a$ is the product of two numbers that were already reduced modulo $b$, this will not be a problem.
-Technically the algorithm will still work if $a \ge b^2$ but it will take much longer to finish. The value of $\mu$ is passed as an argument to this
-algorithm and is assumed to be calculated and stored before the algorithm is used.
+Technically the algorithm will still work if $a \ge b^2$ but it will take much longer to finish. The value of $\mu$ is passed as an argument to this
+algorithm and is assumed to be calculated and stored before the algorithm is used.
-Recall that the multiplication for the quotient on step 3 must only produce digits at or above the $m-1$'th position. An algorithm called
+Recall that the multiplication for the quotient on step 3 must only produce digits at or above the $m-1$'th position. An algorithm called
$s\_mp\_mul\_high\_digs$ which has not been presented is used to accomplish this task. The algorithm is based on $s\_mp\_mul\_digs$ except that
instead of stopping at a given level of precision it starts at a given level of precision. This optimal algorithm can only be used if the number
-of digits in $b$ is very much smaller than $\beta$.
+of digits in $b$ is very much smaller than $\beta$.
-While it is known that
-$a \ge b \cdot \lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor$ only the lower $m+1$ digits are being used to compute the residue, so an implied
-``borrow'' from the higher digits might leave a negative result. After the multiple of the modulus has been subtracted from $a$ the residue must be
-fixed up in case it is negative. The invariant $\beta^{m+1}$ must be added to the residue to make it positive again.
+While it is known that
+$a \ge b \cdot \lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor$ only the lower $m+1$ digits are being used to compute the residue, so an implied
+``borrow'' from the higher digits might leave a negative result. After the multiple of the modulus has been subtracted from $a$ the residue must be
+fixed up in case it is negative. The invariant $\beta^{m+1}$ must be added to the residue to make it positive again.
-The while loop at step 9 will subtract $b$ until the residue is less than $b$. If the algorithm is performed correctly this step is
+The while loop at step 9 will subtract $b$ until the residue is less than $b$. If the algorithm is performed correctly this step is
performed at most twice, and on average once. However, if $a \ge b^2$ than it will iterate substantially more times than it should.
EXAM,bn_mp_reduce.c
@@ -3639,11 +3639,11 @@ EXAM,bn_mp_reduce.c
The first multiplication that determines the quotient can be performed by only producing the digits from $m - 1$ and up. This essentially halves
the number of single precision multiplications required. However, the optimization is only safe if $\beta$ is much larger than the number of digits
in the modulus. In the source code this is evaluated on lines @36,if@ to @44,}@ where algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_high\_digs is used when it is
-safe to do so.
+safe to do so.
\subsection{The Barrett Setup Algorithm}
In order to use algorithm mp\_reduce the value of $\mu$ must be calculated in advance. Ideally this value should be computed once and stored for
-future use so that the Barrett algorithm can be used without delay.
+future use so that the Barrett algorithm can be used without delay.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -3670,24 +3670,24 @@ is equivalent and much faster. The final value is computed by taking the intege
EXAM,bn_mp_reduce_setup.c
This simple routine calculates the reciprocal $\mu$ required by Barrett reduction. Note the extended usage of algorithm mp\_div where the variable
-which would received the remainder is passed as NULL. As will be discussed in~\ref{sec:division} the division routine allows both the quotient and the
-remainder to be passed as NULL meaning to ignore the value.
+which would received the remainder is passed as NULL. As will be discussed in~\ref{sec:division} the division routine allows both the quotient and the
+remainder to be passed as NULL meaning to ignore the value.
\section{The Montgomery Reduction}
-Montgomery reduction\footnote{Thanks to Niels Ferguson for his insightful explanation of the algorithm.} \cite{MONT} is by far the most interesting
-form of reduction in common use. It computes a modular residue which is not actually equal to the residue of the input yet instead equal to a
-residue times a constant. However, as perplexing as this may sound the algorithm is relatively simple and very efficient.
+Montgomery reduction\footnote{Thanks to Niels Ferguson for his insightful explanation of the algorithm.} \cite{MONT} is by far the most interesting
+form of reduction in common use. It computes a modular residue which is not actually equal to the residue of the input yet instead equal to a
+residue times a constant. However, as perplexing as this may sound the algorithm is relatively simple and very efficient.
Throughout this entire section the variable $n$ will represent the modulus used to form the residue. As will be discussed shortly the value of
$n$ must be odd. The variable $x$ will represent the quantity of which the residue is sought. Similar to the Barrett algorithm the input
is restricted to $0 \le x < n^2$. To begin the description some simple number theory facts must be established.
\textbf{Fact 1.} Adding $n$ to $x$ does not change the residue since in effect it adds one to the quotient $\lfloor x / n \rfloor$. Another way
-to explain this is that $n$ is (\textit{or multiples of $n$ are}) congruent to zero modulo $n$. Adding zero will not change the value of the residue.
+to explain this is that $n$ is (\textit{or multiples of $n$ are}) congruent to zero modulo $n$. Adding zero will not change the value of the residue.
\textbf{Fact 2.} If $x$ is even then performing a division by two in $\Z$ is congruent to $x \cdot 2^{-1} \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$. Actually
-this is an application of the fact that if $x$ is evenly divisible by any $k \in \Z$ then division in $\Z$ will be congruent to
-multiplication by $k^{-1}$ modulo $n$.
+this is an application of the fact that if $x$ is evenly divisible by any $k \in \Z$ then division in $\Z$ will be congruent to
+multiplication by $k^{-1}$ modulo $n$.
From these two simple facts the following simple algorithm can be derived.
@@ -3713,8 +3713,8 @@ From these two simple facts the following simple algorithm can be derived.
The algorithm reduces the input one bit at a time using the two congruencies stated previously. Inside the loop $n$, which is odd, is
added to $x$ if $x$ is odd. This forces $x$ to be even which allows the division by two in $\Z$ to be congruent to a modular division by two. Since
-$x$ is assumed to be initially much larger than $n$ the addition of $n$ will contribute an insignificant magnitude to $x$. Let $r$ represent the
-final result of the Montgomery algorithm. If $k > lg(n)$ and $0 \le x < n^2$ then the final result is limited to
+$x$ is assumed to be initially much larger than $n$ the addition of $n$ will contribute an insignificant magnitude to $x$. Let $r$ represent the
+final result of the Montgomery algorithm. If $k > lg(n)$ and $0 \le x < n^2$ then the final result is limited to
$0 \le r < \lfloor x/2^k \rfloor + n$. As a result at most a single subtraction is required to get the residue desired.
\begin{figure}[here]
@@ -3739,12 +3739,12 @@ $0 \le r < \lfloor x/2^k \rfloor + n$. As a result at most a single subtraction
\label{fig:MONT1}
\end{figure}
-Consider the example in figure~\ref{fig:MONT1} which reduces $x = 5555$ modulo $n = 257$ when $k = 9$ (note $\beta^k = 512$ which is larger than $n$). The result of
-the algorithm $r = 178$ is congruent to the value of $2^{-9} \cdot 5555 \mbox{ (mod }257\mbox{)}$. When $r$ is multiplied by $2^9$ modulo $257$ the correct residue
-$r \equiv 158$ is produced.
+Consider the example in figure~\ref{fig:MONT1} which reduces $x = 5555$ modulo $n = 257$ when $k = 9$ (note $\beta^k = 512$ which is larger than $n$). The result of
+the algorithm $r = 178$ is congruent to the value of $2^{-9} \cdot 5555 \mbox{ (mod }257\mbox{)}$. When $r$ is multiplied by $2^9$ modulo $257$ the correct residue
+$r \equiv 158$ is produced.
Let $k = \lfloor lg(n) \rfloor + 1$ represent the number of bits in $n$. The current algorithm requires $2k^2$ single precision shifts
-and $k^2$ single precision additions. At this rate the algorithm is most certainly slower than Barrett reduction and not terribly useful.
+and $k^2$ single precision additions. At this rate the algorithm is most certainly slower than Barrett reduction and not terribly useful.
Fortunately there exists an alternative representation of the algorithm.
\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -3793,10 +3793,10 @@ precision shifts has now been reduced from $2k^2$ to $k^2 + k$ which is only a s
\label{fig:MONT2}
\end{figure}
-Figure~\ref{fig:MONT2} demonstrates the modified algorithm reducing $x = 5555$ modulo $n = 257$ with $k = 9$.
-With this algorithm a single shift right at the end is the only right shift required to reduce the input instead of $k$ right shifts inside the
-loop. Note that for the iterations $t = 2, 5, 6$ and $8$ where the result $x$ is not changed. In those iterations the $t$'th bit of $x$ is
-zero and the appropriate multiple of $n$ does not need to be added to force the $t$'th bit of the result to zero.
+Figure~\ref{fig:MONT2} demonstrates the modified algorithm reducing $x = 5555$ modulo $n = 257$ with $k = 9$.
+With this algorithm a single shift right at the end is the only right shift required to reduce the input instead of $k$ right shifts inside the
+loop. Note that for the iterations $t = 2, 5, 6$ and $8$ where the result $x$ is not changed. In those iterations the $t$'th bit of $x$ is
+zero and the appropriate multiple of $n$ does not need to be added to force the $t$'th bit of the result to zero.
\subsection{Digit Based Montgomery Reduction}
Instead of computing the reduction on a bit-by-bit basis it is actually much faster to compute it on digit-by-digit basis. Consider the
@@ -3820,9 +3820,9 @@ previous algorithm re-written to compute the Montgomery reduction in this new fa
\caption{Algorithm Montgomery Reduction (modified II)}
\end{figure}
-The value $\mu n \beta^t$ is a multiple of the modulus $n$ meaning that it will not change the residue. If the first digit of
+The value $\mu n \beta^t$ is a multiple of the modulus $n$ meaning that it will not change the residue. If the first digit of
the value $\mu n \beta^t$ equals the negative (modulo $\beta$) of the $t$'th digit of $x$ then the addition will result in a zero digit. This
-problem breaks down to solving the following congruency.
+problem breaks down to solving the following congruency.
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{rcl}
@@ -3832,10 +3832,10 @@ $\mu$ & $\equiv$ & $-x_t/n_0 \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
-In each iteration of the loop on step 1 a new value of $\mu$ must be calculated. The value of $-1/n_0 \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ is used
-extensively in this algorithm and should be precomputed. Let $\rho$ represent the negative of the modular inverse of $n_0$ modulo $\beta$.
+In each iteration of the loop on step 1 a new value of $\mu$ must be calculated. The value of $-1/n_0 \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ is used
+extensively in this algorithm and should be precomputed. Let $\rho$ represent the negative of the modular inverse of $n_0$ modulo $\beta$.
-For example, let $\beta = 10$ represent the radix. Let $n = 17$ represent the modulus which implies $k = 2$ and $\rho \equiv 7$. Let $x = 33$
+For example, let $\beta = 10$ represent the radix. Let $n = 17$ represent the modulus which implies $k = 2$ and $\rho \equiv 7$. Let $x = 33$
represent the value to reduce.
\newpage\begin{figure}
@@ -3851,14 +3851,14 @@ represent the value to reduce.
\caption{Example of Montgomery Reduction}
\end{figure}
-The final result $900$ is then divided by $\beta^k$ to produce the final result $9$. The first observation is that $9 \nequiv x \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$
+The final result $900$ is then divided by $\beta^k$ to produce the final result $9$. The first observation is that $9 \nequiv x \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$
which implies the result is not the modular residue of $x$ modulo $n$. However, recall that the residue is actually multiplied by $\beta^{-k}$ in
the algorithm. To get the true residue the value must be multiplied by $\beta^k$. In this case $\beta^k \equiv 15 \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$ and
-the correct residue is $9 \cdot 15 \equiv 16 \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$.
+the correct residue is $9 \cdot 15 \equiv 16 \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$.
\subsection{Baseline Montgomery Reduction}
-The baseline Montgomery reduction algorithm will produce the residue for any size input. It is designed to be a catch-all algororithm for
-Montgomery reductions.
+The baseline Montgomery reduction algorithm will produce the residue for any size input. It is designed to be a catch-all algororithm for
+Montgomery reductions.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -3906,9 +3906,9 @@ Divide by $\beta^k$ and fix up as required. \\
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_montgomery\_reduce.}
This algorithm reduces the input $x$ modulo $n$ in place using the Montgomery reduction algorithm. The algorithm is loosely based
on algorithm 14.32 of \cite[pp.601]{HAC} except it merges the multiplication of $\mu n \beta^t$ with the addition in the inner loop. The
-restrictions on this algorithm are fairly easy to adapt to. First $0 \le x < n^2$ bounds the input to numbers in the same range as
+restrictions on this algorithm are fairly easy to adapt to. First $0 \le x < n^2$ bounds the input to numbers in the same range as
for the Barrett algorithm. Additionally if $n > 1$ and $n$ is odd there will exist a modular inverse $\rho$. $\rho$ must be calculated in
-advance of this algorithm. Finally the variable $k$ is fixed and a pseudonym for $n.used$.
+advance of this algorithm. Finally the variable $k$ is fixed and a pseudonym for $n.used$.
Step 2 decides whether a faster Montgomery algorithm can be used. It is based on the Comba technique meaning that there are limits on
the size of the input. This algorithm is discussed in ~COMBARED~.
@@ -3917,17 +3917,17 @@ Step 5 is the main reduction loop of the algorithm. The value of $\mu$ is calcu
calculates $x + \mu n \beta^{ix}$ by multiplying $\mu n$ and adding the result to $x$ shifted by $ix$ digits. Both the addition and
multiplication are performed in the same loop to save time and memory. Step 5.4 will handle any additional carries that escape the inner loop.
-Using a quick inspection this algorithm requires $n$ single precision multiplications for the outer loop and $n^2$ single precision multiplications
+Using a quick inspection this algorithm requires $n$ single precision multiplications for the outer loop and $n^2$ single precision multiplications
in the inner loop. In total $n^2 + n$ single precision multiplications which compares favourably to Barrett at $n^2 + 2n - 1$ single precision
-multiplications.
+multiplications.
EXAM,bn_mp_montgomery_reduce.c
This is the baseline implementation of the Montgomery reduction algorithm. Lines @30,digs@ to @35,}@ determine if the Comba based
-routine can be used instead. Line @47,mu@ computes the value of $\mu$ for that particular iteration of the outer loop.
+routine can be used instead. Line @47,mu@ computes the value of $\mu$ for that particular iteration of the outer loop.
The multiplication $\mu n \beta^{ix}$ is performed in one step in the inner loop. The alias $tmpx$ refers to the $ix$'th digit of $x$ and
-the alias $tmpn$ refers to the modulus $n$.
+the alias $tmpn$ refers to the modulus $n$.
\subsection{Faster ``Comba'' Montgomery Reduction}
MARK,COMBARED
@@ -3935,14 +3935,14 @@ MARK,COMBARED
The Montgomery reduction requires fewer single precision multiplications than a Barrett reduction, however it is much slower due to the serial
nature of the inner loop. The Barrett reduction algorithm requires two slightly modified multipliers which can be implemented with the Comba
technique. The Montgomery reduction algorithm cannot directly use the Comba technique to any significant advantage since the inner loop calculates
-a $k \times 1$ product $k$ times.
+a $k \times 1$ product $k$ times.
-The biggest obstacle is that at the $ix$'th iteration of the outer loop the value of $x_{ix}$ is required to calculate $\mu$. This means the
-carries from $0$ to $ix - 1$ must have been propagated upwards to form a valid $ix$'th digit. The solution as it turns out is very simple.
-Perform a Comba like multiplier and inside the outer loop just after the inner loop fix up the $ix + 1$'th digit by forwarding the carry.
+The biggest obstacle is that at the $ix$'th iteration of the outer loop the value of $x_{ix}$ is required to calculate $\mu$. This means the
+carries from $0$ to $ix - 1$ must have been propagated upwards to form a valid $ix$'th digit. The solution as it turns out is very simple.
+Perform a Comba like multiplier and inside the outer loop just after the inner loop fix up the $ix + 1$'th digit by forwarding the carry.
With this change in place the Montgomery reduction algorithm can be performed with a Comba style multiplication loop which substantially increases
-the speed of the algorithm.
+the speed of the algorithm.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -3991,9 +3991,9 @@ Zero excess digits and fixup $x$. \\
\textbf{Algorithm fast\_mp\_montgomery\_reduce.}
This algorithm will compute the Montgomery reduction of $x$ modulo $n$ using the Comba technique. It is on most computer platforms significantly
faster than algorithm mp\_montgomery\_reduce and algorithm mp\_reduce (\textit{Barrett reduction}). The algorithm has the same restrictions
-on the input as the baseline reduction algorithm. An additional two restrictions are imposed on this algorithm. The number of digits $k$ in the
+on the input as the baseline reduction algorithm. An additional two restrictions are imposed on this algorithm. The number of digits $k$ in the
the modulus $n$ must not violate $MP\_WARRAY > 2k +1$ and $n < \delta$. When $\beta = 2^{28}$ this algorithm can be used to reduce modulo
-a modulus of at most $3,556$ bits in length.
+a modulus of at most $3,556$ bits in length.
As in the other Comba reduction algorithms there is a $\hat W$ array which stores the columns of the product. It is initially filled with the
contents of $x$ with the excess digits zeroed. The reduction loop is very similar the to the baseline loop at heart. The multiplication on step
@@ -4007,23 +4007,23 @@ how the upper bits of those same words are not reduced modulo $\beta$. This is
point.
Step 5 will propagate the remainder of the carries upwards. On step 6 the columns are reduced modulo $\beta$ and shifted simultaneously as they are
-stored in the destination $x$.
+stored in the destination $x$.
EXAM,bn_fast_mp_montgomery_reduce.c
The $\hat W$ array is first filled with digits of $x$ on line @49,for@ then the rest of the digits are zeroed on line @54,for@. Both loops share
-the same alias variables to make the code easier to read.
+the same alias variables to make the code easier to read.
The value of $\mu$ is calculated in an interesting fashion. First the value $\hat W_{ix}$ is reduced modulo $\beta$ and cast to a mp\_digit. This
-forces the compiler to use a single precision multiplication and prevents any concerns about loss of precision. Line @101,>>@ fixes the carry
+forces the compiler to use a single precision multiplication and prevents any concerns about loss of precision. Line @101,>>@ fixes the carry
for the next iteration of the loop by propagating the carry from $\hat W_{ix}$ to $\hat W_{ix+1}$.
The for loop on line @113,for@ propagates the rest of the carries upwards through the columns. The for loop on line @126,for@ reduces the columns
modulo $\beta$ and shifts them $k$ places at the same time. The alias $\_ \hat W$ actually refers to the array $\hat W$ starting at the $n.used$'th
-digit, that is $\_ \hat W_{t} = \hat W_{n.used + t}$.
+digit, that is $\_ \hat W_{t} = \hat W_{n.used + t}$.
\subsection{Montgomery Setup}
-To calculate the variable $\rho$ a relatively simple algorithm will be required.
+To calculate the variable $\rho$ a relatively simple algorithm will be required.
\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -4044,17 +4044,17 @@ To calculate the variable $\rho$ a relatively simple algorithm will be required.
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_montgomery\_setup}
+\caption{Algorithm mp\_montgomery\_setup}
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_montgomery\_setup.}
-This algorithm will calculate the value of $\rho$ required within the Montgomery reduction algorithms. It uses a very interesting trick
-to calculate $1/n_0$ when $\beta$ is a power of two.
+This algorithm will calculate the value of $\rho$ required within the Montgomery reduction algorithms. It uses a very interesting trick
+to calculate $1/n_0$ when $\beta$ is a power of two.
EXAM,bn_mp_montgomery_setup.c
This source code computes the value of $\rho$ required to perform Montgomery reduction. It has been modified to avoid performing excess
-multiplications when $\beta$ is not the default 28-bits.
+multiplications when $\beta$ is not the default 28-bits.
\section{The Diminished Radix Algorithm}
The Diminished Radix method of modular reduction \cite{DRMET} is a fairly clever technique which can be more efficient than either the Barrett
@@ -4064,7 +4064,7 @@ or Montgomery methods for certain forms of moduli. The technique is based on th
(x \mbox{ mod } n) + k \lfloor x / n \rfloor \equiv x \mbox{ (mod }(n - k)\mbox{)}
\end{equation}
-This observation was used in the MMB \cite{MMB} block cipher to create a diffusion primitive. It used the fact that if $n = 2^{31}$ and $k=1$ that
+This observation was used in the MMB \cite{MMB} block cipher to create a diffusion primitive. It used the fact that if $n = 2^{31}$ and $k=1$ that
then a x86 multiplier could produce the 62-bit product and use the ``shrd'' instruction to perform a double-precision right shift. The proof
of the above equation is very simple. First write $x$ in the product form.
@@ -4078,7 +4078,7 @@ Now reduce both sides modulo $(n - k)$.
x \equiv qk + r \mbox{ (mod }(n-k)\mbox{)}
\end{equation}
-The variable $n$ reduces modulo $n - k$ to $k$. By putting $q = \lfloor x/n \rfloor$ and $r = x \mbox{ mod } n$
+The variable $n$ reduces modulo $n - k$ to $k$. By putting $q = \lfloor x/n \rfloor$ and $r = x \mbox{ mod } n$
into the equation the original congruence is reproduced, thus concluding the proof. The following algorithm is based on this observation.
\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -4108,7 +4108,7 @@ into the equation the original congruence is reproduced, thus concluding the pro
This algorithm will reduce $x$ modulo $n - k$ and return the residue. If $0 \le x < (n - k)^2$ then the algorithm will loop almost always
once or twice and occasionally three times. For simplicity sake the value of $x$ is bounded by the following simple polynomial.
-\begin{equation}
+\begin{equation}
0 \le x < n^2 + k^2 - 2nk
\end{equation}
@@ -4119,15 +4119,15 @@ q < n - 2k - k^2/n
\end{equation}
Since $k^2$ is going to be considerably smaller than $n$ that term will always be zero. The value of $x$ after step 3 is bounded trivially as
-$0 \le x < n$. By step four the sum $x + q$ is bounded by
+$0 \le x < n$. By step four the sum $x + q$ is bounded by
\begin{equation}
0 \le q + x < (k + 1)n - 2k^2 - 1
\end{equation}
With a second pass $q$ will be loosely bounded by $0 \le q < k^2$ after step 2 while $x$ will still be loosely bounded by $0 \le x < n$ after step 3. After the second pass it is highly unlike that the
-sum in step 4 will exceed $n - k$. In practice fewer than three passes of the algorithm are required to reduce virtually every input in the
-range $0 \le x < (n - k - 1)^2$.
+sum in step 4 will exceed $n - k$. In practice fewer than three passes of the algorithm are required to reduce virtually every input in the
+range $0 \le x < (n - k - 1)^2$.
\begin{figure}
\begin{small}
@@ -4140,13 +4140,13 @@ $q \leftarrow q*k = 1446759$ \\
$x \leftarrow x \mbox{ mod } n = 21$ \\
$x \leftarrow x + q = 1446780$ \\
$x \leftarrow x - (n - k) = 1446527$ \\
-\hline
+\hline
$q \leftarrow \lfloor x/n \rfloor = 5650$ \\
$q \leftarrow q*k = 16950$ \\
$x \leftarrow x \mbox{ mod } n = 127$ \\
$x \leftarrow x + q = 17077$ \\
$x \leftarrow x - (n - k) = 16824$ \\
-\hline
+\hline
$q \leftarrow \lfloor x/n \rfloor = 65$ \\
$q \leftarrow q*k = 195$ \\
$x \leftarrow x \mbox{ mod } n = 184$ \\
@@ -4169,29 +4169,29 @@ three passes were required to find the residue $x \equiv 126$.
On the surface this algorithm looks like a very expensive algorithm. It requires a couple of subtractions followed by multiplication and other
modular reductions. The usefulness of this algorithm becomes exceedingly clear when an appropriate modulus is chosen.
-Division in general is a very expensive operation to perform. The one exception is when the division is by a power of the radix of representation used.
-Division by ten for example is simple for pencil and paper mathematics since it amounts to shifting the decimal place to the right. Similarly division
-by two (\textit{or powers of two}) is very simple for binary computers to perform. It would therefore seem logical to choose $n$ of the form $2^p$
-which would imply that $\lfloor x / n \rfloor$ is a simple shift of $x$ right $p$ bits.
+Division in general is a very expensive operation to perform. The one exception is when the division is by a power of the radix of representation used.
+Division by ten for example is simple for pencil and paper mathematics since it amounts to shifting the decimal place to the right. Similarly division
+by two (\textit{or powers of two}) is very simple for binary computers to perform. It would therefore seem logical to choose $n$ of the form $2^p$
+which would imply that $\lfloor x / n \rfloor$ is a simple shift of $x$ right $p$ bits.
-However, there is one operation related to division of power of twos that is even faster than this. If $n = \beta^p$ then the division may be
-performed by moving whole digits to the right $p$ places. In practice division by $\beta^p$ is much faster than division by $2^p$ for any $p$.
-Also with the choice of $n = \beta^p$ reducing $x$ modulo $n$ merely requires zeroing the digits above the $p-1$'th digit of $x$.
+However, there is one operation related to division of power of twos that is even faster than this. If $n = \beta^p$ then the division may be
+performed by moving whole digits to the right $p$ places. In practice division by $\beta^p$ is much faster than division by $2^p$ for any $p$.
+Also with the choice of $n = \beta^p$ reducing $x$ modulo $n$ merely requires zeroing the digits above the $p-1$'th digit of $x$.
Throughout the next section the term ``restricted modulus'' will refer to a modulus of the form $\beta^p - k$ whereas the term ``unrestricted
-modulus'' will refer to a modulus of the form $2^p - k$. The word ``restricted'' in this case refers to the fact that it is based on the
-$2^p$ logic except $p$ must be a multiple of $lg(\beta)$.
+modulus'' will refer to a modulus of the form $2^p - k$. The word ``restricted'' in this case refers to the fact that it is based on the
+$2^p$ logic except $p$ must be a multiple of $lg(\beta)$.
\subsection{Choice of $k$}
Now that division and reduction (\textit{step 1 and 3 of figure~\ref{fig:DR}}) have been optimized to simple digit operations the multiplication by $k$
in step 2 is the most expensive operation. Fortunately the choice of $k$ is not terribly limited. For all intents and purposes it might
-as well be a single digit. The smaller the value of $k$ is the faster the algorithm will be.
+as well be a single digit. The smaller the value of $k$ is the faster the algorithm will be.
\subsection{Restricted Diminished Radix Reduction}
-The restricted Diminished Radix algorithm can quickly reduce an input modulo a modulus of the form $n = \beta^p - k$. This algorithm can reduce
+The restricted Diminished Radix algorithm can quickly reduce an input modulo a modulus of the form $n = \beta^p - k$. This algorithm can reduce
an input $x$ within the range $0 \le x < n^2$ using only a couple passes of the algorithm demonstrated in figure~\ref{fig:DR}. The implementation
-of this algorithm has been optimized to avoid additional overhead associated with a division by $\beta^p$, the multiplication by $k$ or the addition
-of $x$ and $q$. The resulting algorithm is very efficient and can lead to substantial improvements over Barrett and Montgomery reduction when modular
+of this algorithm has been optimized to avoid additional overhead associated with a division by $\beta^p$, the multiplication by $k$ or the addition
+of $x$ and $q$. The resulting algorithm is very efficient and can lead to substantial improvements over Barrett and Montgomery reduction when modular
exponentiations are performed.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -4227,31 +4227,31 @@ exponentiations are performed.
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_dr\_reduce.}
This algorithm will perform the Dimished Radix reduction of $x$ modulo $n$. It has similar restrictions to that of the Barrett reduction
-with the addition that $n$ must be of the form $n = \beta^m - k$ where $0 < k <\beta$.
+with the addition that $n$ must be of the form $n = \beta^m - k$ where $0 < k <\beta$.
This algorithm essentially implements the pseudo-code in figure~\ref{fig:DR} except with a slight optimization. The division by $\beta^m$, multiplication by $k$
and addition of $x \mbox{ mod }\beta^m$ are all performed simultaneously inside the loop on step 4. The division by $\beta^m$ is emulated by accessing
the term at the $m+i$'th position which is subsequently multiplied by $k$ and added to the term at the $i$'th position. After the loop the $m$'th
-digit is set to the carry and the upper digits are zeroed. Steps 5 and 6 emulate the reduction modulo $\beta^m$ that should have happend to
-$x$ before the addition of the multiple of the upper half.
+digit is set to the carry and the upper digits are zeroed. Steps 5 and 6 emulate the reduction modulo $\beta^m$ that should have happend to
+$x$ before the addition of the multiple of the upper half.
At step 8 if $x$ is still larger than $n$ another pass of the algorithm is required. First $n$ is subtracted from $x$ and then the algorithm resumes
-at step 3.
+at step 3.
EXAM,bn_mp_dr_reduce.c
The first step is to grow $x$ as required to $2m$ digits since the reduction is performed in place on $x$. The label on line @49,top:@ is where
the algorithm will resume if further reduction passes are required. In theory it could be placed at the top of the function however, the size of
-the modulus and question of whether $x$ is large enough are invariant after the first pass meaning that it would be a waste of time.
+the modulus and question of whether $x$ is large enough are invariant after the first pass meaning that it would be a waste of time.
The aliases $tmpx1$ and $tmpx2$ refer to the digits of $x$ where the latter is offset by $m$ digits. By reading digits from $x$ offset by $m$ digits
a division by $\beta^m$ can be simulated virtually for free. The loop on line @61,for@ performs the bulk of the work (\textit{corresponds to step 4 of algorithm 7.11})
in this algorithm.
-By line @68,mu@ the pointer $tmpx1$ points to the $m$'th digit of $x$ which is where the final carry will be placed. Similarly by line @71,for@ the
-same pointer will point to the $m+1$'th digit where the zeroes will be placed.
+By line @68,mu@ the pointer $tmpx1$ points to the $m$'th digit of $x$ which is where the final carry will be placed. Similarly by line @71,for@ the
+same pointer will point to the $m+1$'th digit where the zeroes will be placed.
-Since the algorithm is only valid if both $x$ and $n$ are greater than zero an unsigned comparison suffices to determine if another pass is required.
+Since the algorithm is only valid if both $x$ and $n$ are greater than zero an unsigned comparison suffices to determine if another pass is required.
With the same logic at line @82,sub@ the value of $x$ is known to be greater than or equal to $n$ meaning that an unsigned subtraction can be used
as well. Since the destination of the subtraction is the larger of the inputs the call to algorithm s\_mp\_sub cannot fail and the return code
does not need to be checked.
@@ -4342,20 +4342,20 @@ algorithm is much faster than either Montgomery or Barrett reduction when the mo
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_reduce\_2k.}
This algorithm quickly reduces an input $a$ modulo an unrestricted Diminished Radix modulus $n$. Division by $2^p$ is emulated with a right
-shift which makes the algorithm fairly inexpensive to use.
+shift which makes the algorithm fairly inexpensive to use.
EXAM,bn_mp_reduce_2k.c
The algorithm mp\_count\_bits calculates the number of bits in an mp\_int which is used to find the initial value of $p$. The call to mp\_div\_2d
on line @31,mp_div_2d@ calculates both the quotient $q$ and the remainder $a$ required. By doing both in a single function call the code size
is kept fairly small. The multiplication by $k$ is only performed if $k > 1$. This allows reductions modulo $2^p - 1$ to be performed without
-any multiplications.
+any multiplications.
-The unsigned s\_mp\_add, mp\_cmp\_mag and s\_mp\_sub are used in place of their full sign counterparts since the inputs are only valid if they are
-positive. By using the unsigned versions the overhead is kept to a minimum.
+The unsigned s\_mp\_add, mp\_cmp\_mag and s\_mp\_sub are used in place of their full sign counterparts since the inputs are only valid if they are
+positive. By using the unsigned versions the overhead is kept to a minimum.
\subsubsection{Unrestricted Setup}
-To setup this reduction algorithm the value of $k = 2^p - n$ is required.
+To setup this reduction algorithm the value of $k = 2^p - n$ is required.
\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -4379,7 +4379,7 @@ To setup this reduction algorithm the value of $k = 2^p - n$ is required.
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_reduce\_2k\_setup.}
This algorithm computes the value of $k$ required for the algorithm mp\_reduce\_2k. By making a temporary variable $x$ equal to $2^p$ a subtraction
-is sufficient to solve for $k$. Alternatively if $n$ has more than one digit the value of $k$ is simply $\beta - n_0$.
+is sufficient to solve for $k$. Alternatively if $n$ has more than one digit the value of $k$ is simply $\beta - n_0$.
EXAM,bn_mp_reduce_2k_setup.c
@@ -4418,7 +4418,7 @@ significant bit. The resulting sum will be a power of two.
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_reduce\_is\_2k.}
-This algorithm quickly determines if a modulus is of the form required for algorithm mp\_reduce\_2k to function properly.
+This algorithm quickly determines if a modulus is of the form required for algorithm mp\_reduce\_2k to function properly.
EXAM,bn_mp_reduce_is_2k.c
@@ -4427,7 +4427,7 @@ EXAM,bn_mp_reduce_is_2k.c
\section{Algorithm Comparison}
So far three very different algorithms for modular reduction have been discussed. Each of the algorithms have their own strengths and weaknesses
that makes having such a selection very useful. The following table sumarizes the three algorithms along with comparisons of work factors. Since
-all three algorithms have the restriction that $0 \le x < n^2$ and $n > 1$ those limitations are not included in the table.
+all three algorithms have the restriction that $0 \le x < n^2$ and $n > 1$ those limitations are not included in the table.
\begin{center}
\begin{small}
@@ -4463,12 +4463,12 @@ $\left [ 4 \right ]$ & Prove that the pseudo-code algorithm ``Diminished Radix R
& (\textit{figure~\ref{fig:DR}}) terminates. Also prove the probability that it will \\
& terminate within $1 \le k \le 10$ iterations. \\
& \\
-\end{tabular}
+\end{tabular}
\chapter{Exponentiation}
Exponentiation is the operation of raising one variable to the power of another, for example, $a^b$. A variant of exponentiation, computed
-in a finite field or ring, is called modular exponentiation. This latter style of operation is typically used in public key
+in a finite field or ring, is called modular exponentiation. This latter style of operation is typically used in public key
cryptosystems such as RSA and Diffie-Hellman. The ability to quickly compute modular exponentiations is of great benefit to any
such cryptosystem and many methods have been sought to speed it up.
@@ -4478,7 +4478,7 @@ the number of multiplications becomes prohibitive. Imagine what would happen if
with a $1024$-bit key. Such a calculation could never be completed as it would take simply far too long.
Fortunately there is a very simple algorithm based on the laws of exponents. Recall that $lg_a(a^b) = b$ and that $lg_a(a^ba^c) = b + c$ which
-are two trivial relationships between the base and the exponent. Let $b_i$ represent the $i$'th bit of $b$ starting from the least
+are two trivial relationships between the base and the exponent. Let $b_i$ represent the $i$'th bit of $b$ starting from the least
significant bit. If $b$ is a $k$-bit integer than the following equation is true.
\begin{equation}
@@ -4495,7 +4495,7 @@ The term $a^{2^i}$ can be found from the $i - 1$'th term by squaring the term si
$a^{2^{i+1}}$. This observation forms the basis of essentially all fast exponentiation algorithms. It requires $k$ squarings and on average
$k \over 2$ multiplications to compute the result. This is indeed quite an improvement over simply multiplying by $a$ a total of $b-1$ times.
-While this current method is a considerable speed up there are further improvements to be made. For example, the $a^{2^i}$ term does not need to
+While this current method is a considerable speed up there are further improvements to be made. For example, the $a^{2^i}$ term does not need to
be computed in an auxilary variable. Consider the following equivalent algorithm.
\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -4521,7 +4521,7 @@ be computed in an auxilary variable. Consider the following equivalent algorith
This algorithm starts from the most significant bit and works towards the least significant bit. When the $i$'th bit of $b$ is set $a$ is
multiplied against the current product. In each iteration the product is squared which doubles the exponent of the individual terms of the
-product.
+product.
For example, let $b = 101100_2 \equiv 44_{10}$. The following chart demonstrates the actions of the algorithm.
@@ -4542,13 +4542,13 @@ For example, let $b = 101100_2 \equiv 44_{10}$. The following chart demonstrate
\caption{Example of Left to Right Exponentiation}
\end{figure}
-When the product $a^{32} \cdot a^8 \cdot a^4$ is simplified it is equal $a^{44}$ which is the desired exponentiation. This particular algorithm is
-called ``Left to Right'' because it reads the exponent in that order. All of the exponentiation algorithms that will be presented are of this nature.
+When the product $a^{32} \cdot a^8 \cdot a^4$ is simplified it is equal $a^{44}$ which is the desired exponentiation. This particular algorithm is
+called ``Left to Right'' because it reads the exponent in that order. All of the exponentiation algorithms that will be presented are of this nature.
\subsection{Single Digit Exponentiation}
-The first algorithm in the series of exponentiation algorithms will be an unbounded algorithm where the exponent is a single digit. It is intended
-to be used when a small power of an input is required (\textit{e.g. $a^5$}). It is faster than simply multiplying $b - 1$ times for all values of
-$b$ that are greater than three.
+The first algorithm in the series of exponentiation algorithms will be an unbounded algorithm where the exponent is a single digit. It is intended
+to be used when a small power of an input is required (\textit{e.g. $a^5$}). It is faster than simply multiplying $b - 1$ times for all values of
+$b$ that are greater than three.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -4576,10 +4576,10 @@ $b$ that are greater than three.
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_expt\_d.}
This algorithm computes the value of $a$ raised to the power of a single digit $b$. It uses the left to right exponentiation algorithm to
-quickly compute the exponentiation. It is loosely based on algorithm 14.79 of HAC \cite[pp. 615]{HAC} with the difference that the
-exponent is a fixed width.
+quickly compute the exponentiation. It is loosely based on algorithm 14.79 of HAC \cite[pp. 615]{HAC} with the difference that the
+exponent is a fixed width.
-A copy of $a$ is made first to allow destination variable $c$ be the same as the source variable $a$. The result is set to the initial value of
+A copy of $a$ is made first to allow destination variable $c$ be the same as the source variable $a$. The result is set to the initial value of
$1$ in the subsequent step.
Inside the loop the exponent is read from the most significant bit first down to the least significant bit. First $c$ is invariably squared
@@ -4590,9 +4590,9 @@ iteration of the loop moves the bits of the exponent $b$ upwards to the most sig
EXAM,bn_mp_expt_d.c
Line @29,mp_set@ sets the initial value of the result to $1$. Next the loop on line @31,for@ steps through each bit of the exponent starting from
-the most significant down towards the least significant. The invariant squaring operation placed on line @333,mp_sqr@ is performed first. After
+the most significant down towards the least significant. The invariant squaring operation placed on line @333,mp_sqr@ is performed first. After
the squaring the result $c$ is multiplied by the base $g$ if and only if the most significant bit of the exponent is set. The shift on line
-@47,<<@ moves all of the bits of the exponent upwards towards the most significant location.
+@47,<<@ moves all of the bits of the exponent upwards towards the most significant location.
\section{$k$-ary Exponentiation}
When calculating an exponentiation the most time consuming bottleneck is the multiplications which are in general a small factor
@@ -4625,7 +4625,7 @@ portion of the entire exponent. Consider the following modification to the basi
The squaring on step 2.1 can be calculated by squaring the value $c$ successively $k$ times. If the values of $a^g$ for $0 < g < 2^k$ have been
precomputed this algorithm requires only $t$ multiplications and $tk$ squarings. The table can be generated with $2^{k - 1} - 1$ squarings and
-$2^{k - 1} + 1$ multiplications. This algorithm assumes that the number of bits in the exponent is evenly divisible by $k$.
+$2^{k - 1} + 1$ multiplications. This algorithm assumes that the number of bits in the exponent is evenly divisible by $k$.
However, when it is not the remaining $0 < x \le k - 1$ bits can be handled with algorithm~\ref{fig:LTOR}.
Suppose $k = 4$ and $t = 100$. This modified algorithm will require $109$ multiplications and $408$ squarings to compute the exponentiation. The
@@ -4635,7 +4635,7 @@ has increased slightly but the number of multiplications has nearly halved.
\subsection{Optimal Values of $k$}
An optimal value of $k$ will minimize $2^{k} + \lceil n / k \rceil + n - 1$ for a fixed number of bits in the exponent $n$. The simplest
approach is to brute force search amongst the values $k = 2, 3, \ldots, 8$ for the lowest result. Table~\ref{fig:OPTK} lists optimal values of $k$
-for various exponent sizes and compares the number of multiplication and squarings required against algorithm~\ref{fig:LTOR}.
+for various exponent sizes and compares the number of multiplication and squarings required against algorithm~\ref{fig:LTOR}.
\begin{figure}[here]
\begin{center}
@@ -4661,10 +4661,10 @@ for various exponent sizes and compares the number of multiplication and squarin
\subsection{Sliding-Window Exponentiation}
A simple modification to the previous algorithm is only generate the upper half of the table in the range $2^{k-1} \le g < 2^k$. Essentially
-this is a table for all values of $g$ where the most significant bit of $g$ is a one. However, in order for this to be allowed in the
-algorithm values of $g$ in the range $0 \le g < 2^{k-1}$ must be avoided.
+this is a table for all values of $g$ where the most significant bit of $g$ is a one. However, in order for this to be allowed in the
+algorithm values of $g$ in the range $0 \le g < 2^{k-1}$ must be avoided.
-Table~\ref{fig:OPTK2} lists optimal values of $k$ for various exponent sizes and compares the work required against algorithm~\ref{fig:KARY}.
+Table~\ref{fig:OPTK2} lists optimal values of $k$ for various exponent sizes and compares the work required against algorithm~\ref{fig:KARY}.
\begin{figure}[here]
\begin{center}
@@ -4715,29 +4715,29 @@ Table~\ref{fig:OPTK2} lists optimal values of $k$ for various exponent sizes and
Similar to the previous algorithm this algorithm must have a special handler when fewer than $k$ bits are left in the exponent. While this
algorithm requires the same number of squarings it can potentially have fewer multiplications. The pre-computed table $a^g$ is also half
-the size as the previous table.
+the size as the previous table.
-Consider the exponent $b = 111101011001000_2 \equiv 31432_{10}$ with $k = 3$ using both algorithms. The first algorithm will divide the exponent up as
-the following five $3$-bit words $b \equiv \left ( 111, 101, 011, 001, 000 \right )_{2}$. The second algorithm will break the
+Consider the exponent $b = 111101011001000_2 \equiv 31432_{10}$ with $k = 3$ using both algorithms. The first algorithm will divide the exponent up as
+the following five $3$-bit words $b \equiv \left ( 111, 101, 011, 001, 000 \right )_{2}$. The second algorithm will break the
exponent as $b \equiv \left ( 111, 101, 0, 110, 0, 100, 0 \right )_{2}$. The single digit $0$ in the second representation are where
-a single squaring took place instead of a squaring and multiplication. In total the first method requires $10$ multiplications and $18$
-squarings. The second method requires $8$ multiplications and $18$ squarings.
+a single squaring took place instead of a squaring and multiplication. In total the first method requires $10$ multiplications and $18$
+squarings. The second method requires $8$ multiplications and $18$ squarings.
-In general the sliding window method is never slower than the generic $k$-ary method and often it is slightly faster.
+In general the sliding window method is never slower than the generic $k$-ary method and often it is slightly faster.
\section{Modular Exponentiation}
-Modular exponentiation is essentially computing the power of a base within a finite field or ring. For example, computing
-$d \equiv a^b \mbox{ (mod }c\mbox{)}$ is a modular exponentiation. Instead of first computing $a^b$ and then reducing it
-modulo $c$ the intermediate result is reduced modulo $c$ after every squaring or multiplication operation.
+Modular exponentiation is essentially computing the power of a base within a finite field or ring. For example, computing
+$d \equiv a^b \mbox{ (mod }c\mbox{)}$ is a modular exponentiation. Instead of first computing $a^b$ and then reducing it
+modulo $c$ the intermediate result is reduced modulo $c$ after every squaring or multiplication operation.
This guarantees that any intermediate result is bounded by $0 \le d \le c^2 - 2c + 1$ and can be reduced modulo $c$ quickly using
-one of the algorithms presented in ~REDUCTION~.
+one of the algorithms presented in ~REDUCTION~.
Before the actual modular exponentiation algorithm can be written a wrapper algorithm must be written first. This algorithm
will allow the exponent $b$ to be negative which is computed as $c \equiv \left (1 / a \right )^{\vert b \vert} \mbox{(mod }d\mbox{)}$. The
value of $(1/a) \mbox{ mod }c$ is computed using the modular inverse (\textit{see \ref{sec;modinv}}). If no inverse exists the algorithm
-terminates with an error.
+terminates with an error.
\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -4764,10 +4764,10 @@ terminates with an error.
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_exptmod.}
-The first algorithm which actually performs modular exponentiation is algorithm s\_mp\_exptmod. It is a sliding window $k$-ary algorithm
-which uses Barrett reduction to reduce the product modulo $p$. The second algorithm mp\_exptmod\_fast performs the same operation
+The first algorithm which actually performs modular exponentiation is algorithm s\_mp\_exptmod. It is a sliding window $k$-ary algorithm
+which uses Barrett reduction to reduce the product modulo $p$. The second algorithm mp\_exptmod\_fast performs the same operation
except it uses either Montgomery or Diminished Radix reduction. The two latter reduction algorithms are clumped in the same exponentiation
-algorithm since their arguments are essentially the same (\textit{two mp\_ints and one mp\_digit}).
+algorithm since their arguments are essentially the same (\textit{two mp\_ints and one mp\_digit}).
EXAM,bn_mp_exptmod.c
@@ -4776,7 +4776,7 @@ negative the algorithm tries to perform a modular exponentiation with the modula
the modular inverse of $G$ and $tmpX$ is assigned the absolute value of $X$. The algorithm will recuse with these new values with a positive
exponent.
-If the exponent is positive the algorithm resumes the exponentiation. Line @63,dr_@ determines if the modulus is of the restricted Diminished Radix
+If the exponent is positive the algorithm resumes the exponentiation. Line @63,dr_@ determines if the modulus is of the restricted Diminished Radix
form. If it is not line @65,reduce@ attempts to determine if it is of a unrestricted Diminished Radix form. The integer $dr$ will take on one
of three values.
@@ -4787,7 +4787,7 @@ of three values.
\end{enumerate}
Line @69,if@ determines if the fast modular exponentiation algorithm can be used. It is allowed if $dr \ne 0$ or if the modulus is odd. Otherwise,
-the slower s\_mp\_exptmod algorithm is used which uses Barrett reduction.
+the slower s\_mp\_exptmod algorithm is used which uses Barrett reduction.
\subsection{Barrett Modular Exponentiation}
@@ -4892,9 +4892,9 @@ No more windows left. Check for residual bits of exponent. \\
This algorithm computes the $x$'th power of $g$ modulo $p$ and stores the result in $y$. It takes advantage of the Barrett reduction
algorithm to keep the product small throughout the algorithm.
-The first two steps determine the optimal window size based on the number of bits in the exponent. The larger the exponent the
+The first two steps determine the optimal window size based on the number of bits in the exponent. The larger the exponent the
larger the window size becomes. After a window size $winsize$ has been chosen an array of $2^{winsize}$ mp\_int variables is allocated. This
-table will hold the values of $g^x \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ for $2^{winsize - 1} \le x < 2^{winsize}$.
+table will hold the values of $g^x \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ for $2^{winsize - 1} \le x < 2^{winsize}$.
After the table is allocated the first power of $g$ is found. Since $g \ge p$ is allowed it must be first reduced modulo $p$ to make
the rest of the algorithm more efficient. The first element of the table at $2^{winsize - 1}$ is found by squaring $M_1$ successively $winsize - 2$
@@ -4902,49 +4902,49 @@ times. The rest of the table elements are found by multiplying the previous ele
Now that the table is available the sliding window may begin. The following list describes the functions of all the variables in the window.
\begin{enumerate}
-\item The variable $mode$ dictates how the bits of the exponent are interpreted.
+\item The variable $mode$ dictates how the bits of the exponent are interpreted.
\begin{enumerate}
- \item When $mode = 0$ the bits are ignored since no non-zero bit of the exponent has been seen yet. For example, if the exponent were simply
- $1$ then there would be $lg(\beta) - 1$ zero bits before the first non-zero bit. In this case bits are ignored until a non-zero bit is found.
- \item When $mode = 1$ a non-zero bit has been seen before and a new $winsize$-bit window has not been formed yet. In this mode leading $0$ bits
- are read and a single squaring is performed. If a non-zero bit is read a new window is created.
+ \item When $mode = 0$ the bits are ignored since no non-zero bit of the exponent has been seen yet. For example, if the exponent were simply
+ $1$ then there would be $lg(\beta) - 1$ zero bits before the first non-zero bit. In this case bits are ignored until a non-zero bit is found.
+ \item When $mode = 1$ a non-zero bit has been seen before and a new $winsize$-bit window has not been formed yet. In this mode leading $0$ bits
+ are read and a single squaring is performed. If a non-zero bit is read a new window is created.
\item When $mode = 2$ the algorithm is in the middle of forming a window and new bits are appended to the window from the most significant bit
downwards.
\end{enumerate}
\item The variable $bitcnt$ indicates how many bits are left in the current digit of the exponent left to be read. When it reaches zero a new digit
is fetched from the exponent.
-\item The variable $buf$ holds the currently read digit of the exponent.
+\item The variable $buf$ holds the currently read digit of the exponent.
\item The variable $digidx$ is an index into the exponents digits. It starts at the leading digit $x.used - 1$ and moves towards the trailing digit.
\item The variable $bitcpy$ indicates how many bits are in the currently formed window. When it reaches $winsize$ the window is flushed and
the appropriate operations performed.
-\item The variable $bitbuf$ holds the current bits of the window being formed.
+\item The variable $bitbuf$ holds the current bits of the window being formed.
\end{enumerate}
All of step 12 is the window processing loop. It will iterate while there are digits available form the exponent to read. The first step
inside this loop is to extract a new digit if no more bits are available in the current digit. If there are no bits left a new digit is
-read and if there are no digits left than the loop terminates.
+read and if there are no digits left than the loop terminates.
After a digit is made available step 12.3 will extract the most significant bit of the current digit and move all other bits in the digit
-upwards. In effect the digit is read from most significant bit to least significant bit and since the digits are read from leading to
+upwards. In effect the digit is read from most significant bit to least significant bit and since the digits are read from leading to
trailing edges the entire exponent is read from most significant bit to least significant bit.
-At step 12.5 if the $mode$ and currently extracted bit $y$ are both zero the bit is ignored and the next bit is read. This prevents the
+At step 12.5 if the $mode$ and currently extracted bit $y$ are both zero the bit is ignored and the next bit is read. This prevents the
algorithm from having to perform trivial squaring and reduction operations before the first non-zero bit is read. Step 12.6 and 12.7-10 handle
-the two cases of $mode = 1$ and $mode = 2$ respectively.
+the two cases of $mode = 1$ and $mode = 2$ respectively.
FIGU,expt_state,Sliding Window State Diagram
-By step 13 there are no more digits left in the exponent. However, there may be partial bits in the window left. If $mode = 2$ then
-a Left-to-Right algorithm is used to process the remaining few bits.
+By step 13 there are no more digits left in the exponent. However, there may be partial bits in the window left. If $mode = 2$ then
+a Left-to-Right algorithm is used to process the remaining few bits.
EXAM,bn_s_mp_exptmod.c
Lines @31,if@ through @45,}@ determine the optimal window size based on the length of the exponent in bits. The window divisions are sorted
-from smallest to greatest so that in each \textbf{if} statement only one condition must be tested. For example, by the \textbf{if} statement
-on line @37,if@ the value of $x$ is already known to be greater than $140$.
+from smallest to greatest so that in each \textbf{if} statement only one condition must be tested. For example, by the \textbf{if} statement
+on line @37,if@ the value of $x$ is already known to be greater than $140$.
The conditional piece of code beginning on line @42,ifdef@ allows the window size to be restricted to five bits. This logic is used to ensure
-the table of precomputed powers of $G$ remains relatively small.
+the table of precomputed powers of $G$ remains relatively small.
The for loop on line @60,for@ initializes the $M$ array while lines @71,mp_init@ and @75,mp_reduce@ through @85,}@ initialize the reduction
function that will be used for this modulus.
@@ -4982,11 +4982,11 @@ EXAM,bn_mp_2expt.c
\chapter{Higher Level Algorithms}
This chapter discusses the various higher level algorithms that are required to complete a well rounded multiple precision integer package. These
-routines are less performance oriented than the algorithms of chapters five, six and seven but are no less important.
+routines are less performance oriented than the algorithms of chapters five, six and seven but are no less important.
The first section describes a method of integer division with remainder that is universally well known. It provides the signed division logic
-for the package. The subsequent section discusses a set of algorithms which allow a single digit to be the 2nd operand for a variety of operations.
-These algorithms serve mostly to simplify other algorithms where small constants are required. The last two sections discuss how to manipulate
+for the package. The subsequent section discusses a set of algorithms which allow a single digit to be the 2nd operand for a variety of operations.
+These algorithms serve mostly to simplify other algorithms where small constants are required. The last two sections discuss how to manipulate
various representations of integers. For example, converting from an mp\_int to a string of character.
\section{Integer Division with Remainder}
@@ -4994,7 +4994,7 @@ various representations of integers. For example, converting from an mp\_int to
Integer division aside from modular exponentiation is the most intensive algorithm to compute. Like addition, subtraction and multiplication
the basis of this algorithm is the long-hand division algorithm taught to school children. Throughout this discussion several common variables
-will be used. Let $x$ represent the divisor and $y$ represent the dividend. Let $q$ represent the integer quotient $\lfloor y / x \rfloor$ and
+will be used. Let $x$ represent the divisor and $y$ represent the dividend. Let $q$ represent the integer quotient $\lfloor y / x \rfloor$ and
let $r$ represent the remainder $r = y - x \lfloor y / x \rfloor$. The following simple algorithm will be used to start the discussion.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -5024,42 +5024,42 @@ let $r$ represent the remainder $r = y - x \lfloor y / x \rfloor$. The followin
As children we are taught this very simple algorithm for the case of $\beta = 10$. Almost instinctively several optimizations are taught for which
their reason of existing are never explained. For this example let $y = 5471$ represent the dividend and $x = 23$ represent the divisor.
-To find the first digit of the quotient the value of $k$ must be maximized such that $kx\beta^t$ is less than or equal to $y$ and
+To find the first digit of the quotient the value of $k$ must be maximized such that $kx\beta^t$ is less than or equal to $y$ and
simultaneously $(k + 1)x\beta^t$ is greater than $y$. Implicitly $k$ is the maximum value the $t$'th digit of the quotient may have. The habitual method
used to find the maximum is to ``eyeball'' the two numbers, typically only the leading digits and quickly estimate a quotient. By only using leading
-digits a much simpler division may be used to form an educated guess at what the value must be. In this case $k = \lfloor 54/23\rfloor = 2$ quickly
-arises as a possible solution. Indeed $2x\beta^2 = 4600$ is less than $y = 5471$ and simultaneously $(k + 1)x\beta^2 = 6900$ is larger than $y$.
+digits a much simpler division may be used to form an educated guess at what the value must be. In this case $k = \lfloor 54/23\rfloor = 2$ quickly
+arises as a possible solution. Indeed $2x\beta^2 = 4600$ is less than $y = 5471$ and simultaneously $(k + 1)x\beta^2 = 6900$ is larger than $y$.
As a result $k\beta^2$ is added to the quotient which now equals $q = 200$ and $4600$ is subtracted from $y$ to give a remainder of $y = 841$.
-Again this process is repeated to produce the quotient digit $k = 3$ which makes the quotient $q = 200 + 3\beta = 230$ and the remainder
+Again this process is repeated to produce the quotient digit $k = 3$ which makes the quotient $q = 200 + 3\beta = 230$ and the remainder
$y = 841 - 3x\beta = 181$. Finally the last iteration of the loop produces $k = 7$ which leads to the quotient $q = 230 + 7 = 237$ and the
-remainder $y = 181 - 7x = 20$. The final quotient and remainder found are $q = 237$ and $r = y = 20$ which are indeed correct since
-$237 \cdot 23 + 20 = 5471$ is true.
+remainder $y = 181 - 7x = 20$. The final quotient and remainder found are $q = 237$ and $r = y = 20$ which are indeed correct since
+$237 \cdot 23 + 20 = 5471$ is true.
\subsection{Quotient Estimation}
\label{sec:divest}
As alluded to earlier the quotient digit $k$ can be estimated from only the leading digits of both the divisor and dividend. When $p$ leading
digits are used from both the divisor and dividend to form an estimation the accuracy of the estimation rises as $p$ grows. Technically
speaking the estimation is based on assuming the lower $\vert \vert y \vert \vert - p$ and $\vert \vert x \vert \vert - p$ lower digits of the
-dividend and divisor are zero.
+dividend and divisor are zero.
The value of the estimation may off by a few values in either direction and in general is fairly correct. A simplification \cite[pp. 271]{TAOCPV2}
-of the estimation technique is to use $t + 1$ digits of the dividend and $t$ digits of the divisor, in particularly when $t = 1$. The estimate
-using this technique is never too small. For the following proof let $t = \vert \vert y \vert \vert - 1$ and $s = \vert \vert x \vert \vert - 1$
+of the estimation technique is to use $t + 1$ digits of the dividend and $t$ digits of the divisor, in particularly when $t = 1$. The estimate
+using this technique is never too small. For the following proof let $t = \vert \vert y \vert \vert - 1$ and $s = \vert \vert x \vert \vert - 1$
represent the most significant digits of the dividend and divisor respectively.
-\textbf{Proof.}\textit{ The quotient $\hat k = \lfloor (y_t\beta + y_{t-1}) / x_s \rfloor$ is greater than or equal to
+\textbf{Proof.}\textit{ The quotient $\hat k = \lfloor (y_t\beta + y_{t-1}) / x_s \rfloor$ is greater than or equal to
$k = \lfloor y / (x \cdot \beta^{\vert \vert y \vert \vert - \vert \vert x \vert \vert - 1}) \rfloor$. }
-The first obvious case is when $\hat k = \beta - 1$ in which case the proof is concluded since the real quotient cannot be larger. For all other
+The first obvious case is when $\hat k = \beta - 1$ in which case the proof is concluded since the real quotient cannot be larger. For all other
cases $\hat k = \lfloor (y_t\beta + y_{t-1}) / x_s \rfloor$ and $\hat k x_s \ge y_t\beta + y_{t-1} - x_s + 1$. The latter portion of the inequalility
-$-x_s + 1$ arises from the fact that a truncated integer division will give the same quotient for at most $x_s - 1$ values. Next a series of
+$-x_s + 1$ arises from the fact that a truncated integer division will give the same quotient for at most $x_s - 1$ values. Next a series of
inequalities will prove the hypothesis.
\begin{equation}
y - \hat k x \le y - \hat k x_s\beta^s
\end{equation}
-This is trivially true since $x \ge x_s\beta^s$. Next we replace $\hat kx_s\beta^s$ by the previous inequality for $\hat kx_s$.
+This is trivially true since $x \ge x_s\beta^s$. Next we replace $\hat kx_s\beta^s$ by the previous inequality for $\hat kx_s$.
\begin{equation}
y - \hat k x \le y_t\beta^t + \ldots + y_0 - (y_t\beta^t + y_{t-1}\beta^{t-1} - x_s\beta^t + \beta^s)
@@ -5084,13 +5084,13 @@ Which proves that $y - \hat kx \le x$ and by consequence $\hat k \ge k$ which co
For the purposes of division a normalized input is when the divisors leading digit $x_n$ is greater than or equal to $\beta / 2$. By multiplying both
$x$ and $y$ by $j = \lfloor (\beta / 2) / x_n \rfloor$ the quotient remains unchanged and the remainder is simply $j$ times the original
remainder. The purpose of normalization is to ensure the leading digit of the divisor is sufficiently large such that the estimated quotient will
-lie in the domain of a single digit. Consider the maximum dividend $(\beta - 1) \cdot \beta + (\beta - 1)$ and the minimum divisor $\beta / 2$.
+lie in the domain of a single digit. Consider the maximum dividend $(\beta - 1) \cdot \beta + (\beta - 1)$ and the minimum divisor $\beta / 2$.
-\begin{equation}
-{{\beta^2 - 1} \over { \beta / 2}} \le 2\beta - {2 \over \beta}
+\begin{equation}
+{{\beta^2 - 1} \over { \beta / 2}} \le 2\beta - {2 \over \beta}
\end{equation}
-At most the quotient approaches $2\beta$, however, in practice this will not occur since that would imply the previous quotient digit was too small.
+At most the quotient approaches $2\beta$, however, in practice this will not occur since that would imply the previous quotient digit was too small.
\subsection{Radix-$\beta$ Division with Remainder}
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -5188,23 +5188,23 @@ Finalize the result. \\
This algorithm will calculate quotient and remainder from an integer division given a dividend and divisor. The algorithm is a signed
division and will produce a fully qualified quotient and remainder.
-First the divisor $b$ must be non-zero which is enforced in step one. If the divisor is larger than the dividend than the quotient is implicitly
-zero and the remainder is the dividend.
+First the divisor $b$ must be non-zero which is enforced in step one. If the divisor is larger than the dividend than the quotient is implicitly
+zero and the remainder is the dividend.
After the first two trivial cases of inputs are handled the variable $q$ is setup to receive the digits of the quotient. Two unsigned copies of the
divisor $y$ and dividend $x$ are made as well. The core of the division algorithm is an unsigned division and will only work if the values are
-positive. Now the two values $x$ and $y$ must be normalized such that the leading digit of $y$ is greater than or equal to $\beta / 2$.
-This is performed by shifting both to the left by enough bits to get the desired normalization.
+positive. Now the two values $x$ and $y$ must be normalized such that the leading digit of $y$ is greater than or equal to $\beta / 2$.
+This is performed by shifting both to the left by enough bits to get the desired normalization.
-At this point the division algorithm can begin producing digits of the quotient. Recall that maximum value of the estimation used is
+At this point the division algorithm can begin producing digits of the quotient. Recall that maximum value of the estimation used is
$2\beta - {2 \over \beta}$ which means that a digit of the quotient must be first produced by another means. In this case $y$ is shifted
-to the left (\textit{step ten}) so that it has the same number of digits as $x$. The loop on step eleven will subtract multiples of the
+to the left (\textit{step ten}) so that it has the same number of digits as $x$. The loop on step eleven will subtract multiples of the
shifted copy of $y$ until $x$ is smaller. Since the leading digit of $y$ is greater than or equal to $\beta/2$ this loop will iterate at most two
-times to produce the desired leading digit of the quotient.
+times to produce the desired leading digit of the quotient.
Now the remainder of the digits can be produced. The equation $\hat q = \lfloor {{x_i \beta + x_{i-1}}\over y_t} \rfloor$ is used to fairly
accurately approximate the true quotient digit. The estimation can in theory produce an estimation as high as $2\beta - {2 \over \beta}$ but by
-induction the upper quotient digit is correct (\textit{as established on step eleven}) and the estimate must be less than $\beta$.
+induction the upper quotient digit is correct (\textit{as established on step eleven}) and the estimate must be less than $\beta$.
Recall from section~\ref{sec:divest} that the estimation is never too low but may be too high. The next step of the estimation process is
to refine the estimation. The loop on step 13.5 uses $x_i\beta^2 + x_{i-1}\beta + x_{i-2}$ and $q_{i - t - 1}(y_t\beta + y_{t-1})$ as a higher
@@ -5212,51 +5212,51 @@ order approximation to adjust the quotient digit.
After both phases of estimation the quotient digit may still be off by a value of one\footnote{This is similar to the error introduced
by optimizing Barrett reduction.}. Steps 13.6 and 13.7 subtract the multiple of the divisor from the dividend (\textit{Similar to step 3.3 of
-algorithm~\ref{fig:raddiv}} and then subsequently add a multiple of the divisor if the quotient was too large.
+algorithm~\ref{fig:raddiv}} and then subsequently add a multiple of the divisor if the quotient was too large.
-Now that the quotient has been determine finializing the result is a matter of clamping the quotient, fixing the sizes and de-normalizing the
+Now that the quotient has been determine finializing the result is a matter of clamping the quotient, fixing the sizes and de-normalizing the
remainder. An important aspect of this algorithm seemingly overlooked in other descriptions such as that of Algorithm 14.20 HAC \cite[pp. 598]{HAC}
-is that when the estimations are being made (\textit{inside the loop on step 13.5}) that the digits $y_{t-1}$, $x_{i-2}$ and $x_{i-1}$ may lie
+is that when the estimations are being made (\textit{inside the loop on step 13.5}) that the digits $y_{t-1}$, $x_{i-2}$ and $x_{i-1}$ may lie
outside their respective boundaries. For example, if $t = 0$ or $i \le 1$ then the digits would be undefined. In those cases the digits should
-respectively be replaced with a zero.
+respectively be replaced with a zero.
EXAM,bn_mp_div.c
The implementation of this algorithm differs slightly from the pseudo code presented previously. In this algorithm either of the quotient $c$ or
remainder $d$ may be passed as a \textbf{NULL} pointer which indicates their value is not desired. For example, the C code to call the division
-algorithm with only the quotient is
+algorithm with only the quotient is
\begin{verbatim}
mp_div(&a, &b, &c, NULL); /* c = [a/b] */
\end{verbatim}
-Lines @108,if@ and @113,if@ handle the two trivial cases of inputs which are division by zero and dividend smaller than the divisor
-respectively. After the two trivial cases all of the temporary variables are initialized. Line @147,neg@ determines the sign of
-the quotient and line @148,sign@ ensures that both $x$ and $y$ are positive.
+Lines @108,if@ and @113,if@ handle the two trivial cases of inputs which are division by zero and dividend smaller than the divisor
+respectively. After the two trivial cases all of the temporary variables are initialized. Line @147,neg@ determines the sign of
+the quotient and line @148,sign@ ensures that both $x$ and $y$ are positive.
The number of bits in the leading digit is calculated on line @151,norm@. Implictly an mp\_int with $r$ digits will require $lg(\beta)(r-1) + k$ bits
of precision which when reduced modulo $lg(\beta)$ produces the value of $k$. In this case $k$ is the number of bits in the leading digit which is
exactly what is required. For the algorithm to operate $k$ must equal $lg(\beta) - 1$ and when it does not the inputs must be normalized by shifting
them to the left by $lg(\beta) - 1 - k$ bits.
-Throughout the variables $n$ and $t$ will represent the highest digit of $x$ and $y$ respectively. These are first used to produce the
+Throughout the variables $n$ and $t$ will represent the highest digit of $x$ and $y$ respectively. These are first used to produce the
leading digit of the quotient. The loop beginning on line @184,for@ will produce the remainder of the quotient digits.
The conditional ``continue'' on line @186,continue@ is used to prevent the algorithm from reading past the leading edge of $x$ which can occur when the
algorithm eliminates multiple non-zero digits in a single iteration. This ensures that $x_i$ is always non-zero since by definition the digits
-above the $i$'th position $x$ must be zero in order for the quotient to be precise\footnote{Precise as far as integer division is concerned.}.
+above the $i$'th position $x$ must be zero in order for the quotient to be precise\footnote{Precise as far as integer division is concerned.}.
-Lines @214,t1@, @216,t1@ and @222,t2@ through @225,t2@ manually construct the high accuracy estimations by setting the digits of the two mp\_int
-variables directly.
+Lines @214,t1@, @216,t1@ and @222,t2@ through @225,t2@ manually construct the high accuracy estimations by setting the digits of the two mp\_int
+variables directly.
\section{Single Digit Helpers}
-This section briefly describes a series of single digit helper algorithms which come in handy when working with small constants. All of
+This section briefly describes a series of single digit helper algorithms which come in handy when working with small constants. All of
the helper functions assume the single digit input is positive and will treat them as such.
\subsection{Single Digit Addition and Subtraction}
-Both addition and subtraction are performed by ``cheating'' and using mp\_set followed by the higher level addition or subtraction
+Both addition and subtraction are performed by ``cheating'' and using mp\_set followed by the higher level addition or subtraction
algorithms. As a result these algorithms are subtantially simpler with a slight cost in performance.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -5322,17 +5322,17 @@ only has one digit.
\caption{Algorithm mp\_mul\_d}
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_mul\_d.}
-This algorithm quickly multiplies an mp\_int by a small single digit value. It is specially tailored to the job and has a minimal of overhead.
-Unlike the full multiplication algorithms this algorithm does not require any significnat temporary storage or memory allocations.
+This algorithm quickly multiplies an mp\_int by a small single digit value. It is specially tailored to the job and has a minimal of overhead.
+Unlike the full multiplication algorithms this algorithm does not require any significnat temporary storage or memory allocations.
EXAM,bn_mp_mul_d.c
-In this implementation the destination $c$ may point to the same mp\_int as the source $a$ since the result is written after the digit is
-read from the source. This function uses pointer aliases $tmpa$ and $tmpc$ for the digits of $a$ and $c$ respectively.
+In this implementation the destination $c$ may point to the same mp\_int as the source $a$ since the result is written after the digit is
+read from the source. This function uses pointer aliases $tmpa$ and $tmpc$ for the digits of $a$ and $c$ respectively.
\subsection{Single Digit Division}
Like the single digit multiplication algorithm, single digit division is also a fairly common algorithm used in radix conversion. Since the
-divisor is only a single digit a specialized variant of the division algorithm can be used to compute the quotient.
+divisor is only a single digit a specialized variant of the division algorithm can be used to compute the quotient.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -5369,35 +5369,35 @@ divisor is only a single digit a specialized variant of the division algorithm c
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_div\_d.}
This algorithm divides the mp\_int $a$ by the single mp\_digit $b$ using an optimized approach. Essentially in every iteration of the
algorithm another digit of the dividend is reduced and another digit of quotient produced. Provided $b < \beta$ the value of $\hat w$
-after step 7.1 will be limited such that $0 \le \lfloor \hat w / b \rfloor < \beta$.
+after step 7.1 will be limited such that $0 \le \lfloor \hat w / b \rfloor < \beta$.
If the divisor $b$ is equal to three a variant of this algorithm is used which is called mp\_div\_3. It replaces the division by three with
a multiplication by $\lfloor \beta / 3 \rfloor$ and the appropriate shift and residual fixup. In essence it is much like the Barrett reduction
-from chapter seven.
+from chapter seven.
EXAM,bn_mp_div_d.c
Like the implementation of algorithm mp\_div this algorithm allows either of the quotient or remainder to be passed as a \textbf{NULL} pointer to
indicate the respective value is not required. This allows a trivial single digit modular reduction algorithm, mp\_mod\_d to be created.
-The division and remainder on lines @44,/@ and @45,%@ can be replaced often by a single division on most processors. For example, the 32-bit x86 based
-processors can divide a 64-bit quantity by a 32-bit quantity and produce the quotient and remainder simultaneously. Unfortunately the GCC
-compiler does not recognize that optimization and will actually produce two function calls to find the quotient and remainder respectively.
+The division and remainder on lines @44,/@ and @45,%@ can be replaced often by a single division on most processors. For example, the 32-bit x86 based
+processors can divide a 64-bit quantity by a 32-bit quantity and produce the quotient and remainder simultaneously. Unfortunately the GCC
+compiler does not recognize that optimization and will actually produce two function calls to find the quotient and remainder respectively.
\subsection{Single Digit Root Extraction}
-Finding the $n$'th root of an integer is fairly easy as far as numerical analysis is concerned. Algorithms such as the Newton-Raphson approximation
-(\ref{eqn:newton}) series will converge very quickly to a root for any continuous function $f(x)$.
+Finding the $n$'th root of an integer is fairly easy as far as numerical analysis is concerned. Algorithms such as the Newton-Raphson approximation
+(\ref{eqn:newton}) series will converge very quickly to a root for any continuous function $f(x)$.
\begin{equation}
x_{i+1} = x_i - {f(x_i) \over f'(x_i)}
\label{eqn:newton}
\end{equation}
-In this case the $n$'th root is desired and $f(x) = x^n - a$ where $a$ is the integer of which the root is desired. The derivative of $f(x)$ is
+In this case the $n$'th root is desired and $f(x) = x^n - a$ where $a$ is the integer of which the root is desired. The derivative of $f(x)$ is
simply $f'(x) = nx^{n - 1}$. Of particular importance is that this algorithm will be used over the integers not over the a more continuous domain
-such as the real numbers. As a result the root found can be above the true root by few and must be manually adjusted. Ideally at the end of the
-algorithm the $n$'th root $b$ of an integer $a$ is desired such that $b^n \le a$.
+such as the real numbers. As a result the root found can be above the true root by few and must be manually adjusted. Ideally at the end of the
+algorithm the $n$'th root $b$ of an integer $a$ is desired such that $b^n \le a$.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -5438,19 +5438,19 @@ algorithm the $n$'th root $b$ of an integer $a$ is desired such that $b^n \le a$
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_n\_root.}
This algorithm finds the integer $n$'th root of an input using the Newton-Raphson approach. It is partially optimized based on the observation
that the numerator of ${f(x) \over f'(x)}$ can be derived from a partial denominator. That is at first the denominator is calculated by finding
-$x^{b - 1}$. This value can then be multiplied by $x$ and have $a$ subtracted from it to find the numerator. This saves a total of $b - 1$
-multiplications by t$1$ inside the loop.
+$x^{b - 1}$. This value can then be multiplied by $x$ and have $a$ subtracted from it to find the numerator. This saves a total of $b - 1$
+multiplications by t$1$ inside the loop.
The initial value of the approximation is t$2 = 2$ which allows the algorithm to start with very small values and quickly converge on the
-root. Ideally this algorithm is meant to find the $n$'th root of an input where $n$ is bounded by $2 \le n \le 5$.
+root. Ideally this algorithm is meant to find the $n$'th root of an input where $n$ is bounded by $2 \le n \le 5$.
EXAM,bn_mp_n_root.c
\section{Random Number Generation}
-Random numbers come up in a variety of activities from public key cryptography to simple simulations and various randomized algorithms. Pollard-Rho
+Random numbers come up in a variety of activities from public key cryptography to simple simulations and various randomized algorithms. Pollard-Rho
factoring for example, can make use of random values as starting points to find factors of a composite integer. In this case the algorithm presented
-is solely for simulations and not intended for cryptographic use.
+is solely for simulations and not intended for cryptographic use.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -5478,7 +5478,7 @@ is solely for simulations and not intended for cryptographic use.
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_rand.}
This algorithm produces a pseudo-random integer of $b$ digits. By ensuring that the first digit is non-zero the algorithm also guarantees that the
final result has at least $b$ digits. It relies heavily on a third-part random number generator which should ideally generate uniformly all of
-the integers from $0$ to $\beta - 1$.
+the integers from $0$ to $\beta - 1$.
EXAM,bn_mp_rand.c
@@ -5488,7 +5488,7 @@ be given a string of characters such as ``114585'' and turn it into the radix-$\
into a program.
\subsection{Reading Radix-n Input}
-For the purposes of this text we will assume that a simple lower ASCII map (\ref{fig:ASC}) is used for the values of from $0$ to $63$ to
+For the purposes of this text we will assume that a simple lower ASCII map (\ref{fig:ASC}) is used for the values of from $0$ to $63$ to
printable characters. For example, when the character ``N'' is read it represents the integer $23$. The first $16$ characters of the
map are for the common representations up to hexadecimal. After that they match the ``base64'' encoding scheme which are suitable chosen
such that they are printable. While outputting as base64 may not be too helpful for human operators it does allow communication via non binary
@@ -5498,7 +5498,7 @@ mediums.
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{cc|cc|cc|cc}
\hline \textbf{Value} & \textbf{Char} & \textbf{Value} & \textbf{Char} & \textbf{Value} & \textbf{Char} & \textbf{Value} & \textbf{Char} \\
-\hline
+\hline
0 & 0 & 1 & 1 & 2 & 2 & 3 & 3 \\
4 & 4 & 5 & 5 & 6 & 6 & 7 & 7 \\
8 & 8 & 9 & 9 & 10 & A & 11 & B \\
@@ -5552,7 +5552,7 @@ mediums.
\caption{Algorithm mp\_read\_radix}
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_read\_radix.}
-This algorithm will read an ASCII string and produce the radix-$\beta$ mp\_int representation of the same integer. A minus symbol ``-'' may precede the
+This algorithm will read an ASCII string and produce the radix-$\beta$ mp\_int representation of the same integer. A minus symbol ``-'' may precede the
string to indicate the value is negative, otherwise it is assumed to be positive. The algorithm will read up to $sn$ characters from the input
and will stop when it reads a character it cannot map the algorithm stops reading characters from the string. This allows numbers to be embedded
as part of larger input without any significant problem.
@@ -5560,7 +5560,7 @@ as part of larger input without any significant problem.
EXAM,bn_mp_read_radix.c
\subsection{Generating Radix-$n$ Output}
-Generating radix-$n$ output is fairly trivial with a division and remainder algorithm.
+Generating radix-$n$ output is fairly trivial with a division and remainder algorithm.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -5594,10 +5594,10 @@ Generating radix-$n$ output is fairly trivial with a division and remainder algo
\caption{Algorithm mp\_toradix}
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_toradix.}
-This algorithm computes the radix-$r$ representation of an mp\_int $a$. The ``digits'' of the representation are extracted by reducing
+This algorithm computes the radix-$r$ representation of an mp\_int $a$. The ``digits'' of the representation are extracted by reducing
successive powers of $\lfloor a / r^k \rfloor$ the input modulo $r$ until $r^k > a$. Note that instead of actually dividing by $r^k$ in
each iteration the quotient $\lfloor a / r \rfloor$ is saved for the next iteration. As a result a series of trivial $n \times 1$ divisions
-are required instead of a series of $n \times k$ divisions. One design flaw of this approach is that the digits are produced in the reverse order
+are required instead of a series of $n \times k$ divisions. One design flaw of this approach is that the digits are produced in the reverse order
(see~\ref{fig:mpradix}). To remedy this flaw the digits must be swapped or simply ``reversed''.
\begin{figure}
@@ -5619,7 +5619,7 @@ are required instead of a series of $n \times k$ divisions. One design flaw of
EXAM,bn_mp_toradix.c
\chapter{Number Theoretic Algorithms}
-This chapter discusses several fundamental number theoretic algorithms such as the greatest common divisor, least common multiple and Jacobi
+This chapter discusses several fundamental number theoretic algorithms such as the greatest common divisor, least common multiple and Jacobi
symbol computation. These algorithms arise as essential components in several key cryptographic algorithms such as the RSA public key algorithm and
various Sieve based factoring algorithms.
@@ -5629,7 +5629,7 @@ both $a$ and $b$. That is, $k$ is the largest integer such that $0 \equiv a \mb
simultaneously.
The most common approach (cite) is to reduce one input modulo another. That is if $a$ and $b$ are divisible by some integer $k$ and if $qa + r = b$ then
-$r$ is also divisible by $k$. The reduction pattern follows $\left < a , b \right > \rightarrow \left < b, a \mbox{ mod } b \right >$.
+$r$ is also divisible by $k$. The reduction pattern follows $\left < a , b \right > \rightarrow \left < b, a \mbox{ mod } b \right >$.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -5653,9 +5653,9 @@ $r$ is also divisible by $k$. The reduction pattern follows $\left < a , b \rig
\end{figure}
This algorithm will quickly converge on the greatest common divisor since the residue $r$ tends diminish rapidly. However, divisions are
-relatively expensive operations to perform and should ideally be avoided. There is another approach based on a similar relationship of
-greatest common divisors. The faster approach is based on the observation that if $k$ divides both $a$ and $b$ it will also divide $a - b$.
-In particular, we would like $a - b$ to decrease in magnitude which implies that $b \ge a$.
+relatively expensive operations to perform and should ideally be avoided. There is another approach based on a similar relationship of
+greatest common divisors. The faster approach is based on the observation that if $k$ divides both $a$ and $b$ it will also divide $a - b$.
+In particular, we would like $a - b$ to decrease in magnitude which implies that $b \ge a$.
\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -5679,17 +5679,17 @@ In particular, we would like $a - b$ to decrease in magnitude which implies that
\textbf{Proof} \textit{Algorithm~\ref{fig:gcd2} will return the greatest common divisor of $a$ and $b$.}
The algorithm in figure~\ref{fig:gcd2} will eventually terminate since $b \ge a$ the subtraction in step 1.2 will be a value less than $b$. In other
-words in every iteration that tuple $\left < a, b \right >$ decrease in magnitude until eventually $a = b$. Since both $a$ and $b$ are always
-divisible by the greatest common divisor (\textit{until the last iteration}) and in the last iteration of the algorithm $b = 0$, therefore, in the
+words in every iteration that tuple $\left < a, b \right >$ decrease in magnitude until eventually $a = b$. Since both $a$ and $b$ are always
+divisible by the greatest common divisor (\textit{until the last iteration}) and in the last iteration of the algorithm $b = 0$, therefore, in the
second to last iteration of the algorithm $b = a$ and clearly $(a, a) = a$ which concludes the proof. \textbf{QED}.
-As a matter of practicality algorithm \ref{fig:gcd1} decreases far too slowly to be useful. Specially if $b$ is much larger than $a$ such that
+As a matter of practicality algorithm \ref{fig:gcd1} decreases far too slowly to be useful. Specially if $b$ is much larger than $a$ such that
$b - a$ is still very much larger than $a$. A simple addition to the algorithm is to divide $b - a$ by a power of some integer $p$ which does
not divide the greatest common divisor but will divide $b - a$. In this case ${b - a} \over p$ is also an integer and still divisible by
the greatest common divisor.
-However, instead of factoring $b - a$ to find a suitable value of $p$ the powers of $p$ can be removed from $a$ and $b$ that are in common first.
-Then inside the loop whenever $b - a$ is divisible by some power of $p$ it can be safely removed.
+However, instead of factoring $b - a$ to find a suitable value of $p$ the powers of $p$ can be removed from $a$ and $b$ that are in common first.
+Then inside the loop whenever $b - a$ is divisible by some power of $p$ it can be safely removed.
\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -5722,14 +5722,14 @@ Then inside the loop whenever $b - a$ is divisible by some power of $p$ it can b
\label{fig:gcd3}
\end{figure}
-This algorithm is based on the first except it removes powers of $p$ first and inside the main loop to ensure the tuple $\left < a, b \right >$
+This algorithm is based on the first except it removes powers of $p$ first and inside the main loop to ensure the tuple $\left < a, b \right >$
decreases more rapidly. The first loop on step two removes powers of $p$ that are in common. A count, $k$, is kept which will present a common
-divisor of $p^k$. After step two the remaining common divisor of $a$ and $b$ cannot be divisible by $p$. This means that $p$ can be safely
-divided out of the difference $b - a$ so long as the division leaves no remainder.
+divisor of $p^k$. After step two the remaining common divisor of $a$ and $b$ cannot be divisible by $p$. This means that $p$ can be safely
+divided out of the difference $b - a$ so long as the division leaves no remainder.
In particular the value of $p$ should be chosen such that the division on step 5.3.1 occur often. It also helps that division by $p$ be easy
to compute. The ideal choice of $p$ is two since division by two amounts to a right logical shift. Another important observation is that by
-step five both $a$ and $b$ are odd. Therefore, the diffrence $b - a$ must be even which means that each iteration removes one bit from the
+step five both $a$ and $b$ are odd. Therefore, the diffrence $b - a$ must be even which means that each iteration removes one bit from the
largest of the pair.
\subsection{Complete Greatest Common Divisor}
@@ -5777,15 +5777,15 @@ and will produce the greatest common divisor.
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_gcd.}
This algorithm will produce the greatest common divisor of two mp\_ints $a$ and $b$. The algorithm was originally based on Algorithm B of
Knuth \cite[pp. 338]{TAOCPV2} but has been modified to be simpler to explain. In theory it achieves the same asymptotic working time as
-Algorithm B and in practice this appears to be true.
+Algorithm B and in practice this appears to be true.
-The first two steps handle the cases where either one of or both inputs are zero. If either input is zero the greatest common divisor is the
-largest input or zero if they are both zero. If the inputs are not trivial than $u$ and $v$ are assigned the absolute values of
+The first two steps handle the cases where either one of or both inputs are zero. If either input is zero the greatest common divisor is the
+largest input or zero if they are both zero. If the inputs are not trivial than $u$ and $v$ are assigned the absolute values of
$a$ and $b$ respectively and the algorithm will proceed to reduce the pair.
Step five will divide out any common factors of two and keep track of the count in the variable $k$. After this step, two is no longer a
-factor of the remaining greatest common divisor between $u$ and $v$ and can be safely evenly divided out of either whenever they are even. Step
-six and seven ensure that the $u$ and $v$ respectively have no more factors of two. At most only one of the while--loops will iterate since
+factor of the remaining greatest common divisor between $u$ and $v$ and can be safely evenly divided out of either whenever they are even. Step
+six and seven ensure that the $u$ and $v$ respectively have no more factors of two. At most only one of the while--loops will iterate since
they cannot both be even.
By step eight both of $u$ and $v$ are odd which is required for the inner logic. First the pair are swapped such that $v$ is equal to
@@ -5793,22 +5793,22 @@ or greater than $u$. This ensures that the subtraction on step 8.2 will always
factors of two from the difference $u$ to ensure that in the next iteration of the loop both are once again odd.
After $v = 0$ occurs the variable $u$ has the greatest common divisor of the pair $\left < u, v \right >$ just after step six. The result
-must be adjusted by multiplying by the common factors of two ($2^k$) removed earlier.
+must be adjusted by multiplying by the common factors of two ($2^k$) removed earlier.
EXAM,bn_mp_gcd.c
-This function makes use of the macros mp\_iszero and mp\_iseven. The former evaluates to $1$ if the input mp\_int is equivalent to the
+This function makes use of the macros mp\_iszero and mp\_iseven. The former evaluates to $1$ if the input mp\_int is equivalent to the
integer zero otherwise it evaluates to $0$. The latter evaluates to $1$ if the input mp\_int represents a non-zero even integer otherwise
-it evaluates to $0$. Note that just because mp\_iseven may evaluate to $0$ does not mean the input is odd, it could also be zero. The three
+it evaluates to $0$. Note that just because mp\_iseven may evaluate to $0$ does not mean the input is odd, it could also be zero. The three
trivial cases of inputs are handled on lines @23,zero@ through @29,}@. After those lines the inputs are assumed to be non-zero.
-Lines @32,if@ and @36,if@ make local copies $u$ and $v$ of the inputs $a$ and $b$ respectively. At this point the common factors of two
+Lines @32,if@ and @36,if@ make local copies $u$ and $v$ of the inputs $a$ and $b$ respectively. At this point the common factors of two
must be divided out of the two inputs. The block starting at line @43,common@ removes common factors of two by first counting the number of trailing
-zero bits in both. The local integer $k$ is used to keep track of how many factors of $2$ are pulled out of both values. It is assumed that
-the number of factors will not exceed the maximum value of a C ``int'' data type\footnote{Strictly speaking no array in C may have more than
-entries than are accessible by an ``int'' so this is not a limitation.}.
+zero bits in both. The local integer $k$ is used to keep track of how many factors of $2$ are pulled out of both values. It is assumed that
+the number of factors will not exceed the maximum value of a C ``int'' data type\footnote{Strictly speaking no array in C may have more than
+entries than are accessible by an ``int'' so this is not a limitation.}.
-At this point there are no more common factors of two in the two values. The divisions by a power of two on lines @60,div_2d@ and @67,div_2d@ remove
+At this point there are no more common factors of two in the two values. The divisions by a power of two on lines @60,div_2d@ and @67,div_2d@ remove
any independent factors of two such that both $u$ and $v$ are guaranteed to be an odd integer before hitting the main body of the algorithm. The while loop
on line @72, while@ performs the reduction of the pair until $v$ is equal to zero. The unsigned comparison and subtraction algorithms are used in
place of the full signed routines since both values are guaranteed to be positive and the result of the subtraction is guaranteed to be non-negative.
@@ -5819,8 +5819,8 @@ least common multiple is normally denoted as $[ a, b ]$ and numerically equivale
and $b = 2 \cdot 3 \cdot 3 \cdot 7 = 126$ the least common multiple is ${126 \over {(12, 126)}} = {126 \over 6} = 21$.
The least common multiple arises often in coding theory as well as number theory. If two functions have periods of $a$ and $b$ respectively they will
-collide, that is be in synchronous states, after only $[ a, b ]$ iterations. This is why, for example, random number generators based on
-Linear Feedback Shift Registers (LFSR) tend to use registers with periods which are co-prime (\textit{e.g. the greatest common divisor is one.}).
+collide, that is be in synchronous states, after only $[ a, b ]$ iterations. This is why, for example, random number generators based on
+Linear Feedback Shift Registers (LFSR) tend to use registers with periods which are co-prime (\textit{e.g. the greatest common divisor is one.}).
Similarly in number theory if a composite $n$ has two prime factors $p$ and $q$ then maximal order of any unit of $\Z/n\Z$ will be $[ p - 1, q - 1] $.
\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -5848,7 +5848,7 @@ dividing the product of the two inputs by their greatest common divisor.
EXAM,bn_mp_lcm.c
\section{Jacobi Symbol Computation}
-To explain the Jacobi Symbol we shall first discuss the Legendre function\footnote{Arrg. What is the name of this?} off which the Jacobi symbol is
+To explain the Jacobi Symbol we shall first discuss the Legendre function\footnote{Arrg. What is the name of this?} off which the Jacobi symbol is
defined. The Legendre function computes whether or not an integer $a$ is a quadratic residue modulo an odd prime $p$. Numerically it is
equivalent to equation \ref{eqn:legendre}.
@@ -5858,9 +5858,9 @@ equivalent to equation \ref{eqn:legendre}.
a^{(p-1)/2} \equiv \begin{array}{rl}
-1 & \mbox{if }a\mbox{ is a quadratic non-residue.} \\
0 & \mbox{if }a\mbox{ divides }p\mbox{.} \\
- 1 & \mbox{if }a\mbox{ is a quadratic residue}.
+ 1 & \mbox{if }a\mbox{ is a quadratic residue}.
\end{array} \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}
-\label{eqn:legendre}
+\label{eqn:legendre}
\end{equation}
\textbf{Proof.} \textit{Equation \ref{eqn:legendre} correctly identifies the residue status of an integer $a$ modulo a prime $p$.}
@@ -5884,7 +5884,7 @@ then the quantity in the braces must be zero. By reduction,
\begin{eqnarray}
\left (x^2 \right )^{(p-1)/2} - a^{(p-1)/2} \equiv 0 \nonumber \\
\left (x^2 \right )^{(p-1)/2} \equiv a^{(p-1)/2} \nonumber \\
-x^2 \equiv a \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}
+x^2 \equiv a \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}
\end{eqnarray}
As a result there must be a solution to the quadratic equation and in turn $a$ must be a quadratic residue. If $a$ does not divide $p$ and $a$
@@ -5904,47 +5904,47 @@ the Jacobi symbol $\left ( { a \over p } \right )$ is equal to the following equ
By inspection if $p$ is prime the Jacobi symbol is equivalent to the Legendre function. The following facts\footnote{See HAC \cite[pp. 72-74]{HAC} for
further details.} will be used to derive an efficient Jacobi symbol algorithm. Where $p$ is an odd integer greater than two and $a, b \in \Z$ the
-following are true.
+following are true.
\begin{enumerate}
-\item $\left ( { a \over p} \right )$ equals $-1$, $0$ or $1$.
+\item $\left ( { a \over p} \right )$ equals $-1$, $0$ or $1$.
\item $\left ( { ab \over p} \right ) = \left ( { a \over p} \right )\left ( { b \over p} \right )$.
\item If $a \equiv b$ then $\left ( { a \over p} \right ) = \left ( { b \over p} \right )$.
\item $\left ( { 2 \over p} \right )$ equals $1$ if $p \equiv 1$ or $7 \mbox{ (mod }8\mbox{)}$. Otherwise, it equals $-1$.
-\item $\left ( { a \over p} \right ) \equiv \left ( { p \over a} \right ) \cdot (-1)^{(p-1)(a-1)/4}$. More specifically
-$\left ( { a \over p} \right ) = \left ( { p \over a} \right )$ if $p \equiv a \equiv 1 \mbox{ (mod }4\mbox{)}$.
+\item $\left ( { a \over p} \right ) \equiv \left ( { p \over a} \right ) \cdot (-1)^{(p-1)(a-1)/4}$. More specifically
+$\left ( { a \over p} \right ) = \left ( { p \over a} \right )$ if $p \equiv a \equiv 1 \mbox{ (mod }4\mbox{)}$.
\end{enumerate}
Using these facts if $a = 2^k \cdot a'$ then
\begin{eqnarray}
\left ( { a \over p } \right ) = \left ( {{2^k} \over p } \right ) \left ( {a' \over p} \right ) \nonumber \\
- = \left ( {2 \over p } \right )^k \left ( {a' \over p} \right )
+ = \left ( {2 \over p } \right )^k \left ( {a' \over p} \right )
\label{eqn:jacobi}
\end{eqnarray}
-By fact five,
+By fact five,
\begin{equation}
-\left ( { a \over p } \right ) = \left ( { p \over a } \right ) \cdot (-1)^{(p-1)(a-1)/4}
+\left ( { a \over p } \right ) = \left ( { p \over a } \right ) \cdot (-1)^{(p-1)(a-1)/4}
\end{equation}
-Subsequently by fact three since $p \equiv (p \mbox{ mod }a) \mbox{ (mod }a\mbox{)}$ then
+Subsequently by fact three since $p \equiv (p \mbox{ mod }a) \mbox{ (mod }a\mbox{)}$ then
\begin{equation}
-\left ( { a \over p } \right ) = \left ( { {p \mbox{ mod } a} \over a } \right ) \cdot (-1)^{(p-1)(a-1)/4}
+\left ( { a \over p } \right ) = \left ( { {p \mbox{ mod } a} \over a } \right ) \cdot (-1)^{(p-1)(a-1)/4}
\end{equation}
By putting both observations into equation \ref{eqn:jacobi} the following simplified equation is formed.
\begin{equation}
-\left ( { a \over p } \right ) = \left ( {2 \over p } \right )^k \left ( {{p\mbox{ mod }a'} \over a'} \right ) \cdot (-1)^{(p-1)(a'-1)/4}
+\left ( { a \over p } \right ) = \left ( {2 \over p } \right )^k \left ( {{p\mbox{ mod }a'} \over a'} \right ) \cdot (-1)^{(p-1)(a'-1)/4}
\end{equation}
-The value of $\left ( {{p \mbox{ mod }a'} \over a'} \right )$ can be found by using the same equation recursively. The value of
-$\left ( {2 \over p } \right )^k$ equals $1$ if $k$ is even otherwise it equals $\left ( {2 \over p } \right )$. Using this approach the
-factors of $p$ do not have to be known. Furthermore, if $(a, p) = 1$ then the algorithm will terminate when the recursion requests the
-Jacobi symbol computation of $\left ( {1 \over a'} \right )$ which is simply $1$.
+The value of $\left ( {{p \mbox{ mod }a'} \over a'} \right )$ can be found by using the same equation recursively. The value of
+$\left ( {2 \over p } \right )^k$ equals $1$ if $k$ is even otherwise it equals $\left ( {2 \over p } \right )$. Using this approach the
+factors of $p$ do not have to be known. Furthermore, if $(a, p) = 1$ then the algorithm will terminate when the recursion requests the
+Jacobi symbol computation of $\left ( {1 \over a'} \right )$ which is simply $1$.
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -5988,12 +5988,12 @@ Jacobi symbol computation of $\left ( {1 \over a'} \right )$ which is simply $1$
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_jacobi.}
This algorithm computes the Jacobi symbol for an arbitrary positive integer $a$ with respect to an odd integer $p$ greater than three. The algorithm
-is based on algorithm 2.149 of HAC \cite[pp. 73]{HAC}.
+is based on algorithm 2.149 of HAC \cite[pp. 73]{HAC}.
Step numbers one and two handle the trivial cases of $a = 0$ and $a = 1$ respectively. Step five determines the number of two factors in the
-input $a$. If $k$ is even than the term $\left ( { 2 \over p } \right )^k$ must always evaluate to one. If $k$ is odd than the term evaluates to one
-if $p_0$ is congruent to one or seven modulo eight, otherwise it evaluates to $-1$. After the the $\left ( { 2 \over p } \right )^k$ term is handled
-the $(-1)^{(p-1)(a'-1)/4}$ is computed and multiplied against the current product $s$. The latter term evaluates to one if both $p$ and $a'$
+input $a$. If $k$ is even than the term $\left ( { 2 \over p } \right )^k$ must always evaluate to one. If $k$ is odd than the term evaluates to one
+if $p_0$ is congruent to one or seven modulo eight, otherwise it evaluates to $-1$. After the the $\left ( { 2 \over p } \right )^k$ term is handled
+the $(-1)^{(p-1)(a'-1)/4}$ is computed and multiplied against the current product $s$. The latter term evaluates to one if both $p$ and $a'$
are congruent to one modulo four, otherwise it evaluates to negative one.
By step nine if $a'$ does not equal one a recursion is required. Step 9.1 computes $p' \equiv p \mbox{ (mod }a'\mbox{)}$ and will recurse to compute
@@ -6001,22 +6001,22 @@ $\left ( {p' \over a'} \right )$ which is multiplied against the current Jacobi
EXAM,bn_mp_jacobi.c
-As a matter of practicality the variable $a'$ as per the pseudo-code is reprensented by the variable $a1$ since the $'$ symbol is not valid for a C
-variable name character.
+As a matter of practicality the variable $a'$ as per the pseudo-code is reprensented by the variable $a1$ since the $'$ symbol is not valid for a C
+variable name character.
The two simple cases of $a = 0$ and $a = 1$ are handled at the very beginning to simplify the algorithm. If the input is non-trivial the algorithm
has to proceed compute the Jacobi. The variable $s$ is used to hold the current Jacobi product. Note that $s$ is merely a C ``int'' data type since
-the values it may obtain are merely $-1$, $0$ and $1$.
+the values it may obtain are merely $-1$, $0$ and $1$.
After a local copy of $a$ is made all of the factors of two are divided out and the total stored in $k$. Technically only the least significant
-bit of $k$ is required, however, it makes the algorithm simpler to follow to perform an addition. In practice an exclusive-or and addition have the same
+bit of $k$ is required, however, it makes the algorithm simpler to follow to perform an addition. In practice an exclusive-or and addition have the same
processor requirements and neither is faster than the other.
Line @59, if@ through @70, }@ determines the value of $\left ( { 2 \over p } \right )^k$. If the least significant bit of $k$ is zero than
$k$ is even and the value is one. Otherwise, the value of $s$ depends on which residue class $p$ belongs to modulo eight. The value of
-$(-1)^{(p-1)(a'-1)/4}$ is compute and multiplied against $s$ on lines @73, if@ through @75, }@.
+$(-1)^{(p-1)(a'-1)/4}$ is compute and multiplied against $s$ on lines @73, if@ through @75, }@.
-Finally, if $a1$ does not equal one the algorithm must recurse and compute $\left ( {p' \over a'} \right )$.
+Finally, if $a1$ does not equal one the algorithm must recurse and compute $\left ( {p' \over a'} \right )$.
\textit{-- Comment about default $s$ and such...}
@@ -6024,31 +6024,31 @@ Finally, if $a1$ does not equal one the algorithm must recurse and compute $\lef
\label{sec:modinv}
The modular inverse of a number actually refers to the modular multiplicative inverse. Essentially for any integer $a$ such that $(a, p) = 1$ there
exist another integer $b$ such that $ab \equiv 1 \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$. The integer $b$ is called the multiplicative inverse of $a$ which is
-denoted as $b = a^{-1}$. Technically speaking modular inversion is a well defined operation for any finite ring or field not just for rings and
+denoted as $b = a^{-1}$. Technically speaking modular inversion is a well defined operation for any finite ring or field not just for rings and
fields of integers. However, the former will be the matter of discussion.
-The simplest approach is to compute the algebraic inverse of the input. That is to compute $b \equiv a^{\Phi(p) - 1}$. If $\Phi(p)$ is the
+The simplest approach is to compute the algebraic inverse of the input. That is to compute $b \equiv a^{\Phi(p) - 1}$. If $\Phi(p)$ is the
order of the multiplicative subgroup modulo $p$ then $b$ must be the multiplicative inverse of $a$. The proof of which is trivial.
\begin{equation}
ab \equiv a \left (a^{\Phi(p) - 1} \right ) \equiv a^{\Phi(p)} \equiv a^0 \equiv 1 \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}
\end{equation}
-However, as simple as this approach may be it has two serious flaws. It requires that the value of $\Phi(p)$ be known which if $p$ is composite
-requires all of the prime factors. This approach also is very slow as the size of $p$ grows.
+However, as simple as this approach may be it has two serious flaws. It requires that the value of $\Phi(p)$ be known which if $p$ is composite
+requires all of the prime factors. This approach also is very slow as the size of $p$ grows.
-A simpler approach is based on the observation that solving for the multiplicative inverse is equivalent to solving the linear
+A simpler approach is based on the observation that solving for the multiplicative inverse is equivalent to solving the linear
Diophantine\footnote{See LeVeque \cite[pp. 40-43]{LeVeque} for more information.} equation.
\begin{equation}
ab + pq = 1
\end{equation}
-Where $a$, $b$, $p$ and $q$ are all integers. If such a pair of integers $ \left < b, q \right >$ exist than $b$ is the multiplicative inverse of
-$a$ modulo $p$. The extended Euclidean algorithm (Knuth \cite[pp. 342]{TAOCPV2}) can be used to solve such equations provided $(a, p) = 1$.
+Where $a$, $b$, $p$ and $q$ are all integers. If such a pair of integers $ \left < b, q \right >$ exist than $b$ is the multiplicative inverse of
+$a$ modulo $p$. The extended Euclidean algorithm (Knuth \cite[pp. 342]{TAOCPV2}) can be used to solve such equations provided $(a, p) = 1$.
However, instead of using that algorithm directly a variant known as the binary Extended Euclidean algorithm will be used in its place. The
-binary approach is very similar to the binary greatest common divisor algorithm except it will produce a full solution to the Diophantine
-equation.
+binary approach is very similar to the binary greatest common divisor algorithm except it will produce a full solution to the Diophantine
+equation.
\subsection{General Case}
\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
@@ -6100,12 +6100,12 @@ equation.
\end{small}
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_invmod.}
-This algorithm computes the modular multiplicative inverse of an integer $a$ modulo an integer $b$. This algorithm is a variation of the
+This algorithm computes the modular multiplicative inverse of an integer $a$ modulo an integer $b$. This algorithm is a variation of the
extended binary Euclidean algorithm from HAC \cite[pp. 608]{HAC}. It has been modified to only compute the modular inverse and not a complete
-Diophantine solution.
+Diophantine solution.
If $b \le 0$ than the modulus is invalid and MP\_VAL is returned. Similarly if both $a$ and $b$ are even then there cannot be a multiplicative
-inverse for $a$ and the error is reported.
+inverse for $a$ and the error is reported.
The astute reader will observe that steps seven through nine are very similar to the binary greatest common divisor algorithm mp\_gcd. In this case
the other variables to the Diophantine equation are solved. The algorithm terminates when $u = 0$ in which case the solution is
@@ -6115,8 +6115,8 @@ Ca + Db = v
\end{equation}
If $v$, the greatest common divisor of $a$ and $b$ is not equal to one then the algorithm will report an error as no inverse exists. Otherwise, $C$
-is the modular inverse of $a$. The actual value of $C$ is congruent to, but not necessarily equal to, the ideal modular inverse which should lie
-within $1 \le a^{-1} < b$. Step numbers twelve and thirteen adjust the inverse until it is in range. If the original input $a$ is within $0 < a < p$
+is the modular inverse of $a$. The actual value of $C$ is congruent to, but not necessarily equal to, the ideal modular inverse which should lie
+within $1 \le a^{-1} < b$. Step numbers twelve and thirteen adjust the inverse until it is in range. If the original input $a$ is within $0 < a < p$
then only a couple of additions or subtractions will be required to adjust the inverse.
EXAM,bn_mp_invmod.c
@@ -6124,22 +6124,22 @@ EXAM,bn_mp_invmod.c
\subsubsection{Odd Moduli}
When the modulus $b$ is odd the variables $A$ and $C$ are fixed and are not required to compute the inverse. In particular by attempting to solve
-the Diophantine $Cb + Da = 1$ only $B$ and $D$ are required to find the inverse of $a$.
+the Diophantine $Cb + Da = 1$ only $B$ and $D$ are required to find the inverse of $a$.
-The algorithm fast\_mp\_invmod is a direct adaptation of algorithm mp\_invmod with all all steps involving either $A$ or $C$ removed. This
+The algorithm fast\_mp\_invmod is a direct adaptation of algorithm mp\_invmod with all all steps involving either $A$ or $C$ removed. This
optimization will halve the time required to compute the modular inverse.
\section{Primality Tests}
-A non-zero integer $a$ is said to be prime if it is not divisible by any other integer excluding one and itself. For example, $a = 7$ is prime
-since the integers $2 \ldots 6$ do not evenly divide $a$. By contrast, $a = 6$ is not prime since $a = 6 = 2 \cdot 3$.
+A non-zero integer $a$ is said to be prime if it is not divisible by any other integer excluding one and itself. For example, $a = 7$ is prime
+since the integers $2 \ldots 6$ do not evenly divide $a$. By contrast, $a = 6$ is not prime since $a = 6 = 2 \cdot 3$.
Prime numbers arise in cryptography considerably as they allow finite fields to be formed. The ability to determine whether an integer is prime or
not quickly has been a viable subject in cryptography and number theory for considerable time. The algorithms that will be presented are all
probablistic algorithms in that when they report an integer is composite it must be composite. However, when the algorithms report an integer is
-prime the algorithm may be incorrect.
+prime the algorithm may be incorrect.
-As will be discussed it is possible to limit the probability of error so well that for practical purposes the probablity of error might as
+As will be discussed it is possible to limit the probability of error so well that for practical purposes the probablity of error might as
well be zero. For the purposes of these discussions let $n$ represent the candidate integer of which the primality is in question.
\subsection{Trial Division}
@@ -6153,13 +6153,13 @@ of the primes less than $\sqrt{n} + 1$ the algorithm cannot prove if a candidate
The benefit of this test is that trial division by small values is fairly efficient. Specially compared to the other algorithms that will be
discussed shortly. The probability that this approach correctly identifies a composite candidate when tested with all primes upto $q$ is given by
-$1 - {1.12 \over ln(q)}$. The graph (\ref{pic:primality}, will be added later) demonstrates the probability of success for the range
-$3 \le q \le 100$.
+$1 - {1.12 \over ln(q)}$. The graph (\ref{pic:primality}, will be added later) demonstrates the probability of success for the range
+$3 \le q \le 100$.
-At approximately $q = 30$ the gain of performing further tests diminishes fairly quickly. At $q = 90$ further testing is generally not going to
-be of any practical use. In the case of LibTomMath the default limit $q = 256$ was chosen since it is not too high and will eliminate
-approximately $80\%$ of all candidate integers. The constant \textbf{PRIME\_SIZE} is equal to the number of primes in the test base. The
-array \_\_prime\_tab is an array of the first \textbf{PRIME\_SIZE} prime numbers.
+At approximately $q = 30$ the gain of performing further tests diminishes fairly quickly. At $q = 90$ further testing is generally not going to
+be of any practical use. In the case of LibTomMath the default limit $q = 256$ was chosen since it is not too high and will eliminate
+approximately $80\%$ of all candidate integers. The constant \textbf{PRIME\_SIZE} is equal to the number of primes in the test base. The
+array \_\_prime\_tab is an array of the first \textbf{PRIME\_SIZE} prime numbers.
\begin{figure}[!here]
\begin{small}
@@ -6183,27 +6183,27 @@ array \_\_prime\_tab is an array of the first \textbf{PRIME\_SIZE} prime numbers
\caption{Algorithm mp\_prime\_is\_divisible}
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_prime\_is\_divisible.}
-This algorithm attempts to determine if a candidate integer $n$ is composite by performing trial divisions.
+This algorithm attempts to determine if a candidate integer $n$ is composite by performing trial divisions.
EXAM,bn_mp_prime_is_divisible.c
-The algorithm defaults to a return of $0$ in case an error occurs. The values in the prime table are all specified to be in the range of a
+The algorithm defaults to a return of $0$ in case an error occurs. The values in the prime table are all specified to be in the range of a
mp\_digit. The table \_\_prime\_tab is defined in the following file.
EXAM,bn_prime_tab.c
Note that there are two possible tables. When an mp\_digit is 7-bits long only the primes upto $127$ may be included, otherwise the primes
-upto $1619$ are used. Note that the value of \textbf{PRIME\_SIZE} is a constant dependent on the size of a mp\_digit.
+upto $1619$ are used. Note that the value of \textbf{PRIME\_SIZE} is a constant dependent on the size of a mp\_digit.
\subsection{The Fermat Test}
-The Fermat test is probably one the oldest tests to have a non-trivial probability of success. It is based on the fact that if $n$ is in
+The Fermat test is probably one the oldest tests to have a non-trivial probability of success. It is based on the fact that if $n$ is in
fact prime then $a^{n} \equiv a \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$ for all $0 < a < n$. The reason being that if $n$ is prime than the order of
-the multiplicative sub group is $n - 1$. Any base $a$ must have an order which divides $n - 1$ and as such $a^n$ is equivalent to
-$a^1 = a$.
+the multiplicative sub group is $n - 1$. Any base $a$ must have an order which divides $n - 1$ and as such $a^n$ is equivalent to
+$a^1 = a$.
-If $n$ is composite then any given base $a$ does not have to have a period which divides $n - 1$. In which case
+If $n$ is composite then any given base $a$ does not have to have a period which divides $n - 1$. In which case
it is possible that $a^n \nequiv a \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$. However, this test is not absolute as it is possible that the order
-of a base will divide $n - 1$ which would then be reported as prime. Such a base yields what is known as a Fermat pseudo-prime. Several
+of a base will divide $n - 1$ which would then be reported as prime. Such a base yields what is known as a Fermat pseudo-prime. Several
integers known as Carmichael numbers will be a pseudo-prime to all valid bases. Fortunately such numbers are extremely rare as $n$ grows
in size.
@@ -6229,13 +6229,13 @@ in size.
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_prime\_fermat.}
This algorithm determines whether an mp\_int $a$ is a Fermat prime to the base $b$ or not. It uses a single modular exponentiation to
-determine the result.
+determine the result.
EXAM,bn_mp_prime_fermat.c
\subsection{The Miller-Rabin Test}
-The Miller-Rabin (citation) test is another primality test which has tighter error bounds than the Fermat test specifically with sequentially chosen
-candidate integers. The algorithm is based on the observation that if $n - 1 = 2^kr$ and if $b^r \nequiv \pm 1$ then after upto $k - 1$ squarings the
+The Miller-Rabin (citation) test is another primality test which has tighter error bounds than the Fermat test specifically with sequentially chosen
+candidate integers. The algorithm is based on the observation that if $n - 1 = 2^kr$ and if $b^r \nequiv \pm 1$ then after upto $k - 1$ squarings the
value must be equal to $-1$. The squarings are stopped as soon as $-1$ is observed. If the value of $1$ is observed first it means that
some value not congruent to $\pm 1$ when squared equals one which cannot occur if $n$ is prime.
@@ -6271,11 +6271,11 @@ some value not congruent to $\pm 1$ when squared equals one which cannot occur i
\end{figure}
\textbf{Algorithm mp\_prime\_miller\_rabin.}
This algorithm performs one trial round of the Miller-Rabin algorithm to the base $b$. It will set $c = 1$ if the algorithm cannot determine
-if $b$ is composite or $c = 0$ if $b$ is provably composite. The values of $s$ and $r$ are computed such that $a' = a - 1 = 2^sr$.
+if $b$ is composite or $c = 0$ if $b$ is provably composite. The values of $s$ and $r$ are computed such that $a' = a - 1 = 2^sr$.
If the value $y \equiv b^r$ is congruent to $\pm 1$ then the algorithm cannot prove if $a$ is composite or not. Otherwise, the algorithm will
square $y$ upto $s - 1$ times stopping only when $y \equiv -1$. If $y^2 \equiv 1$ and $y \nequiv \pm 1$ then the algorithm can report that $a$
-is provably composite. If the algorithm performs $s - 1$ squarings and $y \nequiv -1$ then $a$ is provably composite. If $a$ is not provably
+is provably composite. If the algorithm performs $s - 1$ squarings and $y \nequiv -1$ then $a$ is provably composite. If $a$ is not provably
composite then it is \textit{probably} prime.
EXAM,bn_mp_prime_miller_rabin.c
diff --git a/tommath.tex b/tommath.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index c79a537..0000000
--- a/tommath.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6691 +0,0 @@
-\documentclass[b5paper]{book}
-\usepackage{hyperref}
-\usepackage{makeidx}
-\usepackage{amssymb}
-\usepackage{color}
-\usepackage{alltt}
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\usepackage{layout}
-\def\union{\cup}
-\def\intersect{\cap}
-\def\getsrandom{\stackrel{\rm R}{\gets}}
-\def\cross{\times}
-\def\cat{\hspace{0.5em} \| \hspace{0.5em}}
-\def\catn{$\|$}
-\def\divides{\hspace{0.3em} | \hspace{0.3em}}
-\def\nequiv{\not\equiv}
-\def\approx{\raisebox{0.2ex}{\mbox{\small $\sim$}}}
-\def\lcm{{\rm lcm}}
-\def\gcd{{\rm gcd}}
-\def\log{{\rm log}}
-\def\ord{{\rm ord}}
-\def\abs{{\mathit abs}}
-\def\rep{{\mathit rep}}
-\def\mod{{\mathit\ mod\ }}
-\renewcommand{\pmod}[1]{\ ({\rm mod\ }{#1})}
-\newcommand{\floor}[1]{\left\lfloor{#1}\right\rfloor}
-\newcommand{\ceil}[1]{\left\lceil{#1}\right\rceil}
-\def\Or{{\rm\ or\ }}
-\def\And{{\rm\ and\ }}
-\def\iff{\hspace{1em}\Longleftrightarrow\hspace{1em}}
-\def\implies{\Rightarrow}
-\def\undefined{{\rm ``undefined"}}
-\def\Proof{\vspace{1ex}\noindent {\bf Proof:}\hspace{1em}}
-\let\oldphi\phi
-\def\phi{\varphi}
-\def\Pr{{\rm Pr}}
-\newcommand{\str}[1]{{\mathbf{#1}}}
-\def\F{{\mathbb F}}
-\def\N{{\mathbb N}}
-\def\Z{{\mathbb Z}}
-\def\R{{\mathbb R}}
-\def\C{{\mathbb C}}
-\def\Q{{\mathbb Q}}
-\definecolor{DGray}{gray}{0.5}
-\newcommand{\emailaddr}[1]{\mbox{$<${#1}$>$}}
-\def\twiddle{\raisebox{0.3ex}{\mbox{\tiny $\sim$}}}
-\def\gap{\vspace{0.5ex}}
-\makeindex
-\begin{document}
-\frontmatter
-\pagestyle{empty}
-\title{Multi--Precision Math}
-\author{\mbox{
-%\begin{small}
-\begin{tabular}{c}
-Tom St Denis \\
-Algonquin College \\
-\\
-Mads Rasmussen \\
-Open Communications Security \\
-\\
-Greg Rose \\
-QUALCOMM Australia \\
-\end{tabular}
-%\end{small}
-}
-}
-\maketitle
-This text has been placed in the public domain. This text corresponds to the v0.39 release of the
-LibTomMath project.
-
-\begin{alltt}
-Tom St Denis
-111 Banning Rd
-Ottawa, Ontario
-K2L 1C3
-Canada
-
-Phone: 1-613-836-3160
-Email: tomstdenis@gmail.com
-\end{alltt}
-
-This text is formatted to the international B5 paper size of 176mm wide by 250mm tall using the \LaTeX{}
-{\em book} macro package and the Perl {\em booker} package.
-
-\tableofcontents
-\listoffigures
-\chapter*{Prefaces}
-When I tell people about my LibTom projects and that I release them as public domain they are often puzzled.
-They ask why I did it and especially why I continue to work on them for free. The best I can explain it is ``Because I can.''
-Which seems odd and perhaps too terse for adult conversation. I often qualify it with ``I am able, I am willing.'' which
-perhaps explains it better. I am the first to admit there is not anything that special with what I have done. Perhaps
-others can see that too and then we would have a society to be proud of. My LibTom projects are what I am doing to give
-back to society in the form of tools and knowledge that can help others in their endeavours.
-
-I started writing this book because it was the most logical task to further my goal of open academia. The LibTomMath source
-code itself was written to be easy to follow and learn from. There are times, however, where pure C source code does not
-explain the algorithms properly. Hence this book. The book literally starts with the foundation of the library and works
-itself outwards to the more complicated algorithms. The use of both pseudo--code and verbatim source code provides a duality
-of ``theory'' and ``practice'' that the computer science students of the world shall appreciate. I never deviate too far
-from relatively straightforward algebra and I hope that this book can be a valuable learning asset.
-
-This book and indeed much of the LibTom projects would not exist in their current form if it was not for a plethora
-of kind people donating their time, resources and kind words to help support my work. Writing a text of significant
-length (along with the source code) is a tiresome and lengthy process. Currently the LibTom project is four years old,
-comprises of literally thousands of users and over 100,000 lines of source code, TeX and other material. People like Mads and Greg
-were there at the beginning to encourage me to work well. It is amazing how timely validation from others can boost morale to
-continue the project. Definitely my parents were there for me by providing room and board during the many months of work in 2003.
-
-To my many friends whom I have met through the years I thank you for the good times and the words of encouragement. I hope I
-honour your kind gestures with this project.
-
-Open Source. Open Academia. Open Minds.
-
-\begin{flushright} Tom St Denis \end{flushright}
-
-\newpage
-I found the opportunity to work with Tom appealing for several reasons, not only could I broaden my own horizons, but also
-contribute to educate others facing the problem of having to handle big number mathematical calculations.
-
-This book is Tom's child and he has been caring and fostering the project ever since the beginning with a clear mind of
-how he wanted the project to turn out. I have helped by proofreading the text and we have had several discussions about
-the layout and language used.
-
-I hold a masters degree in cryptography from the University of Southern Denmark and have always been interested in the
-practical aspects of cryptography.
-
-Having worked in the security consultancy business for several years in S\~{a}o Paulo, Brazil, I have been in touch with a
-great deal of work in which multiple precision mathematics was needed. Understanding the possibilities for speeding up
-multiple precision calculations is often very important since we deal with outdated machine architecture where modular
-reductions, for example, become painfully slow.
-
-This text is for people who stop and wonder when first examining algorithms such as RSA for the first time and asks
-themselves, ``You tell me this is only secure for large numbers, fine; but how do you implement these numbers?''
-
-\begin{flushright}
-Mads Rasmussen
-
-S\~{a}o Paulo - SP
-
-Brazil
-\end{flushright}
-
-\newpage
-It's all because I broke my leg. That just happened to be at about the same time that Tom asked for someone to review the section of the book about
-Karatsuba multiplication. I was laid up, alone and immobile, and thought ``Why not?'' I vaguely knew what Karatsuba multiplication was, but not
-really, so I thought I could help, learn, and stop myself from watching daytime cable TV, all at once.
-
-At the time of writing this, I've still not met Tom or Mads in meatspace. I've been following Tom's progress since his first splash on the
-sci.crypt Usenet news group. I watched him go from a clueless newbie, to the cryptographic equivalent of a reformed smoker, to a real
-contributor to the field, over a period of about two years. I've been impressed with his obvious intelligence, and astounded by his productivity.
-Of course, he's young enough to be my own child, so he doesn't have my problems with staying awake.
-
-When I reviewed that single section of the book, in its very earliest form, I was very pleasantly surprised. So I decided to collaborate more fully,
-and at least review all of it, and perhaps write some bits too. There's still a long way to go with it, and I have watched a number of close
-friends go through the mill of publication, so I think that the way to go is longer than Tom thinks it is. Nevertheless, it's a good effort,
-and I'm pleased to be involved with it.
-
-\begin{flushright}
-Greg Rose, Sydney, Australia, June 2003.
-\end{flushright}
-
-\mainmatter
-\pagestyle{headings}
-\chapter{Introduction}
-\section{Multiple Precision Arithmetic}
-
-\subsection{What is Multiple Precision Arithmetic?}
-When we think of long-hand arithmetic such as addition or multiplication we rarely consider the fact that we instinctively
-raise or lower the precision of the numbers we are dealing with. For example, in decimal we almost immediate can
-reason that $7$ times $6$ is $42$. However, $42$ has two digits of precision as opposed to one digit we started with.
-Further multiplications of say $3$ result in a larger precision result $126$. In these few examples we have multiple
-precisions for the numbers we are working with. Despite the various levels of precision a single subset\footnote{With the occasional optimization.}
- of algorithms can be designed to accomodate them.
-
-By way of comparison a fixed or single precision operation would lose precision on various operations. For example, in
-the decimal system with fixed precision $6 \cdot 7 = 2$.
-
-Essentially at the heart of computer based multiple precision arithmetic are the same long-hand algorithms taught in
-schools to manually add, subtract, multiply and divide.
-
-\subsection{The Need for Multiple Precision Arithmetic}
-The most prevalent need for multiple precision arithmetic, often referred to as ``bignum'' math, is within the implementation
-of public-key cryptography algorithms. Algorithms such as RSA \cite{RSAREF} and Diffie-Hellman \cite{DHREF} require
-integers of significant magnitude to resist known cryptanalytic attacks. For example, at the time of this writing a
-typical RSA modulus would be at least greater than $10^{309}$. However, modern programming languages such as ISO C \cite{ISOC} and
-Java \cite{JAVA} only provide instrinsic support for integers which are relatively small and single precision.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|r|c|}
-\hline \textbf{Data Type} & \textbf{Range} \\
-\hline char & $-128 \ldots 127$ \\
-\hline short & $-32768 \ldots 32767$ \\
-\hline long & $-2147483648 \ldots 2147483647$ \\
-\hline long long & $-9223372036854775808 \ldots 9223372036854775807$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Typical Data Types for the C Programming Language}
-\label{fig:ISOC}
-\end{figure}
-
-The largest data type guaranteed to be provided by the ISO C programming
-language\footnote{As per the ISO C standard. However, each compiler vendor is allowed to augment the precision as they
-see fit.} can only represent values up to $10^{19}$ as shown in figure \ref{fig:ISOC}. On its own the C language is
-insufficient to accomodate the magnitude required for the problem at hand. An RSA modulus of magnitude $10^{19}$ could be
-trivially factored\footnote{A Pollard-Rho factoring would take only $2^{16}$ time.} on the average desktop computer,
-rendering any protocol based on the algorithm insecure. Multiple precision algorithms solve this very problem by
-extending the range of representable integers while using single precision data types.
-
-Most advancements in fast multiple precision arithmetic stem from the need for faster and more efficient cryptographic
-primitives. Faster modular reduction and exponentiation algorithms such as Barrett's algorithm, which have appeared in
-various cryptographic journals, can render algorithms such as RSA and Diffie-Hellman more efficient. In fact, several
-major companies such as RSA Security, Certicom and Entrust have built entire product lines on the implementation and
-deployment of efficient algorithms.
-
-However, cryptography is not the only field of study that can benefit from fast multiple precision integer routines.
-Another auxiliary use of multiple precision integers is high precision floating point data types.
-The basic IEEE \cite{IEEE} standard floating point type is made up of an integer mantissa $q$, an exponent $e$ and a sign bit $s$.
-Numbers are given in the form $n = q \cdot b^e \cdot -1^s$ where $b = 2$ is the most common base for IEEE. Since IEEE
-floating point is meant to be implemented in hardware the precision of the mantissa is often fairly small
-(\textit{23, 48 and 64 bits}). The mantissa is merely an integer and a multiple precision integer could be used to create
-a mantissa of much larger precision than hardware alone can efficiently support. This approach could be useful where
-scientific applications must minimize the total output error over long calculations.
-
-Yet another use for large integers is within arithmetic on polynomials of large characteristic (i.e. $GF(p)[x]$ for large $p$).
-In fact the library discussed within this text has already been used to form a polynomial basis library\footnote{See \url{http://poly.libtomcrypt.org} for more details.}.
-
-\subsection{Benefits of Multiple Precision Arithmetic}
-\index{precision}
-The benefit of multiple precision representations over single or fixed precision representations is that
-no precision is lost while representing the result of an operation which requires excess precision. For example,
-the product of two $n$-bit integers requires at least $2n$ bits of precision to be represented faithfully. A multiple
-precision algorithm would augment the precision of the destination to accomodate the result while a single precision system
-would truncate excess bits to maintain a fixed level of precision.
-
-It is possible to implement algorithms which require large integers with fixed precision algorithms. For example, elliptic
-curve cryptography (\textit{ECC}) is often implemented on smartcards by fixing the precision of the integers to the maximum
-size the system will ever need. Such an approach can lead to vastly simpler algorithms which can accomodate the
-integers required even if the host platform cannot natively accomodate them\footnote{For example, the average smartcard
-processor has an 8 bit accumulator.}. However, as efficient as such an approach may be, the resulting source code is not
-normally very flexible. It cannot, at runtime, accomodate inputs of higher magnitude than the designer anticipated.
-
-Multiple precision algorithms have the most overhead of any style of arithmetic. For the the most part the
-overhead can be kept to a minimum with careful planning, but overall, it is not well suited for most memory starved
-platforms. However, multiple precision algorithms do offer the most flexibility in terms of the magnitude of the
-inputs. That is, the same algorithms based on multiple precision integers can accomodate any reasonable size input
-without the designer's explicit forethought. This leads to lower cost of ownership for the code as it only has to
-be written and tested once.
-
-\section{Purpose of This Text}
-The purpose of this text is to instruct the reader regarding how to implement efficient multiple precision algorithms.
-That is to not only explain a limited subset of the core theory behind the algorithms but also the various ``house keeping''
-elements that are neglected by authors of other texts on the subject. Several well reknowned texts \cite{TAOCPV2,HAC}
-give considerably detailed explanations of the theoretical aspects of algorithms and often very little information
-regarding the practical implementation aspects.
-
-In most cases how an algorithm is explained and how it is actually implemented are two very different concepts. For
-example, the Handbook of Applied Cryptography (\textit{HAC}), algorithm 14.7 on page 594, gives a relatively simple
-algorithm for performing multiple precision integer addition. However, the description lacks any discussion concerning
-the fact that the two integer inputs may be of differing magnitudes. As a result the implementation is not as simple
-as the text would lead people to believe. Similarly the division routine (\textit{algorithm 14.20, pp. 598}) does not
-discuss how to handle sign or handle the dividend's decreasing magnitude in the main loop (\textit{step \#3}).
-
-Both texts also do not discuss several key optimal algorithms required such as ``Comba'' and Karatsuba multipliers
-and fast modular inversion, which we consider practical oversights. These optimal algorithms are vital to achieve
-any form of useful performance in non-trivial applications.
-
-To solve this problem the focus of this text is on the practical aspects of implementing a multiple precision integer
-package. As a case study the ``LibTomMath''\footnote{Available at \url{http://math.libtomcrypt.com}} package is used
-to demonstrate algorithms with real implementations\footnote{In the ISO C programming language.} that have been field
-tested and work very well. The LibTomMath library is freely available on the Internet for all uses and this text
-discusses a very large portion of the inner workings of the library.
-
-The algorithms that are presented will always include at least one ``pseudo-code'' description followed
-by the actual C source code that implements the algorithm. The pseudo-code can be used to implement the same
-algorithm in other programming languages as the reader sees fit.
-
-This text shall also serve as a walkthrough of the creation of multiple precision algorithms from scratch. Showing
-the reader how the algorithms fit together as well as where to start on various taskings.
-
-\section{Discussion and Notation}
-\subsection{Notation}
-A multiple precision integer of $n$-digits shall be denoted as $x = (x_{n-1}, \ldots, x_1, x_0)_{ \beta }$ and represent
-the integer $x \equiv \sum_{i=0}^{n-1} x_i\beta^i$. The elements of the array $x$ are said to be the radix $\beta$ digits
-of the integer. For example, $x = (1,2,3)_{10}$ would represent the integer
-$1\cdot 10^2 + 2\cdot10^1 + 3\cdot10^0 = 123$.
-
-\index{mp\_int}
-The term ``mp\_int'' shall refer to a composite structure which contains the digits of the integer it represents, as well
-as auxilary data required to manipulate the data. These additional members are discussed further in section
-\ref{sec:MPINT}. For the purposes of this text a ``multiple precision integer'' and an ``mp\_int'' are assumed to be
-synonymous. When an algorithm is specified to accept an mp\_int variable it is assumed the various auxliary data members
-are present as well. An expression of the type \textit{variablename.item} implies that it should evaluate to the
-member named ``item'' of the variable. For example, a string of characters may have a member ``length'' which would
-evaluate to the number of characters in the string. If the string $a$ equals ``hello'' then it follows that
-$a.length = 5$.
-
-For certain discussions more generic algorithms are presented to help the reader understand the final algorithm used
-to solve a given problem. When an algorithm is described as accepting an integer input it is assumed the input is
-a plain integer with no additional multiple-precision members. That is, algorithms that use integers as opposed to
-mp\_ints as inputs do not concern themselves with the housekeeping operations required such as memory management. These
-algorithms will be used to establish the relevant theory which will subsequently be used to describe a multiple
-precision algorithm to solve the same problem.
-
-\subsection{Precision Notation}
-The variable $\beta$ represents the radix of a single digit of a multiple precision integer and
-must be of the form $q^p$ for $q, p \in \Z^+$. A single precision variable must be able to represent integers in
-the range $0 \le x < q \beta$ while a double precision variable must be able to represent integers in the range
-$0 \le x < q \beta^2$. The extra radix-$q$ factor allows additions and subtractions to proceed without truncation of the
-carry. Since all modern computers are binary, it is assumed that $q$ is two.
-
-\index{mp\_digit} \index{mp\_word}
-Within the source code that will be presented for each algorithm, the data type \textbf{mp\_digit} will represent
-a single precision integer type, while, the data type \textbf{mp\_word} will represent a double precision integer type. In
-several algorithms (notably the Comba routines) temporary results will be stored in arrays of double precision mp\_words.
-For the purposes of this text $x_j$ will refer to the $j$'th digit of a single precision array and $\hat x_j$ will refer to
-the $j$'th digit of a double precision array. Whenever an expression is to be assigned to a double precision
-variable it is assumed that all single precision variables are promoted to double precision during the evaluation.
-Expressions that are assigned to a single precision variable are truncated to fit within the precision of a single
-precision data type.
-
-For example, if $\beta = 10^2$ a single precision data type may represent a value in the
-range $0 \le x < 10^3$, while a double precision data type may represent a value in the range $0 \le x < 10^5$. Let
-$a = 23$ and $b = 49$ represent two single precision variables. The single precision product shall be written
-as $c \leftarrow a \cdot b$ while the double precision product shall be written as $\hat c \leftarrow a \cdot b$.
-In this particular case, $\hat c = 1127$ and $c = 127$. The most significant digit of the product would not fit
-in a single precision data type and as a result $c \ne \hat c$.
-
-\subsection{Algorithm Inputs and Outputs}
-Within the algorithm descriptions all variables are assumed to be scalars of either single or double precision
-as indicated. The only exception to this rule is when variables have been indicated to be of type mp\_int. This
-distinction is important as scalars are often used as array indicies and various other counters.
-
-\subsection{Mathematical Expressions}
-The $\lfloor \mbox{ } \rfloor$ brackets imply an expression truncated to an integer not greater than the expression
-itself. For example, $\lfloor 5.7 \rfloor = 5$. Similarly the $\lceil \mbox{ } \rceil$ brackets imply an expression
-rounded to an integer not less than the expression itself. For example, $\lceil 5.1 \rceil = 6$. Typically when
-the $/$ division symbol is used the intention is to perform an integer division with truncation. For example,
-$5/2 = 2$ which will often be written as $\lfloor 5/2 \rfloor = 2$ for clarity. When an expression is written as a
-fraction a real value division is implied, for example ${5 \over 2} = 2.5$.
-
-The norm of a multiple precision integer, for example $\vert \vert x \vert \vert$, will be used to represent the number of digits in the representation
-of the integer. For example, $\vert \vert 123 \vert \vert = 3$ and $\vert \vert 79452 \vert \vert = 5$.
-
-\subsection{Work Effort}
-\index{big-Oh}
-To measure the efficiency of the specified algorithms, a modified big-Oh notation is used. In this system all
-single precision operations are considered to have the same cost\footnote{Except where explicitly noted.}.
-That is a single precision addition, multiplication and division are assumed to take the same time to
-complete. While this is generally not true in practice, it will simplify the discussions considerably.
-
-Some algorithms have slight advantages over others which is why some constants will not be removed in
-the notation. For example, a normal baseline multiplication (section \ref{sec:basemult}) requires $O(n^2)$ work while a
-baseline squaring (section \ref{sec:basesquare}) requires $O({{n^2 + n}\over 2})$ work. In standard big-Oh notation these
-would both be said to be equivalent to $O(n^2)$. However,
-in the context of the this text this is not the case as the magnitude of the inputs will typically be rather small. As a
-result small constant factors in the work effort will make an observable difference in algorithm efficiency.
-
-All of the algorithms presented in this text have a polynomial time work level. That is, of the form
-$O(n^k)$ for $n, k \in \Z^{+}$. This will help make useful comparisons in terms of the speed of the algorithms and how
-various optimizations will help pay off in the long run.
-
-\section{Exercises}
-Within the more advanced chapters a section will be set aside to give the reader some challenging exercises related to
-the discussion at hand. These exercises are not designed to be prize winning problems, but instead to be thought
-provoking. Wherever possible the problems are forward minded, stating problems that will be answered in subsequent
-chapters. The reader is encouraged to finish the exercises as they appear to get a better understanding of the
-subject material.
-
-That being said, the problems are designed to affirm knowledge of a particular subject matter. Students in particular
-are encouraged to verify they can answer the problems correctly before moving on.
-
-Similar to the exercises of \cite[pp. ix]{TAOCPV2} these exercises are given a scoring system based on the difficulty of
-the problem. However, unlike \cite{TAOCPV2} the problems do not get nearly as hard. The scoring of these
-exercises ranges from one (the easiest) to five (the hardest). The following table sumarizes the
-scoring system used.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{small}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|l|}
-\hline $\left [ 1 \right ]$ & An easy problem that should only take the reader a manner of \\
- & minutes to solve. Usually does not involve much computer time \\
- & to solve. \\
-\hline $\left [ 2 \right ]$ & An easy problem that involves a marginal amount of computer \\
- & time usage. Usually requires a program to be written to \\
- & solve the problem. \\
-\hline $\left [ 3 \right ]$ & A moderately hard problem that requires a non-trivial amount \\
- & of work. Usually involves trivial research and development of \\
- & new theory from the perspective of a student. \\
-\hline $\left [ 4 \right ]$ & A moderately hard problem that involves a non-trivial amount \\
- & of work and research, the solution to which will demonstrate \\
- & a higher mastery of the subject matter. \\
-\hline $\left [ 5 \right ]$ & A hard problem that involves concepts that are difficult for a \\
- & novice to solve. Solutions to these problems will demonstrate a \\
- & complete mastery of the given subject. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{small}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Exercise Scoring System}
-\end{figure}
-
-Problems at the first level are meant to be simple questions that the reader can answer quickly without programming a solution or
-devising new theory. These problems are quick tests to see if the material is understood. Problems at the second level
-are also designed to be easy but will require a program or algorithm to be implemented to arrive at the answer. These
-two levels are essentially entry level questions.
-
-Problems at the third level are meant to be a bit more difficult than the first two levels. The answer is often
-fairly obvious but arriving at an exacting solution requires some thought and skill. These problems will almost always
-involve devising a new algorithm or implementing a variation of another algorithm previously presented. Readers who can
-answer these questions will feel comfortable with the concepts behind the topic at hand.
-
-Problems at the fourth level are meant to be similar to those of the level three questions except they will require
-additional research to be completed. The reader will most likely not know the answer right away, nor will the text provide
-the exact details of the answer until a subsequent chapter.
-
-Problems at the fifth level are meant to be the hardest
-problems relative to all the other problems in the chapter. People who can correctly answer fifth level problems have a
-mastery of the subject matter at hand.
-
-Often problems will be tied together. The purpose of this is to start a chain of thought that will be discussed in future chapters. The reader
-is encouraged to answer the follow-up problems and try to draw the relevance of problems.
-
-\section{Introduction to LibTomMath}
-
-\subsection{What is LibTomMath?}
-LibTomMath is a free and open source multiple precision integer library written entirely in portable ISO C. By portable it
-is meant that the library does not contain any code that is computer platform dependent or otherwise problematic to use on
-any given platform.
-
-The library has been successfully tested under numerous operating systems including Unix\footnote{All of these
-trademarks belong to their respective rightful owners.}, MacOS, Windows, Linux, PalmOS and on standalone hardware such
-as the Gameboy Advance. The library is designed to contain enough functionality to be able to develop applications such
-as public key cryptosystems and still maintain a relatively small footprint.
-
-\subsection{Goals of LibTomMath}
-
-Libraries which obtain the most efficiency are rarely written in a high level programming language such as C. However,
-even though this library is written entirely in ISO C, considerable care has been taken to optimize the algorithm implementations within the
-library. Specifically the code has been written to work well with the GNU C Compiler (\textit{GCC}) on both x86 and ARM
-processors. Wherever possible, highly efficient algorithms, such as Karatsuba multiplication, sliding window
-exponentiation and Montgomery reduction have been provided to make the library more efficient.
-
-Even with the nearly optimal and specialized algorithms that have been included the Application Programing Interface
-(\textit{API}) has been kept as simple as possible. Often generic place holder routines will make use of specialized
-algorithms automatically without the developer's specific attention. One such example is the generic multiplication
-algorithm \textbf{mp\_mul()} which will automatically use Toom--Cook, Karatsuba, Comba or baseline multiplication
-based on the magnitude of the inputs and the configuration of the library.
-
-Making LibTomMath as efficient as possible is not the only goal of the LibTomMath project. Ideally the library should
-be source compatible with another popular library which makes it more attractive for developers to use. In this case the
-MPI library was used as a API template for all the basic functions. MPI was chosen because it is another library that fits
-in the same niche as LibTomMath. Even though LibTomMath uses MPI as the template for the function names and argument
-passing conventions, it has been written from scratch by Tom St Denis.
-
-The project is also meant to act as a learning tool for students, the logic being that no easy-to-follow ``bignum''
-library exists which can be used to teach computer science students how to perform fast and reliable multiple precision
-integer arithmetic. To this end the source code has been given quite a few comments and algorithm discussion points.
-
-\section{Choice of LibTomMath}
-LibTomMath was chosen as the case study of this text not only because the author of both projects is one and the same but
-for more worthy reasons. Other libraries such as GMP \cite{GMP}, MPI \cite{MPI}, LIP \cite{LIP} and OpenSSL
-\cite{OPENSSL} have multiple precision integer arithmetic routines but would not be ideal for this text for
-reasons that will be explained in the following sub-sections.
-
-\subsection{Code Base}
-The LibTomMath code base is all portable ISO C source code. This means that there are no platform dependent conditional
-segments of code littered throughout the source. This clean and uncluttered approach to the library means that a
-developer can more readily discern the true intent of a given section of source code without trying to keep track of
-what conditional code will be used.
-
-The code base of LibTomMath is well organized. Each function is in its own separate source code file
-which allows the reader to find a given function very quickly. On average there are $76$ lines of code per source
-file which makes the source very easily to follow. By comparison MPI and LIP are single file projects making code tracing
-very hard. GMP has many conditional code segments which also hinder tracing.
-
-When compiled with GCC for the x86 processor and optimized for speed the entire library is approximately $100$KiB\footnote{The notation ``KiB'' means $2^{10}$ octets, similarly ``MiB'' means $2^{20}$ octets.}
- which is fairly small compared to GMP (over $250$KiB). LibTomMath is slightly larger than MPI (which compiles to about
-$50$KiB) but LibTomMath is also much faster and more complete than MPI.
-
-\subsection{API Simplicity}
-LibTomMath is designed after the MPI library and shares the API design. Quite often programs that use MPI will build
-with LibTomMath without change. The function names correlate directly to the action they perform. Almost all of the
-functions share the same parameter passing convention. The learning curve is fairly shallow with the API provided
-which is an extremely valuable benefit for the student and developer alike.
-
-The LIP library is an example of a library with an API that is awkward to work with. LIP uses function names that are often ``compressed'' to
-illegible short hand. LibTomMath does not share this characteristic.
-
-The GMP library also does not return error codes. Instead it uses a POSIX.1 \cite{POSIX1} signal system where errors
-are signaled to the host application. This happens to be the fastest approach but definitely not the most versatile. In
-effect a math error (i.e. invalid input, heap error, etc) can cause a program to stop functioning which is definitely
-undersireable in many situations.
-
-\subsection{Optimizations}
-While LibTomMath is certainly not the fastest library (GMP often beats LibTomMath by a factor of two) it does
-feature a set of optimal algorithms for tasks such as modular reduction, exponentiation, multiplication and squaring. GMP
-and LIP also feature such optimizations while MPI only uses baseline algorithms with no optimizations. GMP lacks a few
-of the additional modular reduction optimizations that LibTomMath features\footnote{At the time of this writing GMP
-only had Barrett and Montgomery modular reduction algorithms.}.
-
-LibTomMath is almost always an order of magnitude faster than the MPI library at computationally expensive tasks such as modular
-exponentiation. In the grand scheme of ``bignum'' libraries LibTomMath is faster than the average library and usually
-slower than the best libraries such as GMP and OpenSSL by only a small factor.
-
-\subsection{Portability and Stability}
-LibTomMath will build ``out of the box'' on any platform equipped with a modern version of the GNU C Compiler
-(\textit{GCC}). This means that without changes the library will build without configuration or setting up any
-variables. LIP and MPI will build ``out of the box'' as well but have numerous known bugs. Most notably the author of
-MPI has recently stopped working on his library and LIP has long since been discontinued.
-
-GMP requires a configuration script to run and will not build out of the box. GMP and LibTomMath are still in active
-development and are very stable across a variety of platforms.
-
-\subsection{Choice}
-LibTomMath is a relatively compact, well documented, highly optimized and portable library which seems only natural for
-the case study of this text. Various source files from the LibTomMath project will be included within the text. However,
-the reader is encouraged to download their own copy of the library to actually be able to work with the library.
-
-\chapter{Getting Started}
-\section{Library Basics}
-The trick to writing any useful library of source code is to build a solid foundation and work outwards from it. First,
-a problem along with allowable solution parameters should be identified and analyzed. In this particular case the
-inability to accomodate multiple precision integers is the problem. Futhermore, the solution must be written
-as portable source code that is reasonably efficient across several different computer platforms.
-
-After a foundation is formed the remainder of the library can be designed and implemented in a hierarchical fashion.
-That is, to implement the lowest level dependencies first and work towards the most abstract functions last. For example,
-before implementing a modular exponentiation algorithm one would implement a modular reduction algorithm.
-By building outwards from a base foundation instead of using a parallel design methodology the resulting project is
-highly modular. Being highly modular is a desirable property of any project as it often means the resulting product
-has a small footprint and updates are easy to perform.
-
-Usually when I start a project I will begin with the header files. I define the data types I think I will need and
-prototype the initial functions that are not dependent on other functions (within the library). After I
-implement these base functions I prototype more dependent functions and implement them. The process repeats until
-I implement all of the functions I require. For example, in the case of LibTomMath I implemented functions such as
-mp\_init() well before I implemented mp\_mul() and even further before I implemented mp\_exptmod(). As an example as to
-why this design works note that the Karatsuba and Toom-Cook multipliers were written \textit{after} the
-dependent function mp\_exptmod() was written. Adding the new multiplication algorithms did not require changes to the
-mp\_exptmod() function itself and lowered the total cost of ownership (\textit{so to speak}) and of development
-for new algorithms. This methodology allows new algorithms to be tested in a complete framework with relative ease.
-
-\begin{center}
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\includegraphics{pics/design_process.ps}
-\caption{Design Flow of the First Few Original LibTomMath Functions.}
-\label{pic:design_process}
-\end{figure}
-\end{center}
-
-Only after the majority of the functions were in place did I pursue a less hierarchical approach to auditing and optimizing
-the source code. For example, one day I may audit the multipliers and the next day the polynomial basis functions.
-
-It only makes sense to begin the text with the preliminary data types and support algorithms required as well.
-This chapter discusses the core algorithms of the library which are the dependents for every other algorithm.
-
-\section{What is a Multiple Precision Integer?}
-Recall that most programming languages, in particular ISO C \cite{ISOC}, only have fixed precision data types that on their own cannot
-be used to represent values larger than their precision will allow. The purpose of multiple precision algorithms is
-to use fixed precision data types to create and manipulate multiple precision integers which may represent values
-that are very large.
-
-As a well known analogy, school children are taught how to form numbers larger than nine by prepending more radix ten digits. In the decimal system
-the largest single digit value is $9$. However, by concatenating digits together larger numbers may be represented. Newly prepended digits
-(\textit{to the left}) are said to be in a different power of ten column. That is, the number $123$ can be described as having a $1$ in the hundreds
-column, $2$ in the tens column and $3$ in the ones column. Or more formally $123 = 1 \cdot 10^2 + 2 \cdot 10^1 + 3 \cdot 10^0$. Computer based
-multiple precision arithmetic is essentially the same concept. Larger integers are represented by adjoining fixed
-precision computer words with the exception that a different radix is used.
-
-What most people probably do not think about explicitly are the various other attributes that describe a multiple precision
-integer. For example, the integer $154_{10}$ has two immediately obvious properties. First, the integer is positive,
-that is the sign of this particular integer is positive as opposed to negative. Second, the integer has three digits in
-its representation. There is an additional property that the integer posesses that does not concern pencil-and-paper
-arithmetic. The third property is how many digits placeholders are available to hold the integer.
-
-The human analogy of this third property is ensuring there is enough space on the paper to write the integer. For example,
-if one starts writing a large number too far to the right on a piece of paper they will have to erase it and move left.
-Similarly, computer algorithms must maintain strict control over memory usage to ensure that the digits of an integer
-will not exceed the allowed boundaries. These three properties make up what is known as a multiple precision
-integer or mp\_int for short.
-
-\subsection{The mp\_int Structure}
-\label{sec:MPINT}
-The mp\_int structure is the ISO C based manifestation of what represents a multiple precision integer. The ISO C standard does not provide for
-any such data type but it does provide for making composite data types known as structures. The following is the structure definition
-used within LibTomMath.
-
-\index{mp\_int}
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{small}
-%\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{tabular}{|l|}
-\hline
-typedef struct \{ \\
-\hspace{3mm}int used, alloc, sign;\\
-\hspace{3mm}mp\_digit *dp;\\
-\} \textbf{mp\_int}; \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-%\end{verbatim}
-\end{small}
-\caption{The mp\_int Structure}
-\label{fig:mpint}
-\end{center}
-\end{figure}
-
-The mp\_int structure (fig. \ref{fig:mpint}) can be broken down as follows.
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item The \textbf{used} parameter denotes how many digits of the array \textbf{dp} contain the digits used to represent
-a given integer. The \textbf{used} count must be positive (or zero) and may not exceed the \textbf{alloc} count.
-
-\item The \textbf{alloc} parameter denotes how
-many digits are available in the array to use by functions before it has to increase in size. When the \textbf{used} count
-of a result would exceed the \textbf{alloc} count all of the algorithms will automatically increase the size of the
-array to accommodate the precision of the result.
-
-\item The pointer \textbf{dp} points to a dynamically allocated array of digits that represent the given multiple
-precision integer. It is padded with $(\textbf{alloc} - \textbf{used})$ zero digits. The array is maintained in a least
-significant digit order. As a pencil and paper analogy the array is organized such that the right most digits are stored
-first starting at the location indexed by zero\footnote{In C all arrays begin at zero.} in the array. For example,
-if \textbf{dp} contains $\lbrace a, b, c, \ldots \rbrace$ where \textbf{dp}$_0 = a$, \textbf{dp}$_1 = b$, \textbf{dp}$_2 = c$, $\ldots$ then
-it would represent the integer $a + b\beta + c\beta^2 + \ldots$
-
-\index{MP\_ZPOS} \index{MP\_NEG}
-\item The \textbf{sign} parameter denotes the sign as either zero/positive (\textbf{MP\_ZPOS}) or negative (\textbf{MP\_NEG}).
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\subsubsection{Valid mp\_int Structures}
-Several rules are placed on the state of an mp\_int structure and are assumed to be followed for reasons of efficiency.
-The only exceptions are when the structure is passed to initialization functions such as mp\_init() and mp\_init\_copy().
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item The value of \textbf{alloc} may not be less than one. That is \textbf{dp} always points to a previously allocated
-array of digits.
-\item The value of \textbf{used} may not exceed \textbf{alloc} and must be greater than or equal to zero.
-\item The value of \textbf{used} implies the digit at index $(used - 1)$ of the \textbf{dp} array is non-zero. That is,
-leading zero digits in the most significant positions must be trimmed.
- \begin{enumerate}
- \item Digits in the \textbf{dp} array at and above the \textbf{used} location must be zero.
- \end{enumerate}
-\item The value of \textbf{sign} must be \textbf{MP\_ZPOS} if \textbf{used} is zero;
-this represents the mp\_int value of zero.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\section{Argument Passing}
-A convention of argument passing must be adopted early on in the development of any library. Making the function
-prototypes consistent will help eliminate many headaches in the future as the library grows to significant complexity.
-In LibTomMath the multiple precision integer functions accept parameters from left to right as pointers to mp\_int
-structures. That means that the source (input) operands are placed on the left and the destination (output) on the right.
-Consider the following examples.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
- mp_mul(&a, &b, &c); /* c = a * b */
- mp_add(&a, &b, &a); /* a = a + b */
- mp_sqr(&a, &b); /* b = a * a */
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The left to right order is a fairly natural way to implement the functions since it lets the developer read aloud the
-functions and make sense of them. For example, the first function would read ``multiply a and b and store in c''.
-
-Certain libraries (\textit{LIP by Lenstra for instance}) accept parameters the other way around, to mimic the order
-of assignment expressions. That is, the destination (output) is on the left and arguments (inputs) are on the right. In
-truth, it is entirely a matter of preference. In the case of LibTomMath the convention from the MPI library has been
-adopted.
-
-Another very useful design consideration, provided for in LibTomMath, is whether to allow argument sources to also be a
-destination. For example, the second example (\textit{mp\_add}) adds $a$ to $b$ and stores in $a$. This is an important
-feature to implement since it allows the calling functions to cut down on the number of variables it must maintain.
-However, to implement this feature specific care has to be given to ensure the destination is not modified before the
-source is fully read.
-
-\section{Return Values}
-A well implemented application, no matter what its purpose, should trap as many runtime errors as possible and return them
-to the caller. By catching runtime errors a library can be guaranteed to prevent undefined behaviour. However, the end
-developer can still manage to cause a library to crash. For example, by passing an invalid pointer an application may
-fault by dereferencing memory not owned by the application.
-
-In the case of LibTomMath the only errors that are checked for are related to inappropriate inputs (division by zero for
-instance) and memory allocation errors. It will not check that the mp\_int passed to any function is valid nor
-will it check pointers for validity. Any function that can cause a runtime error will return an error code as an
-\textbf{int} data type with one of the following values (fig \ref{fig:errcodes}).
-
-\index{MP\_OKAY} \index{MP\_VAL} \index{MP\_MEM}
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|l|l|}
-\hline \textbf{Value} & \textbf{Meaning} \\
-\hline \textbf{MP\_OKAY} & The function was successful \\
-\hline \textbf{MP\_VAL} & One of the input value(s) was invalid \\
-\hline \textbf{MP\_MEM} & The function ran out of heap memory \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{LibTomMath Error Codes}
-\label{fig:errcodes}
-\end{figure}
-
-When an error is detected within a function it should free any memory it allocated, often during the initialization of
-temporary mp\_ints, and return as soon as possible. The goal is to leave the system in the same state it was when the
-function was called. Error checking with this style of API is fairly simple.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
- int err;
- if ((err = mp_add(&a, &b, &c)) != MP_OKAY) {
- printf("Error: %s\n", mp_error_to_string(err));
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The GMP \cite{GMP} library uses C style \textit{signals} to flag errors which is of questionable use. Not all errors are fatal
-and it was not deemed ideal by the author of LibTomMath to force developers to have signal handlers for such cases.
-
-\section{Initialization and Clearing}
-The logical starting point when actually writing multiple precision integer functions is the initialization and
-clearing of the mp\_int structures. These two algorithms will be used by the majority of the higher level algorithms.
-
-Given the basic mp\_int structure an initialization routine must first allocate memory to hold the digits of
-the integer. Often it is optimal to allocate a sufficiently large pre-set number of digits even though
-the initial integer will represent zero. If only a single digit were allocated quite a few subsequent re-allocations
-would occur when operations are performed on the integers. There is a tradeoff between how many default digits to allocate
-and how many re-allocations are tolerable. Obviously allocating an excessive amount of digits initially will waste
-memory and become unmanageable.
-
-If the memory for the digits has been successfully allocated then the rest of the members of the structure must
-be initialized. Since the initial state of an mp\_int is to represent the zero integer, the allocated digits must be set
-to zero. The \textbf{used} count set to zero and \textbf{sign} set to \textbf{MP\_ZPOS}.
-
-\subsection{Initializing an mp\_int}
-An mp\_int is said to be initialized if it is set to a valid, preferably default, state such that all of the members of the
-structure are set to valid values. The mp\_init algorithm will perform such an action.
-
-\index{mp\_init}
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_init}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. An mp\_int $a$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. Allocate memory and initialize $a$ to a known valid mp\_int state. \\
-\hline \\
-1. Allocate memory for \textbf{MP\_PREC} digits. \\
-2. If the allocation failed return(\textit{MP\_MEM}) \\
-3. for $n$ from $0$ to $MP\_PREC - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.1 $a_n \leftarrow 0$\\
-4. $a.sign \leftarrow MP\_ZPOS$\\
-5. $a.used \leftarrow 0$\\
-6. $a.alloc \leftarrow MP\_PREC$\\
-7. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY})\\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_init}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_init.}
-The purpose of this function is to initialize an mp\_int structure so that the rest of the library can properly
-manipulte it. It is assumed that the input may not have had any of its members previously initialized which is certainly
-a valid assumption if the input resides on the stack.
-
-Before any of the members such as \textbf{sign}, \textbf{used} or \textbf{alloc} are initialized the memory for
-the digits is allocated. If this fails the function returns before setting any of the other members. The \textbf{MP\_PREC}
-name represents a constant\footnote{Defined in the ``tommath.h'' header file within LibTomMath.}
-used to dictate the minimum precision of newly initialized mp\_int integers. Ideally, it is at least equal to the smallest
-precision number you'll be working with.
-
-Allocating a block of digits at first instead of a single digit has the benefit of lowering the number of usually slow
-heap operations later functions will have to perform in the future. If \textbf{MP\_PREC} is set correctly the slack
-memory and the number of heap operations will be trivial.
-
-Once the allocation has been made the digits have to be set to zero as well as the \textbf{used}, \textbf{sign} and
-\textbf{alloc} members initialized. This ensures that the mp\_int will always represent the default state of zero regardless
-of the original condition of the input.
-
-\textbf{Remark.}
-This function introduces the idiosyncrasy that all iterative loops, commonly initiated with the ``for'' keyword, iterate incrementally
-when the ``to'' keyword is placed between two expressions. For example, ``for $a$ from $b$ to $c$ do'' means that
-a subsequent expression (or body of expressions) are to be evaluated upto $c - b$ times so long as $b \le c$. In each
-iteration the variable $a$ is substituted for a new integer that lies inclusively between $b$ and $c$. If $b > c$ occured
-the loop would not iterate. By contrast if the ``downto'' keyword were used in place of ``to'' the loop would iterate
-decrementally.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_init.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-One immediate observation of this initializtion function is that it does not return a pointer to a mp\_int structure. It
-is assumed that the caller has already allocated memory for the mp\_int structure, typically on the application stack. The
-call to mp\_init() is used only to initialize the members of the structure to a known default state.
-
-Here we see (line 24) the memory allocation is performed first. This allows us to exit cleanly and quickly
-if there is an error. If the allocation fails the routine will return \textbf{MP\_MEM} to the caller to indicate there
-was a memory error. The function XMALLOC is what actually allocates the memory. Technically XMALLOC is not a function
-but a macro defined in ``tommath.h``. By default, XMALLOC will evaluate to malloc() which is the C library's built--in
-memory allocation routine.
-
-In order to assure the mp\_int is in a known state the digits must be set to zero. On most platforms this could have been
-accomplished by using calloc() instead of malloc(). However, to correctly initialize a integer type to a given value in a
-portable fashion you have to actually assign the value. The for loop (line 30) performs this required
-operation.
-
-After the memory has been successfully initialized the remainder of the members are initialized
-(lines 34 through 35) to their respective default states. At this point the algorithm has succeeded and
-a success code is returned to the calling function. If this function returns \textbf{MP\_OKAY} it is safe to assume the
-mp\_int structure has been properly initialized and is safe to use with other functions within the library.
-
-\subsection{Clearing an mp\_int}
-When an mp\_int is no longer required by the application, the memory that has been allocated for its digits must be
-returned to the application's memory pool with the mp\_clear algorithm.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_clear}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. An mp\_int $a$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. The memory for $a$ shall be deallocated. \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $a$ has been previously freed then return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-2. for $n$ from 0 to $a.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $a_n \leftarrow 0$ \\
-3. Free the memory allocated for the digits of $a$. \\
-4. $a.used \leftarrow 0$ \\
-5. $a.alloc \leftarrow 0$ \\
-6. $a.sign \leftarrow MP\_ZPOS$ \\
-7. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_clear}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_clear.}
-This algorithm accomplishes two goals. First, it clears the digits and the other mp\_int members. This ensures that
-if a developer accidentally re-uses a cleared structure it is less likely to cause problems. The second goal
-is to free the allocated memory.
-
-The logic behind the algorithm is extended by marking cleared mp\_int structures so that subsequent calls to this
-algorithm will not try to free the memory multiple times. Cleared mp\_ints are detectable by having a pre-defined invalid
-digit pointer \textbf{dp} setting.
-
-Once an mp\_int has been cleared the mp\_int structure is no longer in a valid state for any other algorithm
-with the exception of algorithms mp\_init, mp\_init\_copy, mp\_init\_size and mp\_clear.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_clear.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The algorithm only operates on the mp\_int if it hasn't been previously cleared. The if statement (line 25)
-checks to see if the \textbf{dp} member is not \textbf{NULL}. If the mp\_int is a valid mp\_int then \textbf{dp} cannot be
-\textbf{NULL} in which case the if statement will evaluate to true.
-
-The digits of the mp\_int are cleared by the for loop (line 27) which assigns a zero to every digit. Similar to mp\_init()
-the digits are assigned zero instead of using block memory operations (such as memset()) since this is more portable.
-
-The digits are deallocated off the heap via the XFREE macro. Similar to XMALLOC the XFREE macro actually evaluates to
-a standard C library function. In this case the free() function. Since free() only deallocates the memory the pointer
-still has to be reset to \textbf{NULL} manually (line 35).
-
-Now that the digits have been cleared and deallocated the other members are set to their final values (lines 36 and 37).
-
-\section{Maintenance Algorithms}
-
-The previous sections describes how to initialize and clear an mp\_int structure. To further support operations
-that are to be performed on mp\_int structures (such as addition and multiplication) the dependent algorithms must be
-able to augment the precision of an mp\_int and
-initialize mp\_ints with differing initial conditions.
-
-These algorithms complete the set of low level algorithms required to work with mp\_int structures in the higher level
-algorithms such as addition, multiplication and modular exponentiation.
-
-\subsection{Augmenting an mp\_int's Precision}
-When storing a value in an mp\_int structure, a sufficient number of digits must be available to accomodate the entire
-result of an operation without loss of precision. Quite often the size of the array given by the \textbf{alloc} member
-is large enough to simply increase the \textbf{used} digit count. However, when the size of the array is too small it
-must be re-sized appropriately to accomodate the result. The mp\_grow algorithm will provide this functionality.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_grow}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. An mp\_int $a$ and an integer $b$. \\
-\textbf{Output}. $a$ is expanded to accomodate $b$ digits. \\
-\hline \\
-1. if $a.alloc \ge b$ then return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}) \\
-2. $u \leftarrow b\mbox{ (mod }MP\_PREC\mbox{)}$ \\
-3. $v \leftarrow b + 2 \cdot MP\_PREC - u$ \\
-4. Re-allocate the array of digits $a$ to size $v$ \\
-5. If the allocation failed then return(\textit{MP\_MEM}). \\
-6. for n from a.alloc to $v - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{+3mm}6.1 $a_n \leftarrow 0$ \\
-7. $a.alloc \leftarrow v$ \\
-8. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_grow}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_grow.}
-It is ideal to prevent re-allocations from being performed if they are not required (step one). This is useful to
-prevent mp\_ints from growing excessively in code that erroneously calls mp\_grow.
-
-The requested digit count is padded up to next multiple of \textbf{MP\_PREC} plus an additional \textbf{MP\_PREC} (steps two and three).
-This helps prevent many trivial reallocations that would grow an mp\_int by trivially small values.
-
-It is assumed that the reallocation (step four) leaves the lower $a.alloc$ digits of the mp\_int intact. This is much
-akin to how the \textit{realloc} function from the standard C library works. Since the newly allocated digits are
-assumed to contain undefined values they are initially set to zero.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_grow.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-A quick optimization is to first determine if a memory re-allocation is required at all. The if statement (line 24) checks
-if the \textbf{alloc} member of the mp\_int is smaller than the requested digit count. If the count is not larger than \textbf{alloc}
-the function skips the re-allocation part thus saving time.
-
-When a re-allocation is performed it is turned into an optimal request to save time in the future. The requested digit count is
-padded upwards to 2nd multiple of \textbf{MP\_PREC} larger than \textbf{alloc} (line 25). The XREALLOC function is used
-to re-allocate the memory. As per the other functions XREALLOC is actually a macro which evaluates to realloc by default. The realloc
-function leaves the base of the allocation intact which means the first \textbf{alloc} digits of the mp\_int are the same as before
-the re-allocation. All that is left is to clear the newly allocated digits and return.
-
-Note that the re-allocation result is actually stored in a temporary pointer $tmp$. This is to allow this function to return
-an error with a valid pointer. Earlier releases of the library stored the result of XREALLOC into the mp\_int $a$. That would
-result in a memory leak if XREALLOC ever failed.
-
-\subsection{Initializing Variable Precision mp\_ints}
-Occasionally the number of digits required will be known in advance of an initialization, based on, for example, the size
-of input mp\_ints to a given algorithm. The purpose of algorithm mp\_init\_size is similar to mp\_init except that it
-will allocate \textit{at least} a specified number of digits.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_init\_size}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. An mp\_int $a$ and the requested number of digits $b$. \\
-\textbf{Output}. $a$ is initialized to hold at least $b$ digits. \\
-\hline \\
-1. $u \leftarrow b \mbox{ (mod }MP\_PREC\mbox{)}$ \\
-2. $v \leftarrow b + 2 \cdot MP\_PREC - u$ \\
-3. Allocate $v$ digits. \\
-4. for $n$ from $0$ to $v - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 $a_n \leftarrow 0$ \\
-5. $a.sign \leftarrow MP\_ZPOS$\\
-6. $a.used \leftarrow 0$\\
-7. $a.alloc \leftarrow v$\\
-8. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY})\\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_init\_size}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_init\_size.}
-This algorithm will initialize an mp\_int structure $a$ like algorithm mp\_init with the exception that the number of
-digits allocated can be controlled by the second input argument $b$. The input size is padded upwards so it is a
-multiple of \textbf{MP\_PREC} plus an additional \textbf{MP\_PREC} digits. This padding is used to prevent trivial
-allocations from becoming a bottleneck in the rest of the algorithms.
-
-Like algorithm mp\_init, the mp\_int structure is initialized to a default state representing the integer zero. This
-particular algorithm is useful if it is known ahead of time the approximate size of the input. If the approximation is
-correct no further memory re-allocations are required to work with the mp\_int.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_init\_size.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The number of digits $b$ requested is padded (line 24) by first augmenting it to the next multiple of
-\textbf{MP\_PREC} and then adding \textbf{MP\_PREC} to the result. If the memory can be successfully allocated the
-mp\_int is placed in a default state representing the integer zero. Otherwise, the error code \textbf{MP\_MEM} will be
-returned (line 29).
-
-The digits are allocated and set to zero at the same time with the calloc() function (line @25,XCALLOC@). The
-\textbf{used} count is set to zero, the \textbf{alloc} count set to the padded digit count and the \textbf{sign} flag set
-to \textbf{MP\_ZPOS} to achieve a default valid mp\_int state (lines 33, 34 and 35). If the function
-returns succesfully then it is correct to assume that the mp\_int structure is in a valid state for the remainder of the
-functions to work with.
-
-\subsection{Multiple Integer Initializations and Clearings}
-Occasionally a function will require a series of mp\_int data types to be made available simultaneously.
-The purpose of algorithm mp\_init\_multi is to initialize a variable length array of mp\_int structures in a single
-statement. It is essentially a shortcut to multiple initializations.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_init\_multi}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Variable length array $V_k$ of mp\_int variables of length $k$. \\
-\textbf{Output}. The array is initialized such that each mp\_int of $V_k$ is ready to use. \\
-\hline \\
-1. for $n$ from 0 to $k - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{+3mm}1.1. Initialize the mp\_int $V_n$ (\textit{mp\_init}) \\
-\hspace{+3mm}1.2. If initialization failed then do \\
-\hspace{+6mm}1.2.1. for $j$ from $0$ to $n$ do \\
-\hspace{+9mm}1.2.1.1. Free the mp\_int $V_j$ (\textit{mp\_clear}) \\
-\hspace{+6mm}1.2.2. Return(\textit{MP\_MEM}) \\
-2. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_init\_multi}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_init\_multi.}
-The algorithm will initialize the array of mp\_int variables one at a time. If a runtime error has been detected
-(\textit{step 1.2}) all of the previously initialized variables are cleared. The goal is an ``all or nothing''
-initialization which allows for quick recovery from runtime errors.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_init\_multi.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-This function intializes a variable length list of mp\_int structure pointers. However, instead of having the mp\_int
-structures in an actual C array they are simply passed as arguments to the function. This function makes use of the
-``...'' argument syntax of the C programming language. The list is terminated with a final \textbf{NULL} argument
-appended on the right.
-
-The function uses the ``stdarg.h'' \textit{va} functions to step portably through the arguments to the function. A count
-$n$ of succesfully initialized mp\_int structures is maintained (line 48) such that if a failure does occur,
-the algorithm can backtrack and free the previously initialized structures (lines 28 to 47).
-
-
-\subsection{Clamping Excess Digits}
-When a function anticipates a result will be $n$ digits it is simpler to assume this is true within the body of
-the function instead of checking during the computation. For example, a multiplication of a $i$ digit number by a
-$j$ digit produces a result of at most $i + j$ digits. It is entirely possible that the result is $i + j - 1$
-though, with no final carry into the last position. However, suppose the destination had to be first expanded
-(\textit{via mp\_grow}) to accomodate $i + j - 1$ digits than further expanded to accomodate the final carry.
-That would be a considerable waste of time since heap operations are relatively slow.
-
-The ideal solution is to always assume the result is $i + j$ and fix up the \textbf{used} count after the function
-terminates. This way a single heap operation (\textit{at most}) is required. However, if the result was not checked
-there would be an excess high order zero digit.
-
-For example, suppose the product of two integers was $x_n = (0x_{n-1}x_{n-2}...x_0)_{\beta}$. The leading zero digit
-will not contribute to the precision of the result. In fact, through subsequent operations more leading zero digits would
-accumulate to the point the size of the integer would be prohibitive. As a result even though the precision is very
-low the representation is excessively large.
-
-The mp\_clamp algorithm is designed to solve this very problem. It will trim high-order zeros by decrementing the
-\textbf{used} count until a non-zero most significant digit is found. Also in this system, zero is considered to be a
-positive number which means that if the \textbf{used} count is decremented to zero, the sign must be set to
-\textbf{MP\_ZPOS}.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_clamp}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. An mp\_int $a$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. Any excess leading zero digits of $a$ are removed \\
-\hline \\
-1. while $a.used > 0$ and $a_{a.used - 1} = 0$ do \\
-\hspace{+3mm}1.1 $a.used \leftarrow a.used - 1$ \\
-2. if $a.used = 0$ then do \\
-\hspace{+3mm}2.1 $a.sign \leftarrow MP\_ZPOS$ \\
-\hline \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_clamp}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_clamp.}
-As can be expected this algorithm is very simple. The loop on step one is expected to iterate only once or twice at
-the most. For example, this will happen in cases where there is not a carry to fill the last position. Step two fixes the sign for
-when all of the digits are zero to ensure that the mp\_int is valid at all times.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_clamp.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-Note on line 28 how to test for the \textbf{used} count is made on the left of the \&\& operator. In the C programming
-language the terms to \&\& are evaluated left to right with a boolean short-circuit if any condition fails. This is
-important since if the \textbf{used} is zero the test on the right would fetch below the array. That is obviously
-undesirable. The parenthesis on line 31 is used to make sure the \textbf{used} count is decremented and not
-the pointer ``a''.
-
-\section*{Exercises}
-\begin{tabular}{cl}
-$\left [ 1 \right ]$ & Discuss the relevance of the \textbf{used} member of the mp\_int structure. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 1 \right ]$ & Discuss the consequences of not using padding when performing allocations. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 2 \right ]$ & Estimate an ideal value for \textbf{MP\_PREC} when performing 1024-bit RSA \\
- & encryption when $\beta = 2^{28}$. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 1 \right ]$ & Discuss the relevance of the algorithm mp\_clamp. What does it prevent? \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 1 \right ]$ & Give an example of when the algorithm mp\_init\_copy might be useful. \\
- & \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-
-%%%
-% CHAPTER FOUR
-%%%
-
-\chapter{Basic Operations}
-
-\section{Introduction}
-In the previous chapter a series of low level algorithms were established that dealt with initializing and maintaining
-mp\_int structures. This chapter will discuss another set of seemingly non-algebraic algorithms which will form the low
-level basis of the entire library. While these algorithm are relatively trivial it is important to understand how they
-work before proceeding since these algorithms will be used almost intrinsically in the following chapters.
-
-The algorithms in this chapter deal primarily with more ``programmer'' related tasks such as creating copies of
-mp\_int structures, assigning small values to mp\_int structures and comparisons of the values mp\_int structures
-represent.
-
-\section{Assigning Values to mp\_int Structures}
-\subsection{Copying an mp\_int}
-Assigning the value that a given mp\_int structure represents to another mp\_int structure shall be known as making
-a copy for the purposes of this text. The copy of the mp\_int will be a separate entity that represents the same
-value as the mp\_int it was copied from. The mp\_copy algorithm provides this functionality.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_copy}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. An mp\_int $a$ and $b$. \\
-\textbf{Output}. Store a copy of $a$ in $b$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $b.alloc < a.used$ then grow $b$ to $a.used$ digits. (\textit{mp\_grow}) \\
-2. for $n$ from 0 to $a.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $b_{n} \leftarrow a_{n}$ \\
-3. for $n$ from $a.used$ to $b.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.1 $b_{n} \leftarrow 0$ \\
-4. $b.used \leftarrow a.used$ \\
-5. $b.sign \leftarrow a.sign$ \\
-6. return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_copy}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_copy.}
-This algorithm copies the mp\_int $a$ such that upon succesful termination of the algorithm the mp\_int $b$ will
-represent the same integer as the mp\_int $a$. The mp\_int $b$ shall be a complete and distinct copy of the
-mp\_int $a$ meaing that the mp\_int $a$ can be modified and it shall not affect the value of the mp\_int $b$.
-
-If $b$ does not have enough room for the digits of $a$ it must first have its precision augmented via the mp\_grow
-algorithm. The digits of $a$ are copied over the digits of $b$ and any excess digits of $b$ are set to zero (step two
-and three). The \textbf{used} and \textbf{sign} members of $a$ are finally copied over the respective members of
-$b$.
-
-\textbf{Remark.} This algorithm also introduces a new idiosyncrasy that will be used throughout the rest of the
-text. The error return codes of other algorithms are not explicitly checked in the pseudo-code presented. For example, in
-step one of the mp\_copy algorithm the return of mp\_grow is not explicitly checked to ensure it succeeded. Text space is
-limited so it is assumed that if a algorithm fails it will clear all temporarily allocated mp\_ints and return
-the error code itself. However, the C code presented will demonstrate all of the error handling logic required to
-implement the pseudo-code.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_copy.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-Occasionally a dependent algorithm may copy an mp\_int effectively into itself such as when the input and output
-mp\_int structures passed to a function are one and the same. For this case it is optimal to return immediately without
-copying digits (line 25).
-
-The mp\_int $b$ must have enough digits to accomodate the used digits of the mp\_int $a$. If $b.alloc$ is less than
-$a.used$ the algorithm mp\_grow is used to augment the precision of $b$ (lines 30 to 33). In order to
-simplify the inner loop that copies the digits from $a$ to $b$, two aliases $tmpa$ and $tmpb$ point directly at the digits
-of the mp\_ints $a$ and $b$ respectively. These aliases (lines 43 and 46) allow the compiler to access the digits without first dereferencing the
-mp\_int pointers and then subsequently the pointer to the digits.
-
-After the aliases are established the digits from $a$ are copied into $b$ (lines 49 to 51) and then the excess
-digits of $b$ are set to zero (lines 54 to 56). Both ``for'' loops make use of the pointer aliases and in
-fact the alias for $b$ is carried through into the second ``for'' loop to clear the excess digits. This optimization
-allows the alias to stay in a machine register fairly easy between the two loops.
-
-\textbf{Remarks.} The use of pointer aliases is an implementation methodology first introduced in this function that will
-be used considerably in other functions. Technically, a pointer alias is simply a short hand alias used to lower the
-number of pointer dereferencing operations required to access data. For example, a for loop may resemble
-
-\begin{alltt}
-for (x = 0; x < 100; x++) \{
- a->num[4]->dp[x] = 0;
-\}
-\end{alltt}
-
-This could be re-written using aliases as
-
-\begin{alltt}
-mp_digit *tmpa;
-a = a->num[4]->dp;
-for (x = 0; x < 100; x++) \{
- *a++ = 0;
-\}
-\end{alltt}
-
-In this case an alias is used to access the
-array of digits within an mp\_int structure directly. It may seem that a pointer alias is strictly not required
-as a compiler may optimize out the redundant pointer operations. However, there are two dominant reasons to use aliases.
-
-The first reason is that most compilers will not effectively optimize pointer arithmetic. For example, some optimizations
-may work for the Microsoft Visual C++ compiler (MSVC) and not for the GNU C Compiler (GCC). Also some optimizations may
-work for GCC and not MSVC. As such it is ideal to find a common ground for as many compilers as possible. Pointer
-aliases optimize the code considerably before the compiler even reads the source code which means the end compiled code
-stands a better chance of being faster.
-
-The second reason is that pointer aliases often can make an algorithm simpler to read. Consider the first ``for''
-loop of the function mp\_copy() re-written to not use pointer aliases.
-
-\begin{alltt}
- /* copy all the digits */
- for (n = 0; n < a->used; n++) \{
- b->dp[n] = a->dp[n];
- \}
-\end{alltt}
-
-Whether this code is harder to read depends strongly on the individual. However, it is quantifiably slightly more
-complicated as there are four variables within the statement instead of just two.
-
-\subsubsection{Nested Statements}
-Another commonly used technique in the source routines is that certain sections of code are nested. This is used in
-particular with the pointer aliases to highlight code phases. For example, a Comba multiplier (discussed in chapter six)
-will typically have three different phases. First the temporaries are initialized, then the columns calculated and
-finally the carries are propagated. In this example the middle column production phase will typically be nested as it
-uses temporary variables and aliases the most.
-
-The nesting also simplies the source code as variables that are nested are only valid for their scope. As a result
-the various temporary variables required do not propagate into other sections of code.
-
-
-\subsection{Creating a Clone}
-Another common operation is to make a local temporary copy of an mp\_int argument. To initialize an mp\_int
-and then copy another existing mp\_int into the newly intialized mp\_int will be known as creating a clone. This is
-useful within functions that need to modify an argument but do not wish to actually modify the original copy. The
-mp\_init\_copy algorithm has been designed to help perform this task.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_init\_copy}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. An mp\_int $a$ and $b$\\
-\textbf{Output}. $a$ is initialized to be a copy of $b$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. Init $a$. (\textit{mp\_init}) \\
-2. Copy $b$ to $a$. (\textit{mp\_copy}) \\
-3. Return the status of the copy operation. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_init\_copy}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_init\_copy.}
-This algorithm will initialize an mp\_int variable and copy another previously initialized mp\_int variable into it. As
-such this algorithm will perform two operations in one step.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_init\_copy.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-This will initialize \textbf{a} and make it a verbatim copy of the contents of \textbf{b}. Note that
-\textbf{a} will have its own memory allocated which means that \textbf{b} may be cleared after the call
-and \textbf{a} will be left intact.
-
-\section{Zeroing an Integer}
-Reseting an mp\_int to the default state is a common step in many algorithms. The mp\_zero algorithm will be the algorithm used to
-perform this task.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_zero}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. An mp\_int $a$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. Zero the contents of $a$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $a.used \leftarrow 0$ \\
-2. $a.sign \leftarrow$ MP\_ZPOS \\
-3. for $n$ from 0 to $a.alloc - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.1 $a_n \leftarrow 0$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_zero}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_zero.}
-This algorithm simply resets a mp\_int to the default state.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_zero.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-After the function is completed, all of the digits are zeroed, the \textbf{used} count is zeroed and the
-\textbf{sign} variable is set to \textbf{MP\_ZPOS}.
-
-\section{Sign Manipulation}
-\subsection{Absolute Value}
-With the mp\_int representation of an integer, calculating the absolute value is trivial. The mp\_abs algorithm will compute
-the absolute value of an mp\_int.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_abs}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. An mp\_int $a$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. Computes $b = \vert a \vert$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. Copy $a$ to $b$. (\textit{mp\_copy}) \\
-2. If the copy failed return(\textit{MP\_MEM}). \\
-3. $b.sign \leftarrow MP\_ZPOS$ \\
-4. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_abs}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_abs.}
-This algorithm computes the absolute of an mp\_int input. First it copies $a$ over $b$. This is an example of an
-algorithm where the check in mp\_copy that determines if the source and destination are equal proves useful. This allows,
-for instance, the developer to pass the same mp\_int as the source and destination to this function without addition
-logic to handle it.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_abs.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-This fairly trivial algorithm first eliminates non--required duplications (line 28) and then sets the
-\textbf{sign} flag to \textbf{MP\_ZPOS}.
-
-\subsection{Integer Negation}
-With the mp\_int representation of an integer, calculating the negation is also trivial. The mp\_neg algorithm will compute
-the negative of an mp\_int input.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_neg}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. An mp\_int $a$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. Computes $b = -a$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. Copy $a$ to $b$. (\textit{mp\_copy}) \\
-2. If the copy failed return(\textit{MP\_MEM}). \\
-3. If $a.used = 0$ then return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-4. If $a.sign = MP\_ZPOS$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 $b.sign = MP\_NEG$. \\
-5. else do \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $b.sign = MP\_ZPOS$. \\
-6. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_neg}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_neg.}
-This algorithm computes the negation of an input. First it copies $a$ over $b$. If $a$ has no used digits then
-the algorithm returns immediately. Otherwise it flips the sign flag and stores the result in $b$. Note that if
-$a$ had no digits then it must be positive by definition. Had step three been omitted then the algorithm would return
-zero as negative.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_neg.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-Like mp\_abs() this function avoids non--required duplications (line 22) and then sets the sign. We
-have to make sure that only non--zero values get a \textbf{sign} of \textbf{MP\_NEG}. If the mp\_int is zero
-than the \textbf{sign} is hard--coded to \textbf{MP\_ZPOS}.
-
-\section{Small Constants}
-\subsection{Setting Small Constants}
-Often a mp\_int must be set to a relatively small value such as $1$ or $2$. For these cases the mp\_set algorithm is useful.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_set}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. An mp\_int $a$ and a digit $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. Make $a$ equivalent to $b$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. Zero $a$ (\textit{mp\_zero}). \\
-2. $a_0 \leftarrow b \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-3. $a.used \leftarrow \left \lbrace \begin{array}{ll}
- 1 & \mbox{if }a_0 > 0 \\
- 0 & \mbox{if }a_0 = 0
- \end{array} \right .$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_set}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_set.}
-This algorithm sets a mp\_int to a small single digit value. Step number 1 ensures that the integer is reset to the default state. The
-single digit is set (\textit{modulo $\beta$}) and the \textbf{used} count is adjusted accordingly.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_set.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-First we zero (line 21) the mp\_int to make sure that the other members are initialized for a
-small positive constant. mp\_zero() ensures that the \textbf{sign} is positive and the \textbf{used} count
-is zero. Next we set the digit and reduce it modulo $\beta$ (line 22). After this step we have to
-check if the resulting digit is zero or not. If it is not then we set the \textbf{used} count to one, otherwise
-to zero.
-
-We can quickly reduce modulo $\beta$ since it is of the form $2^k$ and a quick binary AND operation with
-$2^k - 1$ will perform the same operation.
-
-One important limitation of this function is that it will only set one digit. The size of a digit is not fixed, meaning source that uses
-this function should take that into account. Only trivially small constants can be set using this function.
-
-\subsection{Setting Large Constants}
-To overcome the limitations of the mp\_set algorithm the mp\_set\_int algorithm is ideal. It accepts a ``long''
-data type as input and will always treat it as a 32-bit integer.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_set\_int}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. An mp\_int $a$ and a ``long'' integer $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. Make $a$ equivalent to $b$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. Zero $a$ (\textit{mp\_zero}) \\
-2. for $n$ from 0 to 7 do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $a \leftarrow a \cdot 16$ (\textit{mp\_mul2d}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 $u \leftarrow \lfloor b / 2^{4(7 - n)} \rfloor \mbox{ (mod }16\mbox{)}$\\
-\hspace{3mm}2.3 $a_0 \leftarrow a_0 + u$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.4 $a.used \leftarrow a.used + 1$ \\
-3. Clamp excess used digits (\textit{mp\_clamp}) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_set\_int}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_set\_int.}
-The algorithm performs eight iterations of a simple loop where in each iteration four bits from the source are added to the
-mp\_int. Step 2.1 will multiply the current result by sixteen making room for four more bits in the less significant positions. In step 2.2 the
-next four bits from the source are extracted and are added to the mp\_int. The \textbf{used} digit count is
-incremented to reflect the addition. The \textbf{used} digit counter is incremented since if any of the leading digits were zero the mp\_int would have
-zero digits used and the newly added four bits would be ignored.
-
-Excess zero digits are trimmed in steps 2.1 and 3 by using higher level algorithms mp\_mul2d and mp\_clamp.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_set\_int.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-This function sets four bits of the number at a time to handle all practical \textbf{DIGIT\_BIT} sizes. The weird
-addition on line 39 ensures that the newly added in bits are added to the number of digits. While it may not
-seem obvious as to why the digit counter does not grow exceedingly large it is because of the shift on line 28
-as well as the call to mp\_clamp() on line 41. Both functions will clamp excess leading digits which keeps
-the number of used digits low.
-
-\section{Comparisons}
-\subsection{Unsigned Comparisions}
-Comparing a multiple precision integer is performed with the exact same algorithm used to compare two decimal numbers. For example,
-to compare $1,234$ to $1,264$ the digits are extracted by their positions. That is we compare $1 \cdot 10^3 + 2 \cdot 10^2 + 3 \cdot 10^1 + 4 \cdot 10^0$
-to $1 \cdot 10^3 + 2 \cdot 10^2 + 6 \cdot 10^1 + 4 \cdot 10^0$ by comparing single digits at a time starting with the highest magnitude
-positions. If any leading digit of one integer is greater than a digit in the same position of another integer then obviously it must be greater.
-
-The first comparision routine that will be developed is the unsigned magnitude compare which will perform a comparison based on the digits of two
-mp\_int variables alone. It will ignore the sign of the two inputs. Such a function is useful when an absolute comparison is required or if the
-signs are known to agree in advance.
-
-To facilitate working with the results of the comparison functions three constants are required.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|r|l|}
-\hline \textbf{Constant} & \textbf{Meaning} \\
-\hline \textbf{MP\_GT} & Greater Than \\
-\hline \textbf{MP\_EQ} & Equal To \\
-\hline \textbf{MP\_LT} & Less Than \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Comparison Return Codes}
-\end{figure}
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_cmp\_mag}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Two mp\_ints $a$ and $b$. \\
-\textbf{Output}. Unsigned comparison results ($a$ to the left of $b$). \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $a.used > b.used$ then return(\textit{MP\_GT}) \\
-2. If $a.used < b.used$ then return(\textit{MP\_LT}) \\
-3. for n from $a.used - 1$ to 0 do \\
-\hspace{+3mm}3.1 if $a_n > b_n$ then return(\textit{MP\_GT}) \\
-\hspace{+3mm}3.2 if $a_n < b_n$ then return(\textit{MP\_LT}) \\
-4. Return(\textit{MP\_EQ}) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_cmp\_mag}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_cmp\_mag.}
-By saying ``$a$ to the left of $b$'' it is meant that the comparison is with respect to $a$, that is if $a$ is greater than $b$ it will return
-\textbf{MP\_GT} and similar with respect to when $a = b$ and $a < b$. The first two steps compare the number of digits used in both $a$ and $b$.
-Obviously if the digit counts differ there would be an imaginary zero digit in the smaller number where the leading digit of the larger number is.
-If both have the same number of digits than the actual digits themselves must be compared starting at the leading digit.
-
-By step three both inputs must have the same number of digits so its safe to start from either $a.used - 1$ or $b.used - 1$ and count down to
-the zero'th digit. If after all of the digits have been compared, no difference is found, the algorithm returns \textbf{MP\_EQ}.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_cmp\_mag.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The two if statements (lines 25 and 29) compare the number of digits in the two inputs. These two are
-performed before all of the digits are compared since it is a very cheap test to perform and can potentially save
-considerable time. The implementation given is also not valid without those two statements. $b.alloc$ may be
-smaller than $a.used$, meaning that undefined values will be read from $b$ past the end of the array of digits.
-
-
-
-\subsection{Signed Comparisons}
-Comparing with sign considerations is also fairly critical in several routines (\textit{division for example}). Based on an unsigned magnitude
-comparison a trivial signed comparison algorithm can be written.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_cmp}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Two mp\_ints $a$ and $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. Signed Comparison Results ($a$ to the left of $b$) \\
-\hline \\
-1. if $a.sign = MP\_NEG$ and $b.sign = MP\_ZPOS$ then return(\textit{MP\_LT}) \\
-2. if $a.sign = MP\_ZPOS$ and $b.sign = MP\_NEG$ then return(\textit{MP\_GT}) \\
-3. if $a.sign = MP\_NEG$ then \\
-\hspace{+3mm}3.1 Return the unsigned comparison of $b$ and $a$ (\textit{mp\_cmp\_mag}) \\
-4 Otherwise \\
-\hspace{+3mm}4.1 Return the unsigned comparison of $a$ and $b$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_cmp}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_cmp.}
-The first two steps compare the signs of the two inputs. If the signs do not agree then it can return right away with the appropriate
-comparison code. When the signs are equal the digits of the inputs must be compared to determine the correct result. In step
-three the unsigned comparision flips the order of the arguments since they are both negative. For instance, if $-a > -b$ then
-$\vert a \vert < \vert b \vert$. Step number four will compare the two when they are both positive.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_cmp.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The two if statements (lines 23 and 24) perform the initial sign comparison. If the signs are not the equal then which ever
-has the positive sign is larger. The inputs are compared (line 32) based on magnitudes. If the signs were both
-negative then the unsigned comparison is performed in the opposite direction (line 34). Otherwise, the signs are assumed to
-be both positive and a forward direction unsigned comparison is performed.
-
-\section*{Exercises}
-\begin{tabular}{cl}
-$\left [ 2 \right ]$ & Modify algorithm mp\_set\_int to accept as input a variable length array of bits. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 3 \right ]$ & Give the probability that algorithm mp\_cmp\_mag will have to compare $k$ digits \\
- & of two random digits (of equal magnitude) before a difference is found. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 1 \right ]$ & Suggest a simple method to speed up the implementation of mp\_cmp\_mag based \\
- & on the observations made in the previous problem. \\
- &
-\end{tabular}
-
-\chapter{Basic Arithmetic}
-\section{Introduction}
-At this point algorithms for initialization, clearing, zeroing, copying, comparing and setting small constants have been
-established. The next logical set of algorithms to develop are addition, subtraction and digit shifting algorithms. These
-algorithms make use of the lower level algorithms and are the cruicial building block for the multiplication algorithms. It is very important
-that these algorithms are highly optimized. On their own they are simple $O(n)$ algorithms but they can be called from higher level algorithms
-which easily places them at $O(n^2)$ or even $O(n^3)$ work levels.
-
-All of the algorithms within this chapter make use of the logical bit shift operations denoted by $<<$ and $>>$ for left and right
-logical shifts respectively. A logical shift is analogous to sliding the decimal point of radix-10 representations. For example, the real
-number $0.9345$ is equivalent to $93.45\%$ which is found by sliding the the decimal two places to the right (\textit{multiplying by $\beta^2 = 10^2$}).
-Algebraically a binary logical shift is equivalent to a division or multiplication by a power of two.
-For example, $a << k = a \cdot 2^k$ while $a >> k = \lfloor a/2^k \rfloor$.
-
-One significant difference between a logical shift and the way decimals are shifted is that digits below the zero'th position are removed
-from the number. For example, consider $1101_2 >> 1$ using decimal notation this would produce $110.1_2$. However, with a logical shift the
-result is $110_2$.
-
-\section{Addition and Subtraction}
-In common twos complement fixed precision arithmetic negative numbers are easily represented by subtraction from the modulus. For example, with 32-bit integers
-$a - b\mbox{ (mod }2^{32}\mbox{)}$ is the same as $a + (2^{32} - b) \mbox{ (mod }2^{32}\mbox{)}$ since $2^{32} \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }2^{32}\mbox{)}$.
-As a result subtraction can be performed with a trivial series of logical operations and an addition.
-
-However, in multiple precision arithmetic negative numbers are not represented in the same way. Instead a sign flag is used to keep track of the
-sign of the integer. As a result signed addition and subtraction are actually implemented as conditional usage of lower level addition or
-subtraction algorithms with the sign fixed up appropriately.
-
-The lower level algorithms will add or subtract integers without regard to the sign flag. That is they will add or subtract the magnitude of
-the integers respectively.
-
-\subsection{Low Level Addition}
-An unsigned addition of multiple precision integers is performed with the same long-hand algorithm used to add decimal numbers. That is to add the
-trailing digits first and propagate the resulting carry upwards. Since this is a lower level algorithm the name will have a ``s\_'' prefix.
-Historically that convention stems from the MPI library where ``s\_'' stood for static functions that were hidden from the developer entirely.
-
-\newpage
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{small}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{s\_mp\_add}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Two mp\_ints $a$ and $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. The unsigned addition $c = \vert a \vert + \vert b \vert$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. if $a.used > b.used$ then \\
-\hspace{+3mm}1.1 $min \leftarrow b.used$ \\
-\hspace{+3mm}1.2 $max \leftarrow a.used$ \\
-\hspace{+3mm}1.3 $x \leftarrow a$ \\
-2. else \\
-\hspace{+3mm}2.1 $min \leftarrow a.used$ \\
-\hspace{+3mm}2.2 $max \leftarrow b.used$ \\
-\hspace{+3mm}2.3 $x \leftarrow b$ \\
-3. If $c.alloc < max + 1$ then grow $c$ to hold at least $max + 1$ digits (\textit{mp\_grow}) \\
-4. $oldused \leftarrow c.used$ \\
-5. $c.used \leftarrow max + 1$ \\
-6. $u \leftarrow 0$ \\
-7. for $n$ from $0$ to $min - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{+3mm}7.1 $c_n \leftarrow a_n + b_n + u$ \\
-\hspace{+3mm}7.2 $u \leftarrow c_n >> lg(\beta)$ \\
-\hspace{+3mm}7.3 $c_n \leftarrow c_n \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-8. if $min \ne max$ then do \\
-\hspace{+3mm}8.1 for $n$ from $min$ to $max - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{+6mm}8.1.1 $c_n \leftarrow x_n + u$ \\
-\hspace{+6mm}8.1.2 $u \leftarrow c_n >> lg(\beta)$ \\
-\hspace{+6mm}8.1.3 $c_n \leftarrow c_n \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-9. $c_{max} \leftarrow u$ \\
-10. if $olduse > max$ then \\
-\hspace{+3mm}10.1 for $n$ from $max + 1$ to $oldused - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{+6mm}10.1.1 $c_n \leftarrow 0$ \\
-11. Clamp excess digits in $c$. (\textit{mp\_clamp}) \\
-12. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{small}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm s\_mp\_add}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm s\_mp\_add.}
-This algorithm is loosely based on algorithm 14.7 of HAC \cite[pp. 594]{HAC} but has been extended to allow the inputs to have different magnitudes.
-Coincidentally the description of algorithm A in Knuth \cite[pp. 266]{TAOCPV2} shares the same deficiency as the algorithm from \cite{HAC}. Even the
-MIX pseudo machine code presented by Knuth \cite[pp. 266-267]{TAOCPV2} is incapable of handling inputs which are of different magnitudes.
-
-The first thing that has to be accomplished is to sort out which of the two inputs is the largest. The addition logic
-will simply add all of the smallest input to the largest input and store that first part of the result in the
-destination. Then it will apply a simpler addition loop to excess digits of the larger input.
-
-The first two steps will handle sorting the inputs such that $min$ and $max$ hold the digit counts of the two
-inputs. The variable $x$ will be an mp\_int alias for the largest input or the second input $b$ if they have the
-same number of digits. After the inputs are sorted the destination $c$ is grown as required to accomodate the sum
-of the two inputs. The original \textbf{used} count of $c$ is copied and set to the new used count.
-
-At this point the first addition loop will go through as many digit positions that both inputs have. The carry
-variable $\mu$ is set to zero outside the loop. Inside the loop an ``addition'' step requires three statements to produce
-one digit of the summand. First
-two digits from $a$ and $b$ are added together along with the carry $\mu$. The carry of this step is extracted and stored
-in $\mu$ and finally the digit of the result $c_n$ is truncated within the range $0 \le c_n < \beta$.
-
-Now all of the digit positions that both inputs have in common have been exhausted. If $min \ne max$ then $x$ is an alias
-for one of the inputs that has more digits. A simplified addition loop is then used to essentially copy the remaining digits
-and the carry to the destination.
-
-The final carry is stored in $c_{max}$ and digits above $max$ upto $oldused$ are zeroed which completes the addition.
-
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_s\_mp\_add.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-We first sort (lines 28 to 36) the inputs based on magnitude and determine the $min$ and $max$ variables.
-Note that $x$ is a pointer to an mp\_int assigned to the largest input, in effect it is a local alias. Next we
-grow the destination (38 to 42) ensure that it can accomodate the result of the addition.
-
-Similar to the implementation of mp\_copy this function uses the braced code and local aliases coding style. The three aliases that are on
-lines 56, 59 and 62 represent the two inputs and destination variables respectively. These aliases are used to ensure the
-compiler does not have to dereference $a$, $b$ or $c$ (respectively) to access the digits of the respective mp\_int.
-
-The initial carry $u$ will be cleared (line 65), note that $u$ is of type mp\_digit which ensures type
-compatibility within the implementation. The initial addition (line 66 to 75) adds digits from
-both inputs until the smallest input runs out of digits. Similarly the conditional addition loop
-(line 81 to 90) adds the remaining digits from the larger of the two inputs. The addition is finished
-with the final carry being stored in $tmpc$ (line 94). Note the ``++'' operator within the same expression.
-After line 94, $tmpc$ will point to the $c.used$'th digit of the mp\_int $c$. This is useful
-for the next loop (line 97 to 99) which set any old upper digits to zero.
-
-\subsection{Low Level Subtraction}
-The low level unsigned subtraction algorithm is very similar to the low level unsigned addition algorithm. The principle difference is that the
-unsigned subtraction algorithm requires the result to be positive. That is when computing $a - b$ the condition $\vert a \vert \ge \vert b\vert$ must
-be met for this algorithm to function properly. Keep in mind this low level algorithm is not meant to be used in higher level algorithms directly.
-This algorithm as will be shown can be used to create functional signed addition and subtraction algorithms.
-
-
-For this algorithm a new variable is required to make the description simpler. Recall from section 1.3.1 that a mp\_digit must be able to represent
-the range $0 \le x < 2\beta$ for the algorithms to work correctly. However, it is allowable that a mp\_digit represent a larger range of values. For
-this algorithm we will assume that the variable $\gamma$ represents the number of bits available in a
-mp\_digit (\textit{this implies $2^{\gamma} > \beta$}).
-
-For example, the default for LibTomMath is to use a ``unsigned long'' for the mp\_digit ``type'' while $\beta = 2^{28}$. In ISO C an ``unsigned long''
-data type must be able to represent $0 \le x < 2^{32}$ meaning that in this case $\gamma \ge 32$.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{small}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{s\_mp\_sub}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Two mp\_ints $a$ and $b$ ($\vert a \vert \ge \vert b \vert$) \\
-\textbf{Output}. The unsigned subtraction $c = \vert a \vert - \vert b \vert$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. $min \leftarrow b.used$ \\
-2. $max \leftarrow a.used$ \\
-3. If $c.alloc < max$ then grow $c$ to hold at least $max$ digits. (\textit{mp\_grow}) \\
-4. $oldused \leftarrow c.used$ \\
-5. $c.used \leftarrow max$ \\
-6. $u \leftarrow 0$ \\
-7. for $n$ from $0$ to $min - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.1 $c_n \leftarrow a_n - b_n - u$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.2 $u \leftarrow c_n >> (\gamma - 1)$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.3 $c_n \leftarrow c_n \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-8. if $min < max$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.1 for $n$ from $min$ to $max - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}8.1.1 $c_n \leftarrow a_n - u$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}8.1.2 $u \leftarrow c_n >> (\gamma - 1)$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}8.1.3 $c_n \leftarrow c_n \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-9. if $oldused > max$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}9.1 for $n$ from $max$ to $oldused - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}9.1.1 $c_n \leftarrow 0$ \\
-10. Clamp excess digits of $c$. (\textit{mp\_clamp}). \\
-11. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{small}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm s\_mp\_sub}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm s\_mp\_sub.}
-This algorithm performs the unsigned subtraction of two mp\_int variables under the restriction that the result must be positive. That is when
-passing variables $a$ and $b$ the condition that $\vert a \vert \ge \vert b \vert$ must be met for the algorithm to function correctly. This
-algorithm is loosely based on algorithm 14.9 \cite[pp. 595]{HAC} and is similar to algorithm S in \cite[pp. 267]{TAOCPV2} as well. As was the case
-of the algorithm s\_mp\_add both other references lack discussion concerning various practical details such as when the inputs differ in magnitude.
-
-The initial sorting of the inputs is trivial in this algorithm since $a$ is guaranteed to have at least the same magnitude of $b$. Steps 1 and 2
-set the $min$ and $max$ variables. Unlike the addition routine there is guaranteed to be no carry which means that the final result can be at
-most $max$ digits in length as opposed to $max + 1$. Similar to the addition algorithm the \textbf{used} count of $c$ is copied locally and
-set to the maximal count for the operation.
-
-The subtraction loop that begins on step seven is essentially the same as the addition loop of algorithm s\_mp\_add except single precision
-subtraction is used instead. Note the use of the $\gamma$ variable to extract the carry (\textit{also known as the borrow}) within the subtraction
-loops. Under the assumption that two's complement single precision arithmetic is used this will successfully extract the desired carry.
-
-For example, consider subtracting $0101_2$ from $0100_2$ where $\gamma = 4$ and $\beta = 2$. The least significant bit will force a carry upwards to
-the third bit which will be set to zero after the borrow. After the very first bit has been subtracted $4 - 1 \equiv 0011_2$ will remain, When the
-third bit of $0101_2$ is subtracted from the result it will cause another carry. In this case though the carry will be forced to propagate all the
-way to the most significant bit.
-
-Recall that $\beta < 2^{\gamma}$. This means that if a carry does occur just before the $lg(\beta)$'th bit it will propagate all the way to the most
-significant bit. Thus, the high order bits of the mp\_digit that are not part of the actual digit will either be all zero, or all one. All that
-is needed is a single zero or one bit for the carry. Therefore a single logical shift right by $\gamma - 1$ positions is sufficient to extract the
-carry. This method of carry extraction may seem awkward but the reason for it becomes apparent when the implementation is discussed.
-
-If $b$ has a smaller magnitude than $a$ then step 9 will force the carry and copy operation to propagate through the larger input $a$ into $c$. Step
-10 will ensure that any leading digits of $c$ above the $max$'th position are zeroed.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_s\_mp\_sub.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-Like low level addition we ``sort'' the inputs. Except in this case the sorting is hardcoded
-(lines 25 and 26). In reality the $min$ and $max$ variables are only aliases and are only
-used to make the source code easier to read. Again the pointer alias optimization is used
-within this algorithm. The aliases $tmpa$, $tmpb$ and $tmpc$ are initialized
-(lines 42, 43 and 44) for $a$, $b$ and $c$ respectively.
-
-The first subtraction loop (lines 47 through 61) subtract digits from both inputs until the smaller of
-the two inputs has been exhausted. As remarked earlier there is an implementation reason for using the ``awkward''
-method of extracting the carry (line 57). The traditional method for extracting the carry would be to shift
-by $lg(\beta)$ positions and logically AND the least significant bit. The AND operation is required because all of
-the bits above the $\lg(\beta)$'th bit will be set to one after a carry occurs from subtraction. This carry
-extraction requires two relatively cheap operations to extract the carry. The other method is to simply shift the
-most significant bit to the least significant bit thus extracting the carry with a single cheap operation. This
-optimization only works on twos compliment machines which is a safe assumption to make.
-
-If $a$ has a larger magnitude than $b$ an additional loop (lines 64 through 73) is required to propagate
-the carry through $a$ and copy the result to $c$.
-
-\subsection{High Level Addition}
-Now that both lower level addition and subtraction algorithms have been established an effective high level signed addition algorithm can be
-established. This high level addition algorithm will be what other algorithms and developers will use to perform addition of mp\_int data
-types.
-
-Recall from section 5.2 that an mp\_int represents an integer with an unsigned mantissa (\textit{the array of digits}) and a \textbf{sign}
-flag. A high level addition is actually performed as a series of eight separate cases which can be optimized down to three unique cases.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_add}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Two mp\_ints $a$ and $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. The signed addition $c = a + b$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. if $a.sign = b.sign$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 $c.sign \leftarrow a.sign$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.2 $c \leftarrow \vert a \vert + \vert b \vert$ (\textit{s\_mp\_add})\\
-2. else do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 if $\vert a \vert < \vert b \vert$ then do (\textit{mp\_cmp\_mag}) \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.1.1 $c.sign \leftarrow b.sign$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.1.2 $c \leftarrow \vert b \vert - \vert a \vert$ (\textit{s\_mp\_sub}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 else do \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.2.1 $c.sign \leftarrow a.sign$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.2.2 $c \leftarrow \vert a \vert - \vert b \vert$ \\
-3. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_add}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_add.}
-This algorithm performs the signed addition of two mp\_int variables. There is no reference algorithm to draw upon from
-either \cite{TAOCPV2} or \cite{HAC} since they both only provide unsigned operations. The algorithm is fairly
-straightforward but restricted since subtraction can only produce positive results.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|}
-\hline \textbf{Sign of $a$} & \textbf{Sign of $b$} & \textbf{$\vert a \vert > \vert b \vert $} & \textbf{Unsigned Operation} & \textbf{Result Sign Flag} \\
-\hline $+$ & $+$ & Yes & $c = a + b$ & $a.sign$ \\
-\hline $+$ & $+$ & No & $c = a + b$ & $a.sign$ \\
-\hline $-$ & $-$ & Yes & $c = a + b$ & $a.sign$ \\
-\hline $-$ & $-$ & No & $c = a + b$ & $a.sign$ \\
-\hline &&&&\\
-
-\hline $+$ & $-$ & No & $c = b - a$ & $b.sign$ \\
-\hline $-$ & $+$ & No & $c = b - a$ & $b.sign$ \\
-
-\hline &&&&\\
-
-\hline $+$ & $-$ & Yes & $c = a - b$ & $a.sign$ \\
-\hline $-$ & $+$ & Yes & $c = a - b$ & $a.sign$ \\
-
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Addition Guide Chart}
-\label{fig:AddChart}
-\end{figure}
-
-Figure~\ref{fig:AddChart} lists all of the eight possible input combinations and is sorted to show that only three
-specific cases need to be handled. The return code of the unsigned operations at step 1.2, 2.1.2 and 2.2.2 are
-forwarded to step three to check for errors. This simplifies the description of the algorithm considerably and best
-follows how the implementation actually was achieved.
-
-Also note how the \textbf{sign} is set before the unsigned addition or subtraction is performed. Recall from the descriptions of algorithms
-s\_mp\_add and s\_mp\_sub that the mp\_clamp function is used at the end to trim excess digits. The mp\_clamp algorithm will set the \textbf{sign}
-to \textbf{MP\_ZPOS} when the \textbf{used} digit count reaches zero.
-
-For example, consider performing $-a + a$ with algorithm mp\_add. By the description of the algorithm the sign is set to \textbf{MP\_NEG} which would
-produce a result of $-0$. However, since the sign is set first then the unsigned addition is performed the subsequent usage of algorithm mp\_clamp
-within algorithm s\_mp\_add will force $-0$ to become $0$.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_add.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The source code follows the algorithm fairly closely. The most notable new source code addition is the usage of the $res$ integer variable which
-is used to pass result of the unsigned operations forward. Unlike in the algorithm, the variable $res$ is merely returned as is without
-explicitly checking it and returning the constant \textbf{MP\_OKAY}. The observation is this algorithm will succeed or fail only if the lower
-level functions do so. Returning their return code is sufficient.
-
-\subsection{High Level Subtraction}
-The high level signed subtraction algorithm is essentially the same as the high level signed addition algorithm.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_sub}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Two mp\_ints $a$ and $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. The signed subtraction $c = a - b$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. if $a.sign \ne b.sign$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 $c.sign \leftarrow a.sign$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.2 $c \leftarrow \vert a \vert + \vert b \vert$ (\textit{s\_mp\_add}) \\
-2. else do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 if $\vert a \vert \ge \vert b \vert$ then do (\textit{mp\_cmp\_mag}) \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.1.1 $c.sign \leftarrow a.sign$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.1.2 $c \leftarrow \vert a \vert - \vert b \vert$ (\textit{s\_mp\_sub}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 else do \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.2.1 $c.sign \leftarrow \left \lbrace \begin{array}{ll}
- MP\_ZPOS & \mbox{if }a.sign = MP\_NEG \\
- MP\_NEG & \mbox{otherwise} \\
- \end{array} \right .$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.2.2 $c \leftarrow \vert b \vert - \vert a \vert$ \\
-3. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_sub}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_sub.}
-This algorithm performs the signed subtraction of two inputs. Similar to algorithm mp\_add there is no reference in either \cite{TAOCPV2} or
-\cite{HAC}. Also this algorithm is restricted by algorithm s\_mp\_sub. Chart \ref{fig:SubChart} lists the eight possible inputs and
-the operations required.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|}
-\hline \textbf{Sign of $a$} & \textbf{Sign of $b$} & \textbf{$\vert a \vert \ge \vert b \vert $} & \textbf{Unsigned Operation} & \textbf{Result Sign Flag} \\
-\hline $+$ & $-$ & Yes & $c = a + b$ & $a.sign$ \\
-\hline $+$ & $-$ & No & $c = a + b$ & $a.sign$ \\
-\hline $-$ & $+$ & Yes & $c = a + b$ & $a.sign$ \\
-\hline $-$ & $+$ & No & $c = a + b$ & $a.sign$ \\
-\hline &&&& \\
-\hline $+$ & $+$ & Yes & $c = a - b$ & $a.sign$ \\
-\hline $-$ & $-$ & Yes & $c = a - b$ & $a.sign$ \\
-\hline &&&& \\
-\hline $+$ & $+$ & No & $c = b - a$ & $\mbox{opposite of }a.sign$ \\
-\hline $-$ & $-$ & No & $c = b - a$ & $\mbox{opposite of }a.sign$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Subtraction Guide Chart}
-\label{fig:SubChart}
-\end{figure}
-
-Similar to the case of algorithm mp\_add the \textbf{sign} is set first before the unsigned addition or subtraction. That is to prevent the
-algorithm from producing $-a - -a = -0$ as a result.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_sub.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-Much like the implementation of algorithm mp\_add the variable $res$ is used to catch the return code of the unsigned addition or subtraction operations
-and forward it to the end of the function. On line 39 the ``not equal to'' \textbf{MP\_LT} expression is used to emulate a
-``greater than or equal to'' comparison.
-
-\section{Bit and Digit Shifting}
-It is quite common to think of a multiple precision integer as a polynomial in $x$, that is $y = f(\beta)$ where $f(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{n-1} a_i x^i$.
-This notation arises within discussion of Montgomery and Diminished Radix Reduction as well as Karatsuba multiplication and squaring.
-
-In order to facilitate operations on polynomials in $x$ as above a series of simple ``digit'' algorithms have to be established. That is to shift
-the digits left or right as well to shift individual bits of the digits left and right. It is important to note that not all ``shift'' operations
-are on radix-$\beta$ digits.
-
-\subsection{Multiplication by Two}
-
-In a binary system where the radix is a power of two multiplication by two not only arises often in other algorithms it is a fairly efficient
-operation to perform. A single precision logical shift left is sufficient to multiply a single digit by two.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_mul\_2}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. One mp\_int $a$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $b = 2a$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $b.alloc < a.used + 1$ then grow $b$ to hold $a.used + 1$ digits. (\textit{mp\_grow}) \\
-2. $oldused \leftarrow b.used$ \\
-3. $b.used \leftarrow a.used$ \\
-4. $r \leftarrow 0$ \\
-5. for $n$ from 0 to $a.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $rr \leftarrow a_n >> (lg(\beta) - 1)$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 $b_n \leftarrow (a_n << 1) + r \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.3 $r \leftarrow rr$ \\
-6. If $r \ne 0$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 $b_{n + 1} \leftarrow r$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.2 $b.used \leftarrow b.used + 1$ \\
-7. If $b.used < oldused - 1$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.1 for $n$ from $b.used$ to $oldused - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}7.1.1 $b_n \leftarrow 0$ \\
-8. $b.sign \leftarrow a.sign$ \\
-9. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}).\\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_mul\_2}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_mul\_2.}
-This algorithm will quickly multiply a mp\_int by two provided $\beta$ is a power of two. Neither \cite{TAOCPV2} nor \cite{HAC} describe such
-an algorithm despite the fact it arises often in other algorithms. The algorithm is setup much like the lower level algorithm s\_mp\_add since
-it is for all intents and purposes equivalent to the operation $b = \vert a \vert + \vert a \vert$.
-
-Step 1 and 2 grow the input as required to accomodate the maximum number of \textbf{used} digits in the result. The initial \textbf{used} count
-is set to $a.used$ at step 4. Only if there is a final carry will the \textbf{used} count require adjustment.
-
-Step 6 is an optimization implementation of the addition loop for this specific case. That is since the two values being added together
-are the same there is no need to perform two reads from the digits of $a$. Step 6.1 performs a single precision shift on the current digit $a_n$ to
-obtain what will be the carry for the next iteration. Step 6.2 calculates the $n$'th digit of the result as single precision shift of $a_n$ plus
-the previous carry. Recall from section 4.1 that $a_n << 1$ is equivalent to $a_n \cdot 2$. An iteration of the addition loop is finished with
-forwarding the carry to the next iteration.
-
-Step 7 takes care of any final carry by setting the $a.used$'th digit of the result to the carry and augmenting the \textbf{used} count of $b$.
-Step 8 clears any leading digits of $b$ in case it originally had a larger magnitude than $a$.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_mul\_2.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-This implementation is essentially an optimized implementation of s\_mp\_add for the case of doubling an input. The only noteworthy difference
-is the use of the logical shift operator on line 52 to perform a single precision doubling.
-
-\subsection{Division by Two}
-A division by two can just as easily be accomplished with a logical shift right as multiplication by two can be with a logical shift left.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_div\_2}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. One mp\_int $a$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $b = a/2$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $b.alloc < a.used$ then grow $b$ to hold $a.used$ digits. (\textit{mp\_grow}) \\
-2. If the reallocation failed return(\textit{MP\_MEM}). \\
-3. $oldused \leftarrow b.used$ \\
-4. $b.used \leftarrow a.used$ \\
-5. $r \leftarrow 0$ \\
-6. for $n$ from $b.used - 1$ to $0$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 $rr \leftarrow a_n \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$\\
-\hspace{3mm}6.2 $b_n \leftarrow (a_n >> 1) + (r << (lg(\beta) - 1)) \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.3 $r \leftarrow rr$ \\
-7. If $b.used < oldused - 1$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.1 for $n$ from $b.used$ to $oldused - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}7.1.1 $b_n \leftarrow 0$ \\
-8. $b.sign \leftarrow a.sign$ \\
-9. Clamp excess digits of $b$. (\textit{mp\_clamp}) \\
-10. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}).\\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_div\_2}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_div\_2.}
-This algorithm will divide an mp\_int by two using logical shifts to the right. Like mp\_mul\_2 it uses a modified low level addition
-core as the basis of the algorithm. Unlike mp\_mul\_2 the shift operations work from the leading digit to the trailing digit. The algorithm
-could be written to work from the trailing digit to the leading digit however, it would have to stop one short of $a.used - 1$ digits to prevent
-reading past the end of the array of digits.
-
-Essentially the loop at step 6 is similar to that of mp\_mul\_2 except the logical shifts go in the opposite direction and the carry is at the
-least significant bit not the most significant bit.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_div\_2.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-\section{Polynomial Basis Operations}
-Recall from section 4.3 that any integer can be represented as a polynomial in $x$ as $y = f(\beta)$. Such a representation is also known as
-the polynomial basis \cite[pp. 48]{ROSE}. Given such a notation a multiplication or division by $x$ amounts to shifting whole digits a single
-place. The need for such operations arises in several other higher level algorithms such as Barrett and Montgomery reduction, integer
-division and Karatsuba multiplication.
-
-Converting from an array of digits to polynomial basis is very simple. Consider the integer $y \equiv (a_2, a_1, a_0)_{\beta}$ and recall that
-$y = \sum_{i=0}^{2} a_i \beta^i$. Simply replace $\beta$ with $x$ and the expression is in polynomial basis. For example, $f(x) = 8x + 9$ is the
-polynomial basis representation for $89$ using radix ten. That is, $f(10) = 8(10) + 9 = 89$.
-
-\subsection{Multiplication by $x$}
-
-Given a polynomial in $x$ such as $f(x) = a_n x^n + a_{n-1} x^{n-1} + ... + a_0$ multiplying by $x$ amounts to shifting the coefficients up one
-degree. In this case $f(x) \cdot x = a_n x^{n+1} + a_{n-1} x^n + ... + a_0 x$. From a scalar basis point of view multiplying by $x$ is equivalent to
-multiplying by the integer $\beta$.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_lshd}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. One mp\_int $a$ and an integer $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $a \leftarrow a \cdot \beta^b$ (equivalent to multiplication by $x^b$). \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $b \le 0$ then return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-2. If $a.alloc < a.used + b$ then grow $a$ to at least $a.used + b$ digits. (\textit{mp\_grow}). \\
-3. If the reallocation failed return(\textit{MP\_MEM}). \\
-4. $a.used \leftarrow a.used + b$ \\
-5. $i \leftarrow a.used - 1$ \\
-6. $j \leftarrow a.used - 1 - b$ \\
-7. for $n$ from $a.used - 1$ to $b$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.1 $a_{i} \leftarrow a_{j}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.2 $i \leftarrow i - 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.3 $j \leftarrow j - 1$ \\
-8. for $n$ from 0 to $b - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.1 $a_n \leftarrow 0$ \\
-9. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_lshd}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_lshd.}
-This algorithm multiplies an mp\_int by the $b$'th power of $x$. This is equivalent to multiplying by $\beta^b$. The algorithm differs
-from the other algorithms presented so far as it performs the operation in place instead storing the result in a separate location. The
-motivation behind this change is due to the way this function is typically used. Algorithms such as mp\_add store the result in an optionally
-different third mp\_int because the original inputs are often still required. Algorithm mp\_lshd (\textit{and similarly algorithm mp\_rshd}) is
-typically used on values where the original value is no longer required. The algorithm will return success immediately if
-$b \le 0$ since the rest of algorithm is only valid when $b > 0$.
-
-First the destination $a$ is grown as required to accomodate the result. The counters $i$ and $j$ are used to form a \textit{sliding window} over
-the digits of $a$ of length $b$. The head of the sliding window is at $i$ (\textit{the leading digit}) and the tail at $j$ (\textit{the trailing digit}).
-The loop on step 7 copies the digit from the tail to the head. In each iteration the window is moved down one digit. The last loop on
-step 8 sets the lower $b$ digits to zero.
-
-\newpage
-\begin{center}
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\includegraphics{pics/sliding_window.ps}
-\caption{Sliding Window Movement}
-\label{pic:sliding_window}
-\end{figure}
-\end{center}
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_lshd.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The if statement (line 24) ensures that the $b$ variable is greater than zero since we do not interpret negative
-shift counts properly. The \textbf{used} count is incremented by $b$ before the copy loop begins. This elminates
-the need for an additional variable in the for loop. The variable $top$ (line 42) is an alias
-for the leading digit while $bottom$ (line 45) is an alias for the trailing edge. The aliases form a
-window of exactly $b$ digits over the input.
-
-\subsection{Division by $x$}
-
-Division by powers of $x$ is easily achieved by shifting the digits right and removing any that will end up to the right of the zero'th digit.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_rshd}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. One mp\_int $a$ and an integer $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $a \leftarrow a / \beta^b$ (Divide by $x^b$). \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $b \le 0$ then return. \\
-2. If $a.used \le b$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 Zero $a$. (\textit{mp\_zero}). \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 Return. \\
-3. $i \leftarrow 0$ \\
-4. $j \leftarrow b$ \\
-5. for $n$ from 0 to $a.used - b - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $a_i \leftarrow a_j$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 $i \leftarrow i + 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.3 $j \leftarrow j + 1$ \\
-6. for $n$ from $a.used - b$ to $a.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 $a_n \leftarrow 0$ \\
-7. $a.used \leftarrow a.used - b$ \\
-8. Return. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_rshd}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_rshd.}
-This algorithm divides the input in place by the $b$'th power of $x$. It is analogous to dividing by a $\beta^b$ but much quicker since
-it does not require single precision division. This algorithm does not actually return an error code as it cannot fail.
-
-If the input $b$ is less than one the algorithm quickly returns without performing any work. If the \textbf{used} count is less than or equal
-to the shift count $b$ then it will simply zero the input and return.
-
-After the trivial cases of inputs have been handled the sliding window is setup. Much like the case of algorithm mp\_lshd a sliding window that
-is $b$ digits wide is used to copy the digits. Unlike mp\_lshd the window slides in the opposite direction from the trailing to the leading digit.
-Also the digits are copied from the leading to the trailing edge.
-
-Once the window copy is complete the upper digits must be zeroed and the \textbf{used} count decremented.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_rshd.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The only noteworthy element of this routine is the lack of a return type since it cannot fail. Like mp\_lshd() we
-form a sliding window except we copy in the other direction. After the window (line 60) we then zero
-the upper digits of the input to make sure the result is correct.
-
-\section{Powers of Two}
-
-Now that algorithms for moving single bits as well as whole digits exist algorithms for moving the ``in between'' distances are required. For
-example, to quickly multiply by $2^k$ for any $k$ without using a full multiplier algorithm would prove useful. Instead of performing single
-shifts $k$ times to achieve a multiplication by $2^{\pm k}$ a mixture of whole digit shifting and partial digit shifting is employed.
-
-\subsection{Multiplication by Power of Two}
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_mul\_2d}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. One mp\_int $a$ and an integer $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c \leftarrow a \cdot 2^b$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. $c \leftarrow a$. (\textit{mp\_copy}) \\
-2. If $c.alloc < c.used + \lfloor b / lg(\beta) \rfloor + 2$ then grow $c$ accordingly. \\
-3. If the reallocation failed return(\textit{MP\_MEM}). \\
-4. If $b \ge lg(\beta)$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 $c \leftarrow c \cdot \beta^{\lfloor b / lg(\beta) \rfloor}$ (\textit{mp\_lshd}). \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.2 If step 4.1 failed return(\textit{MP\_MEM}). \\
-5. $d \leftarrow b \mbox{ (mod }lg(\beta)\mbox{)}$ \\
-6. If $d \ne 0$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 $mask \leftarrow 2^d$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.2 $r \leftarrow 0$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.3 for $n$ from $0$ to $c.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.3.1 $rr \leftarrow c_n >> (lg(\beta) - d) \mbox{ (mod }mask\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.3.2 $c_n \leftarrow (c_n << d) + r \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.3.3 $r \leftarrow rr$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.4 If $r > 0$ then do \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.4.1 $c_{c.used} \leftarrow r$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.4.2 $c.used \leftarrow c.used + 1$ \\
-7. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_mul\_2d}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_mul\_2d.}
-This algorithm multiplies $a$ by $2^b$ and stores the result in $c$. The algorithm uses algorithm mp\_lshd and a derivative of algorithm mp\_mul\_2 to
-quickly compute the product.
-
-First the algorithm will multiply $a$ by $x^{\lfloor b / lg(\beta) \rfloor}$ which will ensure that the remainder multiplicand is less than
-$\beta$. For example, if $b = 37$ and $\beta = 2^{28}$ then this step will multiply by $x$ leaving a multiplication by $2^{37 - 28} = 2^{9}$
-left.
-
-After the digits have been shifted appropriately at most $lg(\beta) - 1$ shifts are left to perform. Step 5 calculates the number of remaining shifts
-required. If it is non-zero a modified shift loop is used to calculate the remaining product.
-Essentially the loop is a generic version of algorithm mp\_mul\_2 designed to handle any shift count in the range $1 \le x < lg(\beta)$. The $mask$
-variable is used to extract the upper $d$ bits to form the carry for the next iteration.
-
-This algorithm is loosely measured as a $O(2n)$ algorithm which means that if the input is $n$-digits that it takes $2n$ ``time'' to
-complete. It is possible to optimize this algorithm down to a $O(n)$ algorithm at a cost of making the algorithm slightly harder to follow.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_mul\_2d.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The shifting is performed in--place which means the first step (line 25) is to copy the input to the
-destination. We avoid calling mp\_copy() by making sure the mp\_ints are different. The destination then
-has to be grown (line 32) to accomodate the result.
-
-If the shift count $b$ is larger than $lg(\beta)$ then a call to mp\_lshd() is used to handle all of the multiples
-of $lg(\beta)$. Leaving only a remaining shift of $lg(\beta) - 1$ or fewer bits left. Inside the actual shift
-loop (lines 46 to 76) we make use of pre--computed values $shift$ and $mask$. These are used to
-extract the carry bit(s) to pass into the next iteration of the loop. The $r$ and $rr$ variables form a
-chain between consecutive iterations to propagate the carry.
-
-\subsection{Division by Power of Two}
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_div\_2d}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. One mp\_int $a$ and an integer $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c \leftarrow \lfloor a / 2^b \rfloor, d \leftarrow a \mbox{ (mod }2^b\mbox{)}$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $b \le 0$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 $c \leftarrow a$ (\textit{mp\_copy}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.2 $d \leftarrow 0$ (\textit{mp\_zero}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.3 Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-2. $c \leftarrow a$ \\
-3. $d \leftarrow a \mbox{ (mod }2^b\mbox{)}$ (\textit{mp\_mod\_2d}) \\
-4. If $b \ge lg(\beta)$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 $c \leftarrow \lfloor c/\beta^{\lfloor b/lg(\beta) \rfloor} \rfloor$ (\textit{mp\_rshd}). \\
-5. $k \leftarrow b \mbox{ (mod }lg(\beta)\mbox{)}$ \\
-6. If $k \ne 0$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 $mask \leftarrow 2^k$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.2 $r \leftarrow 0$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.3 for $n$ from $c.used - 1$ to $0$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.3.1 $rr \leftarrow c_n \mbox{ (mod }mask\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.3.2 $c_n \leftarrow (c_n >> k) + (r << (lg(\beta) - k))$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.3.3 $r \leftarrow rr$ \\
-7. Clamp excess digits of $c$. (\textit{mp\_clamp}) \\
-8. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_div\_2d}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_div\_2d.}
-This algorithm will divide an input $a$ by $2^b$ and produce the quotient and remainder. The algorithm is designed much like algorithm
-mp\_mul\_2d by first using whole digit shifts then single precision shifts. This algorithm will also produce the remainder of the division
-by using algorithm mp\_mod\_2d.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_div\_2d.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The implementation of algorithm mp\_div\_2d is slightly different than the algorithm specifies. The remainder $d$ may be optionally
-ignored by passing \textbf{NULL} as the pointer to the mp\_int variable. The temporary mp\_int variable $t$ is used to hold the
-result of the remainder operation until the end. This allows $d$ and $a$ to represent the same mp\_int without modifying $a$ before
-the quotient is obtained.
-
-The remainder of the source code is essentially the same as the source code for mp\_mul\_2d. The only significant difference is
-the direction of the shifts.
-
-\subsection{Remainder of Division by Power of Two}
-
-The last algorithm in the series of polynomial basis power of two algorithms is calculating the remainder of division by $2^b$. This
-algorithm benefits from the fact that in twos complement arithmetic $a \mbox{ (mod }2^b\mbox{)}$ is the same as $a$ AND $2^b - 1$.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_mod\_2d}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. One mp\_int $a$ and an integer $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c \leftarrow a \mbox{ (mod }2^b\mbox{)}$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $b \le 0$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 $c \leftarrow 0$ (\textit{mp\_zero}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.2 Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-2. If $b > a.used \cdot lg(\beta)$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $c \leftarrow a$ (\textit{mp\_copy}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 Return the result of step 2.1. \\
-3. $c \leftarrow a$ \\
-4. If step 3 failed return(\textit{MP\_MEM}). \\
-5. for $n$ from $\lceil b / lg(\beta) \rceil$ to $c.used$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $c_n \leftarrow 0$ \\
-6. $k \leftarrow b \mbox{ (mod }lg(\beta)\mbox{)}$ \\
-7. $c_{\lfloor b / lg(\beta) \rfloor} \leftarrow c_{\lfloor b / lg(\beta) \rfloor} \mbox{ (mod }2^{k}\mbox{)}$. \\
-8. Clamp excess digits of $c$. (\textit{mp\_clamp}) \\
-9. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_mod\_2d}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_mod\_2d.}
-This algorithm will quickly calculate the value of $a \mbox{ (mod }2^b\mbox{)}$. First if $b$ is less than or equal to zero the
-result is set to zero. If $b$ is greater than the number of bits in $a$ then it simply copies $a$ to $c$ and returns. Otherwise, $a$
-is copied to $b$, leading digits are removed and the remaining leading digit is trimed to the exact bit count.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_mod\_2d.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-We first avoid cases of $b \le 0$ by simply mp\_zero()'ing the destination in such cases. Next if $2^b$ is larger
-than the input we just mp\_copy() the input and return right away. After this point we know we must actually
-perform some work to produce the remainder.
-
-Recalling that reducing modulo $2^k$ and a binary ``and'' with $2^k - 1$ are numerically equivalent we can quickly reduce
-the number. First we zero any digits above the last digit in $2^b$ (line 42). Next we reduce the
-leading digit of both (line 46) and then mp\_clamp().
-
-\section*{Exercises}
-\begin{tabular}{cl}
-$\left [ 3 \right ] $ & Devise an algorithm that performs $a \cdot 2^b$ for generic values of $b$ \\
- & in $O(n)$ time. \\
- &\\
-$\left [ 3 \right ] $ & Devise an efficient algorithm to multiply by small low hamming \\
- & weight values such as $3$, $5$ and $9$. Extend it to handle all values \\
- & upto $64$ with a hamming weight less than three. \\
- &\\
-$\left [ 2 \right ] $ & Modify the preceding algorithm to handle values of the form \\
- & $2^k - 1$ as well. \\
- &\\
-$\left [ 3 \right ] $ & Using only algorithms mp\_mul\_2, mp\_div\_2 and mp\_add create an \\
- & algorithm to multiply two integers in roughly $O(2n^2)$ time for \\
- & any $n$-bit input. Note that the time of addition is ignored in the \\
- & calculation. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 5 \right ] $ & Improve the previous algorithm to have a working time of at most \\
- & $O \left (2^{(k-1)}n + \left ({2n^2 \over k} \right ) \right )$ for an appropriate choice of $k$. Again ignore \\
- & the cost of addition. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 2 \right ] $ & Devise a chart to find optimal values of $k$ for the previous problem \\
- & for $n = 64 \ldots 1024$ in steps of $64$. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 2 \right ] $ & Using only algorithms mp\_abs and mp\_sub devise another method for \\
- & calculating the result of a signed comparison. \\
- &
-\end{tabular}
-
-\chapter{Multiplication and Squaring}
-\section{The Multipliers}
-For most number theoretic problems including certain public key cryptographic algorithms, the ``multipliers'' form the most important subset of
-algorithms of any multiple precision integer package. The set of multiplier algorithms include integer multiplication, squaring and modular reduction
-where in each of the algorithms single precision multiplication is the dominant operation performed. This chapter will discuss integer multiplication
-and squaring, leaving modular reductions for the subsequent chapter.
-
-The importance of the multiplier algorithms is for the most part driven by the fact that certain popular public key algorithms are based on modular
-exponentiation, that is computing $d \equiv a^b \mbox{ (mod }c\mbox{)}$ for some arbitrary choice of $a$, $b$, $c$ and $d$. During a modular
-exponentiation the majority\footnote{Roughly speaking a modular exponentiation will spend about 40\% of the time performing modular reductions,
-35\% of the time performing squaring and 25\% of the time performing multiplications.} of the processor time is spent performing single precision
-multiplications.
-
-For centuries general purpose multiplication has required a lengthly $O(n^2)$ process, whereby each digit of one multiplicand has to be multiplied
-against every digit of the other multiplicand. Traditional long-hand multiplication is based on this process; while the techniques can differ the
-overall algorithm used is essentially the same. Only ``recently'' have faster algorithms been studied. First Karatsuba multiplication was discovered in
-1962. This algorithm can multiply two numbers with considerably fewer single precision multiplications when compared to the long-hand approach.
-This technique led to the discovery of polynomial basis algorithms (\textit{good reference?}) and subquently Fourier Transform based solutions.
-
-\section{Multiplication}
-\subsection{The Baseline Multiplication}
-\label{sec:basemult}
-\index{baseline multiplication}
-Computing the product of two integers in software can be achieved using a trivial adaptation of the standard $O(n^2)$ long-hand multiplication
-algorithm that school children are taught. The algorithm is considered an $O(n^2)$ algorithm since for two $n$-digit inputs $n^2$ single precision
-multiplications are required. More specifically for a $m$ and $n$ digit input $m \cdot n$ single precision multiplications are required. To
-simplify most discussions, it will be assumed that the inputs have comparable number of digits.
-
-The ``baseline multiplication'' algorithm is designed to act as the ``catch-all'' algorithm, only to be used when the faster algorithms cannot be
-used. This algorithm does not use any particularly interesting optimizations and should ideally be avoided if possible. One important
-facet of this algorithm, is that it has been modified to only produce a certain amount of output digits as resolution. The importance of this
-modification will become evident during the discussion of Barrett modular reduction. Recall that for a $n$ and $m$ digit input the product
-will be at most $n + m$ digits. Therefore, this algorithm can be reduced to a full multiplier by having it produce $n + m$ digits of the product.
-
-Recall from sub-section 4.2.2 the definition of $\gamma$ as the number of bits in the type \textbf{mp\_digit}. We shall now extend the variable set to
-include $\alpha$ which shall represent the number of bits in the type \textbf{mp\_word}. This implies that $2^{\alpha} > 2 \cdot \beta^2$. The
-constant $\delta = 2^{\alpha - 2lg(\beta)}$ will represent the maximal weight of any column in a product (\textit{see sub-section 5.2.2 for more information}).
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{s\_mp\_mul\_digs}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$, mp\_int $b$ and an integer $digs$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c \leftarrow \vert a \vert \cdot \vert b \vert \mbox{ (mod }\beta^{digs}\mbox{)}$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. If min$(a.used, b.used) < \delta$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 Calculate $c = \vert a \vert \cdot \vert b \vert$ by the Comba method (\textit{see algorithm~\ref{fig:COMBAMULT}}). \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.2 Return the result of step 1.1 \\
-\\
-Allocate and initialize a temporary mp\_int. \\
-2. Init $t$ to be of size $digs$ \\
-3. If step 2 failed return(\textit{MP\_MEM}). \\
-4. $t.used \leftarrow digs$ \\
-\\
-Compute the product. \\
-5. for $ix$ from $0$ to $a.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $u \leftarrow 0$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 $pb \leftarrow \mbox{min}(b.used, digs - ix)$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.3 If $pb < 1$ then goto step 6. \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.4 for $iy$ from $0$ to $pb - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.4.1 $\hat r \leftarrow t_{iy + ix} + a_{ix} \cdot b_{iy} + u$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.4.2 $t_{iy + ix} \leftarrow \hat r \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.4.3 $u \leftarrow \lfloor \hat r / \beta \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.5 if $ix + pb < digs$ then do \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.5.1 $t_{ix + pb} \leftarrow u$ \\
-6. Clamp excess digits of $t$. \\
-7. Swap $c$ with $t$ \\
-8. Clear $t$ \\
-9. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs.}
-This algorithm computes the unsigned product of two inputs $a$ and $b$, limited to an output precision of $digs$ digits. While it may seem
-a bit awkward to modify the function from its simple $O(n^2)$ description, the usefulness of partial multipliers will arise in a subsequent
-algorithm. The algorithm is loosely based on algorithm 14.12 from \cite[pp. 595]{HAC} and is similar to Algorithm M of Knuth \cite[pp. 268]{TAOCPV2}.
-Algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs differs from these cited references since it can produce a variable output precision regardless of the precision of the
-inputs.
-
-The first thing this algorithm checks for is whether a Comba multiplier can be used instead. If the minimum digit count of either
-input is less than $\delta$, then the Comba method may be used instead. After the Comba method is ruled out, the baseline algorithm begins. A
-temporary mp\_int variable $t$ is used to hold the intermediate result of the product. This allows the algorithm to be used to
-compute products when either $a = c$ or $b = c$ without overwriting the inputs.
-
-All of step 5 is the infamous $O(n^2)$ multiplication loop slightly modified to only produce upto $digs$ digits of output. The $pb$ variable
-is given the count of digits to read from $b$ inside the nested loop. If $pb \le 1$ then no more output digits can be produced and the algorithm
-will exit the loop. The best way to think of the loops are as a series of $pb \times 1$ multiplications. That is, in each pass of the
-innermost loop $a_{ix}$ is multiplied against $b$ and the result is added (\textit{with an appropriate shift}) to $t$.
-
-For example, consider multiplying $576$ by $241$. That is equivalent to computing $10^0(1)(576) + 10^1(4)(576) + 10^2(2)(576)$ which is best
-visualized in the following table.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|c|l|}
-\hline && & 5 & 7 & 6 & \\
-\hline $\times$&& & 2 & 4 & 1 & \\
-\hline &&&&&&\\
- && & 5 & 7 & 6 & $10^0(1)(576)$ \\
- &2 & 3 & 6 & 1 & 6 & $10^1(4)(576) + 10^0(1)(576)$ \\
- 1 & 3 & 8 & 8 & 1 & 6 & $10^2(2)(576) + 10^1(4)(576) + 10^0(1)(576)$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Long-Hand Multiplication Diagram}
-\end{figure}
-
-Each row of the product is added to the result after being shifted to the left (\textit{multiplied by a power of the radix}) by the appropriate
-count. That is in pass $ix$ of the inner loop the product is added starting at the $ix$'th digit of the reult.
-
-Step 5.4.1 introduces the hat symbol (\textit{e.g. $\hat r$}) which represents a double precision variable. The multiplication on that step
-is assumed to be a double wide output single precision multiplication. That is, two single precision variables are multiplied to produce a
-double precision result. The step is somewhat optimized from a long-hand multiplication algorithm because the carry from the addition in step
-5.4.1 is propagated through the nested loop. If the carry was not propagated immediately it would overflow the single precision digit
-$t_{ix+iy}$ and the result would be lost.
-
-At step 5.5 the nested loop is finished and any carry that was left over should be forwarded. The carry does not have to be added to the $ix+pb$'th
-digit since that digit is assumed to be zero at this point. However, if $ix + pb \ge digs$ the carry is not set as it would make the result
-exceed the precision requested.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_s\_mp\_mul\_digs.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-First we determine (line 31) if the Comba method can be used first since it's faster. The conditions for
-sing the Comba routine are that min$(a.used, b.used) < \delta$ and the number of digits of output is less than
-\textbf{MP\_WARRAY}. This new constant is used to control the stack usage in the Comba routines. By default it is
-set to $\delta$ but can be reduced when memory is at a premium.
-
-If we cannot use the Comba method we proceed to setup the baseline routine. We allocate the the destination mp\_int
-$t$ (line 37) to the exact size of the output to avoid further re--allocations. At this point we now
-begin the $O(n^2)$ loop.
-
-This implementation of multiplication has the caveat that it can be trimmed to only produce a variable number of
-digits as output. In each iteration of the outer loop the $pb$ variable is set (line 49) to the maximum
-number of inner loop iterations.
-
-Inside the inner loop we calculate $\hat r$ as the mp\_word product of the two mp\_digits and the addition of the
-carry from the previous iteration. A particularly important observation is that most modern optimizing
-C compilers (GCC for instance) can recognize that a $N \times N \rightarrow 2N$ multiplication is all that
-is required for the product. In x86 terms for example, this means using the MUL instruction.
-
-Each digit of the product is stored in turn (line 69) and the carry propagated (line 72) to the
-next iteration.
-
-\subsection{Faster Multiplication by the ``Comba'' Method}
-
-One of the huge drawbacks of the ``baseline'' algorithms is that at the $O(n^2)$ level the carry must be
-computed and propagated upwards. This makes the nested loop very sequential and hard to unroll and implement
-in parallel. The ``Comba'' \cite{COMBA} method is named after little known (\textit{in cryptographic venues}) Paul G.
-Comba who described a method of implementing fast multipliers that do not require nested carry fixup operations. As an
-interesting aside it seems that Paul Barrett describes a similar technique in his 1986 paper \cite{BARRETT} written
-five years before.
-
-At the heart of the Comba technique is once again the long-hand algorithm. Except in this case a slight
-twist is placed on how the columns of the result are produced. In the standard long-hand algorithm rows of products
-are produced then added together to form the final result. In the baseline algorithm the columns are added together
-after each iteration to get the result instantaneously.
-
-In the Comba algorithm the columns of the result are produced entirely independently of each other. That is at
-the $O(n^2)$ level a simple multiplication and addition step is performed. The carries of the columns are propagated
-after the nested loop to reduce the amount of work requiored. Succintly the first step of the algorithm is to compute
-the product vector $\vec x$ as follows.
-
-\begin{equation}
-\vec x_n = \sum_{i+j = n} a_ib_j, \forall n \in \lbrace 0, 1, 2, \ldots, i + j \rbrace
-\end{equation}
-
-Where $\vec x_n$ is the $n'th$ column of the output vector. Consider the following example which computes the vector $\vec x$ for the multiplication
-of $576$ and $241$.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|c|}
- \hline & & 5 & 7 & 6 & First Input\\
- \hline $\times$ & & 2 & 4 & 1 & Second Input\\
-\hline & & $1 \cdot 5 = 5$ & $1 \cdot 7 = 7$ & $1 \cdot 6 = 6$ & First pass \\
- & $4 \cdot 5 = 20$ & $4 \cdot 7+5=33$ & $4 \cdot 6+7=31$ & 6 & Second pass \\
- $2 \cdot 5 = 10$ & $2 \cdot 7 + 20 = 34$ & $2 \cdot 6+33=45$ & 31 & 6 & Third pass \\
-\hline 10 & 34 & 45 & 31 & 6 & Final Result \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Comba Multiplication Diagram}
-\end{figure}
-
-At this point the vector $x = \left < 10, 34, 45, 31, 6 \right >$ is the result of the first step of the Comba multipler.
-Now the columns must be fixed by propagating the carry upwards. The resultant vector will have one extra dimension over the input vector which is
-congruent to adding a leading zero digit.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{Comba Fixup}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Vector $\vec x$ of dimension $k$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. Vector $\vec x$ such that the carries have been propagated. \\
-\hline \\
-1. for $n$ from $0$ to $k - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 $\vec x_{n+1} \leftarrow \vec x_{n+1} + \lfloor \vec x_{n}/\beta \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.2 $\vec x_{n} \leftarrow \vec x_{n} \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-2. Return($\vec x$). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm Comba Fixup}
-\end{figure}
-
-With that algorithm and $k = 5$ and $\beta = 10$ the following vector is produced $\vec x= \left < 1, 3, 8, 8, 1, 6 \right >$. In this case
-$241 \cdot 576$ is in fact $138816$ and the procedure succeeded. If the algorithm is correct and as will be demonstrated shortly more
-efficient than the baseline algorithm why not simply always use this algorithm?
-
-\subsubsection{Column Weight.}
-At the nested $O(n^2)$ level the Comba method adds the product of two single precision variables to each column of the output
-independently. A serious obstacle is if the carry is lost, due to lack of precision before the algorithm has a chance to fix
-the carries. For example, in the multiplication of two three-digit numbers the third column of output will be the sum of
-three single precision multiplications. If the precision of the accumulator for the output digits is less then $3 \cdot (\beta - 1)^2$ then
-an overflow can occur and the carry information will be lost. For any $m$ and $n$ digit inputs the maximum weight of any column is
-min$(m, n)$ which is fairly obvious.
-
-The maximum number of terms in any column of a product is known as the ``column weight'' and strictly governs when the algorithm can be used. Recall
-from earlier that a double precision type has $\alpha$ bits of resolution and a single precision digit has $lg(\beta)$ bits of precision. Given these
-two quantities we must not violate the following
-
-\begin{equation}
-k \cdot \left (\beta - 1 \right )^2 < 2^{\alpha}
-\end{equation}
-
-Which reduces to
-
-\begin{equation}
-k \cdot \left ( \beta^2 - 2\beta + 1 \right ) < 2^{\alpha}
-\end{equation}
-
-Let $\rho = lg(\beta)$ represent the number of bits in a single precision digit. By further re-arrangement of the equation the final solution is
-found.
-
-\begin{equation}
-k < {{2^{\alpha}} \over {\left (2^{2\rho} - 2^{\rho + 1} + 1 \right )}}
-\end{equation}
-
-The defaults for LibTomMath are $\beta = 2^{28}$ and $\alpha = 2^{64}$ which means that $k$ is bounded by $k < 257$. In this configuration
-the smaller input may not have more than $256$ digits if the Comba method is to be used. This is quite satisfactory for most applications since
-$256$ digits would allow for numbers in the range of $0 \le x < 2^{7168}$ which, is much larger than most public key cryptographic algorithms require.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{fast\_s\_mp\_mul\_digs}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$, mp\_int $b$ and an integer $digs$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c \leftarrow \vert a \vert \cdot \vert b \vert \mbox{ (mod }\beta^{digs}\mbox{)}$. \\
-\hline \\
-Place an array of \textbf{MP\_WARRAY} single precision digits named $W$ on the stack. \\
-1. If $c.alloc < digs$ then grow $c$ to $digs$ digits. (\textit{mp\_grow}) \\
-2. If step 1 failed return(\textit{MP\_MEM}).\\
-\\
-3. $pa \leftarrow \mbox{MIN}(digs, a.used + b.used)$ \\
-\\
-4. $\_ \hat W \leftarrow 0$ \\
-5. for $ix$ from 0 to $pa - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $ty \leftarrow \mbox{MIN}(b.used - 1, ix)$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 $tx \leftarrow ix - ty$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.3 $iy \leftarrow \mbox{MIN}(a.used - tx, ty + 1)$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.4 for $iz$ from 0 to $iy - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.4.1 $\_ \hat W \leftarrow \_ \hat W + a_{tx+iy}b_{ty-iy}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.5 $W_{ix} \leftarrow \_ \hat W (\mbox{mod }\beta)$\\
-\hspace{3mm}5.6 $\_ \hat W \leftarrow \lfloor \_ \hat W / \beta \rfloor$ \\
-\\
-6. $oldused \leftarrow c.used$ \\
-7. $c.used \leftarrow digs$ \\
-8. for $ix$ from $0$ to $pa$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.1 $c_{ix} \leftarrow W_{ix}$ \\
-9. for $ix$ from $pa + 1$ to $oldused - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}9.1 $c_{ix} \leftarrow 0$ \\
-\\
-10. Clamp $c$. \\
-11. Return MP\_OKAY. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm fast\_s\_mp\_mul\_digs}
-\label{fig:COMBAMULT}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm fast\_s\_mp\_mul\_digs.}
-This algorithm performs the unsigned multiplication of $a$ and $b$ using the Comba method limited to $digs$ digits of precision.
-
-The outer loop of this algorithm is more complicated than that of the baseline multiplier. This is because on the inside of the
-loop we want to produce one column per pass. This allows the accumulator $\_ \hat W$ to be placed in CPU registers and
-reduce the memory bandwidth to two \textbf{mp\_digit} reads per iteration.
-
-The $ty$ variable is set to the minimum count of $ix$ or the number of digits in $b$. That way if $a$ has more digits than
-$b$ this will be limited to $b.used - 1$. The $tx$ variable is set to the to the distance past $b.used$ the variable
-$ix$ is. This is used for the immediately subsequent statement where we find $iy$.
-
-The variable $iy$ is the minimum digits we can read from either $a$ or $b$ before running out. Computing one column at a time
-means we have to scan one integer upwards and the other downwards. $a$ starts at $tx$ and $b$ starts at $ty$. In each
-pass we are producing the $ix$'th output column and we note that $tx + ty = ix$. As we move $tx$ upwards we have to
-move $ty$ downards so the equality remains valid. The $iy$ variable is the number of iterations until
-$tx \ge a.used$ or $ty < 0$ occurs.
-
-After every inner pass we store the lower half of the accumulator into $W_{ix}$ and then propagate the carry of the accumulator
-into the next round by dividing $\_ \hat W$ by $\beta$.
-
-To measure the benefits of the Comba method over the baseline method consider the number of operations that are required. If the
-cost in terms of time of a multiply and addition is $p$ and the cost of a carry propagation is $q$ then a baseline multiplication would require
-$O \left ((p + q)n^2 \right )$ time to multiply two $n$-digit numbers. The Comba method requires only $O(pn^2 + qn)$ time, however in practice,
-the speed increase is actually much more. With $O(n)$ space the algorithm can be reduced to $O(pn + qn)$ time by implementing the $n$ multiply
-and addition operations in the nested loop in parallel.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_fast\_s\_mp\_mul\_digs.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-As per the pseudo--code we first calculate $pa$ (line 48) as the number of digits to output. Next we begin the outer loop
-to produce the individual columns of the product. We use the two aliases $tmpx$ and $tmpy$ (lines 62, 63) to point
-inside the two multiplicands quickly.
-
-The inner loop (lines 71 to 74) of this implementation is where the tradeoff come into play. Originally this comba
-implementation was ``row--major'' which means it adds to each of the columns in each pass. After the outer loop it would then fix
-the carries. This was very fast except it had an annoying drawback. You had to read a mp\_word and two mp\_digits and write
-one mp\_word per iteration. On processors such as the Athlon XP and P4 this did not matter much since the cache bandwidth
-is very high and it can keep the ALU fed with data. It did, however, matter on older and embedded cpus where cache is often
-slower and also often doesn't exist. This new algorithm only performs two reads per iteration under the assumption that the
-compiler has aliased $\_ \hat W$ to a CPU register.
-
-After the inner loop we store the current accumulator in $W$ and shift $\_ \hat W$ (lines 77, 80) to forward it as
-a carry for the next pass. After the outer loop we use the final carry (line 77) as the last digit of the product.
-
-\subsection{Polynomial Basis Multiplication}
-To break the $O(n^2)$ barrier in multiplication requires a completely different look at integer multiplication. In the following algorithms
-the use of polynomial basis representation for two integers $a$ and $b$ as $f(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{n} a_i x^i$ and
-$g(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{n} b_i x^i$ respectively, is required. In this system both $f(x)$ and $g(x)$ have $n + 1$ terms and are of the $n$'th degree.
-
-The product $a \cdot b \equiv f(x)g(x)$ is the polynomial $W(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{2n} w_i x^i$. The coefficients $w_i$ will
-directly yield the desired product when $\beta$ is substituted for $x$. The direct solution to solve for the $2n + 1$ coefficients
-requires $O(n^2)$ time and would in practice be slower than the Comba technique.
-
-However, numerical analysis theory indicates that only $2n + 1$ distinct points in $W(x)$ are required to determine the values of the $2n + 1$ unknown
-coefficients. This means by finding $\zeta_y = W(y)$ for $2n + 1$ small values of $y$ the coefficients of $W(x)$ can be found with
-Gaussian elimination. This technique is also occasionally refered to as the \textit{interpolation technique} (\textit{references please...}) since in
-effect an interpolation based on $2n + 1$ points will yield a polynomial equivalent to $W(x)$.
-
-The coefficients of the polynomial $W(x)$ are unknown which makes finding $W(y)$ for any value of $y$ impossible. However, since
-$W(x) = f(x)g(x)$ the equivalent $\zeta_y = f(y) g(y)$ can be used in its place. The benefit of this technique stems from the
-fact that $f(y)$ and $g(y)$ are much smaller than either $a$ or $b$ respectively. As a result finding the $2n + 1$ relations required
-by multiplying $f(y)g(y)$ involves multiplying integers that are much smaller than either of the inputs.
-
-When picking points to gather relations there are always three obvious points to choose, $y = 0, 1$ and $ \infty$. The $\zeta_0$ term
-is simply the product $W(0) = w_0 = a_0 \cdot b_0$. The $\zeta_1$ term is the product
-$W(1) = \left (\sum_{i = 0}^{n} a_i \right ) \left (\sum_{i = 0}^{n} b_i \right )$. The third point $\zeta_{\infty}$ is less obvious but rather
-simple to explain. The $2n + 1$'th coefficient of $W(x)$ is numerically equivalent to the most significant column in an integer multiplication.
-The point at $\infty$ is used symbolically to represent the most significant column, that is $W(\infty) = w_{2n} = a_nb_n$. Note that the
-points at $y = 0$ and $\infty$ yield the coefficients $w_0$ and $w_{2n}$ directly.
-
-If more points are required they should be of small values and powers of two such as $2^q$ and the related \textit{mirror points}
-$\left (2^q \right )^{2n} \cdot \zeta_{2^{-q}}$ for small values of $q$. The term ``mirror point'' stems from the fact that
-$\left (2^q \right )^{2n} \cdot \zeta_{2^{-q}}$ can be calculated in the exact opposite fashion as $\zeta_{2^q}$. For
-example, when $n = 2$ and $q = 1$ then following two equations are equivalent to the point $\zeta_{2}$ and its mirror.
-
-\begin{eqnarray}
-\zeta_{2} = f(2)g(2) = (4a_2 + 2a_1 + a_0)(4b_2 + 2b_1 + b_0) \nonumber \\
-16 \cdot \zeta_{1 \over 2} = 4f({1\over 2}) \cdot 4g({1 \over 2}) = (a_2 + 2a_1 + 4a_0)(b_2 + 2b_1 + 4b_0)
-\end{eqnarray}
-
-Using such points will allow the values of $f(y)$ and $g(y)$ to be independently calculated using only left shifts. For example, when $n = 2$ the
-polynomial $f(2^q)$ is equal to $2^q((2^qa_2) + a_1) + a_0$. This technique of polynomial representation is known as Horner's method.
-
-As a general rule of the algorithm when the inputs are split into $n$ parts each there are $2n - 1$ multiplications. Each multiplication is of
-multiplicands that have $n$ times fewer digits than the inputs. The asymptotic running time of this algorithm is
-$O \left ( k^{lg_n(2n - 1)} \right )$ for $k$ digit inputs (\textit{assuming they have the same number of digits}). Figure~\ref{fig:exponent}
-summarizes the exponents for various values of $n$.
-
-\begin{figure}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}
-\hline \textbf{Split into $n$ Parts} & \textbf{Exponent} & \textbf{Notes}\\
-\hline $2$ & $1.584962501$ & This is Karatsuba Multiplication. \\
-\hline $3$ & $1.464973520$ & This is Toom-Cook Multiplication. \\
-\hline $4$ & $1.403677461$ &\\
-\hline $5$ & $1.365212389$ &\\
-\hline $10$ & $1.278753601$ &\\
-\hline $100$ & $1.149426538$ &\\
-\hline $1000$ & $1.100270931$ &\\
-\hline $10000$ & $1.075252070$ &\\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Asymptotic Running Time of Polynomial Basis Multiplication}
-\label{fig:exponent}
-\end{figure}
-
-At first it may seem like a good idea to choose $n = 1000$ since the exponent is approximately $1.1$. However, the overhead
-of solving for the 2001 terms of $W(x)$ will certainly consume any savings the algorithm could offer for all but exceedingly large
-numbers.
-
-\subsubsection{Cutoff Point}
-The polynomial basis multiplication algorithms all require fewer single precision multiplications than a straight Comba approach. However,
-the algorithms incur an overhead (\textit{at the $O(n)$ work level}) since they require a system of equations to be solved. This makes the
-polynomial basis approach more costly to use with small inputs.
-
-Let $m$ represent the number of digits in the multiplicands (\textit{assume both multiplicands have the same number of digits}). There exists a
-point $y$ such that when $m < y$ the polynomial basis algorithms are more costly than Comba, when $m = y$ they are roughly the same cost and
-when $m > y$ the Comba methods are slower than the polynomial basis algorithms.
-
-The exact location of $y$ depends on several key architectural elements of the computer platform in question.
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item The ratio of clock cycles for single precision multiplication versus other simpler operations such as addition, shifting, etc. For example
-on the AMD Athlon the ratio is roughly $17 : 1$ while on the Intel P4 it is $29 : 1$. The higher the ratio in favour of multiplication the lower
-the cutoff point $y$ will be.
-
-\item The complexity of the linear system of equations (\textit{for the coefficients of $W(x)$}) is. Generally speaking as the number of splits
-grows the complexity grows substantially. Ideally solving the system will only involve addition, subtraction and shifting of integers. This
-directly reflects on the ratio previous mentioned.
-
-\item To a lesser extent memory bandwidth and function call overheads. Provided the values are in the processor cache this is less of an
-influence over the cutoff point.
-
-\end{enumerate}
-
-A clean cutoff point separation occurs when a point $y$ is found such that all of the cutoff point conditions are met. For example, if the point
-is too low then there will be values of $m$ such that $m > y$ and the Comba method is still faster. Finding the cutoff points is fairly simple when
-a high resolution timer is available.
-
-\subsection{Karatsuba Multiplication}
-Karatsuba \cite{KARA} multiplication when originally proposed in 1962 was among the first set of algorithms to break the $O(n^2)$ barrier for
-general purpose multiplication. Given two polynomial basis representations $f(x) = ax + b$ and $g(x) = cx + d$, Karatsuba proved with
-light algebra \cite{KARAP} that the following polynomial is equivalent to multiplication of the two integers the polynomials represent.
-
-\begin{equation}
-f(x) \cdot g(x) = acx^2 + ((a + b)(c + d) - (ac + bd))x + bd
-\end{equation}
-
-Using the observation that $ac$ and $bd$ could be re-used only three half sized multiplications would be required to produce the product. Applying
-this algorithm recursively, the work factor becomes $O(n^{lg(3)})$ which is substantially better than the work factor $O(n^2)$ of the Comba technique. It turns
-out what Karatsuba did not know or at least did not publish was that this is simply polynomial basis multiplication with the points
-$\zeta_0$, $\zeta_{\infty}$ and $\zeta_{1}$. Consider the resultant system of equations.
-
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{rcrcrcrc}
-$\zeta_{0}$ & $=$ & & & & & $w_0$ \\
-$\zeta_{1}$ & $=$ & $w_2$ & $+$ & $w_1$ & $+$ & $w_0$ \\
-$\zeta_{\infty}$ & $=$ & $w_2$ & & & & \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-
-By adding the first and last equation to the equation in the middle the term $w_1$ can be isolated and all three coefficients solved for. The simplicity
-of this system of equations has made Karatsuba fairly popular. In fact the cutoff point is often fairly low\footnote{With LibTomMath 0.18 it is 70 and 109 digits for the Intel P4 and AMD Athlon respectively.}
-making it an ideal algorithm to speed up certain public key cryptosystems such as RSA and Diffie-Hellman.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_karatsuba\_mul}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and mp\_int $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c \leftarrow \vert a \vert \cdot \vert b \vert$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. Init the following mp\_int variables: $x0$, $x1$, $y0$, $y1$, $t1$, $x0y0$, $x1y1$.\\
-2. If step 2 failed then return(\textit{MP\_MEM}). \\
-\\
-Split the input. e.g. $a = x1 \cdot \beta^B + x0$ \\
-3. $B \leftarrow \mbox{min}(a.used, b.used)/2$ \\
-4. $x0 \leftarrow a \mbox{ (mod }\beta^B\mbox{)}$ (\textit{mp\_mod\_2d}) \\
-5. $y0 \leftarrow b \mbox{ (mod }\beta^B\mbox{)}$ \\
-6. $x1 \leftarrow \lfloor a / \beta^B \rfloor$ (\textit{mp\_rshd}) \\
-7. $y1 \leftarrow \lfloor b / \beta^B \rfloor$ \\
-\\
-Calculate the three products. \\
-8. $x0y0 \leftarrow x0 \cdot y0$ (\textit{mp\_mul}) \\
-9. $x1y1 \leftarrow x1 \cdot y1$ \\
-10. $t1 \leftarrow x1 + x0$ (\textit{mp\_add}) \\
-11. $x0 \leftarrow y1 + y0$ \\
-12. $t1 \leftarrow t1 \cdot x0$ \\
-\\
-Calculate the middle term. \\
-13. $x0 \leftarrow x0y0 + x1y1$ \\
-14. $t1 \leftarrow t1 - x0$ (\textit{s\_mp\_sub}) \\
-\\
-Calculate the final product. \\
-15. $t1 \leftarrow t1 \cdot \beta^B$ (\textit{mp\_lshd}) \\
-16. $x1y1 \leftarrow x1y1 \cdot \beta^{2B}$ \\
-17. $t1 \leftarrow x0y0 + t1$ \\
-18. $c \leftarrow t1 + x1y1$ \\
-19. Clear all of the temporary variables. \\
-20. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}).\\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_karatsuba\_mul}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_karatsuba\_mul.}
-This algorithm computes the unsigned product of two inputs using the Karatsuba multiplication algorithm. It is loosely based on the description
-from Knuth \cite[pp. 294-295]{TAOCPV2}.
-
-\index{radix point}
-In order to split the two inputs into their respective halves, a suitable \textit{radix point} must be chosen. The radix point chosen must
-be used for both of the inputs meaning that it must be smaller than the smallest input. Step 3 chooses the radix point $B$ as half of the
-smallest input \textbf{used} count. After the radix point is chosen the inputs are split into lower and upper halves. Step 4 and 5
-compute the lower halves. Step 6 and 7 computer the upper halves.
-
-After the halves have been computed the three intermediate half-size products must be computed. Step 8 and 9 compute the trivial products
-$x0 \cdot y0$ and $x1 \cdot y1$. The mp\_int $x0$ is used as a temporary variable after $x1 + x0$ has been computed. By using $x0$ instead
-of an additional temporary variable, the algorithm can avoid an addition memory allocation operation.
-
-The remaining steps 13 through 18 compute the Karatsuba polynomial through a variety of digit shifting and addition operations.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_karatsuba\_mul.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The new coding element in this routine, not seen in previous routines, is the usage of goto statements. The conventional
-wisdom is that goto statements should be avoided. This is generally true, however when every single function call can fail, it makes sense
-to handle error recovery with a single piece of code. Lines 62 to 76 handle initializing all of the temporary variables
-required. Note how each of the if statements goes to a different label in case of failure. This allows the routine to correctly free only
-the temporaries that have been successfully allocated so far.
-
-The temporary variables are all initialized using the mp\_init\_size routine since they are expected to be large. This saves the
-additional reallocation that would have been necessary. Also $x0$, $x1$, $y0$ and $y1$ have to be able to hold at least their respective
-number of digits for the next section of code.
-
-The first algebraic portion of the algorithm is to split the two inputs into their halves. However, instead of using mp\_mod\_2d and mp\_rshd
-to extract the halves, the respective code has been placed inline within the body of the function. To initialize the halves, the \textbf{used} and
-\textbf{sign} members are copied first. The first for loop on line 96 copies the lower halves. Since they are both the same magnitude it
-is simpler to calculate both lower halves in a single loop. The for loop on lines 102 and 107 calculate the upper halves $x1$ and
-$y1$ respectively.
-
-By inlining the calculation of the halves, the Karatsuba multiplier has a slightly lower overhead and can be used for smaller magnitude inputs.
-
-When line 151 is reached, the algorithm has completed succesfully. The ``error status'' variable $err$ is set to \textbf{MP\_OKAY} so that
-the same code that handles errors can be used to clear the temporary variables and return.
-
-\subsection{Toom-Cook $3$-Way Multiplication}
-Toom-Cook $3$-Way \cite{TOOM} multiplication is essentially the polynomial basis algorithm for $n = 2$ except that the points are
-chosen such that $\zeta$ is easy to compute and the resulting system of equations easy to reduce. Here, the points $\zeta_{0}$,
-$16 \cdot \zeta_{1 \over 2}$, $\zeta_1$, $\zeta_2$ and $\zeta_{\infty}$ make up the five required points to solve for the coefficients
-of the $W(x)$.
-
-With the five relations that Toom-Cook specifies, the following system of equations is formed.
-
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{rcrcrcrcrcr}
-$\zeta_0$ & $=$ & $0w_4$ & $+$ & $0w_3$ & $+$ & $0w_2$ & $+$ & $0w_1$ & $+$ & $1w_0$ \\
-$16 \cdot \zeta_{1 \over 2}$ & $=$ & $1w_4$ & $+$ & $2w_3$ & $+$ & $4w_2$ & $+$ & $8w_1$ & $+$ & $16w_0$ \\
-$\zeta_1$ & $=$ & $1w_4$ & $+$ & $1w_3$ & $+$ & $1w_2$ & $+$ & $1w_1$ & $+$ & $1w_0$ \\
-$\zeta_2$ & $=$ & $16w_4$ & $+$ & $8w_3$ & $+$ & $4w_2$ & $+$ & $2w_1$ & $+$ & $1w_0$ \\
-$\zeta_{\infty}$ & $=$ & $1w_4$ & $+$ & $0w_3$ & $+$ & $0w_2$ & $+$ & $0w_1$ & $+$ & $0w_0$ \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-
-A trivial solution to this matrix requires $12$ subtractions, two multiplications by a small power of two, two divisions by a small power
-of two, two divisions by three and one multiplication by three. All of these $19$ sub-operations require less than quadratic time, meaning that
-the algorithm can be faster than a baseline multiplication. However, the greater complexity of this algorithm places the cutoff point
-(\textbf{TOOM\_MUL\_CUTOFF}) where Toom-Cook becomes more efficient much higher than the Karatsuba cutoff point.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_toom\_mul}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and mp\_int $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c \leftarrow a \cdot b $ \\
-\hline \\
-Split $a$ and $b$ into three pieces. E.g. $a = a_2 \beta^{2k} + a_1 \beta^{k} + a_0$ \\
-1. $k \leftarrow \lfloor \mbox{min}(a.used, b.used) / 3 \rfloor$ \\
-2. $a_0 \leftarrow a \mbox{ (mod }\beta^{k}\mbox{)}$ \\
-3. $a_1 \leftarrow \lfloor a / \beta^k \rfloor$, $a_1 \leftarrow a_1 \mbox{ (mod }\beta^{k}\mbox{)}$ \\
-4. $a_2 \leftarrow \lfloor a / \beta^{2k} \rfloor$, $a_2 \leftarrow a_2 \mbox{ (mod }\beta^{k}\mbox{)}$ \\
-5. $b_0 \leftarrow a \mbox{ (mod }\beta^{k}\mbox{)}$ \\
-6. $b_1 \leftarrow \lfloor a / \beta^k \rfloor$, $b_1 \leftarrow b_1 \mbox{ (mod }\beta^{k}\mbox{)}$ \\
-7. $b_2 \leftarrow \lfloor a / \beta^{2k} \rfloor$, $b_2 \leftarrow b_2 \mbox{ (mod }\beta^{k}\mbox{)}$ \\
-\\
-Find the five equations for $w_0, w_1, ..., w_4$. \\
-8. $w_0 \leftarrow a_0 \cdot b_0$ \\
-9. $w_4 \leftarrow a_2 \cdot b_2$ \\
-10. $tmp_1 \leftarrow 2 \cdot a_0$, $tmp_1 \leftarrow a_1 + tmp_1$, $tmp_1 \leftarrow 2 \cdot tmp_1$, $tmp_1 \leftarrow tmp_1 + a_2$ \\
-11. $tmp_2 \leftarrow 2 \cdot b_0$, $tmp_2 \leftarrow b_1 + tmp_2$, $tmp_2 \leftarrow 2 \cdot tmp_2$, $tmp_2 \leftarrow tmp_2 + b_2$ \\
-12. $w_1 \leftarrow tmp_1 \cdot tmp_2$ \\
-13. $tmp_1 \leftarrow 2 \cdot a_2$, $tmp_1 \leftarrow a_1 + tmp_1$, $tmp_1 \leftarrow 2 \cdot tmp_1$, $tmp_1 \leftarrow tmp_1 + a_0$ \\
-14. $tmp_2 \leftarrow 2 \cdot b_2$, $tmp_2 \leftarrow b_1 + tmp_2$, $tmp_2 \leftarrow 2 \cdot tmp_2$, $tmp_2 \leftarrow tmp_2 + b_0$ \\
-15. $w_3 \leftarrow tmp_1 \cdot tmp_2$ \\
-16. $tmp_1 \leftarrow a_0 + a_1$, $tmp_1 \leftarrow tmp_1 + a_2$, $tmp_2 \leftarrow b_0 + b_1$, $tmp_2 \leftarrow tmp_2 + b_2$ \\
-17. $w_2 \leftarrow tmp_1 \cdot tmp_2$ \\
-\\
-Continued on the next page.\\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_toom\_mul}
-\end{figure}
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_toom\_mul} (continued). \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and mp\_int $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c \leftarrow a \cdot b $ \\
-\hline \\
-Now solve the system of equations. \\
-18. $w_1 \leftarrow w_4 - w_1$, $w_3 \leftarrow w_3 - w_0$ \\
-19. $w_1 \leftarrow \lfloor w_1 / 2 \rfloor$, $w_3 \leftarrow \lfloor w_3 / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-20. $w_2 \leftarrow w_2 - w_0$, $w_2 \leftarrow w_2 - w_4$ \\
-21. $w_1 \leftarrow w_1 - w_2$, $w_3 \leftarrow w_3 - w_2$ \\
-22. $tmp_1 \leftarrow 8 \cdot w_0$, $w_1 \leftarrow w_1 - tmp_1$, $tmp_1 \leftarrow 8 \cdot w_4$, $w_3 \leftarrow w_3 - tmp_1$ \\
-23. $w_2 \leftarrow 3 \cdot w_2$, $w_2 \leftarrow w_2 - w_1$, $w_2 \leftarrow w_2 - w_3$ \\
-24. $w_1 \leftarrow w_1 - w_2$, $w_3 \leftarrow w_3 - w_2$ \\
-25. $w_1 \leftarrow \lfloor w_1 / 3 \rfloor, w_3 \leftarrow \lfloor w_3 / 3 \rfloor$ \\
-\\
-Now substitute $\beta^k$ for $x$ by shifting $w_0, w_1, ..., w_4$. \\
-26. for $n$ from $1$ to $4$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}26.1 $w_n \leftarrow w_n \cdot \beta^{nk}$ \\
-27. $c \leftarrow w_0 + w_1$, $c \leftarrow c + w_2$, $c \leftarrow c + w_3$, $c \leftarrow c + w_4$ \\
-28. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_toom\_mul (continued)}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_toom\_mul.}
-This algorithm computes the product of two mp\_int variables $a$ and $b$ using the Toom-Cook approach. Compared to the Karatsuba multiplication, this
-algorithm has a lower asymptotic running time of approximately $O(n^{1.464})$ but at an obvious cost in overhead. In this
-description, several statements have been compounded to save space. The intention is that the statements are executed from left to right across
-any given step.
-
-The two inputs $a$ and $b$ are first split into three $k$-digit integers $a_0, a_1, a_2$ and $b_0, b_1, b_2$ respectively. From these smaller
-integers the coefficients of the polynomial basis representations $f(x)$ and $g(x)$ are known and can be used to find the relations required.
-
-The first two relations $w_0$ and $w_4$ are the points $\zeta_{0}$ and $\zeta_{\infty}$ respectively. The relation $w_1, w_2$ and $w_3$ correspond
-to the points $16 \cdot \zeta_{1 \over 2}, \zeta_{2}$ and $\zeta_{1}$ respectively. These are found using logical shifts to independently find
-$f(y)$ and $g(y)$ which significantly speeds up the algorithm.
-
-After the five relations $w_0, w_1, \ldots, w_4$ have been computed, the system they represent must be solved in order for the unknown coefficients
-$w_1, w_2$ and $w_3$ to be isolated. The steps 18 through 25 perform the system reduction required as previously described. Each step of
-the reduction represents the comparable matrix operation that would be performed had this been performed by pencil. For example, step 18 indicates
-that row $1$ must be subtracted from row $4$ and simultaneously row $0$ subtracted from row $3$.
-
-Once the coeffients have been isolated, the polynomial $W(x) = \sum_{i=0}^{2n} w_i x^i$ is known. By substituting $\beta^{k}$ for $x$, the integer
-result $a \cdot b$ is produced.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_toom\_mul.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The first obvious thing to note is that this algorithm is complicated. The complexity is worth it if you are multiplying very
-large numbers. For example, a 10,000 digit multiplication takes approximaly 99,282,205 fewer single precision multiplications with
-Toom--Cook than a Comba or baseline approach (this is a savings of more than 99$\%$). For most ``crypto'' sized numbers this
-algorithm is not practical as Karatsuba has a much lower cutoff point.
-
-First we split $a$ and $b$ into three roughly equal portions. This has been accomplished (lines 41 to 70) with
-combinations of mp\_rshd() and mp\_mod\_2d() function calls. At this point $a = a2 \cdot \beta^2 + a1 \cdot \beta + a0$ and similiarly
-for $b$.
-
-Next we compute the five points $w0, w1, w2, w3$ and $w4$. Recall that $w0$ and $w4$ can be computed directly from the portions so
-we get those out of the way first (lines 73 and 78). Next we compute $w1, w2$ and $w3$ using Horners method.
-
-After this point we solve for the actual values of $w1, w2$ and $w3$ by reducing the $5 \times 5$ system which is relatively
-straight forward.
-
-\subsection{Signed Multiplication}
-Now that algorithms to handle multiplications of every useful dimensions have been developed, a rather simple finishing touch is required. So far all
-of the multiplication algorithms have been unsigned multiplications which leaves only a signed multiplication algorithm to be established.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_mul}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and mp\_int $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c \leftarrow a \cdot b$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $a.sign = b.sign$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 $sign = MP\_ZPOS$ \\
-2. else \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $sign = MP\_ZNEG$ \\
-3. If min$(a.used, b.used) \ge TOOM\_MUL\_CUTOFF$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.1 $c \leftarrow a \cdot b$ using algorithm mp\_toom\_mul \\
-4. else if min$(a.used, b.used) \ge KARATSUBA\_MUL\_CUTOFF$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 $c \leftarrow a \cdot b$ using algorithm mp\_karatsuba\_mul \\
-5. else \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $digs \leftarrow a.used + b.used + 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 If $digs < MP\_ARRAY$ and min$(a.used, b.used) \le \delta$ then \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.2.1 $c \leftarrow a \cdot b \mbox{ (mod }\beta^{digs}\mbox{)}$ using algorithm fast\_s\_mp\_mul\_digs. \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.3 else \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.3.1 $c \leftarrow a \cdot b \mbox{ (mod }\beta^{digs}\mbox{)}$ using algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs. \\
-6. $c.sign \leftarrow sign$ \\
-7. Return the result of the unsigned multiplication performed. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_mul}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_mul.}
-This algorithm performs the signed multiplication of two inputs. It will make use of any of the three unsigned multiplication algorithms
-available when the input is of appropriate size. The \textbf{sign} of the result is not set until the end of the algorithm since algorithm
-s\_mp\_mul\_digs will clear it.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_mul.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The implementation is rather simplistic and is not particularly noteworthy. Line 22 computes the sign of the result using the ``?''
-operator from the C programming language. Line 48 computes $\delta$ using the fact that $1 << k$ is equal to $2^k$.
-
-\section{Squaring}
-\label{sec:basesquare}
-
-Squaring is a special case of multiplication where both multiplicands are equal. At first it may seem like there is no significant optimization
-available but in fact there is. Consider the multiplication of $576$ against $241$. In total there will be nine single precision multiplications
-performed which are $1\cdot 6$, $1 \cdot 7$, $1 \cdot 5$, $4 \cdot 6$, $4 \cdot 7$, $4 \cdot 5$, $2 \cdot 6$, $2 \cdot 7$ and $2 \cdot 5$. Now consider
-the multiplication of $123$ against $123$. The nine products are $3 \cdot 3$, $3 \cdot 2$, $3 \cdot 1$, $2 \cdot 3$, $2 \cdot 2$, $2 \cdot 1$,
-$1 \cdot 3$, $1 \cdot 2$ and $1 \cdot 1$. On closer inspection some of the products are equivalent. For example, $3 \cdot 2 = 2 \cdot 3$
-and $3 \cdot 1 = 1 \cdot 3$.
-
-For any $n$-digit input, there are ${{\left (n^2 + n \right)}\over 2}$ possible unique single precision multiplications required compared to the $n^2$
-required for multiplication. The following diagram gives an example of the operations required.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{ccccc|c}
-&&1&2&3&\\
-$\times$ &&1&2&3&\\
-\hline && $3 \cdot 1$ & $3 \cdot 2$ & $3 \cdot 3$ & Row 0\\
- & $2 \cdot 1$ & $2 \cdot 2$ & $2 \cdot 3$ && Row 1 \\
- $1 \cdot 1$ & $1 \cdot 2$ & $1 \cdot 3$ &&& Row 2 \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Squaring Optimization Diagram}
-\end{figure}
-
-Starting from zero and numbering the columns from right to left a very simple pattern becomes obvious. For the purposes of this discussion let $x$
-represent the number being squared. The first observation is that in row $k$ the $2k$'th column of the product has a $\left (x_k \right)^2$ term in it.
-
-The second observation is that every column $j$ in row $k$ where $j \ne 2k$ is part of a double product. Every non-square term of a column will
-appear twice hence the name ``double product''. Every odd column is made up entirely of double products. In fact every column is made up of double
-products and at most one square (\textit{see the exercise section}).
-
-The third and final observation is that for row $k$ the first unique non-square term, that is, one that hasn't already appeared in an earlier row,
-occurs at column $2k + 1$. For example, on row $1$ of the previous squaring, column one is part of the double product with column one from row zero.
-Column two of row one is a square and column three is the first unique column.
-
-\subsection{The Baseline Squaring Algorithm}
-The baseline squaring algorithm is meant to be a catch-all squaring algorithm. It will handle any of the input sizes that the faster routines
-will not handle.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{s\_mp\_sqr}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $b \leftarrow a^2$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. Init a temporary mp\_int of at least $2 \cdot a.used +1$ digits. (\textit{mp\_init\_size}) \\
-2. If step 1 failed return(\textit{MP\_MEM}) \\
-3. $t.used \leftarrow 2 \cdot a.used + 1$ \\
-4. For $ix$ from 0 to $a.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}Calculate the square. \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 $\hat r \leftarrow t_{2ix} + \left (a_{ix} \right )^2$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.2 $t_{2ix} \leftarrow \hat r \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}Calculate the double products after the square. \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.3 $u \leftarrow \lfloor \hat r / \beta \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.4 For $iy$ from $ix + 1$ to $a.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}4.4.1 $\hat r \leftarrow 2 \cdot a_{ix}a_{iy} + t_{ix + iy} + u$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}4.4.2 $t_{ix + iy} \leftarrow \hat r \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}4.4.3 $u \leftarrow \lfloor \hat r / \beta \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}Set the last carry. \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.5 While $u > 0$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}4.5.1 $iy \leftarrow iy + 1$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}4.5.2 $\hat r \leftarrow t_{ix + iy} + u$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}4.5.3 $t_{ix + iy} \leftarrow \hat r \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}4.5.4 $u \leftarrow \lfloor \hat r / \beta \rfloor$ \\
-5. Clamp excess digits of $t$. (\textit{mp\_clamp}) \\
-6. Exchange $b$ and $t$. \\
-7. Clear $t$ (\textit{mp\_clear}) \\
-8. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm s\_mp\_sqr}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm s\_mp\_sqr.}
-This algorithm computes the square of an input using the three observations on squaring. It is based fairly faithfully on algorithm 14.16 of HAC
-\cite[pp.596-597]{HAC}. Similar to algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs, a temporary mp\_int is allocated to hold the result of the squaring. This allows the
-destination mp\_int to be the same as the source mp\_int.
-
-The outer loop of this algorithm begins on step 4. It is best to think of the outer loop as walking down the rows of the partial results, while
-the inner loop computes the columns of the partial result. Step 4.1 and 4.2 compute the square term for each row, and step 4.3 and 4.4 propagate
-the carry and compute the double products.
-
-The requirement that a mp\_word be able to represent the range $0 \le x < 2 \beta^2$ arises from this
-very algorithm. The product $a_{ix}a_{iy}$ will lie in the range $0 \le x \le \beta^2 - 2\beta + 1$ which is obviously less than $\beta^2$ meaning that
-when it is multiplied by two, it can be properly represented by a mp\_word.
-
-Similar to algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs, after every pass of the inner loop, the destination is correctly set to the sum of all of the partial
-results calculated so far. This involves expensive carry propagation which will be eliminated in the next algorithm.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_s\_mp\_sqr.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-Inside the outer loop (line 34) the square term is calculated on line 37. The carry (line 44) has been
-extracted from the mp\_word accumulator using a right shift. Aliases for $a_{ix}$ and $t_{ix+iy}$ are initialized
-(lines 47 and 50) to simplify the inner loop. The doubling is performed using two
-additions (line 59) since it is usually faster than shifting, if not at least as fast.
-
-The important observation is that the inner loop does not begin at $iy = 0$ like for multiplication. As such the inner loops
-get progressively shorter as the algorithm proceeds. This is what leads to the savings compared to using a multiplication to
-square a number.
-
-\subsection{Faster Squaring by the ``Comba'' Method}
-A major drawback to the baseline method is the requirement for single precision shifting inside the $O(n^2)$ nested loop. Squaring has an additional
-drawback that it must double the product inside the inner loop as well. As for multiplication, the Comba technique can be used to eliminate these
-performance hazards.
-
-The first obvious solution is to make an array of mp\_words which will hold all of the columns. This will indeed eliminate all of the carry
-propagation operations from the inner loop. However, the inner product must still be doubled $O(n^2)$ times. The solution stems from the simple fact
-that $2a + 2b + 2c = 2(a + b + c)$. That is the sum of all of the double products is equal to double the sum of all the products. For example,
-$ab + ba + ac + ca = 2ab + 2ac = 2(ab + ac)$.
-
-However, we cannot simply double all of the columns, since the squares appear only once per row. The most practical solution is to have two
-mp\_word arrays. One array will hold the squares and the other array will hold the double products. With both arrays the doubling and
-carry propagation can be moved to a $O(n)$ work level outside the $O(n^2)$ level. In this case, we have an even simpler solution in mind.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{fast\_s\_mp\_sqr}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $b \leftarrow a^2$ \\
-\hline \\
-Place an array of \textbf{MP\_WARRAY} mp\_digits named $W$ on the stack. \\
-1. If $b.alloc < 2a.used + 1$ then grow $b$ to $2a.used + 1$ digits. (\textit{mp\_grow}). \\
-2. If step 1 failed return(\textit{MP\_MEM}). \\
-\\
-3. $pa \leftarrow 2 \cdot a.used$ \\
-4. $\hat W1 \leftarrow 0$ \\
-5. for $ix$ from $0$ to $pa - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $\_ \hat W \leftarrow 0$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 $ty \leftarrow \mbox{MIN}(a.used - 1, ix)$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.3 $tx \leftarrow ix - ty$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.4 $iy \leftarrow \mbox{MIN}(a.used - tx, ty + 1)$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.5 $iy \leftarrow \mbox{MIN}(iy, \lfloor \left (ty - tx + 1 \right )/2 \rfloor)$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.6 for $iz$ from $0$ to $iz - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.6.1 $\_ \hat W \leftarrow \_ \hat W + a_{tx + iz}a_{ty - iz}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.7 $\_ \hat W \leftarrow 2 \cdot \_ \hat W + \hat W1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.8 if $ix$ is even then \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.8.1 $\_ \hat W \leftarrow \_ \hat W + \left ( a_{\lfloor ix/2 \rfloor}\right )^2$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.9 $W_{ix} \leftarrow \_ \hat W (\mbox{mod }\beta)$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.10 $\hat W1 \leftarrow \lfloor \_ \hat W / \beta \rfloor$ \\
-\\
-6. $oldused \leftarrow b.used$ \\
-7. $b.used \leftarrow 2 \cdot a.used$ \\
-8. for $ix$ from $0$ to $pa - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.1 $b_{ix} \leftarrow W_{ix}$ \\
-9. for $ix$ from $pa$ to $oldused - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}9.1 $b_{ix} \leftarrow 0$ \\
-10. Clamp excess digits from $b$. (\textit{mp\_clamp}) \\
-11. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm fast\_s\_mp\_sqr}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm fast\_s\_mp\_sqr.}
-This algorithm computes the square of an input using the Comba technique. It is designed to be a replacement for algorithm
-s\_mp\_sqr when the number of input digits is less than \textbf{MP\_WARRAY} and less than $\delta \over 2$.
-This algorithm is very similar to the Comba multiplier except with a few key differences we shall make note of.
-
-First, we have an accumulator and carry variables $\_ \hat W$ and $\hat W1$ respectively. This is because the inner loop
-products are to be doubled. If we had added the previous carry in we would be doubling too much. Next we perform an
-addition MIN condition on $iy$ (step 5.5) to prevent overlapping digits. For example, $a_3 \cdot a_5$ is equal
-$a_5 \cdot a_3$. Whereas in the multiplication case we would have $5 < a.used$ and $3 \ge 0$ is maintained since we double the sum
-of the products just outside the inner loop we have to avoid doing this. This is also a good thing since we perform
-fewer multiplications and the routine ends up being faster.
-
-Finally the last difference is the addition of the ``square'' term outside the inner loop (step 5.8). We add in the square
-only to even outputs and it is the square of the term at the $\lfloor ix / 2 \rfloor$ position.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_fast\_s\_mp\_sqr.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-This implementation is essentially a copy of Comba multiplication with the appropriate changes added to make it faster for
-the special case of squaring.
-
-\subsection{Polynomial Basis Squaring}
-The same algorithm that performs optimal polynomial basis multiplication can be used to perform polynomial basis squaring. The minor exception
-is that $\zeta_y = f(y)g(y)$ is actually equivalent to $\zeta_y = f(y)^2$ since $f(y) = g(y)$. Instead of performing $2n + 1$
-multiplications to find the $\zeta$ relations, squaring operations are performed instead.
-
-\subsection{Karatsuba Squaring}
-Let $f(x) = ax + b$ represent the polynomial basis representation of a number to square.
-Let $h(x) = \left ( f(x) \right )^2$ represent the square of the polynomial. The Karatsuba equation can be modified to square a
-number with the following equation.
-
-\begin{equation}
-h(x) = a^2x^2 + \left ((a + b)^2 - (a^2 + b^2) \right )x + b^2
-\end{equation}
-
-Upon closer inspection this equation only requires the calculation of three half-sized squares: $a^2$, $b^2$ and $(a + b)^2$. As in
-Karatsuba multiplication, this algorithm can be applied recursively on the input and will achieve an asymptotic running time of
-$O \left ( n^{lg(3)} \right )$.
-
-If the asymptotic times of Karatsuba squaring and multiplication are the same, why not simply use the multiplication algorithm
-instead? The answer to this arises from the cutoff point for squaring. As in multiplication there exists a cutoff point, at which the
-time required for a Comba based squaring and a Karatsuba based squaring meet. Due to the overhead inherent in the Karatsuba method, the cutoff
-point is fairly high. For example, on an AMD Athlon XP processor with $\beta = 2^{28}$, the cutoff point is around 127 digits.
-
-Consider squaring a 200 digit number with this technique. It will be split into two 100 digit halves which are subsequently squared.
-The 100 digit halves will not be squared using Karatsuba, but instead using the faster Comba based squaring algorithm. If Karatsuba multiplication
-were used instead, the 100 digit numbers would be squared with a slower Comba based multiplication.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_karatsuba\_sqr}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $b \leftarrow a^2$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. Initialize the following temporary mp\_ints: $x0$, $x1$, $t1$, $t2$, $x0x0$ and $x1x1$. \\
-2. If any of the initializations on step 1 failed return(\textit{MP\_MEM}). \\
-\\
-Split the input. e.g. $a = x1\beta^B + x0$ \\
-3. $B \leftarrow \lfloor a.used / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-4. $x0 \leftarrow a \mbox{ (mod }\beta^B\mbox{)}$ (\textit{mp\_mod\_2d}) \\
-5. $x1 \leftarrow \lfloor a / \beta^B \rfloor$ (\textit{mp\_lshd}) \\
-\\
-Calculate the three squares. \\
-6. $x0x0 \leftarrow x0^2$ (\textit{mp\_sqr}) \\
-7. $x1x1 \leftarrow x1^2$ \\
-8. $t1 \leftarrow x1 + x0$ (\textit{s\_mp\_add}) \\
-9. $t1 \leftarrow t1^2$ \\
-\\
-Compute the middle term. \\
-10. $t2 \leftarrow x0x0 + x1x1$ (\textit{s\_mp\_add}) \\
-11. $t1 \leftarrow t1 - t2$ \\
-\\
-Compute final product. \\
-12. $t1 \leftarrow t1\beta^B$ (\textit{mp\_lshd}) \\
-13. $x1x1 \leftarrow x1x1\beta^{2B}$ \\
-14. $t1 \leftarrow t1 + x0x0$ \\
-15. $b \leftarrow t1 + x1x1$ \\
-16. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_karatsuba\_sqr}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_karatsuba\_sqr.}
-This algorithm computes the square of an input $a$ using the Karatsuba technique. This algorithm is very similar to the Karatsuba based
-multiplication algorithm with the exception that the three half-size multiplications have been replaced with three half-size squarings.
-
-The radix point for squaring is simply placed exactly in the middle of the digits when the input has an odd number of digits, otherwise it is
-placed just below the middle. Step 3, 4 and 5 compute the two halves required using $B$
-as the radix point. The first two squares in steps 6 and 7 are rather straightforward while the last square is of a more compact form.
-
-By expanding $\left (x1 + x0 \right )^2$, the $x1^2$ and $x0^2$ terms in the middle disappear, that is $(x0 - x1)^2 - (x1^2 + x0^2) = 2 \cdot x0 \cdot x1$.
-Now if $5n$ single precision additions and a squaring of $n$-digits is faster than multiplying two $n$-digit numbers and doubling then
-this method is faster. Assuming no further recursions occur, the difference can be estimated with the following inequality.
-
-Let $p$ represent the cost of a single precision addition and $q$ the cost of a single precision multiplication both in terms of time\footnote{Or
-machine clock cycles.}.
-
-\begin{equation}
-5pn +{{q(n^2 + n)} \over 2} \le pn + qn^2
-\end{equation}
-
-For example, on an AMD Athlon XP processor $p = {1 \over 3}$ and $q = 6$. This implies that the following inequality should hold.
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{rcl}
-${5n \over 3} + 3n^2 + 3n$ & $<$ & ${n \over 3} + 6n^2$ \\
-${5 \over 3} + 3n + 3$ & $<$ & ${1 \over 3} + 6n$ \\
-${13 \over 9}$ & $<$ & $n$ \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-
-This results in a cutoff point around $n = 2$. As a consequence it is actually faster to compute the middle term the ``long way'' on processors
-where multiplication is substantially slower\footnote{On the Athlon there is a 1:17 ratio between clock cycles for addition and multiplication. On
-the Intel P4 processor this ratio is 1:29 making this method even more beneficial. The only common exception is the ARMv4 processor which has a
-ratio of 1:7. } than simpler operations such as addition.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_karatsuba\_sqr.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-This implementation is largely based on the implementation of algorithm mp\_karatsuba\_mul. It uses the same inline style to copy and
-shift the input into the two halves. The loop from line 54 to line 70 has been modified since only one input exists. The \textbf{used}
-count of both $x0$ and $x1$ is fixed up and $x0$ is clamped before the calculations begin. At this point $x1$ and $x0$ are valid equivalents
-to the respective halves as if mp\_rshd and mp\_mod\_2d had been used.
-
-By inlining the copy and shift operations the cutoff point for Karatsuba multiplication can be lowered. On the Athlon the cutoff point
-is exactly at the point where Comba squaring can no longer be used (\textit{128 digits}). On slower processors such as the Intel P4
-it is actually below the Comba limit (\textit{at 110 digits}).
-
-This routine uses the same error trap coding style as mp\_karatsuba\_sqr. As the temporary variables are initialized errors are
-redirected to the error trap higher up. If the algorithm completes without error the error code is set to \textbf{MP\_OKAY} and
-mp\_clears are executed normally.
-
-\subsection{Toom-Cook Squaring}
-The Toom-Cook squaring algorithm mp\_toom\_sqr is heavily based on the algorithm mp\_toom\_mul with the exception that squarings are used
-instead of multiplication to find the five relations. The reader is encouraged to read the description of the latter algorithm and try to
-derive their own Toom-Cook squaring algorithm.
-
-\subsection{High Level Squaring}
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_sqr}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $b \leftarrow a^2$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $a.used \ge TOOM\_SQR\_CUTOFF$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 $b \leftarrow a^2$ using algorithm mp\_toom\_sqr \\
-2. else if $a.used \ge KARATSUBA\_SQR\_CUTOFF$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $b \leftarrow a^2$ using algorithm mp\_karatsuba\_sqr \\
-3. else \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.1 $digs \leftarrow a.used + b.used + 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.2 If $digs < MP\_ARRAY$ and $a.used \le \delta$ then \\
-\hspace{6mm}3.2.1 $b \leftarrow a^2$ using algorithm fast\_s\_mp\_sqr. \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.3 else \\
-\hspace{6mm}3.3.1 $b \leftarrow a^2$ using algorithm s\_mp\_sqr. \\
-4. $b.sign \leftarrow MP\_ZPOS$ \\
-5. Return the result of the unsigned squaring performed. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_sqr}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_sqr.}
-This algorithm computes the square of the input using one of four different algorithms. If the input is very large and has at least
-\textbf{TOOM\_SQR\_CUTOFF} or \textbf{KARATSUBA\_SQR\_CUTOFF} digits then either the Toom-Cook or the Karatsuba Squaring algorithm is used. If
-neither of the polynomial basis algorithms should be used then either the Comba or baseline algorithm is used.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_sqr.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-\section*{Exercises}
-\begin{tabular}{cl}
-$\left [ 3 \right ] $ & Devise an efficient algorithm for selection of the radix point to handle inputs \\
- & that have different number of digits in Karatsuba multiplication. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 2 \right ] $ & In section 5.3 the fact that every column of a squaring is made up \\
- & of double products and at most one square is stated. Prove this statement. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 3 \right ] $ & Prove the equation for Karatsuba squaring. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 1 \right ] $ & Prove that Karatsuba squaring requires $O \left (n^{lg(3)} \right )$ time. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 2 \right ] $ & Determine the minimal ratio between addition and multiplication clock cycles \\
- & required for equation $6.7$ to be true. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 3 \right ] $ & Implement a threaded version of Comba multiplication (and squaring) where you \\
- & compute subsets of the columns in each thread. Determine a cutoff point where \\
- & it is effective and add the logic to mp\_mul() and mp\_sqr(). \\
- &\\
-$\left [ 4 \right ] $ & Same as the previous but also modify the Karatsuba and Toom-Cook. You must \\
- & increase the throughput of mp\_exptmod() for random odd moduli in the range \\
- & $512 \ldots 4096$ bits significantly ($> 2x$) to complete this challenge. \\
- & \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\chapter{Modular Reduction}
-\section{Basics of Modular Reduction}
-\index{modular residue}
-Modular reduction is an operation that arises quite often within public key cryptography algorithms and various number theoretic algorithms,
-such as factoring. Modular reduction algorithms are the third class of algorithms of the ``multipliers'' set. A number $a$ is said to be \textit{reduced}
-modulo another number $b$ by finding the remainder of the division $a/b$. Full integer division with remainder is a topic to be covered
-in~\ref{sec:division}.
-
-Modular reduction is equivalent to solving for $r$ in the following equation. $a = bq + r$ where $q = \lfloor a/b \rfloor$. The result
-$r$ is said to be ``congruent to $a$ modulo $b$'' which is also written as $r \equiv a \mbox{ (mod }b\mbox{)}$. In other vernacular $r$ is known as the
-``modular residue'' which leads to ``quadratic residue''\footnote{That's fancy talk for $b \equiv a^2 \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$.} and
-other forms of residues.
-
-Modular reductions are normally used to create either finite groups, rings or fields. The most common usage for performance driven modular reductions
-is in modular exponentiation algorithms. That is to compute $d = a^b \mbox{ (mod }c\mbox{)}$ as fast as possible. This operation is used in the
-RSA and Diffie-Hellman public key algorithms, for example. Modular multiplication and squaring also appears as a fundamental operation in
-elliptic curve cryptographic algorithms. As will be discussed in the subsequent chapter there exist fast algorithms for computing modular
-exponentiations without having to perform (\textit{in this example}) $b - 1$ multiplications. These algorithms will produce partial results in the
-range $0 \le x < c^2$ which can be taken advantage of to create several efficient algorithms. They have also been used to create redundancy check
-algorithms known as CRCs, error correction codes such as Reed-Solomon and solve a variety of number theoeretic problems.
-
-\section{The Barrett Reduction}
-The Barrett reduction algorithm \cite{BARRETT} was inspired by fast division algorithms which multiply by the reciprocal to emulate
-division. Barretts observation was that the residue $c$ of $a$ modulo $b$ is equal to
-
-\begin{equation}
-c = a - b \cdot \lfloor a/b \rfloor
-\end{equation}
-
-Since algorithms such as modular exponentiation would be using the same modulus extensively, typical DSP\footnote{It is worth noting that Barrett's paper
-targeted the DSP56K processor.} intuition would indicate the next step would be to replace $a/b$ by a multiplication by the reciprocal. However,
-DSP intuition on its own will not work as these numbers are considerably larger than the precision of common DSP floating point data types.
-It would take another common optimization to optimize the algorithm.
-
-\subsection{Fixed Point Arithmetic}
-The trick used to optimize the above equation is based on a technique of emulating floating point data types with fixed precision integers. Fixed
-point arithmetic would become very popular as it greatly optimize the ``3d-shooter'' genre of games in the mid 1990s when floating point units were
-fairly slow if not unavailable. The idea behind fixed point arithmetic is to take a normal $k$-bit integer data type and break it into $p$-bit
-integer and a $q$-bit fraction part (\textit{where $p+q = k$}).
-
-In this system a $k$-bit integer $n$ would actually represent $n/2^q$. For example, with $q = 4$ the integer $n = 37$ would actually represent the
-value $2.3125$. To multiply two fixed point numbers the integers are multiplied using traditional arithmetic and subsequently normalized by
-moving the implied decimal point back to where it should be. For example, with $q = 4$ to multiply the integers $9$ and $5$ they must be converted
-to fixed point first by multiplying by $2^q$. Let $a = 9(2^q)$ represent the fixed point representation of $9$ and $b = 5(2^q)$ represent the
-fixed point representation of $5$. The product $ab$ is equal to $45(2^{2q})$ which when normalized by dividing by $2^q$ produces $45(2^q)$.
-
-This technique became popular since a normal integer multiplication and logical shift right are the only required operations to perform a multiplication
-of two fixed point numbers. Using fixed point arithmetic, division can be easily approximated by multiplying by the reciprocal. If $2^q$ is
-equivalent to one than $2^q/b$ is equivalent to the fixed point approximation of $1/b$ using real arithmetic. Using this fact dividing an integer
-$a$ by another integer $b$ can be achieved with the following expression.
-
-\begin{equation}
-\lfloor a / b \rfloor \mbox{ }\approx\mbox{ } \lfloor (a \cdot \lfloor 2^q / b \rfloor)/2^q \rfloor
-\end{equation}
-
-The precision of the division is proportional to the value of $q$. If the divisor $b$ is used frequently as is the case with
-modular exponentiation pre-computing $2^q/b$ will allow a division to be performed with a multiplication and a right shift. Both operations
-are considerably faster than division on most processors.
-
-Consider dividing $19$ by $5$. The correct result is $\lfloor 19/5 \rfloor = 3$. With $q = 3$ the reciprocal is $\lfloor 2^q/5 \rfloor = 1$ which
-leads to a product of $19$ which when divided by $2^q$ produces $2$. However, with $q = 4$ the reciprocal is $\lfloor 2^q/5 \rfloor = 3$ and
-the result of the emulated division is $\lfloor 3 \cdot 19 / 2^q \rfloor = 3$ which is correct. The value of $2^q$ must be close to or ideally
-larger than the dividend. In effect if $a$ is the dividend then $q$ should allow $0 \le \lfloor a/2^q \rfloor \le 1$ in order for this approach
-to work correctly. Plugging this form of divison into the original equation the following modular residue equation arises.
-
-\begin{equation}
-c = a - b \cdot \lfloor (a \cdot \lfloor 2^q / b \rfloor)/2^q \rfloor
-\end{equation}
-
-Using the notation from \cite{BARRETT} the value of $\lfloor 2^q / b \rfloor$ will be represented by the $\mu$ symbol. Using the $\mu$
-variable also helps re-inforce the idea that it is meant to be computed once and re-used.
-
-\begin{equation}
-c = a - b \cdot \lfloor (a \cdot \mu)/2^q \rfloor
-\end{equation}
-
-Provided that $2^q \ge a$ this algorithm will produce a quotient that is either exactly correct or off by a value of one. In the context of Barrett
-reduction the value of $a$ is bound by $0 \le a \le (b - 1)^2$ meaning that $2^q \ge b^2$ is sufficient to ensure the reciprocal will have enough
-precision.
-
-Let $n$ represent the number of digits in $b$. This algorithm requires approximately $2n^2$ single precision multiplications to produce the quotient and
-another $n^2$ single precision multiplications to find the residue. In total $3n^2$ single precision multiplications are required to
-reduce the number.
-
-For example, if $b = 1179677$ and $q = 41$ ($2^q > b^2$), then the reciprocal $\mu$ is equal to $\lfloor 2^q / b \rfloor = 1864089$. Consider reducing
-$a = 180388626447$ modulo $b$ using the above reduction equation. The quotient using the new formula is $\lfloor (a \cdot \mu) / 2^q \rfloor = 152913$.
-By subtracting $152913b$ from $a$ the correct residue $a \equiv 677346 \mbox{ (mod }b\mbox{)}$ is found.
-
-\subsection{Choosing a Radix Point}
-Using the fixed point representation a modular reduction can be performed with $3n^2$ single precision multiplications. If that were the best
-that could be achieved a full division\footnote{A division requires approximately $O(2cn^2)$ single precision multiplications for a small value of $c$.
-See~\ref{sec:division} for further details.} might as well be used in its place. The key to optimizing the reduction is to reduce the precision of
-the initial multiplication that finds the quotient.
-
-Let $a$ represent the number of which the residue is sought. Let $b$ represent the modulus used to find the residue. Let $m$ represent
-the number of digits in $b$. For the purposes of this discussion we will assume that the number of digits in $a$ is $2m$, which is generally true if
-two $m$-digit numbers have been multiplied. Dividing $a$ by $b$ is the same as dividing a $2m$ digit integer by a $m$ digit integer. Digits below the
-$m - 1$'th digit of $a$ will contribute at most a value of $1$ to the quotient because $\beta^k < b$ for any $0 \le k \le m - 1$. Another way to
-express this is by re-writing $a$ as two parts. If $a' \equiv a \mbox{ (mod }b^m\mbox{)}$ and $a'' = a - a'$ then
-${a \over b} \equiv {{a' + a''} \over b}$ which is equivalent to ${a' \over b} + {a'' \over b}$. Since $a'$ is bound to be less than $b$ the quotient
-is bound by $0 \le {a' \over b} < 1$.
-
-Since the digits of $a'$ do not contribute much to the quotient the observation is that they might as well be zero. However, if the digits
-``might as well be zero'' they might as well not be there in the first place. Let $q_0 = \lfloor a/\beta^{m-1} \rfloor$ represent the input
-with the irrelevant digits trimmed. Now the modular reduction is trimmed to the almost equivalent equation
-
-\begin{equation}
-c = a - b \cdot \lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor
-\end{equation}
-
-Note that the original divisor $2^q$ has been replaced with $\beta^{m+1}$ where in this case $q$ is a multiple of $lg(\beta)$. Also note that the
-exponent on the divisor when added to the amount $q_0$ was shifted by equals $2m$. If the optimization had not been performed the divisor
-would have the exponent $2m$ so in the end the exponents do ``add up''. Using the above equation the quotient
-$\lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor$ can be off from the true quotient by at most two. The original fixed point quotient can be off
-by as much as one (\textit{provided the radix point is chosen suitably}) and now that the lower irrelevent digits have been trimmed the quotient
-can be off by an additional value of one for a total of at most two. This implies that
-$0 \le a - b \cdot \lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor < 3b$. By first subtracting $b$ times the quotient and then conditionally subtracting
-$b$ once or twice the residue is found.
-
-The quotient is now found using $(m + 1)(m) = m^2 + m$ single precision multiplications and the residue with an additional $m^2$ single
-precision multiplications, ignoring the subtractions required. In total $2m^2 + m$ single precision multiplications are required to find the residue.
-This is considerably faster than the original attempt.
-
-For example, let $\beta = 10$ represent the radix of the digits. Let $b = 9999$ represent the modulus which implies $m = 4$. Let $a = 99929878$
-represent the value of which the residue is desired. In this case $q = 8$ since $10^7 < 9999^2$ meaning that $\mu = \lfloor \beta^{q}/b \rfloor = 10001$.
-With the new observation the multiplicand for the quotient is equal to $q_0 = \lfloor a / \beta^{m - 1} \rfloor = 99929$. The quotient is then
-$\lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor = 9993$. Subtracting $9993b$ from $a$ and the correct residue $a \equiv 9871 \mbox{ (mod }b\mbox{)}$
-is found.
-
-\subsection{Trimming the Quotient}
-So far the reduction algorithm has been optimized from $3m^2$ single precision multiplications down to $2m^2 + m$ single precision multiplications. As
-it stands now the algorithm is already fairly fast compared to a full integer division algorithm. However, there is still room for
-optimization.
-
-After the first multiplication inside the quotient ($q_0 \cdot \mu$) the value is shifted right by $m + 1$ places effectively nullifying the lower
-half of the product. It would be nice to be able to remove those digits from the product to effectively cut down the number of single precision
-multiplications. If the number of digits in the modulus $m$ is far less than $\beta$ a full product is not required for the algorithm to work properly.
-In fact the lower $m - 2$ digits will not affect the upper half of the product at all and do not need to be computed.
-
-The value of $\mu$ is a $m$-digit number and $q_0$ is a $m + 1$ digit number. Using a full multiplier $(m + 1)(m) = m^2 + m$ single precision
-multiplications would be required. Using a multiplier that will only produce digits at and above the $m - 1$'th digit reduces the number
-of single precision multiplications to ${m^2 + m} \over 2$ single precision multiplications.
-
-\subsection{Trimming the Residue}
-After the quotient has been calculated it is used to reduce the input. As previously noted the algorithm is not exact and it can be off by a small
-multiple of the modulus, that is $0 \le a - b \cdot \lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor < 3b$. If $b$ is $m$ digits than the
-result of reduction equation is a value of at most $m + 1$ digits (\textit{provided $3 < \beta$}) implying that the upper $m - 1$ digits are
-implicitly zero.
-
-The next optimization arises from this very fact. Instead of computing $b \cdot \lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor$ using a full
-$O(m^2)$ multiplication algorithm only the lower $m+1$ digits of the product have to be computed. Similarly the value of $a$ can
-be reduced modulo $\beta^{m+1}$ before the multiple of $b$ is subtracted which simplifes the subtraction as well. A multiplication that produces
-only the lower $m+1$ digits requires ${m^2 + 3m - 2} \over 2$ single precision multiplications.
-
-With both optimizations in place the algorithm is the algorithm Barrett proposed. It requires $m^2 + 2m - 1$ single precision multiplications which
-is considerably faster than the straightforward $3m^2$ method.
-
-\subsection{The Barrett Algorithm}
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_reduce}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$, mp\_int $b$ and $\mu = \lfloor \beta^{2m}/b \rfloor, m = \lceil lg_{\beta}(b) \rceil, (0 \le a < b^2, b > 1)$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $a \mbox{ (mod }b\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hline \\
-Let $m$ represent the number of digits in $b$. \\
-1. Make a copy of $a$ and store it in $q$. (\textit{mp\_init\_copy}) \\
-2. $q \leftarrow \lfloor q / \beta^{m - 1} \rfloor$ (\textit{mp\_rshd}) \\
-\\
-Produce the quotient. \\
-3. $q \leftarrow q \cdot \mu$ (\textit{note: only produce digits at or above $m-1$}) \\
-4. $q \leftarrow \lfloor q / \beta^{m + 1} \rfloor$ \\
-\\
-Subtract the multiple of modulus from the input. \\
-5. $a \leftarrow a \mbox{ (mod }\beta^{m+1}\mbox{)}$ (\textit{mp\_mod\_2d}) \\
-6. $q \leftarrow q \cdot b \mbox{ (mod }\beta^{m+1}\mbox{)}$ (\textit{s\_mp\_mul\_digs}) \\
-7. $a \leftarrow a - q$ (\textit{mp\_sub}) \\
-\\
-Add $\beta^{m+1}$ if a carry occured. \\
-8. If $a < 0$ then (\textit{mp\_cmp\_d}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.1 $q \leftarrow 1$ (\textit{mp\_set}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.2 $q \leftarrow q \cdot \beta^{m+1}$ (\textit{mp\_lshd}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.3 $a \leftarrow a + q$ \\
-\\
-Now subtract the modulus if the residue is too large (e.g. quotient too small). \\
-9. While $a \ge b$ do (\textit{mp\_cmp}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}9.1 $c \leftarrow a - b$ \\
-10. Clear $q$. \\
-11. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_reduce}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_reduce.}
-This algorithm will reduce the input $a$ modulo $b$ in place using the Barrett algorithm. It is loosely based on algorithm 14.42 of HAC
-\cite[pp. 602]{HAC} which is based on the paper from Paul Barrett \cite{BARRETT}. The algorithm has several restrictions and assumptions which must
-be adhered to for the algorithm to work.
-
-First the modulus $b$ is assumed to be positive and greater than one. If the modulus were less than or equal to one than subtracting
-a multiple of it would either accomplish nothing or actually enlarge the input. The input $a$ must be in the range $0 \le a < b^2$ in order
-for the quotient to have enough precision. If $a$ is the product of two numbers that were already reduced modulo $b$, this will not be a problem.
-Technically the algorithm will still work if $a \ge b^2$ but it will take much longer to finish. The value of $\mu$ is passed as an argument to this
-algorithm and is assumed to be calculated and stored before the algorithm is used.
-
-Recall that the multiplication for the quotient on step 3 must only produce digits at or above the $m-1$'th position. An algorithm called
-$s\_mp\_mul\_high\_digs$ which has not been presented is used to accomplish this task. The algorithm is based on $s\_mp\_mul\_digs$ except that
-instead of stopping at a given level of precision it starts at a given level of precision. This optimal algorithm can only be used if the number
-of digits in $b$ is very much smaller than $\beta$.
-
-While it is known that
-$a \ge b \cdot \lfloor (q_0 \cdot \mu) / \beta^{m+1} \rfloor$ only the lower $m+1$ digits are being used to compute the residue, so an implied
-``borrow'' from the higher digits might leave a negative result. After the multiple of the modulus has been subtracted from $a$ the residue must be
-fixed up in case it is negative. The invariant $\beta^{m+1}$ must be added to the residue to make it positive again.
-
-The while loop at step 9 will subtract $b$ until the residue is less than $b$. If the algorithm is performed correctly this step is
-performed at most twice, and on average once. However, if $a \ge b^2$ than it will iterate substantially more times than it should.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_reduce.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The first multiplication that determines the quotient can be performed by only producing the digits from $m - 1$ and up. This essentially halves
-the number of single precision multiplications required. However, the optimization is only safe if $\beta$ is much larger than the number of digits
-in the modulus. In the source code this is evaluated on lines 36 to 44 where algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_high\_digs is used when it is
-safe to do so.
-
-\subsection{The Barrett Setup Algorithm}
-In order to use algorithm mp\_reduce the value of $\mu$ must be calculated in advance. Ideally this value should be computed once and stored for
-future use so that the Barrett algorithm can be used without delay.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_reduce\_setup}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ ($a > 1$) \\
-\textbf{Output}. $\mu \leftarrow \lfloor \beta^{2m}/a \rfloor$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $\mu \leftarrow 2^{2 \cdot lg(\beta) \cdot m}$ (\textit{mp\_2expt}) \\
-2. $\mu \leftarrow \lfloor \mu / b \rfloor$ (\textit{mp\_div}) \\
-3. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_reduce\_setup}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_reduce\_setup.}
-This algorithm computes the reciprocal $\mu$ required for Barrett reduction. First $\beta^{2m}$ is calculated as $2^{2 \cdot lg(\beta) \cdot m}$ which
-is equivalent and much faster. The final value is computed by taking the integer quotient of $\lfloor \mu / b \rfloor$.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_reduce\_setup.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-This simple routine calculates the reciprocal $\mu$ required by Barrett reduction. Note the extended usage of algorithm mp\_div where the variable
-which would received the remainder is passed as NULL. As will be discussed in~\ref{sec:division} the division routine allows both the quotient and the
-remainder to be passed as NULL meaning to ignore the value.
-
-\section{The Montgomery Reduction}
-Montgomery reduction\footnote{Thanks to Niels Ferguson for his insightful explanation of the algorithm.} \cite{MONT} is by far the most interesting
-form of reduction in common use. It computes a modular residue which is not actually equal to the residue of the input yet instead equal to a
-residue times a constant. However, as perplexing as this may sound the algorithm is relatively simple and very efficient.
-
-Throughout this entire section the variable $n$ will represent the modulus used to form the residue. As will be discussed shortly the value of
-$n$ must be odd. The variable $x$ will represent the quantity of which the residue is sought. Similar to the Barrett algorithm the input
-is restricted to $0 \le x < n^2$. To begin the description some simple number theory facts must be established.
-
-\textbf{Fact 1.} Adding $n$ to $x$ does not change the residue since in effect it adds one to the quotient $\lfloor x / n \rfloor$. Another way
-to explain this is that $n$ is (\textit{or multiples of $n$ are}) congruent to zero modulo $n$. Adding zero will not change the value of the residue.
-
-\textbf{Fact 2.} If $x$ is even then performing a division by two in $\Z$ is congruent to $x \cdot 2^{-1} \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$. Actually
-this is an application of the fact that if $x$ is evenly divisible by any $k \in \Z$ then division in $\Z$ will be congruent to
-multiplication by $k^{-1}$ modulo $n$.
-
-From these two simple facts the following simple algorithm can be derived.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{Montgomery Reduction}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Integer $x$, $n$ and $k$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $2^{-k}x \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. for $t$ from $1$ to $k$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 If $x$ is odd then \\
-\hspace{6mm}1.1.1 $x \leftarrow x + n$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.2 $x \leftarrow x/2$ \\
-2. Return $x$. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm Montgomery Reduction}
-\end{figure}
-
-The algorithm reduces the input one bit at a time using the two congruencies stated previously. Inside the loop $n$, which is odd, is
-added to $x$ if $x$ is odd. This forces $x$ to be even which allows the division by two in $\Z$ to be congruent to a modular division by two. Since
-$x$ is assumed to be initially much larger than $n$ the addition of $n$ will contribute an insignificant magnitude to $x$. Let $r$ represent the
-final result of the Montgomery algorithm. If $k > lg(n)$ and $0 \le x < n^2$ then the final result is limited to
-$0 \le r < \lfloor x/2^k \rfloor + n$. As a result at most a single subtraction is required to get the residue desired.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|l|}
-\hline \textbf{Step number ($t$)} & \textbf{Result ($x$)} \\
-\hline $1$ & $x + n = 5812$, $x/2 = 2906$ \\
-\hline $2$ & $x/2 = 1453$ \\
-\hline $3$ & $x + n = 1710$, $x/2 = 855$ \\
-\hline $4$ & $x + n = 1112$, $x/2 = 556$ \\
-\hline $5$ & $x/2 = 278$ \\
-\hline $6$ & $x/2 = 139$ \\
-\hline $7$ & $x + n = 396$, $x/2 = 198$ \\
-\hline $8$ & $x/2 = 99$ \\
-\hline $9$ & $x + n = 356$, $x/2 = 178$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Example of Montgomery Reduction (I)}
-\label{fig:MONT1}
-\end{figure}
-
-Consider the example in figure~\ref{fig:MONT1} which reduces $x = 5555$ modulo $n = 257$ when $k = 9$ (note $\beta^k = 512$ which is larger than $n$). The result of
-the algorithm $r = 178$ is congruent to the value of $2^{-9} \cdot 5555 \mbox{ (mod }257\mbox{)}$. When $r$ is multiplied by $2^9$ modulo $257$ the correct residue
-$r \equiv 158$ is produced.
-
-Let $k = \lfloor lg(n) \rfloor + 1$ represent the number of bits in $n$. The current algorithm requires $2k^2$ single precision shifts
-and $k^2$ single precision additions. At this rate the algorithm is most certainly slower than Barrett reduction and not terribly useful.
-Fortunately there exists an alternative representation of the algorithm.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{Montgomery Reduction} (modified I). \\
-\textbf{Input}. Integer $x$, $n$ and $k$ ($2^k > n$) \\
-\textbf{Output}. $2^{-k}x \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. for $t$ from $1$ to $k$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 If the $t$'th bit of $x$ is one then \\
-\hspace{6mm}1.1.1 $x \leftarrow x + 2^tn$ \\
-2. Return $x/2^k$. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm Montgomery Reduction (modified I)}
-\end{figure}
-
-This algorithm is equivalent since $2^tn$ is a multiple of $n$ and the lower $k$ bits of $x$ are zero by step 2. The number of single
-precision shifts has now been reduced from $2k^2$ to $k^2 + k$ which is only a small improvement.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|l|r|}
-\hline \textbf{Step number ($t$)} & \textbf{Result ($x$)} & \textbf{Result ($x$) in Binary} \\
-\hline -- & $5555$ & $1010110110011$ \\
-\hline $1$ & $x + 2^{0}n = 5812$ & $1011010110100$ \\
-\hline $2$ & $5812$ & $1011010110100$ \\
-\hline $3$ & $x + 2^{2}n = 6840$ & $1101010111000$ \\
-\hline $4$ & $x + 2^{3}n = 8896$ & $10001011000000$ \\
-\hline $5$ & $8896$ & $10001011000000$ \\
-\hline $6$ & $8896$ & $10001011000000$ \\
-\hline $7$ & $x + 2^{6}n = 25344$ & $110001100000000$ \\
-\hline $8$ & $25344$ & $110001100000000$ \\
-\hline $9$ & $x + 2^{7}n = 91136$ & $10110010000000000$ \\
-\hline -- & $x/2^k = 178$ & \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Example of Montgomery Reduction (II)}
-\label{fig:MONT2}
-\end{figure}
-
-Figure~\ref{fig:MONT2} demonstrates the modified algorithm reducing $x = 5555$ modulo $n = 257$ with $k = 9$.
-With this algorithm a single shift right at the end is the only right shift required to reduce the input instead of $k$ right shifts inside the
-loop. Note that for the iterations $t = 2, 5, 6$ and $8$ where the result $x$ is not changed. In those iterations the $t$'th bit of $x$ is
-zero and the appropriate multiple of $n$ does not need to be added to force the $t$'th bit of the result to zero.
-
-\subsection{Digit Based Montgomery Reduction}
-Instead of computing the reduction on a bit-by-bit basis it is actually much faster to compute it on digit-by-digit basis. Consider the
-previous algorithm re-written to compute the Montgomery reduction in this new fashion.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{Montgomery Reduction} (modified II). \\
-\textbf{Input}. Integer $x$, $n$ and $k$ ($\beta^k > n$) \\
-\textbf{Output}. $\beta^{-k}x \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. for $t$ from $0$ to $k - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 $x \leftarrow x + \mu n \beta^t$ \\
-2. Return $x/\beta^k$. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm Montgomery Reduction (modified II)}
-\end{figure}
-
-The value $\mu n \beta^t$ is a multiple of the modulus $n$ meaning that it will not change the residue. If the first digit of
-the value $\mu n \beta^t$ equals the negative (modulo $\beta$) of the $t$'th digit of $x$ then the addition will result in a zero digit. This
-problem breaks down to solving the following congruency.
-
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{rcl}
-$x_t + \mu n_0$ & $\equiv$ & $0 \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-$\mu n_0$ & $\equiv$ & $-x_t \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-$\mu$ & $\equiv$ & $-x_t/n_0 \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-
-In each iteration of the loop on step 1 a new value of $\mu$ must be calculated. The value of $-1/n_0 \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ is used
-extensively in this algorithm and should be precomputed. Let $\rho$ represent the negative of the modular inverse of $n_0$ modulo $\beta$.
-
-For example, let $\beta = 10$ represent the radix. Let $n = 17$ represent the modulus which implies $k = 2$ and $\rho \equiv 7$. Let $x = 33$
-represent the value to reduce.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}
-\hline \textbf{Step ($t$)} & \textbf{Value of $x$} & \textbf{Value of $\mu$} \\
-\hline -- & $33$ & --\\
-\hline $0$ & $33 + \mu n = 50$ & $1$ \\
-\hline $1$ & $50 + \mu n \beta = 900$ & $5$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Example of Montgomery Reduction}
-\end{figure}
-
-The final result $900$ is then divided by $\beta^k$ to produce the final result $9$. The first observation is that $9 \nequiv x \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$
-which implies the result is not the modular residue of $x$ modulo $n$. However, recall that the residue is actually multiplied by $\beta^{-k}$ in
-the algorithm. To get the true residue the value must be multiplied by $\beta^k$. In this case $\beta^k \equiv 15 \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$ and
-the correct residue is $9 \cdot 15 \equiv 16 \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$.
-
-\subsection{Baseline Montgomery Reduction}
-The baseline Montgomery reduction algorithm will produce the residue for any size input. It is designed to be a catch-all algororithm for
-Montgomery reductions.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_montgomery\_reduce}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $x$, mp\_int $n$ and a digit $\rho \equiv -1/n_0 \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$. \\
-\hspace{11.5mm}($0 \le x < n^2, n > 1, (n, \beta) = 1, \beta^k > n$) \\
-\textbf{Output}. $\beta^{-k}x \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $digs \leftarrow 2n.used + 1$ \\
-2. If $digs < MP\_ARRAY$ and $m.used < \delta$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 Use algorithm fast\_mp\_montgomery\_reduce instead. \\
-\\
-Setup $x$ for the reduction. \\
-3. If $x.alloc < digs$ then grow $x$ to $digs$ digits. \\
-4. $x.used \leftarrow digs$ \\
-\\
-Eliminate the lower $k$ digits. \\
-5. For $ix$ from $0$ to $k - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $\mu \leftarrow x_{ix} \cdot \rho \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 $u \leftarrow 0$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.3 For $iy$ from $0$ to $k - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.3.1 $\hat r \leftarrow \mu n_{iy} + x_{ix + iy} + u$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.3.2 $x_{ix + iy} \leftarrow \hat r \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.3.3 $u \leftarrow \lfloor \hat r / \beta \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.4 While $u > 0$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.4.1 $iy \leftarrow iy + 1$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.4.2 $x_{ix + iy} \leftarrow x_{ix + iy} + u$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.4.3 $u \leftarrow \lfloor x_{ix+iy} / \beta \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.4.4 $x_{ix + iy} \leftarrow x_{ix+iy} \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\\
-Divide by $\beta^k$ and fix up as required. \\
-6. $x \leftarrow \lfloor x / \beta^k \rfloor$ \\
-7. If $x \ge n$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.1 $x \leftarrow x - n$ \\
-8. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_montgomery\_reduce}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_montgomery\_reduce.}
-This algorithm reduces the input $x$ modulo $n$ in place using the Montgomery reduction algorithm. The algorithm is loosely based
-on algorithm 14.32 of \cite[pp.601]{HAC} except it merges the multiplication of $\mu n \beta^t$ with the addition in the inner loop. The
-restrictions on this algorithm are fairly easy to adapt to. First $0 \le x < n^2$ bounds the input to numbers in the same range as
-for the Barrett algorithm. Additionally if $n > 1$ and $n$ is odd there will exist a modular inverse $\rho$. $\rho$ must be calculated in
-advance of this algorithm. Finally the variable $k$ is fixed and a pseudonym for $n.used$.
-
-Step 2 decides whether a faster Montgomery algorithm can be used. It is based on the Comba technique meaning that there are limits on
-the size of the input. This algorithm is discussed in sub-section 6.3.3.
-
-Step 5 is the main reduction loop of the algorithm. The value of $\mu$ is calculated once per iteration in the outer loop. The inner loop
-calculates $x + \mu n \beta^{ix}$ by multiplying $\mu n$ and adding the result to $x$ shifted by $ix$ digits. Both the addition and
-multiplication are performed in the same loop to save time and memory. Step 5.4 will handle any additional carries that escape the inner loop.
-
-Using a quick inspection this algorithm requires $n$ single precision multiplications for the outer loop and $n^2$ single precision multiplications
-in the inner loop. In total $n^2 + n$ single precision multiplications which compares favourably to Barrett at $n^2 + 2n - 1$ single precision
-multiplications.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_montgomery\_reduce.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-This is the baseline implementation of the Montgomery reduction algorithm. Lines 31 to 36 determine if the Comba based
-routine can be used instead. Line 47 computes the value of $\mu$ for that particular iteration of the outer loop.
-
-The multiplication $\mu n \beta^{ix}$ is performed in one step in the inner loop. The alias $tmpx$ refers to the $ix$'th digit of $x$ and
-the alias $tmpn$ refers to the modulus $n$.
-
-\subsection{Faster ``Comba'' Montgomery Reduction}
-
-The Montgomery reduction requires fewer single precision multiplications than a Barrett reduction, however it is much slower due to the serial
-nature of the inner loop. The Barrett reduction algorithm requires two slightly modified multipliers which can be implemented with the Comba
-technique. The Montgomery reduction algorithm cannot directly use the Comba technique to any significant advantage since the inner loop calculates
-a $k \times 1$ product $k$ times.
-
-The biggest obstacle is that at the $ix$'th iteration of the outer loop the value of $x_{ix}$ is required to calculate $\mu$. This means the
-carries from $0$ to $ix - 1$ must have been propagated upwards to form a valid $ix$'th digit. The solution as it turns out is very simple.
-Perform a Comba like multiplier and inside the outer loop just after the inner loop fix up the $ix + 1$'th digit by forwarding the carry.
-
-With this change in place the Montgomery reduction algorithm can be performed with a Comba style multiplication loop which substantially increases
-the speed of the algorithm.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{fast\_mp\_montgomery\_reduce}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $x$, mp\_int $n$ and a digit $\rho \equiv -1/n_0 \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$. \\
-\hspace{11.5mm}($0 \le x < n^2, n > 1, (n, \beta) = 1, \beta^k > n$) \\
-\textbf{Output}. $\beta^{-k}x \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hline \\
-Place an array of \textbf{MP\_WARRAY} mp\_word variables called $\hat W$ on the stack. \\
-1. if $x.alloc < n.used + 1$ then grow $x$ to $n.used + 1$ digits. \\
-Copy the digits of $x$ into the array $\hat W$ \\
-2. For $ix$ from $0$ to $x.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $\hat W_{ix} \leftarrow x_{ix}$ \\
-3. For $ix$ from $x.used$ to $2n.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.1 $\hat W_{ix} \leftarrow 0$ \\
-Elimiate the lower $k$ digits. \\
-4. for $ix$ from $0$ to $n.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 $\mu \leftarrow \hat W_{ix} \cdot \rho \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.2 For $iy$ from $0$ to $n.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}4.2.1 $\hat W_{iy + ix} \leftarrow \hat W_{iy + ix} + \mu \cdot n_{iy}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.3 $\hat W_{ix + 1} \leftarrow \hat W_{ix + 1} + \lfloor \hat W_{ix} / \beta \rfloor$ \\
-Propagate carries upwards. \\
-5. for $ix$ from $n.used$ to $2n.used + 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $\hat W_{ix + 1} \leftarrow \hat W_{ix + 1} + \lfloor \hat W_{ix} / \beta \rfloor$ \\
-Shift right and reduce modulo $\beta$ simultaneously. \\
-6. for $ix$ from $0$ to $n.used + 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 $x_{ix} \leftarrow \hat W_{ix + n.used} \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-Zero excess digits and fixup $x$. \\
-7. if $x.used > n.used + 1$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.1 for $ix$ from $n.used + 1$ to $x.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}7.1.1 $x_{ix} \leftarrow 0$ \\
-8. $x.used \leftarrow n.used + 1$ \\
-9. Clamp excessive digits of $x$. \\
-10. If $x \ge n$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}10.1 $x \leftarrow x - n$ \\
-11. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm fast\_mp\_montgomery\_reduce}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm fast\_mp\_montgomery\_reduce.}
-This algorithm will compute the Montgomery reduction of $x$ modulo $n$ using the Comba technique. It is on most computer platforms significantly
-faster than algorithm mp\_montgomery\_reduce and algorithm mp\_reduce (\textit{Barrett reduction}). The algorithm has the same restrictions
-on the input as the baseline reduction algorithm. An additional two restrictions are imposed on this algorithm. The number of digits $k$ in the
-the modulus $n$ must not violate $MP\_WARRAY > 2k +1$ and $n < \delta$. When $\beta = 2^{28}$ this algorithm can be used to reduce modulo
-a modulus of at most $3,556$ bits in length.
-
-As in the other Comba reduction algorithms there is a $\hat W$ array which stores the columns of the product. It is initially filled with the
-contents of $x$ with the excess digits zeroed. The reduction loop is very similar the to the baseline loop at heart. The multiplication on step
-4.1 can be single precision only since $ab \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)} \equiv (a \mbox{ mod }\beta)(b \mbox{ mod }\beta)$. Some multipliers such
-as those on the ARM processors take a variable length time to complete depending on the number of bytes of result it must produce. By performing
-a single precision multiplication instead half the amount of time is spent.
-
-Also note that digit $\hat W_{ix}$ must have the carry from the $ix - 1$'th digit propagated upwards in order for this to work. That is what step
-4.3 will do. In effect over the $n.used$ iterations of the outer loop the $n.used$'th lower columns all have the their carries propagated forwards. Note
-how the upper bits of those same words are not reduced modulo $\beta$. This is because those values will be discarded shortly and there is no
-point.
-
-Step 5 will propagate the remainder of the carries upwards. On step 6 the columns are reduced modulo $\beta$ and shifted simultaneously as they are
-stored in the destination $x$.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_fast\_mp\_montgomery\_reduce.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The $\hat W$ array is first filled with digits of $x$ on line 48 then the rest of the digits are zeroed on line 55. Both loops share
-the same alias variables to make the code easier to read.
-
-The value of $\mu$ is calculated in an interesting fashion. First the value $\hat W_{ix}$ is reduced modulo $\beta$ and cast to a mp\_digit. This
-forces the compiler to use a single precision multiplication and prevents any concerns about loss of precision. Line 110 fixes the carry
-for the next iteration of the loop by propagating the carry from $\hat W_{ix}$ to $\hat W_{ix+1}$.
-
-The for loop on line 109 propagates the rest of the carries upwards through the columns. The for loop on line 126 reduces the columns
-modulo $\beta$ and shifts them $k$ places at the same time. The alias $\_ \hat W$ actually refers to the array $\hat W$ starting at the $n.used$'th
-digit, that is $\_ \hat W_{t} = \hat W_{n.used + t}$.
-
-\subsection{Montgomery Setup}
-To calculate the variable $\rho$ a relatively simple algorithm will be required.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_montgomery\_setup}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $n$ ($n > 1$ and $(n, 2) = 1$) \\
-\textbf{Output}. $\rho \equiv -1/n_0 \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $b \leftarrow n_0$ \\
-2. If $b$ is even return(\textit{MP\_VAL}) \\
-3. $x \leftarrow (((b + 2) \mbox{ AND } 4) << 1) + b$ \\
-4. for $k$ from 0 to $\lceil lg(lg(\beta)) \rceil - 2$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 $x \leftarrow x \cdot (2 - bx)$ \\
-5. $\rho \leftarrow \beta - x \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-6. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_montgomery\_setup}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_montgomery\_setup.}
-This algorithm will calculate the value of $\rho$ required within the Montgomery reduction algorithms. It uses a very interesting trick
-to calculate $1/n_0$ when $\beta$ is a power of two.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_montgomery\_setup.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-This source code computes the value of $\rho$ required to perform Montgomery reduction. It has been modified to avoid performing excess
-multiplications when $\beta$ is not the default 28-bits.
-
-\section{The Diminished Radix Algorithm}
-The Diminished Radix method of modular reduction \cite{DRMET} is a fairly clever technique which can be more efficient than either the Barrett
-or Montgomery methods for certain forms of moduli. The technique is based on the following simple congruence.
-
-\begin{equation}
-(x \mbox{ mod } n) + k \lfloor x / n \rfloor \equiv x \mbox{ (mod }(n - k)\mbox{)}
-\end{equation}
-
-This observation was used in the MMB \cite{MMB} block cipher to create a diffusion primitive. It used the fact that if $n = 2^{31}$ and $k=1$ that
-then a x86 multiplier could produce the 62-bit product and use the ``shrd'' instruction to perform a double-precision right shift. The proof
-of the above equation is very simple. First write $x$ in the product form.
-
-\begin{equation}
-x = qn + r
-\end{equation}
-
-Now reduce both sides modulo $(n - k)$.
-
-\begin{equation}
-x \equiv qk + r \mbox{ (mod }(n-k)\mbox{)}
-\end{equation}
-
-The variable $n$ reduces modulo $n - k$ to $k$. By putting $q = \lfloor x/n \rfloor$ and $r = x \mbox{ mod } n$
-into the equation the original congruence is reproduced, thus concluding the proof. The following algorithm is based on this observation.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{Diminished Radix Reduction}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Integer $x$, $n$, $k$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $x \mbox{ mod } (n - k)$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $q \leftarrow \lfloor x / n \rfloor$ \\
-2. $q \leftarrow k \cdot q$ \\
-3. $x \leftarrow x \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$ \\
-4. $x \leftarrow x + q$ \\
-5. If $x \ge (n - k)$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $x \leftarrow x - (n - k)$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 Goto step 1. \\
-6. Return $x$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm Diminished Radix Reduction}
-\label{fig:DR}
-\end{figure}
-
-This algorithm will reduce $x$ modulo $n - k$ and return the residue. If $0 \le x < (n - k)^2$ then the algorithm will loop almost always
-once or twice and occasionally three times. For simplicity sake the value of $x$ is bounded by the following simple polynomial.
-
-\begin{equation}
-0 \le x < n^2 + k^2 - 2nk
-\end{equation}
-
-The true bound is $0 \le x < (n - k - 1)^2$ but this has quite a few more terms. The value of $q$ after step 1 is bounded by the following.
-
-\begin{equation}
-q < n - 2k - k^2/n
-\end{equation}
-
-Since $k^2$ is going to be considerably smaller than $n$ that term will always be zero. The value of $x$ after step 3 is bounded trivially as
-$0 \le x < n$. By step four the sum $x + q$ is bounded by
-
-\begin{equation}
-0 \le q + x < (k + 1)n - 2k^2 - 1
-\end{equation}
-
-With a second pass $q$ will be loosely bounded by $0 \le q < k^2$ after step 2 while $x$ will still be loosely bounded by $0 \le x < n$ after step 3. After the second pass it is highly unlike that the
-sum in step 4 will exceed $n - k$. In practice fewer than three passes of the algorithm are required to reduce virtually every input in the
-range $0 \le x < (n - k - 1)^2$.
-
-\begin{figure}
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|l|}
-\hline
-$x = 123456789, n = 256, k = 3$ \\
-\hline $q \leftarrow \lfloor x/n \rfloor = 482253$ \\
-$q \leftarrow q*k = 1446759$ \\
-$x \leftarrow x \mbox{ mod } n = 21$ \\
-$x \leftarrow x + q = 1446780$ \\
-$x \leftarrow x - (n - k) = 1446527$ \\
-\hline
-$q \leftarrow \lfloor x/n \rfloor = 5650$ \\
-$q \leftarrow q*k = 16950$ \\
-$x \leftarrow x \mbox{ mod } n = 127$ \\
-$x \leftarrow x + q = 17077$ \\
-$x \leftarrow x - (n - k) = 16824$ \\
-\hline
-$q \leftarrow \lfloor x/n \rfloor = 65$ \\
-$q \leftarrow q*k = 195$ \\
-$x \leftarrow x \mbox{ mod } n = 184$ \\
-$x \leftarrow x + q = 379$ \\
-$x \leftarrow x - (n - k) = 126$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Example Diminished Radix Reduction}
-\label{fig:EXDR}
-\end{figure}
-
-Figure~\ref{fig:EXDR} demonstrates the reduction of $x = 123456789$ modulo $n - k = 253$ when $n = 256$ and $k = 3$. Note that even while $x$
-is considerably larger than $(n - k - 1)^2 = 63504$ the algorithm still converges on the modular residue exceedingly fast. In this case only
-three passes were required to find the residue $x \equiv 126$.
-
-
-\subsection{Choice of Moduli}
-On the surface this algorithm looks like a very expensive algorithm. It requires a couple of subtractions followed by multiplication and other
-modular reductions. The usefulness of this algorithm becomes exceedingly clear when an appropriate modulus is chosen.
-
-Division in general is a very expensive operation to perform. The one exception is when the division is by a power of the radix of representation used.
-Division by ten for example is simple for pencil and paper mathematics since it amounts to shifting the decimal place to the right. Similarly division
-by two (\textit{or powers of two}) is very simple for binary computers to perform. It would therefore seem logical to choose $n$ of the form $2^p$
-which would imply that $\lfloor x / n \rfloor$ is a simple shift of $x$ right $p$ bits.
-
-However, there is one operation related to division of power of twos that is even faster than this. If $n = \beta^p$ then the division may be
-performed by moving whole digits to the right $p$ places. In practice division by $\beta^p$ is much faster than division by $2^p$ for any $p$.
-Also with the choice of $n = \beta^p$ reducing $x$ modulo $n$ merely requires zeroing the digits above the $p-1$'th digit of $x$.
-
-Throughout the next section the term ``restricted modulus'' will refer to a modulus of the form $\beta^p - k$ whereas the term ``unrestricted
-modulus'' will refer to a modulus of the form $2^p - k$. The word ``restricted'' in this case refers to the fact that it is based on the
-$2^p$ logic except $p$ must be a multiple of $lg(\beta)$.
-
-\subsection{Choice of $k$}
-Now that division and reduction (\textit{step 1 and 3 of figure~\ref{fig:DR}}) have been optimized to simple digit operations the multiplication by $k$
-in step 2 is the most expensive operation. Fortunately the choice of $k$ is not terribly limited. For all intents and purposes it might
-as well be a single digit. The smaller the value of $k$ is the faster the algorithm will be.
-
-\subsection{Restricted Diminished Radix Reduction}
-The restricted Diminished Radix algorithm can quickly reduce an input modulo a modulus of the form $n = \beta^p - k$. This algorithm can reduce
-an input $x$ within the range $0 \le x < n^2$ using only a couple passes of the algorithm demonstrated in figure~\ref{fig:DR}. The implementation
-of this algorithm has been optimized to avoid additional overhead associated with a division by $\beta^p$, the multiplication by $k$ or the addition
-of $x$ and $q$. The resulting algorithm is very efficient and can lead to substantial improvements over Barrett and Montgomery reduction when modular
-exponentiations are performed.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_dr\_reduce}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $x$, $n$ and a mp\_digit $k = \beta - n_0$ \\
-\hspace{11.5mm}($0 \le x < n^2$, $n > 1$, $0 < k < \beta$) \\
-\textbf{Output}. $x \mbox{ mod } n$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $m \leftarrow n.used$ \\
-2. If $x.alloc < 2m$ then grow $x$ to $2m$ digits. \\
-3. $\mu \leftarrow 0$ \\
-4. for $i$ from $0$ to $m - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 $\hat r \leftarrow k \cdot x_{m+i} + x_{i} + \mu$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.2 $x_{i} \leftarrow \hat r \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.3 $\mu \leftarrow \lfloor \hat r / \beta \rfloor$ \\
-5. $x_{m} \leftarrow \mu$ \\
-6. for $i$ from $m + 1$ to $x.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 $x_{i} \leftarrow 0$ \\
-7. Clamp excess digits of $x$. \\
-8. If $x \ge n$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.1 $x \leftarrow x - n$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.2 Goto step 3. \\
-9. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_dr\_reduce}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_dr\_reduce.}
-This algorithm will perform the Dimished Radix reduction of $x$ modulo $n$. It has similar restrictions to that of the Barrett reduction
-with the addition that $n$ must be of the form $n = \beta^m - k$ where $0 < k <\beta$.
-
-This algorithm essentially implements the pseudo-code in figure~\ref{fig:DR} except with a slight optimization. The division by $\beta^m$, multiplication by $k$
-and addition of $x \mbox{ mod }\beta^m$ are all performed simultaneously inside the loop on step 4. The division by $\beta^m$ is emulated by accessing
-the term at the $m+i$'th position which is subsequently multiplied by $k$ and added to the term at the $i$'th position. After the loop the $m$'th
-digit is set to the carry and the upper digits are zeroed. Steps 5 and 6 emulate the reduction modulo $\beta^m$ that should have happend to
-$x$ before the addition of the multiple of the upper half.
-
-At step 8 if $x$ is still larger than $n$ another pass of the algorithm is required. First $n$ is subtracted from $x$ and then the algorithm resumes
-at step 3.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_dr\_reduce.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The first step is to grow $x$ as required to $2m$ digits since the reduction is performed in place on $x$. The label on line 52 is where
-the algorithm will resume if further reduction passes are required. In theory it could be placed at the top of the function however, the size of
-the modulus and question of whether $x$ is large enough are invariant after the first pass meaning that it would be a waste of time.
-
-The aliases $tmpx1$ and $tmpx2$ refer to the digits of $x$ where the latter is offset by $m$ digits. By reading digits from $x$ offset by $m$ digits
-a division by $\beta^m$ can be simulated virtually for free. The loop on line 64 performs the bulk of the work (\textit{corresponds to step 4 of algorithm 7.11})
-in this algorithm.
-
-By line 67 the pointer $tmpx1$ points to the $m$'th digit of $x$ which is where the final carry will be placed. Similarly by line 74 the
-same pointer will point to the $m+1$'th digit where the zeroes will be placed.
-
-Since the algorithm is only valid if both $x$ and $n$ are greater than zero an unsigned comparison suffices to determine if another pass is required.
-With the same logic at line 81 the value of $x$ is known to be greater than or equal to $n$ meaning that an unsigned subtraction can be used
-as well. Since the destination of the subtraction is the larger of the inputs the call to algorithm s\_mp\_sub cannot fail and the return code
-does not need to be checked.
-
-\subsubsection{Setup}
-To setup the restricted Diminished Radix algorithm the value $k = \beta - n_0$ is required. This algorithm is not really complicated but provided for
-completeness.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_dr\_setup}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $n$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $k = \beta - n_0$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $k \leftarrow \beta - n_0$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_dr\_setup}
-\end{figure}
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_dr\_setup.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-\subsubsection{Modulus Detection}
-Another algorithm which will be useful is the ability to detect a restricted Diminished Radix modulus. An integer is said to be
-of restricted Diminished Radix form if all of the digits are equal to $\beta - 1$ except the trailing digit which may be any value.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_dr\_is\_modulus}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $n$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $1$ if $n$ is in D.R form, $0$ otherwise \\
-\hline
-1. If $n.used < 2$ then return($0$). \\
-2. for $ix$ from $1$ to $n.used - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 If $n_{ix} \ne \beta - 1$ return($0$). \\
-3. Return($1$). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_dr\_is\_modulus}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_dr\_is\_modulus.}
-This algorithm determines if a value is in Diminished Radix form. Step 1 rejects obvious cases where fewer than two digits are
-in the mp\_int. Step 2 tests all but the first digit to see if they are equal to $\beta - 1$. If the algorithm manages to get to
-step 3 then $n$ must be of Diminished Radix form.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_dr\_is\_modulus.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-\subsection{Unrestricted Diminished Radix Reduction}
-The unrestricted Diminished Radix algorithm allows modular reductions to be performed when the modulus is of the form $2^p - k$. This algorithm
-is a straightforward adaptation of algorithm~\ref{fig:DR}.
-
-In general the restricted Diminished Radix reduction algorithm is much faster since it has considerably lower overhead. However, this new
-algorithm is much faster than either Montgomery or Barrett reduction when the moduli are of the appropriate form.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_reduce\_2k}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and $n$. mp\_digit $k$ \\
-\hspace{11.5mm}($a \ge 0$, $n > 1$, $0 < k < \beta$, $n + k$ is a power of two) \\
-\textbf{Output}. $a \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hline
-1. $p \leftarrow \lceil lg(n) \rceil$ (\textit{mp\_count\_bits}) \\
-2. While $a \ge n$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $q \leftarrow \lfloor a / 2^p \rfloor$ (\textit{mp\_div\_2d}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 $a \leftarrow a \mbox{ (mod }2^p\mbox{)}$ (\textit{mp\_mod\_2d}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.3 $q \leftarrow q \cdot k$ (\textit{mp\_mul\_d}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.4 $a \leftarrow a - q$ (\textit{s\_mp\_sub}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.5 If $a \ge n$ then do \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.5.1 $a \leftarrow a - n$ \\
-3. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_reduce\_2k}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_reduce\_2k.}
-This algorithm quickly reduces an input $a$ modulo an unrestricted Diminished Radix modulus $n$. Division by $2^p$ is emulated with a right
-shift which makes the algorithm fairly inexpensive to use.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_reduce\_2k.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The algorithm mp\_count\_bits calculates the number of bits in an mp\_int which is used to find the initial value of $p$. The call to mp\_div\_2d
-on line 31 calculates both the quotient $q$ and the remainder $a$ required. By doing both in a single function call the code size
-is kept fairly small. The multiplication by $k$ is only performed if $k > 1$. This allows reductions modulo $2^p - 1$ to be performed without
-any multiplications.
-
-The unsigned s\_mp\_add, mp\_cmp\_mag and s\_mp\_sub are used in place of their full sign counterparts since the inputs are only valid if they are
-positive. By using the unsigned versions the overhead is kept to a minimum.
-
-\subsubsection{Unrestricted Setup}
-To setup this reduction algorithm the value of $k = 2^p - n$ is required.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_reduce\_2k\_setup}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $n$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $k = 2^p - n$ \\
-\hline
-1. $p \leftarrow \lceil lg(n) \rceil$ (\textit{mp\_count\_bits}) \\
-2. $x \leftarrow 2^p$ (\textit{mp\_2expt}) \\
-3. $x \leftarrow x - n$ (\textit{mp\_sub}) \\
-4. $k \leftarrow x_0$ \\
-5. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_reduce\_2k\_setup}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_reduce\_2k\_setup.}
-This algorithm computes the value of $k$ required for the algorithm mp\_reduce\_2k. By making a temporary variable $x$ equal to $2^p$ a subtraction
-is sufficient to solve for $k$. Alternatively if $n$ has more than one digit the value of $k$ is simply $\beta - n_0$.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_reduce\_2k\_setup.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-\subsubsection{Unrestricted Detection}
-An integer $n$ is a valid unrestricted Diminished Radix modulus if either of the following are true.
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item The number has only one digit.
-\item The number has more than one digit and every bit from the $\beta$'th to the most significant is one.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-If either condition is true than there is a power of two $2^p$ such that $0 < 2^p - n < \beta$. If the input is only
-one digit than it will always be of the correct form. Otherwise all of the bits above the first digit must be one. This arises from the fact
-that there will be value of $k$ that when added to the modulus causes a carry in the first digit which propagates all the way to the most
-significant bit. The resulting sum will be a power of two.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_reduce\_is\_2k}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $n$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $1$ if of proper form, $0$ otherwise \\
-\hline
-1. If $n.used = 0$ then return($0$). \\
-2. If $n.used = 1$ then return($1$). \\
-3. $p \leftarrow \lceil lg(n) \rceil$ (\textit{mp\_count\_bits}) \\
-4. for $x$ from $lg(\beta)$ to $p$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 If the ($x \mbox{ mod }lg(\beta)$)'th bit of the $\lfloor x / lg(\beta) \rfloor$ of $n$ is zero then return($0$). \\
-5. Return($1$). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_reduce\_is\_2k}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_reduce\_is\_2k.}
-This algorithm quickly determines if a modulus is of the form required for algorithm mp\_reduce\_2k to function properly.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_reduce\_is\_2k.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-
-
-\section{Algorithm Comparison}
-So far three very different algorithms for modular reduction have been discussed. Each of the algorithms have their own strengths and weaknesses
-that makes having such a selection very useful. The following table sumarizes the three algorithms along with comparisons of work factors. Since
-all three algorithms have the restriction that $0 \le x < n^2$ and $n > 1$ those limitations are not included in the table.
-
-\begin{center}
-\begin{small}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|c|}
-\hline \textbf{Method} & \textbf{Work Required} & \textbf{Limitations} & \textbf{$m = 8$} & \textbf{$m = 32$} & \textbf{$m = 64$} \\
-\hline Barrett & $m^2 + 2m - 1$ & None & $79$ & $1087$ & $4223$ \\
-\hline Montgomery & $m^2 + m$ & $n$ must be odd & $72$ & $1056$ & $4160$ \\
-\hline D.R. & $2m$ & $n = \beta^m - k$ & $16$ & $64$ & $128$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{small}
-\end{center}
-
-In theory Montgomery and Barrett reductions would require roughly the same amount of time to complete. However, in practice since Montgomery
-reduction can be written as a single function with the Comba technique it is much faster. Barrett reduction suffers from the overhead of
-calling the half precision multipliers, addition and division by $\beta$ algorithms.
-
-For almost every cryptographic algorithm Montgomery reduction is the algorithm of choice. The one set of algorithms where Diminished Radix reduction truly
-shines are based on the discrete logarithm problem such as Diffie-Hellman \cite{DH} and ElGamal \cite{ELGAMAL}. In these algorithms
-primes of the form $\beta^m - k$ can be found and shared amongst users. These primes will allow the Diminished Radix algorithm to be used in
-modular exponentiation to greatly speed up the operation.
-
-
-
-\section*{Exercises}
-\begin{tabular}{cl}
-$\left [ 3 \right ]$ & Prove that the ``trick'' in algorithm mp\_montgomery\_setup actually \\
- & calculates the correct value of $\rho$. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 2 \right ]$ & Devise an algorithm to reduce modulo $n + k$ for small $k$ quickly. \\
- & \\
-$\left [ 4 \right ]$ & Prove that the pseudo-code algorithm ``Diminished Radix Reduction'' \\
- & (\textit{figure~\ref{fig:DR}}) terminates. Also prove the probability that it will \\
- & terminate within $1 \le k \le 10$ iterations. \\
- & \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-
-\chapter{Exponentiation}
-Exponentiation is the operation of raising one variable to the power of another, for example, $a^b$. A variant of exponentiation, computed
-in a finite field or ring, is called modular exponentiation. This latter style of operation is typically used in public key
-cryptosystems such as RSA and Diffie-Hellman. The ability to quickly compute modular exponentiations is of great benefit to any
-such cryptosystem and many methods have been sought to speed it up.
-
-\section{Exponentiation Basics}
-A trivial algorithm would simply multiply $a$ against itself $b - 1$ times to compute the exponentiation desired. However, as $b$ grows in size
-the number of multiplications becomes prohibitive. Imagine what would happen if $b$ $\approx$ $2^{1024}$ as is the case when computing an RSA signature
-with a $1024$-bit key. Such a calculation could never be completed as it would take simply far too long.
-
-Fortunately there is a very simple algorithm based on the laws of exponents. Recall that $lg_a(a^b) = b$ and that $lg_a(a^ba^c) = b + c$ which
-are two trivial relationships between the base and the exponent. Let $b_i$ represent the $i$'th bit of $b$ starting from the least
-significant bit. If $b$ is a $k$-bit integer than the following equation is true.
-
-\begin{equation}
-a^b = \prod_{i=0}^{k-1} a^{2^i \cdot b_i}
-\end{equation}
-
-By taking the base $a$ logarithm of both sides of the equation the following equation is the result.
-
-\begin{equation}
-b = \sum_{i=0}^{k-1}2^i \cdot b_i
-\end{equation}
-
-The term $a^{2^i}$ can be found from the $i - 1$'th term by squaring the term since $\left ( a^{2^i} \right )^2$ is equal to
-$a^{2^{i+1}}$. This observation forms the basis of essentially all fast exponentiation algorithms. It requires $k$ squarings and on average
-$k \over 2$ multiplications to compute the result. This is indeed quite an improvement over simply multiplying by $a$ a total of $b-1$ times.
-
-While this current method is a considerable speed up there are further improvements to be made. For example, the $a^{2^i}$ term does not need to
-be computed in an auxilary variable. Consider the following equivalent algorithm.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{Left to Right Exponentiation}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Integer $a$, $b$ and $k$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c = a^b$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $c \leftarrow 1$ \\
-2. for $i$ from $k - 1$ to $0$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $c \leftarrow c^2$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 $c \leftarrow c \cdot a^{b_i}$ \\
-3. Return $c$. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Left to Right Exponentiation}
-\label{fig:LTOR}
-\end{figure}
-
-This algorithm starts from the most significant bit and works towards the least significant bit. When the $i$'th bit of $b$ is set $a$ is
-multiplied against the current product. In each iteration the product is squared which doubles the exponent of the individual terms of the
-product.
-
-For example, let $b = 101100_2 \equiv 44_{10}$. The following chart demonstrates the actions of the algorithm.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|c|}
-\hline \textbf{Value of $i$} & \textbf{Value of $c$} \\
-\hline - & $1$ \\
-\hline $5$ & $a$ \\
-\hline $4$ & $a^2$ \\
-\hline $3$ & $a^4 \cdot a$ \\
-\hline $2$ & $a^8 \cdot a^2 \cdot a$ \\
-\hline $1$ & $a^{16} \cdot a^4 \cdot a^2$ \\
-\hline $0$ & $a^{32} \cdot a^8 \cdot a^4$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Example of Left to Right Exponentiation}
-\end{figure}
-
-When the product $a^{32} \cdot a^8 \cdot a^4$ is simplified it is equal $a^{44}$ which is the desired exponentiation. This particular algorithm is
-called ``Left to Right'' because it reads the exponent in that order. All of the exponentiation algorithms that will be presented are of this nature.
-
-\subsection{Single Digit Exponentiation}
-The first algorithm in the series of exponentiation algorithms will be an unbounded algorithm where the exponent is a single digit. It is intended
-to be used when a small power of an input is required (\textit{e.g. $a^5$}). It is faster than simply multiplying $b - 1$ times for all values of
-$b$ that are greater than three.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_expt\_d}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and mp\_digit $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c = a^b$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $g \leftarrow a$ (\textit{mp\_init\_copy}) \\
-2. $c \leftarrow 1$ (\textit{mp\_set}) \\
-3. for $x$ from 1 to $lg(\beta)$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.1 $c \leftarrow c^2$ (\textit{mp\_sqr}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.2 If $b$ AND $2^{lg(\beta) - 1} \ne 0$ then \\
-\hspace{6mm}3.2.1 $c \leftarrow c \cdot g$ (\textit{mp\_mul}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.3 $b \leftarrow b << 1$ \\
-4. Clear $g$. \\
-5. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_expt\_d}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_expt\_d.}
-This algorithm computes the value of $a$ raised to the power of a single digit $b$. It uses the left to right exponentiation algorithm to
-quickly compute the exponentiation. It is loosely based on algorithm 14.79 of HAC \cite[pp. 615]{HAC} with the difference that the
-exponent is a fixed width.
-
-A copy of $a$ is made first to allow destination variable $c$ be the same as the source variable $a$. The result is set to the initial value of
-$1$ in the subsequent step.
-
-Inside the loop the exponent is read from the most significant bit first down to the least significant bit. First $c$ is invariably squared
-on step 3.1. In the following step if the most significant bit of $b$ is one the copy of $a$ is multiplied against $c$. The value
-of $b$ is shifted left one bit to make the next bit down from the most signficant bit the new most significant bit. In effect each
-iteration of the loop moves the bits of the exponent $b$ upwards to the most significant location.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_expt\_d.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-Line 29 sets the initial value of the result to $1$. Next the loop on line 31 steps through each bit of the exponent starting from
-the most significant down towards the least significant. The invariant squaring operation placed on line 33 is performed first. After
-the squaring the result $c$ is multiplied by the base $g$ if and only if the most significant bit of the exponent is set. The shift on line
-47 moves all of the bits of the exponent upwards towards the most significant location.
-
-\section{$k$-ary Exponentiation}
-When calculating an exponentiation the most time consuming bottleneck is the multiplications which are in general a small factor
-slower than squaring. Recall from the previous algorithm that $b_{i}$ refers to the $i$'th bit of the exponent $b$. Suppose instead it referred to
-the $i$'th $k$-bit digit of the exponent of $b$. For $k = 1$ the definitions are synonymous and for $k > 1$ algorithm~\ref{fig:KARY}
-computes the same exponentiation. A group of $k$ bits from the exponent is called a \textit{window}. That is it is a small window on only a
-portion of the entire exponent. Consider the following modification to the basic left to right exponentiation algorithm.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{$k$-ary Exponentiation}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Integer $a$, $b$, $k$ and $t$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c = a^b$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $c \leftarrow 1$ \\
-2. for $i$ from $t - 1$ to $0$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $c \leftarrow c^{2^k} $ \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 Extract the $i$'th $k$-bit word from $b$ and store it in $g$. \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.3 $c \leftarrow c \cdot a^g$ \\
-3. Return $c$. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{$k$-ary Exponentiation}
-\label{fig:KARY}
-\end{figure}
-
-The squaring on step 2.1 can be calculated by squaring the value $c$ successively $k$ times. If the values of $a^g$ for $0 < g < 2^k$ have been
-precomputed this algorithm requires only $t$ multiplications and $tk$ squarings. The table can be generated with $2^{k - 1} - 1$ squarings and
-$2^{k - 1} + 1$ multiplications. This algorithm assumes that the number of bits in the exponent is evenly divisible by $k$.
-However, when it is not the remaining $0 < x \le k - 1$ bits can be handled with algorithm~\ref{fig:LTOR}.
-
-Suppose $k = 4$ and $t = 100$. This modified algorithm will require $109$ multiplications and $408$ squarings to compute the exponentiation. The
-original algorithm would on average have required $200$ multiplications and $400$ squrings to compute the same value. The total number of squarings
-has increased slightly but the number of multiplications has nearly halved.
-
-\subsection{Optimal Values of $k$}
-An optimal value of $k$ will minimize $2^{k} + \lceil n / k \rceil + n - 1$ for a fixed number of bits in the exponent $n$. The simplest
-approach is to brute force search amongst the values $k = 2, 3, \ldots, 8$ for the lowest result. Table~\ref{fig:OPTK} lists optimal values of $k$
-for various exponent sizes and compares the number of multiplication and squarings required against algorithm~\ref{fig:LTOR}.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{small}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|c|}
-\hline \textbf{Exponent (bits)} & \textbf{Optimal $k$} & \textbf{Work at $k$} & \textbf{Work with ~\ref{fig:LTOR}} \\
-\hline $16$ & $2$ & $27$ & $24$ \\
-\hline $32$ & $3$ & $49$ & $48$ \\
-\hline $64$ & $3$ & $92$ & $96$ \\
-\hline $128$ & $4$ & $175$ & $192$ \\
-\hline $256$ & $4$ & $335$ & $384$ \\
-\hline $512$ & $5$ & $645$ & $768$ \\
-\hline $1024$ & $6$ & $1257$ & $1536$ \\
-\hline $2048$ & $6$ & $2452$ & $3072$ \\
-\hline $4096$ & $7$ & $4808$ & $6144$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{small}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Optimal Values of $k$ for $k$-ary Exponentiation}
-\label{fig:OPTK}
-\end{figure}
-
-\subsection{Sliding-Window Exponentiation}
-A simple modification to the previous algorithm is only generate the upper half of the table in the range $2^{k-1} \le g < 2^k$. Essentially
-this is a table for all values of $g$ where the most significant bit of $g$ is a one. However, in order for this to be allowed in the
-algorithm values of $g$ in the range $0 \le g < 2^{k-1}$ must be avoided.
-
-Table~\ref{fig:OPTK2} lists optimal values of $k$ for various exponent sizes and compares the work required against algorithm~\ref{fig:KARY}.
-
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{small}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|c|}
-\hline \textbf{Exponent (bits)} & \textbf{Optimal $k$} & \textbf{Work at $k$} & \textbf{Work with ~\ref{fig:KARY}} \\
-\hline $16$ & $3$ & $24$ & $27$ \\
-\hline $32$ & $3$ & $45$ & $49$ \\
-\hline $64$ & $4$ & $87$ & $92$ \\
-\hline $128$ & $4$ & $167$ & $175$ \\
-\hline $256$ & $5$ & $322$ & $335$ \\
-\hline $512$ & $6$ & $628$ & $645$ \\
-\hline $1024$ & $6$ & $1225$ & $1257$ \\
-\hline $2048$ & $7$ & $2403$ & $2452$ \\
-\hline $4096$ & $8$ & $4735$ & $4808$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{small}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Optimal Values of $k$ for Sliding Window Exponentiation}
-\label{fig:OPTK2}
-\end{figure}
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{Sliding Window $k$-ary Exponentiation}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Integer $a$, $b$, $k$ and $t$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c = a^b$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $c \leftarrow 1$ \\
-2. for $i$ from $t - 1$ to $0$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 If the $i$'th bit of $b$ is a zero then \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.1.1 $c \leftarrow c^2$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 else do \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.2.1 $c \leftarrow c^{2^k}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.2.2 Extract the $k$ bits from $(b_{i}b_{i-1}\ldots b_{i-(k-1)})$ and store it in $g$. \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.2.3 $c \leftarrow c \cdot a^g$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}2.2.4 $i \leftarrow i - k$ \\
-3. Return $c$. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Sliding Window $k$-ary Exponentiation}
-\end{figure}
-
-Similar to the previous algorithm this algorithm must have a special handler when fewer than $k$ bits are left in the exponent. While this
-algorithm requires the same number of squarings it can potentially have fewer multiplications. The pre-computed table $a^g$ is also half
-the size as the previous table.
-
-Consider the exponent $b = 111101011001000_2 \equiv 31432_{10}$ with $k = 3$ using both algorithms. The first algorithm will divide the exponent up as
-the following five $3$-bit words $b \equiv \left ( 111, 101, 011, 001, 000 \right )_{2}$. The second algorithm will break the
-exponent as $b \equiv \left ( 111, 101, 0, 110, 0, 100, 0 \right )_{2}$. The single digit $0$ in the second representation are where
-a single squaring took place instead of a squaring and multiplication. In total the first method requires $10$ multiplications and $18$
-squarings. The second method requires $8$ multiplications and $18$ squarings.
-
-In general the sliding window method is never slower than the generic $k$-ary method and often it is slightly faster.
-
-\section{Modular Exponentiation}
-
-Modular exponentiation is essentially computing the power of a base within a finite field or ring. For example, computing
-$d \equiv a^b \mbox{ (mod }c\mbox{)}$ is a modular exponentiation. Instead of first computing $a^b$ and then reducing it
-modulo $c$ the intermediate result is reduced modulo $c$ after every squaring or multiplication operation.
-
-This guarantees that any intermediate result is bounded by $0 \le d \le c^2 - 2c + 1$ and can be reduced modulo $c$ quickly using
-one of the algorithms presented in chapter six.
-
-Before the actual modular exponentiation algorithm can be written a wrapper algorithm must be written first. This algorithm
-will allow the exponent $b$ to be negative which is computed as $c \equiv \left (1 / a \right )^{\vert b \vert} \mbox{(mod }d\mbox{)}$. The
-value of $(1/a) \mbox{ mod }c$ is computed using the modular inverse (\textit{see \ref{sec;modinv}}). If no inverse exists the algorithm
-terminates with an error.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_exptmod}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$, $b$ and $c$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $y \equiv g^x \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $c.sign = MP\_NEG$ return(\textit{MP\_VAL}). \\
-2. If $b.sign = MP\_NEG$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $g' \leftarrow g^{-1} \mbox{ (mod }c\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 $x' \leftarrow \vert x \vert$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.3 Compute $d \equiv g'^{x'} \mbox{ (mod }c\mbox{)}$ via recursion. \\
-3. if $p$ is odd \textbf{OR} $p$ is a D.R. modulus then \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.1 Compute $y \equiv g^{x} \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ via algorithm mp\_exptmod\_fast. \\
-4. else \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 Compute $y \equiv g^{x} \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ via algorithm s\_mp\_exptmod. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_exptmod}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_exptmod.}
-The first algorithm which actually performs modular exponentiation is algorithm s\_mp\_exptmod. It is a sliding window $k$-ary algorithm
-which uses Barrett reduction to reduce the product modulo $p$. The second algorithm mp\_exptmod\_fast performs the same operation
-except it uses either Montgomery or Diminished Radix reduction. The two latter reduction algorithms are clumped in the same exponentiation
-algorithm since their arguments are essentially the same (\textit{two mp\_ints and one mp\_digit}).
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_exptmod.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-In order to keep the algorithms in a known state the first step on line 29 is to reject any negative modulus as input. If the exponent is
-negative the algorithm tries to perform a modular exponentiation with the modular inverse of the base $G$. The temporary variable $tmpG$ is assigned
-the modular inverse of $G$ and $tmpX$ is assigned the absolute value of $X$. The algorithm will recuse with these new values with a positive
-exponent.
-
-If the exponent is positive the algorithm resumes the exponentiation. Line 77 determines if the modulus is of the restricted Diminished Radix
-form. If it is not line 70 attempts to determine if it is of a unrestricted Diminished Radix form. The integer $dr$ will take on one
-of three values.
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item $dr = 0$ means that the modulus is not of either restricted or unrestricted Diminished Radix form.
-\item $dr = 1$ means that the modulus is of restricted Diminished Radix form.
-\item $dr = 2$ means that the modulus is of unrestricted Diminished Radix form.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-Line 69 determines if the fast modular exponentiation algorithm can be used. It is allowed if $dr \ne 0$ or if the modulus is odd. Otherwise,
-the slower s\_mp\_exptmod algorithm is used which uses Barrett reduction.
-
-\subsection{Barrett Modular Exponentiation}
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{s\_mp\_exptmod}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$, $b$ and $c$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $y \equiv g^x \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $k \leftarrow lg(x)$ \\
-2. $winsize \leftarrow \left \lbrace \begin{array}{ll}
- 2 & \mbox{if }k \le 7 \\
- 3 & \mbox{if }7 < k \le 36 \\
- 4 & \mbox{if }36 < k \le 140 \\
- 5 & \mbox{if }140 < k \le 450 \\
- 6 & \mbox{if }450 < k \le 1303 \\
- 7 & \mbox{if }1303 < k \le 3529 \\
- 8 & \mbox{if }3529 < k \\
- \end{array} \right .$ \\
-3. Initialize $2^{winsize}$ mp\_ints in an array named $M$ and one mp\_int named $\mu$ \\
-4. Calculate the $\mu$ required for Barrett Reduction (\textit{mp\_reduce\_setup}). \\
-5. $M_1 \leftarrow g \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ \\
-\\
-Setup the table of small powers of $g$. First find $g^{2^{winsize}}$ and then all multiples of it. \\
-6. $k \leftarrow 2^{winsize - 1}$ \\
-7. $M_{k} \leftarrow M_1$ \\
-8. for $ix$ from 0 to $winsize - 2$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.1 $M_k \leftarrow \left ( M_k \right )^2$ (\textit{mp\_sqr}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.2 $M_k \leftarrow M_k \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ (\textit{mp\_reduce}) \\
-9. for $ix$ from $2^{winsize - 1} + 1$ to $2^{winsize} - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}9.1 $M_{ix} \leftarrow M_{ix - 1} \cdot M_{1}$ (\textit{mp\_mul}) \\
-\hspace{3mm}9.2 $M_{ix} \leftarrow M_{ix} \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ (\textit{mp\_reduce}) \\
-10. $res \leftarrow 1$ \\
-\\
-Start Sliding Window. \\
-11. $mode \leftarrow 0, bitcnt \leftarrow 1, buf \leftarrow 0, digidx \leftarrow x.used - 1, bitcpy \leftarrow 0, bitbuf \leftarrow 0$ \\
-12. Loop \\
-\hspace{3mm}12.1 $bitcnt \leftarrow bitcnt - 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}12.2 If $bitcnt = 0$ then do \\
-\hspace{6mm}12.2.1 If $digidx = -1$ goto step 13. \\
-\hspace{6mm}12.2.2 $buf \leftarrow x_{digidx}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}12.2.3 $digidx \leftarrow digidx - 1$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}12.2.4 $bitcnt \leftarrow lg(\beta)$ \\
-Continued on next page. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm s\_mp\_exptmod}
-\end{figure}
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{s\_mp\_exptmod} (\textit{continued}). \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$, $b$ and $c$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $y \equiv g^x \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hline \\
-\hspace{3mm}12.3 $y \leftarrow (buf >> (lg(\beta) - 1))$ AND $1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}12.4 $buf \leftarrow buf << 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}12.5 if $mode = 0$ and $y = 0$ then goto step 12. \\
-\hspace{3mm}12.6 if $mode = 1$ and $y = 0$ then do \\
-\hspace{6mm}12.6.1 $res \leftarrow res^2$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}12.6.2 $res \leftarrow res \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}12.6.3 Goto step 12. \\
-\hspace{3mm}12.7 $bitcpy \leftarrow bitcpy + 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}12.8 $bitbuf \leftarrow bitbuf + (y << (winsize - bitcpy))$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}12.9 $mode \leftarrow 2$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}12.10 If $bitcpy = winsize$ then do \\
-\hspace{6mm}Window is full so perform the squarings and single multiplication. \\
-\hspace{6mm}12.10.1 for $ix$ from $0$ to $winsize -1$ do \\
-\hspace{9mm}12.10.1.1 $res \leftarrow res^2$ \\
-\hspace{9mm}12.10.1.2 $res \leftarrow res \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}12.10.2 $res \leftarrow res \cdot M_{bitbuf}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}12.10.3 $res \leftarrow res \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}Reset the window. \\
-\hspace{6mm}12.10.4 $bitcpy \leftarrow 0, bitbuf \leftarrow 0, mode \leftarrow 1$ \\
-\\
-No more windows left. Check for residual bits of exponent. \\
-13. If $mode = 2$ and $bitcpy > 0$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}13.1 for $ix$ form $0$ to $bitcpy - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.1.1 $res \leftarrow res^2$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.1.2 $res \leftarrow res \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.1.3 $bitbuf \leftarrow bitbuf << 1$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.1.4 If $bitbuf$ AND $2^{winsize} \ne 0$ then do \\
-\hspace{9mm}13.1.4.1 $res \leftarrow res \cdot M_{1}$ \\
-\hspace{9mm}13.1.4.2 $res \leftarrow res \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ \\
-14. $y \leftarrow res$ \\
-15. Clear $res$, $mu$ and the $M$ array. \\
-16. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm s\_mp\_exptmod (continued)}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm s\_mp\_exptmod.}
-This algorithm computes the $x$'th power of $g$ modulo $p$ and stores the result in $y$. It takes advantage of the Barrett reduction
-algorithm to keep the product small throughout the algorithm.
-
-The first two steps determine the optimal window size based on the number of bits in the exponent. The larger the exponent the
-larger the window size becomes. After a window size $winsize$ has been chosen an array of $2^{winsize}$ mp\_int variables is allocated. This
-table will hold the values of $g^x \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$ for $2^{winsize - 1} \le x < 2^{winsize}$.
-
-After the table is allocated the first power of $g$ is found. Since $g \ge p$ is allowed it must be first reduced modulo $p$ to make
-the rest of the algorithm more efficient. The first element of the table at $2^{winsize - 1}$ is found by squaring $M_1$ successively $winsize - 2$
-times. The rest of the table elements are found by multiplying the previous element by $M_1$ modulo $p$.
-
-Now that the table is available the sliding window may begin. The following list describes the functions of all the variables in the window.
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item The variable $mode$ dictates how the bits of the exponent are interpreted.
-\begin{enumerate}
- \item When $mode = 0$ the bits are ignored since no non-zero bit of the exponent has been seen yet. For example, if the exponent were simply
- $1$ then there would be $lg(\beta) - 1$ zero bits before the first non-zero bit. In this case bits are ignored until a non-zero bit is found.
- \item When $mode = 1$ a non-zero bit has been seen before and a new $winsize$-bit window has not been formed yet. In this mode leading $0$ bits
- are read and a single squaring is performed. If a non-zero bit is read a new window is created.
- \item When $mode = 2$ the algorithm is in the middle of forming a window and new bits are appended to the window from the most significant bit
- downwards.
-\end{enumerate}
-\item The variable $bitcnt$ indicates how many bits are left in the current digit of the exponent left to be read. When it reaches zero a new digit
- is fetched from the exponent.
-\item The variable $buf$ holds the currently read digit of the exponent.
-\item The variable $digidx$ is an index into the exponents digits. It starts at the leading digit $x.used - 1$ and moves towards the trailing digit.
-\item The variable $bitcpy$ indicates how many bits are in the currently formed window. When it reaches $winsize$ the window is flushed and
- the appropriate operations performed.
-\item The variable $bitbuf$ holds the current bits of the window being formed.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-All of step 12 is the window processing loop. It will iterate while there are digits available form the exponent to read. The first step
-inside this loop is to extract a new digit if no more bits are available in the current digit. If there are no bits left a new digit is
-read and if there are no digits left than the loop terminates.
-
-After a digit is made available step 12.3 will extract the most significant bit of the current digit and move all other bits in the digit
-upwards. In effect the digit is read from most significant bit to least significant bit and since the digits are read from leading to
-trailing edges the entire exponent is read from most significant bit to least significant bit.
-
-At step 12.5 if the $mode$ and currently extracted bit $y$ are both zero the bit is ignored and the next bit is read. This prevents the
-algorithm from having to perform trivial squaring and reduction operations before the first non-zero bit is read. Step 12.6 and 12.7-10 handle
-the two cases of $mode = 1$ and $mode = 2$ respectively.
-
-\begin{center}
-\begin{figure}[here]
-\includegraphics{pics/expt_state.ps}
-\caption{Sliding Window State Diagram}
-\label{pic:expt_state}
-\end{figure}
-\end{center}
-
-By step 13 there are no more digits left in the exponent. However, there may be partial bits in the window left. If $mode = 2$ then
-a Left-to-Right algorithm is used to process the remaining few bits.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_s\_mp\_exptmod.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-Lines 32 through 46 determine the optimal window size based on the length of the exponent in bits. The window divisions are sorted
-from smallest to greatest so that in each \textbf{if} statement only one condition must be tested. For example, by the \textbf{if} statement
-on line 38 the value of $x$ is already known to be greater than $140$.
-
-The conditional piece of code beginning on line 48 allows the window size to be restricted to five bits. This logic is used to ensure
-the table of precomputed powers of $G$ remains relatively small.
-
-The for loop on line 61 initializes the $M$ array while lines 72 and 77 through 86 initialize the reduction
-function that will be used for this modulus.
-
--- More later.
-
-\section{Quick Power of Two}
-Calculating $b = 2^a$ can be performed much quicker than with any of the previous algorithms. Recall that a logical shift left $m << k$ is
-equivalent to $m \cdot 2^k$. By this logic when $m = 1$ a quick power of two can be achieved.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_2expt}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. integer $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $a \leftarrow 2^b$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $a \leftarrow 0$ \\
-2. If $a.alloc < \lfloor b / lg(\beta) \rfloor + 1$ then grow $a$ appropriately. \\
-3. $a.used \leftarrow \lfloor b / lg(\beta) \rfloor + 1$ \\
-4. $a_{\lfloor b / lg(\beta) \rfloor} \leftarrow 1 << (b \mbox{ mod } lg(\beta))$ \\
-5. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_2expt}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_2expt.}
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_2expt.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-\chapter{Higher Level Algorithms}
-
-This chapter discusses the various higher level algorithms that are required to complete a well rounded multiple precision integer package. These
-routines are less performance oriented than the algorithms of chapters five, six and seven but are no less important.
-
-The first section describes a method of integer division with remainder that is universally well known. It provides the signed division logic
-for the package. The subsequent section discusses a set of algorithms which allow a single digit to be the 2nd operand for a variety of operations.
-These algorithms serve mostly to simplify other algorithms where small constants are required. The last two sections discuss how to manipulate
-various representations of integers. For example, converting from an mp\_int to a string of character.
-
-\section{Integer Division with Remainder}
-\label{sec:division}
-
-Integer division aside from modular exponentiation is the most intensive algorithm to compute. Like addition, subtraction and multiplication
-the basis of this algorithm is the long-hand division algorithm taught to school children. Throughout this discussion several common variables
-will be used. Let $x$ represent the divisor and $y$ represent the dividend. Let $q$ represent the integer quotient $\lfloor y / x \rfloor$ and
-let $r$ represent the remainder $r = y - x \lfloor y / x \rfloor$. The following simple algorithm will be used to start the discussion.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{Radix-$\beta$ Integer Division}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. integer $x$ and $y$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $q = \lfloor y/x\rfloor, r = y - xq$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $q \leftarrow 0$ \\
-2. $n \leftarrow \vert \vert y \vert \vert - \vert \vert x \vert \vert$ \\
-3. for $t$ from $n$ down to $0$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.1 Maximize $k$ such that $kx\beta^t$ is less than or equal to $y$ and $(k + 1)x\beta^t$ is greater. \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.2 $q \leftarrow q + k\beta^t$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.3 $y \leftarrow y - kx\beta^t$ \\
-4. $r \leftarrow y$ \\
-5. Return($q, r$) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm Radix-$\beta$ Integer Division}
-\label{fig:raddiv}
-\end{figure}
-
-As children we are taught this very simple algorithm for the case of $\beta = 10$. Almost instinctively several optimizations are taught for which
-their reason of existing are never explained. For this example let $y = 5471$ represent the dividend and $x = 23$ represent the divisor.
-
-To find the first digit of the quotient the value of $k$ must be maximized such that $kx\beta^t$ is less than or equal to $y$ and
-simultaneously $(k + 1)x\beta^t$ is greater than $y$. Implicitly $k$ is the maximum value the $t$'th digit of the quotient may have. The habitual method
-used to find the maximum is to ``eyeball'' the two numbers, typically only the leading digits and quickly estimate a quotient. By only using leading
-digits a much simpler division may be used to form an educated guess at what the value must be. In this case $k = \lfloor 54/23\rfloor = 2$ quickly
-arises as a possible solution. Indeed $2x\beta^2 = 4600$ is less than $y = 5471$ and simultaneously $(k + 1)x\beta^2 = 6900$ is larger than $y$.
-As a result $k\beta^2$ is added to the quotient which now equals $q = 200$ and $4600$ is subtracted from $y$ to give a remainder of $y = 841$.
-
-Again this process is repeated to produce the quotient digit $k = 3$ which makes the quotient $q = 200 + 3\beta = 230$ and the remainder
-$y = 841 - 3x\beta = 181$. Finally the last iteration of the loop produces $k = 7$ which leads to the quotient $q = 230 + 7 = 237$ and the
-remainder $y = 181 - 7x = 20$. The final quotient and remainder found are $q = 237$ and $r = y = 20$ which are indeed correct since
-$237 \cdot 23 + 20 = 5471$ is true.
-
-\subsection{Quotient Estimation}
-\label{sec:divest}
-As alluded to earlier the quotient digit $k$ can be estimated from only the leading digits of both the divisor and dividend. When $p$ leading
-digits are used from both the divisor and dividend to form an estimation the accuracy of the estimation rises as $p$ grows. Technically
-speaking the estimation is based on assuming the lower $\vert \vert y \vert \vert - p$ and $\vert \vert x \vert \vert - p$ lower digits of the
-dividend and divisor are zero.
-
-The value of the estimation may off by a few values in either direction and in general is fairly correct. A simplification \cite[pp. 271]{TAOCPV2}
-of the estimation technique is to use $t + 1$ digits of the dividend and $t$ digits of the divisor, in particularly when $t = 1$. The estimate
-using this technique is never too small. For the following proof let $t = \vert \vert y \vert \vert - 1$ and $s = \vert \vert x \vert \vert - 1$
-represent the most significant digits of the dividend and divisor respectively.
-
-\textbf{Proof.}\textit{ The quotient $\hat k = \lfloor (y_t\beta + y_{t-1}) / x_s \rfloor$ is greater than or equal to
-$k = \lfloor y / (x \cdot \beta^{\vert \vert y \vert \vert - \vert \vert x \vert \vert - 1}) \rfloor$. }
-The first obvious case is when $\hat k = \beta - 1$ in which case the proof is concluded since the real quotient cannot be larger. For all other
-cases $\hat k = \lfloor (y_t\beta + y_{t-1}) / x_s \rfloor$ and $\hat k x_s \ge y_t\beta + y_{t-1} - x_s + 1$. The latter portion of the inequalility
-$-x_s + 1$ arises from the fact that a truncated integer division will give the same quotient for at most $x_s - 1$ values. Next a series of
-inequalities will prove the hypothesis.
-
-\begin{equation}
-y - \hat k x \le y - \hat k x_s\beta^s
-\end{equation}
-
-This is trivially true since $x \ge x_s\beta^s$. Next we replace $\hat kx_s\beta^s$ by the previous inequality for $\hat kx_s$.
-
-\begin{equation}
-y - \hat k x \le y_t\beta^t + \ldots + y_0 - (y_t\beta^t + y_{t-1}\beta^{t-1} - x_s\beta^t + \beta^s)
-\end{equation}
-
-By simplifying the previous inequality the following inequality is formed.
-
-\begin{equation}
-y - \hat k x \le y_{t-2}\beta^{t-2} + \ldots + y_0 + x_s\beta^s - \beta^s
-\end{equation}
-
-Subsequently,
-
-\begin{equation}
-y_{t-2}\beta^{t-2} + \ldots + y_0 + x_s\beta^s - \beta^s < x_s\beta^s \le x
-\end{equation}
-
-Which proves that $y - \hat kx \le x$ and by consequence $\hat k \ge k$ which concludes the proof. \textbf{QED}
-
-
-\subsection{Normalized Integers}
-For the purposes of division a normalized input is when the divisors leading digit $x_n$ is greater than or equal to $\beta / 2$. By multiplying both
-$x$ and $y$ by $j = \lfloor (\beta / 2) / x_n \rfloor$ the quotient remains unchanged and the remainder is simply $j$ times the original
-remainder. The purpose of normalization is to ensure the leading digit of the divisor is sufficiently large such that the estimated quotient will
-lie in the domain of a single digit. Consider the maximum dividend $(\beta - 1) \cdot \beta + (\beta - 1)$ and the minimum divisor $\beta / 2$.
-
-\begin{equation}
-{{\beta^2 - 1} \over { \beta / 2}} \le 2\beta - {2 \over \beta}
-\end{equation}
-
-At most the quotient approaches $2\beta$, however, in practice this will not occur since that would imply the previous quotient digit was too small.
-
-\subsection{Radix-$\beta$ Division with Remainder}
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_div}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a, b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c = \lfloor a/b \rfloor$, $d = a - bc$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $b = 0$ return(\textit{MP\_VAL}). \\
-2. If $\vert a \vert < \vert b \vert$ then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $d \leftarrow a$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 $c \leftarrow 0$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.3 Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\\
-Setup the quotient to receive the digits. \\
-3. Grow $q$ to $a.used + 2$ digits. \\
-4. $q \leftarrow 0$ \\
-5. $x \leftarrow \vert a \vert , y \leftarrow \vert b \vert$ \\
-6. $sign \leftarrow \left \lbrace \begin{array}{ll}
- MP\_ZPOS & \mbox{if }a.sign = b.sign \\
- MP\_NEG & \mbox{otherwise} \\
- \end{array} \right .$ \\
-\\
-Normalize the inputs such that the leading digit of $y$ is greater than or equal to $\beta / 2$. \\
-7. $norm \leftarrow (lg(\beta) - 1) - (\lceil lg(y) \rceil \mbox{ (mod }lg(\beta)\mbox{)})$ \\
-8. $x \leftarrow x \cdot 2^{norm}, y \leftarrow y \cdot 2^{norm}$ \\
-\\
-Find the leading digit of the quotient. \\
-9. $n \leftarrow x.used - 1, t \leftarrow y.used - 1$ \\
-10. $y \leftarrow y \cdot \beta^{n - t}$ \\
-11. While ($x \ge y$) do \\
-\hspace{3mm}11.1 $q_{n - t} \leftarrow q_{n - t} + 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}11.2 $x \leftarrow x - y$ \\
-12. $y \leftarrow \lfloor y / \beta^{n-t} \rfloor$ \\
-\\
-Continued on the next page. \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_div}
-\end{figure}
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_div} (continued). \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a, b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c = \lfloor a/b \rfloor$, $d = a - bc$ \\
-\hline \\
-Now find the remainder fo the digits. \\
-13. for $i$ from $n$ down to $(t + 1)$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}13.1 If $i > x.used$ then jump to the next iteration of this loop. \\
-\hspace{3mm}13.2 If $x_{i} = y_{t}$ then \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.2.1 $q_{i - t - 1} \leftarrow \beta - 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}13.3 else \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.3.1 $\hat r \leftarrow x_{i} \cdot \beta + x_{i - 1}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.3.2 $\hat r \leftarrow \lfloor \hat r / y_{t} \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.3.3 $q_{i - t - 1} \leftarrow \hat r$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}13.4 $q_{i - t - 1} \leftarrow q_{i - t - 1} + 1$ \\
-\\
-Fixup quotient estimation. \\
-\hspace{3mm}13.5 Loop \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.5.1 $q_{i - t - 1} \leftarrow q_{i - t - 1} - 1$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.5.2 t$1 \leftarrow 0$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.5.3 t$1_0 \leftarrow y_{t - 1}, $ t$1_1 \leftarrow y_t,$ t$1.used \leftarrow 2$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.5.4 $t1 \leftarrow t1 \cdot q_{i - t - 1}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.5.5 t$2_0 \leftarrow x_{i - 2}, $ t$2_1 \leftarrow x_{i - 1}, $ t$2_2 \leftarrow x_i, $ t$2.used \leftarrow 3$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.5.6 If $\vert t1 \vert > \vert t2 \vert$ then goto step 13.5. \\
-\hspace{3mm}13.6 t$1 \leftarrow y \cdot q_{i - t - 1}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}13.7 t$1 \leftarrow $ t$1 \cdot \beta^{i - t - 1}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}13.8 $x \leftarrow x - $ t$1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}13.9 If $x.sign = MP\_NEG$ then \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.10 t$1 \leftarrow y$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.11 t$1 \leftarrow $ t$1 \cdot \beta^{i - t - 1}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.12 $x \leftarrow x + $ t$1$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}13.13 $q_{i - t - 1} \leftarrow q_{i - t - 1} - 1$ \\
-\\
-Finalize the result. \\
-14. Clamp excess digits of $q$ \\
-15. $c \leftarrow q, c.sign \leftarrow sign$ \\
-16. $x.sign \leftarrow a.sign$ \\
-17. $d \leftarrow \lfloor x / 2^{norm} \rfloor$ \\
-18. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_div (continued)}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_div.}
-This algorithm will calculate quotient and remainder from an integer division given a dividend and divisor. The algorithm is a signed
-division and will produce a fully qualified quotient and remainder.
-
-First the divisor $b$ must be non-zero which is enforced in step one. If the divisor is larger than the dividend than the quotient is implicitly
-zero and the remainder is the dividend.
-
-After the first two trivial cases of inputs are handled the variable $q$ is setup to receive the digits of the quotient. Two unsigned copies of the
-divisor $y$ and dividend $x$ are made as well. The core of the division algorithm is an unsigned division and will only work if the values are
-positive. Now the two values $x$ and $y$ must be normalized such that the leading digit of $y$ is greater than or equal to $\beta / 2$.
-This is performed by shifting both to the left by enough bits to get the desired normalization.
-
-At this point the division algorithm can begin producing digits of the quotient. Recall that maximum value of the estimation used is
-$2\beta - {2 \over \beta}$ which means that a digit of the quotient must be first produced by another means. In this case $y$ is shifted
-to the left (\textit{step ten}) so that it has the same number of digits as $x$. The loop on step eleven will subtract multiples of the
-shifted copy of $y$ until $x$ is smaller. Since the leading digit of $y$ is greater than or equal to $\beta/2$ this loop will iterate at most two
-times to produce the desired leading digit of the quotient.
-
-Now the remainder of the digits can be produced. The equation $\hat q = \lfloor {{x_i \beta + x_{i-1}}\over y_t} \rfloor$ is used to fairly
-accurately approximate the true quotient digit. The estimation can in theory produce an estimation as high as $2\beta - {2 \over \beta}$ but by
-induction the upper quotient digit is correct (\textit{as established on step eleven}) and the estimate must be less than $\beta$.
-
-Recall from section~\ref{sec:divest} that the estimation is never too low but may be too high. The next step of the estimation process is
-to refine the estimation. The loop on step 13.5 uses $x_i\beta^2 + x_{i-1}\beta + x_{i-2}$ and $q_{i - t - 1}(y_t\beta + y_{t-1})$ as a higher
-order approximation to adjust the quotient digit.
-
-After both phases of estimation the quotient digit may still be off by a value of one\footnote{This is similar to the error introduced
-by optimizing Barrett reduction.}. Steps 13.6 and 13.7 subtract the multiple of the divisor from the dividend (\textit{Similar to step 3.3 of
-algorithm~\ref{fig:raddiv}} and then subsequently add a multiple of the divisor if the quotient was too large.
-
-Now that the quotient has been determine finializing the result is a matter of clamping the quotient, fixing the sizes and de-normalizing the
-remainder. An important aspect of this algorithm seemingly overlooked in other descriptions such as that of Algorithm 14.20 HAC \cite[pp. 598]{HAC}
-is that when the estimations are being made (\textit{inside the loop on step 13.5}) that the digits $y_{t-1}$, $x_{i-2}$ and $x_{i-1}$ may lie
-outside their respective boundaries. For example, if $t = 0$ or $i \le 1$ then the digits would be undefined. In those cases the digits should
-respectively be replaced with a zero.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_div.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The implementation of this algorithm differs slightly from the pseudo code presented previously. In this algorithm either of the quotient $c$ or
-remainder $d$ may be passed as a \textbf{NULL} pointer which indicates their value is not desired. For example, the C code to call the division
-algorithm with only the quotient is
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-mp_div(&a, &b, &c, NULL); /* c = [a/b] */
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Lines 109 and 113 handle the two trivial cases of inputs which are division by zero and dividend smaller than the divisor
-respectively. After the two trivial cases all of the temporary variables are initialized. Line 148 determines the sign of
-the quotient and line 148 ensures that both $x$ and $y$ are positive.
-
-The number of bits in the leading digit is calculated on line 151. Implictly an mp\_int with $r$ digits will require $lg(\beta)(r-1) + k$ bits
-of precision which when reduced modulo $lg(\beta)$ produces the value of $k$. In this case $k$ is the number of bits in the leading digit which is
-exactly what is required. For the algorithm to operate $k$ must equal $lg(\beta) - 1$ and when it does not the inputs must be normalized by shifting
-them to the left by $lg(\beta) - 1 - k$ bits.
-
-Throughout the variables $n$ and $t$ will represent the highest digit of $x$ and $y$ respectively. These are first used to produce the
-leading digit of the quotient. The loop beginning on line 184 will produce the remainder of the quotient digits.
-
-The conditional ``continue'' on line 187 is used to prevent the algorithm from reading past the leading edge of $x$ which can occur when the
-algorithm eliminates multiple non-zero digits in a single iteration. This ensures that $x_i$ is always non-zero since by definition the digits
-above the $i$'th position $x$ must be zero in order for the quotient to be precise\footnote{Precise as far as integer division is concerned.}.
-
-Lines 214, 216 and 223 through 225 manually construct the high accuracy estimations by setting the digits of the two mp\_int
-variables directly.
-
-\section{Single Digit Helpers}
-
-This section briefly describes a series of single digit helper algorithms which come in handy when working with small constants. All of
-the helper functions assume the single digit input is positive and will treat them as such.
-
-\subsection{Single Digit Addition and Subtraction}
-
-Both addition and subtraction are performed by ``cheating'' and using mp\_set followed by the higher level addition or subtraction
-algorithms. As a result these algorithms are subtantially simpler with a slight cost in performance.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_add\_d}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and a mp\_digit $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c = a + b$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $t \leftarrow b$ (\textit{mp\_set}) \\
-2. $c \leftarrow a + t$ \\
-3. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}) \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_add\_d}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_add\_d.}
-This algorithm initiates a temporary mp\_int with the value of the single digit and uses algorithm mp\_add to add the two values together.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_add\_d.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-Clever use of the letter 't'.
-
-\subsubsection{Subtraction}
-The single digit subtraction algorithm mp\_sub\_d is essentially the same except it uses mp\_sub to subtract the digit from the mp\_int.
-
-\subsection{Single Digit Multiplication}
-Single digit multiplication arises enough in division and radix conversion that it ought to be implement as a special case of the baseline
-multiplication algorithm. Essentially this algorithm is a modified version of algorithm s\_mp\_mul\_digs where one of the multiplicands
-only has one digit.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_mul\_d}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and a mp\_digit $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c = ab$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. $pa \leftarrow a.used$ \\
-2. Grow $c$ to at least $pa + 1$ digits. \\
-3. $oldused \leftarrow c.used$ \\
-4. $c.used \leftarrow pa + 1$ \\
-5. $c.sign \leftarrow a.sign$ \\
-6. $\mu \leftarrow 0$ \\
-7. for $ix$ from $0$ to $pa - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.1 $\hat r \leftarrow \mu + a_{ix}b$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.2 $c_{ix} \leftarrow \hat r \mbox{ (mod }\beta\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.3 $\mu \leftarrow \lfloor \hat r / \beta \rfloor$ \\
-8. $c_{pa} \leftarrow \mu$ \\
-9. for $ix$ from $pa + 1$ to $oldused$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}9.1 $c_{ix} \leftarrow 0$ \\
-10. Clamp excess digits of $c$. \\
-11. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_mul\_d}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_mul\_d.}
-This algorithm quickly multiplies an mp\_int by a small single digit value. It is specially tailored to the job and has a minimal of overhead.
-Unlike the full multiplication algorithms this algorithm does not require any significnat temporary storage or memory allocations.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_mul\_d.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-In this implementation the destination $c$ may point to the same mp\_int as the source $a$ since the result is written after the digit is
-read from the source. This function uses pointer aliases $tmpa$ and $tmpc$ for the digits of $a$ and $c$ respectively.
-
-\subsection{Single Digit Division}
-Like the single digit multiplication algorithm, single digit division is also a fairly common algorithm used in radix conversion. Since the
-divisor is only a single digit a specialized variant of the division algorithm can be used to compute the quotient.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_div\_d}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and a mp\_digit $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c = \lfloor a / b \rfloor, d = a - cb$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $b = 0$ then return(\textit{MP\_VAL}).\\
-2. If $b = 3$ then use algorithm mp\_div\_3 instead. \\
-3. Init $q$ to $a.used$ digits. \\
-4. $q.used \leftarrow a.used$ \\
-5. $q.sign \leftarrow a.sign$ \\
-6. $\hat w \leftarrow 0$ \\
-7. for $ix$ from $a.used - 1$ down to $0$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.1 $\hat w \leftarrow \hat w \beta + a_{ix}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.2 If $\hat w \ge b$ then \\
-\hspace{6mm}7.2.1 $t \leftarrow \lfloor \hat w / b \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}7.2.2 $\hat w \leftarrow \hat w \mbox{ (mod }b\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.3 else\\
-\hspace{6mm}7.3.1 $t \leftarrow 0$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.4 $q_{ix} \leftarrow t$ \\
-8. $d \leftarrow \hat w$ \\
-9. Clamp excess digits of $q$. \\
-10. $c \leftarrow q$ \\
-11. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_div\_d}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_div\_d.}
-This algorithm divides the mp\_int $a$ by the single mp\_digit $b$ using an optimized approach. Essentially in every iteration of the
-algorithm another digit of the dividend is reduced and another digit of quotient produced. Provided $b < \beta$ the value of $\hat w$
-after step 7.1 will be limited such that $0 \le \lfloor \hat w / b \rfloor < \beta$.
-
-If the divisor $b$ is equal to three a variant of this algorithm is used which is called mp\_div\_3. It replaces the division by three with
-a multiplication by $\lfloor \beta / 3 \rfloor$ and the appropriate shift and residual fixup. In essence it is much like the Barrett reduction
-from chapter seven.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_div\_d.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-Like the implementation of algorithm mp\_div this algorithm allows either of the quotient or remainder to be passed as a \textbf{NULL} pointer to
-indicate the respective value is not required. This allows a trivial single digit modular reduction algorithm, mp\_mod\_d to be created.
-
-The division and remainder on lines 44 and @45,%@ can be replaced often by a single division on most processors. For example, the 32-bit x86 based
-processors can divide a 64-bit quantity by a 32-bit quantity and produce the quotient and remainder simultaneously. Unfortunately the GCC
-compiler does not recognize that optimization and will actually produce two function calls to find the quotient and remainder respectively.
-
-\subsection{Single Digit Root Extraction}
-
-Finding the $n$'th root of an integer is fairly easy as far as numerical analysis is concerned. Algorithms such as the Newton-Raphson approximation
-(\ref{eqn:newton}) series will converge very quickly to a root for any continuous function $f(x)$.
-
-\begin{equation}
-x_{i+1} = x_i - {f(x_i) \over f'(x_i)}
-\label{eqn:newton}
-\end{equation}
-
-In this case the $n$'th root is desired and $f(x) = x^n - a$ where $a$ is the integer of which the root is desired. The derivative of $f(x)$ is
-simply $f'(x) = nx^{n - 1}$. Of particular importance is that this algorithm will be used over the integers not over the a more continuous domain
-such as the real numbers. As a result the root found can be above the true root by few and must be manually adjusted. Ideally at the end of the
-algorithm the $n$'th root $b$ of an integer $a$ is desired such that $b^n \le a$.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_n\_root}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and a mp\_digit $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c^b \le a$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $b$ is even and $a.sign = MP\_NEG$ return(\textit{MP\_VAL}). \\
-2. $sign \leftarrow a.sign$ \\
-3. $a.sign \leftarrow MP\_ZPOS$ \\
-4. t$2 \leftarrow 2$ \\
-5. Loop \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 t$1 \leftarrow $ t$2$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 t$3 \leftarrow $ t$1^{b - 1}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.3 t$2 \leftarrow $ t$3 $ $\cdot$ t$1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.4 t$2 \leftarrow $ t$2 - a$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.5 t$3 \leftarrow $ t$3 \cdot b$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.6 t$3 \leftarrow \lfloor $t$2 / $t$3 \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.7 t$2 \leftarrow $ t$1 - $ t$3$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.8 If t$1 \ne $ t$2$ then goto step 5. \\
-6. Loop \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 t$2 \leftarrow $ t$1^b$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.2 If t$2 > a$ then \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.2.1 t$1 \leftarrow $ t$1 - 1$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.2.2 Goto step 6. \\
-7. $a.sign \leftarrow sign$ \\
-8. $c \leftarrow $ t$1$ \\
-9. $c.sign \leftarrow sign$ \\
-10. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_n\_root}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_n\_root.}
-This algorithm finds the integer $n$'th root of an input using the Newton-Raphson approach. It is partially optimized based on the observation
-that the numerator of ${f(x) \over f'(x)}$ can be derived from a partial denominator. That is at first the denominator is calculated by finding
-$x^{b - 1}$. This value can then be multiplied by $x$ and have $a$ subtracted from it to find the numerator. This saves a total of $b - 1$
-multiplications by t$1$ inside the loop.
-
-The initial value of the approximation is t$2 = 2$ which allows the algorithm to start with very small values and quickly converge on the
-root. Ideally this algorithm is meant to find the $n$'th root of an input where $n$ is bounded by $2 \le n \le 5$.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_n\_root.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-\section{Random Number Generation}
-
-Random numbers come up in a variety of activities from public key cryptography to simple simulations and various randomized algorithms. Pollard-Rho
-factoring for example, can make use of random values as starting points to find factors of a composite integer. In this case the algorithm presented
-is solely for simulations and not intended for cryptographic use.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_rand}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. An integer $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. A pseudo-random number of $b$ digits \\
-\hline \\
-1. $a \leftarrow 0$ \\
-2. If $b \le 0$ return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}) \\
-3. Pick a non-zero random digit $d$. \\
-4. $a \leftarrow a + d$ \\
-5. for $ix$ from 1 to $d - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $a \leftarrow a \cdot \beta$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 Pick a random digit $d$. \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.3 $a \leftarrow a + d$ \\
-6. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_rand}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_rand.}
-This algorithm produces a pseudo-random integer of $b$ digits. By ensuring that the first digit is non-zero the algorithm also guarantees that the
-final result has at least $b$ digits. It relies heavily on a third-part random number generator which should ideally generate uniformly all of
-the integers from $0$ to $\beta - 1$.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_rand.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-\section{Formatted Representations}
-The ability to emit a radix-$n$ textual representation of an integer is useful for interacting with human parties. For example, the ability to
-be given a string of characters such as ``114585'' and turn it into the radix-$\beta$ equivalent would make it easier to enter numbers
-into a program.
-
-\subsection{Reading Radix-n Input}
-For the purposes of this text we will assume that a simple lower ASCII map (\ref{fig:ASC}) is used for the values of from $0$ to $63$ to
-printable characters. For example, when the character ``N'' is read it represents the integer $23$. The first $16$ characters of the
-map are for the common representations up to hexadecimal. After that they match the ``base64'' encoding scheme which are suitable chosen
-such that they are printable. While outputting as base64 may not be too helpful for human operators it does allow communication via non binary
-mediums.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[here]
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{cc|cc|cc|cc}
-\hline \textbf{Value} & \textbf{Char} & \textbf{Value} & \textbf{Char} & \textbf{Value} & \textbf{Char} & \textbf{Value} & \textbf{Char} \\
-\hline
-0 & 0 & 1 & 1 & 2 & 2 & 3 & 3 \\
-4 & 4 & 5 & 5 & 6 & 6 & 7 & 7 \\
-8 & 8 & 9 & 9 & 10 & A & 11 & B \\
-12 & C & 13 & D & 14 & E & 15 & F \\
-16 & G & 17 & H & 18 & I & 19 & J \\
-20 & K & 21 & L & 22 & M & 23 & N \\
-24 & O & 25 & P & 26 & Q & 27 & R \\
-28 & S & 29 & T & 30 & U & 31 & V \\
-32 & W & 33 & X & 34 & Y & 35 & Z \\
-36 & a & 37 & b & 38 & c & 39 & d \\
-40 & e & 41 & f & 42 & g & 43 & h \\
-44 & i & 45 & j & 46 & k & 47 & l \\
-48 & m & 49 & n & 50 & o & 51 & p \\
-52 & q & 53 & r & 54 & s & 55 & t \\
-56 & u & 57 & v & 58 & w & 59 & x \\
-60 & y & 61 & z & 62 & $+$ & 63 & $/$ \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Lower ASCII Map}
-\label{fig:ASC}
-\end{figure}
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_read\_radix}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. A string $str$ of length $sn$ and radix $r$. \\
-\textbf{Output}. The radix-$\beta$ equivalent mp\_int. \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $r < 2$ or $r > 64$ return(\textit{MP\_VAL}). \\
-2. $ix \leftarrow 0$ \\
-3. If $str_0 =$ ``-'' then do \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.1 $ix \leftarrow ix + 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.2 $sign \leftarrow MP\_NEG$ \\
-4. else \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 $sign \leftarrow MP\_ZPOS$ \\
-5. $a \leftarrow 0$ \\
-6. for $iy$ from $ix$ to $sn - 1$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 Let $y$ denote the position in the map of $str_{iy}$. \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.2 If $str_{iy}$ is not in the map or $y \ge r$ then goto step 7. \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.3 $a \leftarrow a \cdot r$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.4 $a \leftarrow a + y$ \\
-7. If $a \ne 0$ then $a.sign \leftarrow sign$ \\
-8. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_read\_radix}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_read\_radix.}
-This algorithm will read an ASCII string and produce the radix-$\beta$ mp\_int representation of the same integer. A minus symbol ``-'' may precede the
-string to indicate the value is negative, otherwise it is assumed to be positive. The algorithm will read up to $sn$ characters from the input
-and will stop when it reads a character it cannot map the algorithm stops reading characters from the string. This allows numbers to be embedded
-as part of larger input without any significant problem.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_read\_radix.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-\subsection{Generating Radix-$n$ Output}
-Generating radix-$n$ output is fairly trivial with a division and remainder algorithm.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_toradix}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. A mp\_int $a$ and an integer $r$\\
-\textbf{Output}. The radix-$r$ representation of $a$ \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $r < 2$ or $r > 64$ return(\textit{MP\_VAL}). \\
-2. If $a = 0$ then $str = $ ``$0$'' and return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-3. $t \leftarrow a$ \\
-4. $str \leftarrow$ ``'' \\
-5. if $t.sign = MP\_NEG$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $str \leftarrow str + $ ``-'' \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 $t.sign = MP\_ZPOS$ \\
-6. While ($t \ne 0$) do \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 $d \leftarrow t \mbox{ (mod }r\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.2 $t \leftarrow \lfloor t / r \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.3 Look up $d$ in the map and store the equivalent character in $y$. \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.4 $str \leftarrow str + y$ \\
-7. If $str_0 = $``$-$'' then \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.1 Reverse the digits $str_1, str_2, \ldots str_n$. \\
-8. Otherwise \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.1 Reverse the digits $str_0, str_1, \ldots str_n$. \\
-9. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}).\\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_toradix}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_toradix.}
-This algorithm computes the radix-$r$ representation of an mp\_int $a$. The ``digits'' of the representation are extracted by reducing
-successive powers of $\lfloor a / r^k \rfloor$ the input modulo $r$ until $r^k > a$. Note that instead of actually dividing by $r^k$ in
-each iteration the quotient $\lfloor a / r \rfloor$ is saved for the next iteration. As a result a series of trivial $n \times 1$ divisions
-are required instead of a series of $n \times k$ divisions. One design flaw of this approach is that the digits are produced in the reverse order
-(see~\ref{fig:mpradix}). To remedy this flaw the digits must be swapped or simply ``reversed''.
-
-\begin{figure}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}
-\hline \textbf{Value of $a$} & \textbf{Value of $d$} & \textbf{Value of $str$} \\
-\hline $1234$ & -- & -- \\
-\hline $123$ & $4$ & ``4'' \\
-\hline $12$ & $3$ & ``43'' \\
-\hline $1$ & $2$ & ``432'' \\
-\hline $0$ & $1$ & ``4321'' \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\caption{Example of Algorithm mp\_toradix.}
-\label{fig:mpradix}
-\end{figure}
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_toradix.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-\chapter{Number Theoretic Algorithms}
-This chapter discusses several fundamental number theoretic algorithms such as the greatest common divisor, least common multiple and Jacobi
-symbol computation. These algorithms arise as essential components in several key cryptographic algorithms such as the RSA public key algorithm and
-various Sieve based factoring algorithms.
-
-\section{Greatest Common Divisor}
-The greatest common divisor of two integers $a$ and $b$, often denoted as $(a, b)$ is the largest integer $k$ that is a proper divisor of
-both $a$ and $b$. That is, $k$ is the largest integer such that $0 \equiv a \mbox{ (mod }k\mbox{)}$ and $0 \equiv b \mbox{ (mod }k\mbox{)}$ occur
-simultaneously.
-
-The most common approach (cite) is to reduce one input modulo another. That is if $a$ and $b$ are divisible by some integer $k$ and if $qa + r = b$ then
-$r$ is also divisible by $k$. The reduction pattern follows $\left < a , b \right > \rightarrow \left < b, a \mbox{ mod } b \right >$.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{Greatest Common Divisor (I)}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Two positive integers $a$ and $b$ greater than zero. \\
-\textbf{Output}. The greatest common divisor $(a, b)$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. While ($b > 0$) do \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 $r \leftarrow a \mbox{ (mod }b\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.2 $a \leftarrow b$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.3 $b \leftarrow r$ \\
-2. Return($a$). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm Greatest Common Divisor (I)}
-\label{fig:gcd1}
-\end{figure}
-
-This algorithm will quickly converge on the greatest common divisor since the residue $r$ tends diminish rapidly. However, divisions are
-relatively expensive operations to perform and should ideally be avoided. There is another approach based on a similar relationship of
-greatest common divisors. The faster approach is based on the observation that if $k$ divides both $a$ and $b$ it will also divide $a - b$.
-In particular, we would like $a - b$ to decrease in magnitude which implies that $b \ge a$.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{Greatest Common Divisor (II)}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Two positive integers $a$ and $b$ greater than zero. \\
-\textbf{Output}. The greatest common divisor $(a, b)$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. While ($b > 0$) do \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 Swap $a$ and $b$ such that $a$ is the smallest of the two. \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.2 $b \leftarrow b - a$ \\
-2. Return($a$). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm Greatest Common Divisor (II)}
-\label{fig:gcd2}
-\end{figure}
-
-\textbf{Proof} \textit{Algorithm~\ref{fig:gcd2} will return the greatest common divisor of $a$ and $b$.}
-The algorithm in figure~\ref{fig:gcd2} will eventually terminate since $b \ge a$ the subtraction in step 1.2 will be a value less than $b$. In other
-words in every iteration that tuple $\left < a, b \right >$ decrease in magnitude until eventually $a = b$. Since both $a$ and $b$ are always
-divisible by the greatest common divisor (\textit{until the last iteration}) and in the last iteration of the algorithm $b = 0$, therefore, in the
-second to last iteration of the algorithm $b = a$ and clearly $(a, a) = a$ which concludes the proof. \textbf{QED}.
-
-As a matter of practicality algorithm \ref{fig:gcd1} decreases far too slowly to be useful. Specially if $b$ is much larger than $a$ such that
-$b - a$ is still very much larger than $a$. A simple addition to the algorithm is to divide $b - a$ by a power of some integer $p$ which does
-not divide the greatest common divisor but will divide $b - a$. In this case ${b - a} \over p$ is also an integer and still divisible by
-the greatest common divisor.
-
-However, instead of factoring $b - a$ to find a suitable value of $p$ the powers of $p$ can be removed from $a$ and $b$ that are in common first.
-Then inside the loop whenever $b - a$ is divisible by some power of $p$ it can be safely removed.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{Greatest Common Divisor (III)}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. Two positive integers $a$ and $b$ greater than zero. \\
-\textbf{Output}. The greatest common divisor $(a, b)$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. $k \leftarrow 0$ \\
-2. While $a$ and $b$ are both divisible by $p$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $a \leftarrow \lfloor a / p \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 $b \leftarrow \lfloor b / p \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.3 $k \leftarrow k + 1$ \\
-3. While $a$ is divisible by $p$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.1 $a \leftarrow \lfloor a / p \rfloor$ \\
-4. While $b$ is divisible by $p$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 $b \leftarrow \lfloor b / p \rfloor$ \\
-5. While ($b > 0$) do \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 Swap $a$ and $b$ such that $a$ is the smallest of the two. \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 $b \leftarrow b - a$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.3 While $b$ is divisible by $p$ do \\
-\hspace{6mm}5.3.1 $b \leftarrow \lfloor b / p \rfloor$ \\
-6. Return($a \cdot p^k$). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm Greatest Common Divisor (III)}
-\label{fig:gcd3}
-\end{figure}
-
-This algorithm is based on the first except it removes powers of $p$ first and inside the main loop to ensure the tuple $\left < a, b \right >$
-decreases more rapidly. The first loop on step two removes powers of $p$ that are in common. A count, $k$, is kept which will present a common
-divisor of $p^k$. After step two the remaining common divisor of $a$ and $b$ cannot be divisible by $p$. This means that $p$ can be safely
-divided out of the difference $b - a$ so long as the division leaves no remainder.
-
-In particular the value of $p$ should be chosen such that the division on step 5.3.1 occur often. It also helps that division by $p$ be easy
-to compute. The ideal choice of $p$ is two since division by two amounts to a right logical shift. Another important observation is that by
-step five both $a$ and $b$ are odd. Therefore, the diffrence $b - a$ must be even which means that each iteration removes one bit from the
-largest of the pair.
-
-\subsection{Complete Greatest Common Divisor}
-The algorithms presented so far cannot handle inputs which are zero or negative. The following algorithm can handle all input cases properly
-and will produce the greatest common divisor.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_gcd}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. The greatest common divisor $c = (a, b)$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $a = 0$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 $c \leftarrow \vert b \vert $ \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.2 Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-2. If $b = 0$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $c \leftarrow \vert a \vert $ \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-3. $u \leftarrow \vert a \vert, v \leftarrow \vert b \vert$ \\
-4. $k \leftarrow 0$ \\
-5. While $u.used > 0$ and $v.used > 0$ and $u_0 \equiv v_0 \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $k \leftarrow k + 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 $u \leftarrow \lfloor u / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.3 $v \leftarrow \lfloor v / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-6. While $u.used > 0$ and $u_0 \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 $u \leftarrow \lfloor u / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-7. While $v.used > 0$ and $v_0 \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.1 $v \leftarrow \lfloor v / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-8. While $v.used > 0$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.1 If $\vert u \vert > \vert v \vert$ then \\
-\hspace{6mm}8.1.1 Swap $u$ and $v$. \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.2 $v \leftarrow \vert v \vert - \vert u \vert$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.3 While $v.used > 0$ and $v_0 \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}8.3.1 $v \leftarrow \lfloor v / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-9. $c \leftarrow u \cdot 2^k$ \\
-10. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_gcd}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_gcd.}
-This algorithm will produce the greatest common divisor of two mp\_ints $a$ and $b$. The algorithm was originally based on Algorithm B of
-Knuth \cite[pp. 338]{TAOCPV2} but has been modified to be simpler to explain. In theory it achieves the same asymptotic working time as
-Algorithm B and in practice this appears to be true.
-
-The first two steps handle the cases where either one of or both inputs are zero. If either input is zero the greatest common divisor is the
-largest input or zero if they are both zero. If the inputs are not trivial than $u$ and $v$ are assigned the absolute values of
-$a$ and $b$ respectively and the algorithm will proceed to reduce the pair.
-
-Step five will divide out any common factors of two and keep track of the count in the variable $k$. After this step, two is no longer a
-factor of the remaining greatest common divisor between $u$ and $v$ and can be safely evenly divided out of either whenever they are even. Step
-six and seven ensure that the $u$ and $v$ respectively have no more factors of two. At most only one of the while--loops will iterate since
-they cannot both be even.
-
-By step eight both of $u$ and $v$ are odd which is required for the inner logic. First the pair are swapped such that $v$ is equal to
-or greater than $u$. This ensures that the subtraction on step 8.2 will always produce a positive and even result. Step 8.3 removes any
-factors of two from the difference $u$ to ensure that in the next iteration of the loop both are once again odd.
-
-After $v = 0$ occurs the variable $u$ has the greatest common divisor of the pair $\left < u, v \right >$ just after step six. The result
-must be adjusted by multiplying by the common factors of two ($2^k$) removed earlier.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_gcd.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-This function makes use of the macros mp\_iszero and mp\_iseven. The former evaluates to $1$ if the input mp\_int is equivalent to the
-integer zero otherwise it evaluates to $0$. The latter evaluates to $1$ if the input mp\_int represents a non-zero even integer otherwise
-it evaluates to $0$. Note that just because mp\_iseven may evaluate to $0$ does not mean the input is odd, it could also be zero. The three
-trivial cases of inputs are handled on lines 24 through 30. After those lines the inputs are assumed to be non-zero.
-
-Lines 32 and 37 make local copies $u$ and $v$ of the inputs $a$ and $b$ respectively. At this point the common factors of two
-must be divided out of the two inputs. The block starting at line 44 removes common factors of two by first counting the number of trailing
-zero bits in both. The local integer $k$ is used to keep track of how many factors of $2$ are pulled out of both values. It is assumed that
-the number of factors will not exceed the maximum value of a C ``int'' data type\footnote{Strictly speaking no array in C may have more than
-entries than are accessible by an ``int'' so this is not a limitation.}.
-
-At this point there are no more common factors of two in the two values. The divisions by a power of two on lines 62 and 68 remove
-any independent factors of two such that both $u$ and $v$ are guaranteed to be an odd integer before hitting the main body of the algorithm. The while loop
-on line 73 performs the reduction of the pair until $v$ is equal to zero. The unsigned comparison and subtraction algorithms are used in
-place of the full signed routines since both values are guaranteed to be positive and the result of the subtraction is guaranteed to be non-negative.
-
-\section{Least Common Multiple}
-The least common multiple of a pair of integers is their product divided by their greatest common divisor. For two integers $a$ and $b$ the
-least common multiple is normally denoted as $[ a, b ]$ and numerically equivalent to ${ab} \over {(a, b)}$. For example, if $a = 2 \cdot 2 \cdot 3 = 12$
-and $b = 2 \cdot 3 \cdot 3 \cdot 7 = 126$ the least common multiple is ${126 \over {(12, 126)}} = {126 \over 6} = 21$.
-
-The least common multiple arises often in coding theory as well as number theory. If two functions have periods of $a$ and $b$ respectively they will
-collide, that is be in synchronous states, after only $[ a, b ]$ iterations. This is why, for example, random number generators based on
-Linear Feedback Shift Registers (LFSR) tend to use registers with periods which are co-prime (\textit{e.g. the greatest common divisor is one.}).
-Similarly in number theory if a composite $n$ has two prime factors $p$ and $q$ then maximal order of any unit of $\Z/n\Z$ will be $[ p - 1, q - 1] $.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_lcm}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and $b$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. The least common multiple $c = [a, b]$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. $c \leftarrow (a, b)$ \\
-2. $t \leftarrow a \cdot b$ \\
-3. $c \leftarrow \lfloor t / c \rfloor$ \\
-4. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_lcm}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_lcm.}
-This algorithm computes the least common multiple of two mp\_int inputs $a$ and $b$. It computes the least common multiple directly by
-dividing the product of the two inputs by their greatest common divisor.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_lcm.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-\section{Jacobi Symbol Computation}
-To explain the Jacobi Symbol we shall first discuss the Legendre function\footnote{Arrg. What is the name of this?} off which the Jacobi symbol is
-defined. The Legendre function computes whether or not an integer $a$ is a quadratic residue modulo an odd prime $p$. Numerically it is
-equivalent to equation \ref{eqn:legendre}.
-
-\textit{-- Tom, don't be an ass, cite your source here...!}
-
-\begin{equation}
-a^{(p-1)/2} \equiv \begin{array}{rl}
- -1 & \mbox{if }a\mbox{ is a quadratic non-residue.} \\
- 0 & \mbox{if }a\mbox{ divides }p\mbox{.} \\
- 1 & \mbox{if }a\mbox{ is a quadratic residue}.
- \end{array} \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}
-\label{eqn:legendre}
-\end{equation}
-
-\textbf{Proof.} \textit{Equation \ref{eqn:legendre} correctly identifies the residue status of an integer $a$ modulo a prime $p$.}
-An integer $a$ is a quadratic residue if the following equation has a solution.
-
-\begin{equation}
-x^2 \equiv a \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}
-\label{eqn:root}
-\end{equation}
-
-Consider the following equation.
-
-\begin{equation}
-0 \equiv x^{p-1} - 1 \equiv \left \lbrace \left (x^2 \right )^{(p-1)/2} - a^{(p-1)/2} \right \rbrace + \left ( a^{(p-1)/2} - 1 \right ) \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}
-\label{eqn:rooti}
-\end{equation}
-
-Whether equation \ref{eqn:root} has a solution or not equation \ref{eqn:rooti} is always true. If $a^{(p-1)/2} - 1 \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$
-then the quantity in the braces must be zero. By reduction,
-
-\begin{eqnarray}
-\left (x^2 \right )^{(p-1)/2} - a^{(p-1)/2} \equiv 0 \nonumber \\
-\left (x^2 \right )^{(p-1)/2} \equiv a^{(p-1)/2} \nonumber \\
-x^2 \equiv a \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}
-\end{eqnarray}
-
-As a result there must be a solution to the quadratic equation and in turn $a$ must be a quadratic residue. If $a$ does not divide $p$ and $a$
-is not a quadratic residue then the only other value $a^{(p-1)/2}$ may be congruent to is $-1$ since
-\begin{equation}
-0 \equiv a^{p - 1} - 1 \equiv (a^{(p-1)/2} + 1)(a^{(p-1)/2} - 1) \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}
-\end{equation}
-One of the terms on the right hand side must be zero. \textbf{QED}
-
-\subsection{Jacobi Symbol}
-The Jacobi symbol is a generalization of the Legendre function for any odd non prime moduli $p$ greater than 2. If $p = \prod_{i=0}^n p_i$ then
-the Jacobi symbol $\left ( { a \over p } \right )$ is equal to the following equation.
-
-\begin{equation}
-\left ( { a \over p } \right ) = \left ( { a \over p_0} \right ) \left ( { a \over p_1} \right ) \ldots \left ( { a \over p_n} \right )
-\end{equation}
-
-By inspection if $p$ is prime the Jacobi symbol is equivalent to the Legendre function. The following facts\footnote{See HAC \cite[pp. 72-74]{HAC} for
-further details.} will be used to derive an efficient Jacobi symbol algorithm. Where $p$ is an odd integer greater than two and $a, b \in \Z$ the
-following are true.
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item $\left ( { a \over p} \right )$ equals $-1$, $0$ or $1$.
-\item $\left ( { ab \over p} \right ) = \left ( { a \over p} \right )\left ( { b \over p} \right )$.
-\item If $a \equiv b$ then $\left ( { a \over p} \right ) = \left ( { b \over p} \right )$.
-\item $\left ( { 2 \over p} \right )$ equals $1$ if $p \equiv 1$ or $7 \mbox{ (mod }8\mbox{)}$. Otherwise, it equals $-1$.
-\item $\left ( { a \over p} \right ) \equiv \left ( { p \over a} \right ) \cdot (-1)^{(p-1)(a-1)/4}$. More specifically
-$\left ( { a \over p} \right ) = \left ( { p \over a} \right )$ if $p \equiv a \equiv 1 \mbox{ (mod }4\mbox{)}$.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-Using these facts if $a = 2^k \cdot a'$ then
-
-\begin{eqnarray}
-\left ( { a \over p } \right ) = \left ( {{2^k} \over p } \right ) \left ( {a' \over p} \right ) \nonumber \\
- = \left ( {2 \over p } \right )^k \left ( {a' \over p} \right )
-\label{eqn:jacobi}
-\end{eqnarray}
-
-By fact five,
-
-\begin{equation}
-\left ( { a \over p } \right ) = \left ( { p \over a } \right ) \cdot (-1)^{(p-1)(a-1)/4}
-\end{equation}
-
-Subsequently by fact three since $p \equiv (p \mbox{ mod }a) \mbox{ (mod }a\mbox{)}$ then
-
-\begin{equation}
-\left ( { a \over p } \right ) = \left ( { {p \mbox{ mod } a} \over a } \right ) \cdot (-1)^{(p-1)(a-1)/4}
-\end{equation}
-
-By putting both observations into equation \ref{eqn:jacobi} the following simplified equation is formed.
-
-\begin{equation}
-\left ( { a \over p } \right ) = \left ( {2 \over p } \right )^k \left ( {{p\mbox{ mod }a'} \over a'} \right ) \cdot (-1)^{(p-1)(a'-1)/4}
-\end{equation}
-
-The value of $\left ( {{p \mbox{ mod }a'} \over a'} \right )$ can be found by using the same equation recursively. The value of
-$\left ( {2 \over p } \right )^k$ equals $1$ if $k$ is even otherwise it equals $\left ( {2 \over p } \right )$. Using this approach the
-factors of $p$ do not have to be known. Furthermore, if $(a, p) = 1$ then the algorithm will terminate when the recursion requests the
-Jacobi symbol computation of $\left ( {1 \over a'} \right )$ which is simply $1$.
-
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_jacobi}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and $p$, $a \ge 0$, $p \ge 3$, $p \equiv 1 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. The Jacobi symbol $c = \left ( {a \over p } \right )$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $a = 0$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 $c \leftarrow 0$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.2 Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-2. If $a = 1$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $c \leftarrow 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.2 Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-3. $a' \leftarrow a$ \\
-4. $k \leftarrow 0$ \\
-5. While $a'.used > 0$ and $a'_0 \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.1 $k \leftarrow k + 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}5.2 $a' \leftarrow \lfloor a' / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-6. If $k \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 $s \leftarrow 1$ \\
-7. else \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.1 $r \leftarrow p_0 \mbox{ (mod }8\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.2 If $r = 1$ or $r = 7$ then \\
-\hspace{6mm}7.2.1 $s \leftarrow 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.3 else \\
-\hspace{6mm}7.3.1 $s \leftarrow -1$ \\
-8. If $p_0 \equiv a'_0 \equiv 3 \mbox{ (mod }4\mbox{)}$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.1 $s \leftarrow -s$ \\
-9. If $a' \ne 1$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}9.1 $p' \leftarrow p \mbox{ (mod }a'\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}9.2 $s \leftarrow s \cdot \mbox{mp\_jacobi}(p', a')$ \\
-10. $c \leftarrow s$ \\
-11. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_jacobi}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_jacobi.}
-This algorithm computes the Jacobi symbol for an arbitrary positive integer $a$ with respect to an odd integer $p$ greater than three. The algorithm
-is based on algorithm 2.149 of HAC \cite[pp. 73]{HAC}.
-
-Step numbers one and two handle the trivial cases of $a = 0$ and $a = 1$ respectively. Step five determines the number of two factors in the
-input $a$. If $k$ is even than the term $\left ( { 2 \over p } \right )^k$ must always evaluate to one. If $k$ is odd than the term evaluates to one
-if $p_0$ is congruent to one or seven modulo eight, otherwise it evaluates to $-1$. After the the $\left ( { 2 \over p } \right )^k$ term is handled
-the $(-1)^{(p-1)(a'-1)/4}$ is computed and multiplied against the current product $s$. The latter term evaluates to one if both $p$ and $a'$
-are congruent to one modulo four, otherwise it evaluates to negative one.
-
-By step nine if $a'$ does not equal one a recursion is required. Step 9.1 computes $p' \equiv p \mbox{ (mod }a'\mbox{)}$ and will recurse to compute
-$\left ( {p' \over a'} \right )$ which is multiplied against the current Jacobi product.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_jacobi.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-As a matter of practicality the variable $a'$ as per the pseudo-code is reprensented by the variable $a1$ since the $'$ symbol is not valid for a C
-variable name character.
-
-The two simple cases of $a = 0$ and $a = 1$ are handled at the very beginning to simplify the algorithm. If the input is non-trivial the algorithm
-has to proceed compute the Jacobi. The variable $s$ is used to hold the current Jacobi product. Note that $s$ is merely a C ``int'' data type since
-the values it may obtain are merely $-1$, $0$ and $1$.
-
-After a local copy of $a$ is made all of the factors of two are divided out and the total stored in $k$. Technically only the least significant
-bit of $k$ is required, however, it makes the algorithm simpler to follow to perform an addition. In practice an exclusive-or and addition have the same
-processor requirements and neither is faster than the other.
-
-Line 58 through 71 determines the value of $\left ( { 2 \over p } \right )^k$. If the least significant bit of $k$ is zero than
-$k$ is even and the value is one. Otherwise, the value of $s$ depends on which residue class $p$ belongs to modulo eight. The value of
-$(-1)^{(p-1)(a'-1)/4}$ is compute and multiplied against $s$ on lines 71 through 74.
-
-Finally, if $a1$ does not equal one the algorithm must recurse and compute $\left ( {p' \over a'} \right )$.
-
-\textit{-- Comment about default $s$ and such...}
-
-\section{Modular Inverse}
-\label{sec:modinv}
-The modular inverse of a number actually refers to the modular multiplicative inverse. Essentially for any integer $a$ such that $(a, p) = 1$ there
-exist another integer $b$ such that $ab \equiv 1 \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}$. The integer $b$ is called the multiplicative inverse of $a$ which is
-denoted as $b = a^{-1}$. Technically speaking modular inversion is a well defined operation for any finite ring or field not just for rings and
-fields of integers. However, the former will be the matter of discussion.
-
-The simplest approach is to compute the algebraic inverse of the input. That is to compute $b \equiv a^{\Phi(p) - 1}$. If $\Phi(p)$ is the
-order of the multiplicative subgroup modulo $p$ then $b$ must be the multiplicative inverse of $a$. The proof of which is trivial.
-
-\begin{equation}
-ab \equiv a \left (a^{\Phi(p) - 1} \right ) \equiv a^{\Phi(p)} \equiv a^0 \equiv 1 \mbox{ (mod }p\mbox{)}
-\end{equation}
-
-However, as simple as this approach may be it has two serious flaws. It requires that the value of $\Phi(p)$ be known which if $p$ is composite
-requires all of the prime factors. This approach also is very slow as the size of $p$ grows.
-
-A simpler approach is based on the observation that solving for the multiplicative inverse is equivalent to solving the linear
-Diophantine\footnote{See LeVeque \cite[pp. 40-43]{LeVeque} for more information.} equation.
-
-\begin{equation}
-ab + pq = 1
-\end{equation}
-
-Where $a$, $b$, $p$ and $q$ are all integers. If such a pair of integers $ \left < b, q \right >$ exist than $b$ is the multiplicative inverse of
-$a$ modulo $p$. The extended Euclidean algorithm (Knuth \cite[pp. 342]{TAOCPV2}) can be used to solve such equations provided $(a, p) = 1$.
-However, instead of using that algorithm directly a variant known as the binary Extended Euclidean algorithm will be used in its place. The
-binary approach is very similar to the binary greatest common divisor algorithm except it will produce a full solution to the Diophantine
-equation.
-
-\subsection{General Case}
-\newpage\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_invmod}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and $b$, $(a, b) = 1$, $p \ge 2$, $0 < a < p$. \\
-\textbf{Output}. The modular inverse $c \equiv a^{-1} \mbox{ (mod }b\mbox{)}$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. If $b \le 0$ then return(\textit{MP\_VAL}). \\
-2. If $b_0 \equiv 1 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$ then use algorithm fast\_mp\_invmod. \\
-3. $x \leftarrow \vert a \vert, y \leftarrow b$ \\
-4. If $x_0 \equiv y_0 \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$ then return(\textit{MP\_VAL}). \\
-5. $B \leftarrow 0, C \leftarrow 0, A \leftarrow 1, D \leftarrow 1$ \\
-6. While $u.used > 0$ and $u_0 \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 $u \leftarrow \lfloor u / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.2 If ($A.used > 0$ and $A_0 \equiv 1 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$) or ($B.used > 0$ and $B_0 \equiv 1 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$) then \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.2.1 $A \leftarrow A + y$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.2.2 $B \leftarrow B - x$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.3 $A \leftarrow \lfloor A / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.4 $B \leftarrow \lfloor B / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-7. While $v.used > 0$ and $v_0 \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.1 $v \leftarrow \lfloor v / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.2 If ($C.used > 0$ and $C_0 \equiv 1 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$) or ($D.used > 0$ and $D_0 \equiv 1 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$) then \\
-\hspace{6mm}7.2.1 $C \leftarrow C + y$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}7.2.2 $D \leftarrow D - x$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.3 $C \leftarrow \lfloor C / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}7.4 $D \leftarrow \lfloor D / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-8. If $u \ge v$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.1 $u \leftarrow u - v$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.2 $A \leftarrow A - C$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}8.3 $B \leftarrow B - D$ \\
-9. else \\
-\hspace{3mm}9.1 $v \leftarrow v - u$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}9.2 $C \leftarrow C - A$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}9.3 $D \leftarrow D - B$ \\
-10. If $u \ne 0$ goto step 6. \\
-11. If $v \ne 1$ return(\textit{MP\_VAL}). \\
-12. While $C \le 0$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}12.1 $C \leftarrow C + b$ \\
-13. While $C \ge b$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}13.1 $C \leftarrow C - b$ \\
-14. $c \leftarrow C$ \\
-15. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_invmod.}
-This algorithm computes the modular multiplicative inverse of an integer $a$ modulo an integer $b$. This algorithm is a variation of the
-extended binary Euclidean algorithm from HAC \cite[pp. 608]{HAC}. It has been modified to only compute the modular inverse and not a complete
-Diophantine solution.
-
-If $b \le 0$ than the modulus is invalid and MP\_VAL is returned. Similarly if both $a$ and $b$ are even then there cannot be a multiplicative
-inverse for $a$ and the error is reported.
-
-The astute reader will observe that steps seven through nine are very similar to the binary greatest common divisor algorithm mp\_gcd. In this case
-the other variables to the Diophantine equation are solved. The algorithm terminates when $u = 0$ in which case the solution is
-
-\begin{equation}
-Ca + Db = v
-\end{equation}
-
-If $v$, the greatest common divisor of $a$ and $b$ is not equal to one then the algorithm will report an error as no inverse exists. Otherwise, $C$
-is the modular inverse of $a$. The actual value of $C$ is congruent to, but not necessarily equal to, the ideal modular inverse which should lie
-within $1 \le a^{-1} < b$. Step numbers twelve and thirteen adjust the inverse until it is in range. If the original input $a$ is within $0 < a < p$
-then only a couple of additions or subtractions will be required to adjust the inverse.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_invmod.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-\subsubsection{Odd Moduli}
-
-When the modulus $b$ is odd the variables $A$ and $C$ are fixed and are not required to compute the inverse. In particular by attempting to solve
-the Diophantine $Cb + Da = 1$ only $B$ and $D$ are required to find the inverse of $a$.
-
-The algorithm fast\_mp\_invmod is a direct adaptation of algorithm mp\_invmod with all all steps involving either $A$ or $C$ removed. This
-optimization will halve the time required to compute the modular inverse.
-
-\section{Primality Tests}
-
-A non-zero integer $a$ is said to be prime if it is not divisible by any other integer excluding one and itself. For example, $a = 7$ is prime
-since the integers $2 \ldots 6$ do not evenly divide $a$. By contrast, $a = 6$ is not prime since $a = 6 = 2 \cdot 3$.
-
-Prime numbers arise in cryptography considerably as they allow finite fields to be formed. The ability to determine whether an integer is prime or
-not quickly has been a viable subject in cryptography and number theory for considerable time. The algorithms that will be presented are all
-probablistic algorithms in that when they report an integer is composite it must be composite. However, when the algorithms report an integer is
-prime the algorithm may be incorrect.
-
-As will be discussed it is possible to limit the probability of error so well that for practical purposes the probablity of error might as
-well be zero. For the purposes of these discussions let $n$ represent the candidate integer of which the primality is in question.
-
-\subsection{Trial Division}
-
-Trial division means to attempt to evenly divide a candidate integer by small prime integers. If the candidate can be evenly divided it obviously
-cannot be prime. By dividing by all primes $1 < p \le \sqrt{n}$ this test can actually prove whether an integer is prime. However, such a test
-would require a prohibitive amount of time as $n$ grows.
-
-Instead of dividing by every prime, a smaller, more mangeable set of primes may be used instead. By performing trial division with only a subset
-of the primes less than $\sqrt{n} + 1$ the algorithm cannot prove if a candidate is prime. However, often it can prove a candidate is not prime.
-
-The benefit of this test is that trial division by small values is fairly efficient. Specially compared to the other algorithms that will be
-discussed shortly. The probability that this approach correctly identifies a composite candidate when tested with all primes upto $q$ is given by
-$1 - {1.12 \over ln(q)}$. The graph (\ref{pic:primality}, will be added later) demonstrates the probability of success for the range
-$3 \le q \le 100$.
-
-At approximately $q = 30$ the gain of performing further tests diminishes fairly quickly. At $q = 90$ further testing is generally not going to
-be of any practical use. In the case of LibTomMath the default limit $q = 256$ was chosen since it is not too high and will eliminate
-approximately $80\%$ of all candidate integers. The constant \textbf{PRIME\_SIZE} is equal to the number of primes in the test base. The
-array \_\_prime\_tab is an array of the first \textbf{PRIME\_SIZE} prime numbers.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_prime\_is\_divisible}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c = 1$ if $n$ is divisible by a small prime, otherwise $c = 0$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. for $ix$ from $0$ to $PRIME\_SIZE$ do \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.1 $d \leftarrow n \mbox{ (mod }\_\_prime\_tab_{ix}\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}1.2 If $d = 0$ then \\
-\hspace{6mm}1.2.1 $c \leftarrow 1$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}1.2.2 Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-2. $c \leftarrow 0$ \\
-3. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_prime\_is\_divisible}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_prime\_is\_divisible.}
-This algorithm attempts to determine if a candidate integer $n$ is composite by performing trial divisions.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_prime\_is\_divisible.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-The algorithm defaults to a return of $0$ in case an error occurs. The values in the prime table are all specified to be in the range of a
-mp\_digit. The table \_\_prime\_tab is defined in the following file.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_prime\_tab.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-Note that there are two possible tables. When an mp\_digit is 7-bits long only the primes upto $127$ may be included, otherwise the primes
-upto $1619$ are used. Note that the value of \textbf{PRIME\_SIZE} is a constant dependent on the size of a mp\_digit.
-
-\subsection{The Fermat Test}
-The Fermat test is probably one the oldest tests to have a non-trivial probability of success. It is based on the fact that if $n$ is in
-fact prime then $a^{n} \equiv a \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$ for all $0 < a < n$. The reason being that if $n$ is prime than the order of
-the multiplicative sub group is $n - 1$. Any base $a$ must have an order which divides $n - 1$ and as such $a^n$ is equivalent to
-$a^1 = a$.
-
-If $n$ is composite then any given base $a$ does not have to have a period which divides $n - 1$. In which case
-it is possible that $a^n \nequiv a \mbox{ (mod }n\mbox{)}$. However, this test is not absolute as it is possible that the order
-of a base will divide $n - 1$ which would then be reported as prime. Such a base yields what is known as a Fermat pseudo-prime. Several
-integers known as Carmichael numbers will be a pseudo-prime to all valid bases. Fortunately such numbers are extremely rare as $n$ grows
-in size.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_prime\_fermat}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and $b$, $a \ge 2$, $0 < b < a$. \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c = 1$ if $b^a \equiv b \mbox{ (mod }a\mbox{)}$, otherwise $c = 0$. \\
-\hline \\
-1. $t \leftarrow b^a \mbox{ (mod }a\mbox{)}$ \\
-2. If $t = b$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}2.1 $c = 1$ \\
-3. else \\
-\hspace{3mm}3.1 $c = 0$ \\
-4. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_prime\_fermat}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_prime\_fermat.}
-This algorithm determines whether an mp\_int $a$ is a Fermat prime to the base $b$ or not. It uses a single modular exponentiation to
-determine the result.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_prime\_fermat.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-\subsection{The Miller-Rabin Test}
-The Miller-Rabin (citation) test is another primality test which has tighter error bounds than the Fermat test specifically with sequentially chosen
-candidate integers. The algorithm is based on the observation that if $n - 1 = 2^kr$ and if $b^r \nequiv \pm 1$ then after upto $k - 1$ squarings the
-value must be equal to $-1$. The squarings are stopped as soon as $-1$ is observed. If the value of $1$ is observed first it means that
-some value not congruent to $\pm 1$ when squared equals one which cannot occur if $n$ is prime.
-
-\begin{figure}[!here]
-\begin{small}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\hline Algorithm \textbf{mp\_prime\_miller\_rabin}. \\
-\textbf{Input}. mp\_int $a$ and $b$, $a \ge 2$, $0 < b < a$. \\
-\textbf{Output}. $c = 1$ if $a$ is a Miller-Rabin prime to the base $a$, otherwise $c = 0$. \\
-\hline
-1. $a' \leftarrow a - 1$ \\
-2. $r \leftarrow n1$ \\
-3. $c \leftarrow 0, s \leftarrow 0$ \\
-4. While $r.used > 0$ and $r_0 \equiv 0 \mbox{ (mod }2\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.1 $s \leftarrow s + 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}4.2 $r \leftarrow \lfloor r / 2 \rfloor$ \\
-5. $y \leftarrow b^r \mbox{ (mod }a\mbox{)}$ \\
-6. If $y \nequiv \pm 1$ then \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.1 $j \leftarrow 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.2 While $j \le (s - 1)$ and $y \nequiv a'$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.2.1 $y \leftarrow y^2 \mbox{ (mod }a\mbox{)}$ \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.2.2 If $y = 1$ then goto step 8. \\
-\hspace{6mm}6.2.3 $j \leftarrow j + 1$ \\
-\hspace{3mm}6.3 If $y \nequiv a'$ goto step 8. \\
-7. $c \leftarrow 1$\\
-8. Return(\textit{MP\_OKAY}). \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-\end{small}
-\caption{Algorithm mp\_prime\_miller\_rabin}
-\end{figure}
-\textbf{Algorithm mp\_prime\_miller\_rabin.}
-This algorithm performs one trial round of the Miller-Rabin algorithm to the base $b$. It will set $c = 1$ if the algorithm cannot determine
-if $b$ is composite or $c = 0$ if $b$ is provably composite. The values of $s$ and $r$ are computed such that $a' = a - 1 = 2^sr$.
-
-If the value $y \equiv b^r$ is congruent to $\pm 1$ then the algorithm cannot prove if $a$ is composite or not. Otherwise, the algorithm will
-square $y$ upto $s - 1$ times stopping only when $y \equiv -1$. If $y^2 \equiv 1$ and $y \nequiv \pm 1$ then the algorithm can report that $a$
-is provably composite. If the algorithm performs $s - 1$ squarings and $y \nequiv -1$ then $a$ is provably composite. If $a$ is not provably
-composite then it is \textit{probably} prime.
-
-\vspace{+3mm}\begin{small}
-\hspace{-5.1mm}{\bf File}: bn\_mp\_prime\_miller\_rabin.c
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{alltt}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{small}
-
-
-
-
-\backmatter
-\appendix
-\begin{thebibliography}{ABCDEF}
-\bibitem[1]{TAOCPV2}
-Donald Knuth, \textit{The Art of Computer Programming}, Third Edition, Volume Two, Seminumerical Algorithms, Addison-Wesley, 1998
-
-\bibitem[2]{HAC}
-A. Menezes, P. van Oorschot, S. Vanstone, \textit{Handbook of Applied Cryptography}, CRC Press, 1996
-
-\bibitem[3]{ROSE}
-Michael Rosing, \textit{Implementing Elliptic Curve Cryptography}, Manning Publications, 1999
-
-\bibitem[4]{COMBA}
-Paul G. Comba, \textit{Exponentiation Cryptosystems on the IBM PC}. IBM Systems Journal 29(4): 526-538 (1990)
-
-\bibitem[5]{KARA}
-A. Karatsuba, Doklay Akad. Nauk SSSR 145 (1962), pp.293-294
-
-\bibitem[6]{KARAP}
-Andre Weimerskirch and Christof Paar, \textit{Generalizations of the Karatsuba Algorithm for Polynomial Multiplication}, Submitted to Design, Codes and Cryptography, March 2002
-
-\bibitem[7]{BARRETT}
-Paul Barrett, \textit{Implementing the Rivest Shamir and Adleman Public Key Encryption Algorithm on a Standard Digital Signal Processor}, Advances in Cryptology, Crypto '86, Springer-Verlag.
-
-\bibitem[8]{MONT}
-P.L.Montgomery. \textit{Modular multiplication without trial division}. Mathematics of Computation, 44(170):519-521, April 1985.
-
-\bibitem[9]{DRMET}
-Chae Hoon Lim and Pil Joong Lee, \textit{Generating Efficient Primes for Discrete Log Cryptosystems}, POSTECH Information Research Laboratories
-
-\bibitem[10]{MMB}
-J. Daemen and R. Govaerts and J. Vandewalle, \textit{Block ciphers based on Modular Arithmetic}, State and {P}rogress in the {R}esearch of {C}ryptography, 1993, pp. 80-89
-
-\bibitem[11]{RSAREF}
-R.L. Rivest, A. Shamir, L. Adleman, \textit{A Method for Obtaining Digital Signatures and Public-Key Cryptosystems}
-
-\bibitem[12]{DHREF}
-Whitfield Diffie, Martin E. Hellman, \textit{New Directions in Cryptography}, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory, 1976
-
-\bibitem[13]{IEEE}
-IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic (ANSI/IEEE Std 754-1985)
-
-\bibitem[14]{GMP}
-GNU Multiple Precision (GMP), \url{http://www.swox.com/gmp/}
-
-\bibitem[15]{MPI}
-Multiple Precision Integer Library (MPI), Michael Fromberger, \url{http://thayer.dartmouth.edu/~sting/mpi/}
-
-\bibitem[16]{OPENSSL}
-OpenSSL Cryptographic Toolkit, \url{http://openssl.org}
-
-\bibitem[17]{LIP}
-Large Integer Package, \url{http://home.hetnet.nl/~ecstr/LIP.zip}
-
-\bibitem[18]{ISOC}
-JTC1/SC22/WG14, ISO/IEC 9899:1999, ``A draft rationale for the C99 standard.''
-
-\bibitem[19]{JAVA}
-The Sun Java Website, \url{http://java.sun.com/}
-
-\end{thebibliography}
-
-\input{tommath.ind}
-
-\end{document}